Está en la página 1de 667

Electrical Sector Solutions

Volume 4:

Circuit Protection

Volume 4Circuit Protection


Tab 1Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . Tab 2Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Tab 3Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . Appendix 1Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . Appendix 2Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-1 V4-T2-1 V4-T3-1 V4-A1-1 V4-A2-1 V4-A3-1

Copyright
Dimensions, Weights and Ratings
Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without notice. Photographs are representative of production units.

Terms and Conditions


All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes occur, they are published in the Eaton Corporation Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders accepted by Eatons electrical sector are subject to the general terms and conditions as set forth in Appendix 1Eaton Terms & Conditions.

Technical and Descriptive Publications


This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our Web site at www.eaton.com.

Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21


Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

WARNING
The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions of the U.S. National Electrical Code and/or other local codes or industry standards that are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.
These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance. Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for the purchasers purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire obligation of Eatons electrical sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or modify the existing warranty.

Copyright 2012, Eaton Corporation, All Rights Reserved.

Introduction

Eaton Corporation is a global leader in power distribution, power quality, control and automation, and monitoring products.
At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage. In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer service and support, we know whats important to you.

Solutions
Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on the following three areas in all we do:

Reliabilitymaintain the appropriate level of power continuity without disruption or unexpected downtime

Efficiencyminimize energy usage, operating costs, equipment footprint and environmental impact

Safetyidentify and mitigate electrical hazards to protect what you value most

Using the Eaton Catalog Library


As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E, for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:

Volume 1Residential and Light Commercial (CA08100002E) Volume 2Commercial Distribution (CA08100003E) Volume 3Power Distribution and Control Assemblies (CA08100004E) Volume 4Circuit Protection (CA08100005E) Volume 5Motor Control and Protection (CA08100006E) Volume 6Solid-State Motor Control (CA08100007E)

Volume 7Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions (CA08100008E) Volume 8Sensing Solutions (CA08100010E) Volume 9Original Equipment Manufacturer (CA08100011E) Volume 10Enclosed Control (CA08100012E) Volume 11Vehicle and Commercial Controls (CA08100013E)

Volume 12Aftermarket, Renewal Parts and Life Extension Solutions (CA08105001E) Volume 13Counters, Timers and Tachometers (CA08100015E)Available in electronic format only Volume 14Fuses (CA08100016E)Available in electronic format only Volume 15Solar Inverters and Electrical Balance of System (CA08100018E)

These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information, consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library. These references include:

The Consulting Application Guide (CA08104001E)

The Eaton Power Quality Product Guide (COR01FYA)

If you dont have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for, not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the Literature Library. By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent version of each volume and tab.

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

Introduction

Icons
Green Leaf Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers and our communities. Though all of Eatons products and solutions are designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation further provide exceptional environmental benefit.

Learn Online When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses, podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.

Drawings Online When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings and illustrations.

Contact Us
If you need additional help, you can find contact information under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.

ii

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors

1.1

Industrial Circuit Breakers


QUICKLAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW . . . . . . . . . . . , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote-Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC. . . . . . . . . . . , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,
V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

1.2 1.3

UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers


WMZ Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T1-49

UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors


WMZS Circuit Breaker. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T1-64

Learn Online

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-1

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
QUICKLAG
Quick Reference

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors

Contents
Description
Quick Reference

Eatons QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers 1 Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out


Circuit Breaker Type HQP HQP HQP QPHW QPHW QPHW QHPX QHPX QHPX QHPW QHPW QHPW QPGF QPGF Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1070 10125 10100 1570 15125 15100 1570 15100 15100 1530 1530 1520 1540 1550 Interrupting Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes Number of Poles 1 2 2, 3 1 2 2, 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 Federal Spec. W-C-375b 10a, 11a, 12a 10a, 12a 10b, 11b, 12b 14a 14a 14b 15a 15a 15b 10a, 11a, 12a 10a, 11a, 12a Vac Ratings 120 10,000 120/240 10,000 10,000 22,000 22,000 42,000 42,000 65,000 65,000 10,000 240 10,000 22,000 42,000 65,000 Vdc Ratings 2 2448 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 62.5
3

Circuit Breaker Type Code P P P P P P P P P P P P P, GF P, GF

Vac 120/240 120/240 240 120/240 120/240 240 120/240 120/240 240 120/240 120/240 240 120 120/240

Vdc 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80

80 5000 5000 5000 5000

Page Number V4-T1-6 V4-T1-6 V4-T1-6 V4-T1-6 V4-T1-6 V4-T1-6 V4-T1-7 V4-T1-7 V4-T1-7 V4-T1-7 V4-T1-7 V4-T1-7 V4-T1-9 V4-T1-9

5000
3

5000
3

5000
3

5000

Notes 1 QUICKLAG circuit breakers are suitable for application in relative humidity 095% noncondensing. 2 Two-pole DC interrupting ratings based on two poles connected in series. Not UL listed. 3 62.5 Vac interrupting rating is 3800 AIC 1050A and 2500 AIC 55100A continuous. Circuit Breaker Type Codes: P Plug-In; B Bolt-On; C Cable-In/Cable-Out; GF Ground Fault, 5 mA; GFEP Ground Fault, 30 mA. For Types GHBS, GBHS and BABRP solenoid-operated, remote-controlled circuit breakers, see Pages V4-T1-31 to V4-T1-36. For Type WMZ circuit breakers, see Pages V4-T1-49 to V4-T1-63. For Types WMZS and SPHM supplementary protectors, see Pages V4-T1-64 to V4-T1-79.

V4-T1-2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1
80 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 Page Number V4-T1-9 V4-T1-9 V4-T1-9 V4-T1-9 V4-T1-9 V4-T1-12 V4-T1-12 V4-T1-32 V4-T1-32 V4-T1-32 V4-T1-32 V4-T1-12 V4-T1-12 V4-T1-12 V4-T1-32 V4-T1-32 V4-T1-15 V4-T1-15 V4-T1-12 V4-T1-12 V4-T1-12 V4-T1-13 V4-T1-13 V4-T1-13 V4-T1-13 V4-T1-13 V4-T1-13 V4-T1-18 V4-T1-18 V4-T1-18 V4-T1-18 V4-T1-18 V4-T1-18 V4-T1-18 V4-T1-18 V4-T1-41 V4-T1-41 V4-T1-41 V4-T1-23 V4-T1-23 V4-T1-42
2

Eatons QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers 1 Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out, continued


Circuit Breaker Type QPHGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPGFEP QPHGFEP BABRSP BABRSP BRRP BRRP CLRP CLRP BAB BAB BAB BABRP BABRP QBAF QBCAF QBHW QBHW QBHW HBAX HBAX HBAX HBAW HBAW HBAW QBGF QBGF QBHGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBGFEP QBHGFEP QBHGFEP QC QC QC QCD QCD QCF Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1530 1550 1540 1550 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1530 1070 10125 10100 1530 1530 1520 1520 1570 15125 15100 1570 15100 15100 1530 1530 1520 1540 1550 1530 1530 1540 1550 1530 1530 1070 10100 10100 1060 10100 1060 Interrupting Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes Number of Poles 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2, 3 1 2 1, 2 1, 2 1 2 2, 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2, 3, 4 1, 2 2, 3 1, 2 Federal Spec. W-C-375b 10a, 11a, 12a 10a, 11a, 12a 10a, 11a, 12a 10a, 12a 10b, 11b, 12b 14a 14a 14b 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 62.5 15a 15a 15b 10a, 11a, 12a 10a, 11a, 12a 10a, 11a, 12a 10a, 11a, 12a 10a, 11a, 12a 10a, 12a 10b, 11b, 12b Vac Ratings 120 22,000 10,000 22,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 22,000 10,000 22,000 22,000 10,000 10,000 120/240 22,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 22,000 22,000 42,000 42,000 65,000 65,000 10,000 22,000 10,000 22,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 240 10,000 22,000 42,000 65,000 10,000 Vdc Ratings 2448 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 3000 3000 3000

Circuit Breaker Type Code P, GF P, GF P, GFEP P, GFEP P, GFEP B B P P P P B B B B B B, AF B, AF, GF B B B B B B B B B B, GF B, GF B, GF B, GF B, GFEP B, GFEP B, GFEP B, GFEP C C C C C C

Vac 120 120/240 120 120/240 120 120 120/240 120 120/240 120 120/240 120/240 120/240 240 120 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 120/240 240 120/240 120/240 240 120/240 120/240 240 120 120/240 120 120/240 120 120/240 120 120/240 120/240 120/240 240 120/240 240 120/240

Vdc 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80

62.5
3

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5000
3

5000
3

5000
3

5000
3

5000 3000 3000 3000

Notes 1 QUICKLAG circuit breakers are suitable for application in relative humidity 095% noncondensing. 2 Two-pole DC interrupting ratings based on two poles connected in series. Not UL listed. 3 62.5 Vac interrupting rating is 3800 AIC 1050A and 2500 AIC 55100A continuous. Circuit Breaker Type Codes: P Plug-In; B Bolt-On; C Cable-In/Cable-Out; GF Ground Fault, 5 mA; GFEP Ground Fault, 30 mA. For Types GHBS, GBHS and BABRP solenoid-operated, remote-controlled circuit breakers, see Pages V4-T1-31 to V4-T1-36. For Type WMZ circuit breakers, see Pages V4-T1-49 to V4-T1-63. For Types WMZS and SPHM supplementary protectors, see Pages V4-T1-64 to V4-T1-79.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-3

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-4 Circuit Breaker Type QCF QCF QCR QCR QCR QCHW QCHW QCHW QHCX QHCX QHCX QHCW QHCW QHCW QCGF QCGF QCHGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCGFEP QCHGFEP QCHGFEP Circuit Breaker Type Code C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C, GF C, GF C, GF C, GF C, GFEP C, GFEP C, GFEP C, GFEP

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Eatons QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers 1 Plug-In, Bolt-On, Cable-In/Cable-Out, continued


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1520 1530 1060 1520 1530 1570 15100 15100 1570 15100 15100 1530 1530 1520 1540 1550 1530 1530 1540 1550 1530 1530 Interrupting Ratings rms Symmetrical Amperes Number of Poles 1, 2 2, 3 1, 2 1, 2 2, 3 1 2 2, 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 Federal Spec. W-C-375b 14a 14a 14b 15a 15a 15b Vac Ratings 120 22,000 10,000 22,000 10,000 22,000 10,000 22,000 120/240 10,000 10,000 10,000 22,000 22,000 42,000 42,000 65,000 65,000 10,000 22,000 10,000 22,000 240 22,000 42,000 65,000 Vdc Ratings 2 2448 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 62.5 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
3

Vac 120/240 240 120/240 120/240 240 120/240 120/240 240 120/240 120/240 240 120/240 120/240 240 120 120/240 120 120/240 120 120/240 120 120/240

Vdc 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80 24, 48, 62.5 24, 48, 80

80 5000 5000 5000

Page Number V4-T1-27 V4-T1-27 V4-T1-27 V4-T1-27 V4-T1-27 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-29 V4-T1-29 V4-T1-29 V4-T1-29 V4-T1-29 V4-T1-29 V4-T1-29 V4-T1-29

5000
3

5000
3

5000

Notes 1 QUICKLAG circuit breakers are suitable for application in relative humidity 095% noncondensing. 2 Two-pole DC interrupting ratings based on two poles connected in series. Not UL listed. 3 62.5 Vac interrupting rating is 3800 AIC 1050A and 2500 AIC 55100A continuous. Circuit Breaker Type Codes: P Plug-In; B Bolt-On; C Cable-In/Cable-Out; GF Ground Fault, 5 mA; GFEP Ground Fault, 30 mA. For Types GHBS, GBHS and BABRP solenoid-operated, remote-controlled circuit breakers, see Pages V4-T1-31 to V4-T1-36. For Type WMZ circuit breakers, see Pages V4-T1-49 to V4-T1-63. For Types WMZS and SPHM supplementary protectors, see Pages V4-T1-64 to V4-T1-79. .

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-6 V4-T1-7 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

QUICKLAG Type HQP Single-Pole

Contents
Description
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . . ,

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW


Product Description

Standards and Certifications


All products 15100A are HACR rated Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications

Built and listed to UL 489 All products UL and CSA listed

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-5

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-6

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Product Selection

QUICKLAG Type HQP Single-Pole

QUICKLAG Type: HQP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number HQP1010 HQP1015 12 HQP1020 12 HQP1025 HQP1030 HQP1035 HQP1040 HQP1045 HQP1050 HQP1055 HQP1060 HQP1070 HQP1100 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number HQP2010 HQP2015 HQP2020 HQP2025 HQP2030 HQP2035 HQP2040 HQP2045 HQP2050 HQP2055 HQP2060 HQP2070 HQP2080 HQP2090 HQP2100 HQP2110 HQP2125 HQP2150 Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number HQP2015H HQP2020H HQP2025H HQP2030H HQP2035H HQP2040H HQP2045H HQP2050H HQP2055H HQP2060H HQP2070H HQP2080H HQP2090H HQP2100H Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number HQP3010H 3 HQP3015H HQP3020H HQP3025H HQP3030H HQP3035H HQP3040H HQP3045H HQP3050H HQP3055H HQP3060H HQP3070H HQP3080H HQP3090H HQP3100H

QUICKLAG Type: HQP Non-Automatic Switches


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 50 60 100 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number HQP1050N HQP1060N HQP1100N Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number HQP2050N HQP2060N HQP2100N Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number HQP3050N HQP3060N HQP3100N

QUICKLAG Type: QPHW 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QPHW1015 1 QPHW1020 1 QPHW1025 QPHW1030 QPHW1035 QPHW1040 QPHW1045 QPHW1050 QPHW1055 QPHW1060 QPHW1070 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QPHW2015 QPHW2020 QPHW2025 QPHW2030 QPHW2035 QPHW2040 QPHW2045 QPHW2050 QPHW2055 QPHW2060 QPHW2070 QPHW2080 QPHW2090 QPHW2100 QPHW2110 QPHW2125 Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QPHW2015H QPHW2020H QPHW2025H QPHW2030H QPHW2035H QPHW2040H QPHW2045H QPHW2050H QPHW2055H QPHW2060H QPHW2070H QPHW2080H QPHW2090H QPHW2100H Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QPHW3015H QPHW3020H QPHW3025H QPHW3030H QPHW3035H QPHW3040H QPHW3045H QPHW3050H QPHW3055H QPHW3060H QPHW3070H QPHW3080H QPHW3090H QPHW3100H

Notes 1 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications. 2 For special low-magnetic breaker, order HQP1015L1 or HQP1020L1. 3 Not UL listed.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

QUICKLAG Type: QHPX 42,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QHPX1015 QHPX1025 QHPX1030 QHPX1035 QHPX1040 QHPX1045 QHPX1050 QHPX1055 QHPX1060 QHPX1070
1

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QHPX2015 QHPX2020 QHPX2025 QHPX2030 QHPX2035 QHPX2040 QHPX2045 QHPX2050 QHPX2055 QHPX2060 QHPX2070 QHPX2080 QHPX2090 QHPX2100

Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number

Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QHPX3015H QHPX3020H QHPX3025H QHPX3030H QHPX3035H QHPX3040H QHPX3045H QHPX3050H QHPX3055H QHPX3060H QHPX3070H QHPX3080H QHPX3090H QHPX3100H

QHPX1020 1

QUICKLAG Type: QHPW 65,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QHPW1015 1 QHPW1020 1 QHPW1025 QHPW1030 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QHPW2015 QHPW2020 QHPW2025 QHPW2030 Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QHPW3015H QHPW3020H

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Shipping Data
Number of Poles 1 2 3 Carton Quantity 24 12 8 Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) Dimensions 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Note 1 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-7

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-8

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

QUICKLAG Type QPGF Single-Pole Ground Fault Circuit Breaker

Contents
Description
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . ,

Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5

V4-T1-9 V4-T1-10 V4-T1-10 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF, QPHGF, QPGFEP, QPHGFEP
Product Description
QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI 5 mA trip sensitivity QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors 30 mA trip sensitivity

Standards and Certifications

Built and listed to UL 489

QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI Built and tested to UL 943 QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors Built and listed to UL 1053

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Product Selection

QUICKLAG Type QPGF Single-Pole

Ground Fault Circuit Breakers5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QPGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 40 50 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QPGF1015 QPGF1020 QPGF1025 QPGF1030 QPGF1040 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QPGF2015 QPGF2020 QPGF2025 QPGF2030 QPGF2040 QPGF2050

QUICKLAG Type: QPHGF 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QPHGF1015 QPHGF1020 QPHGF1025 QPHGF1030 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QPHGF2015 QPHGF2020 QPHGF2025 QPHGF2030

Ground Fault Equipment Breakers30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QPGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 40 50 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QPGFEP1015 QPGFEP1020 QPGFEP1025 QPGFEP1030 QPGFEP1040 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QPGFEP2015 QPGFEP2020 QPGFEP2025 QPGFEP2030 QPGFEP2040 QPGFEP2050

QUICKLAG Type: QPHGFEP 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QPHGFEP1015 QPHGFEP1020 QPHGFEP1025 QPHGFEP1030 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QPHGFEP2015 QPHGFEP2020 QPHGFEP2025 QPHGFEP2030

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-9

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Wiring Diagram
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 40 50 15 20 25 30

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QPGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2)
Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QPGF1015W1 QPGF1020W1 QPGF1025W1 QPGF1030W1 QPGF1015W2 QPGF1020W2 QPGF1025W2 QPGF1030W2 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QPGF2015W1 QPGF2020W1 QPGF2025W1 QPGF2030W1 QPGF2040W1 QPGF2050W1

Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QPGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2)
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 40 50 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QPGFEP1015W1 QPGFEP1020W1 QPGFEP1025W1 QPGFEP1030W1 QPGFEP1015W2 QPGFEP1020W2 QPGFEP1025W2 QPGFEP1030W2 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QPGFEP2015W1 QPGFEP2020W1 QPGFEP2025W1 QPGFEP2030W1 QPGFEP2040W1 QPGFEP2050W1

Bell Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Schematic


Blue Ground Fault Breaker NC Red NO Red Wire Blue Wire Black Wire

Single-throw double-pole contacts are UL and CSA listed for 5A at 250 Vac. Bell Alarm (W1)contacts change state when breaker trips. Auxiliary Switch (W2)contacts change state when breaker is opened (or tripped) or closed. 14-inch (355.6 mm) long 18 AWG pigtail wire leads provided.

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Shipping Data
Number of Poles 1 2 Carton Quantity 24 5 Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) 11.00 (5.0) 5.00 (2.3) Dimensions 12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0) 15.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (393.7 x 152.4 x 114.3)

Note Shipped individually or in carton quantities.

V4-T1-10

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-12 V4-T1-13 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

QUICKLAG Type BAB Single-Pole

Contents
Description
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . . ,

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW


Product Description

Standards and Certifications


All products 15100A are HACR rated Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications

Built and listed to UL 489 All products UL and CSA listed

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-11

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-12

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Product Selection

QUICKLAG Type BAB Single-Pole

QUICKLAG Type: BA 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number BAB1010 BAB1015 12 BAB1020 12 BAB1025 BAB1030 BAB1035 BAB1040 BAB1045 BAB1050 BAB1055 BAB1060 BAB1070 BAB1100 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number BAB2010 BAB2015 BAB2020 BAB2025 BAB2030 BAB2035 BAB2040 BAB2045 BAB2050 BAB2055 BAB2060 BAB2070 BAB2080 BAB2090 BAB2100 BAB2110 BAB2125 Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number BAB2010H 3 BAB2015H BAB2020H BAB2025H BAB2030H BAB2035H BAB2040H BAB2045H BAB2050H BAB2055H BAB2060H BAB2070H BAB2080H BAB2090H BAB2100H Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number BAB3010H 3 BAB3015H BAB3020H BAB3025H BAB3030H BAB3035H BAB3040H BAB3045H BAB3050H BAB3055H BAB3060H BAB3070H BAB3080H BAB3090H BAB3100H

QUICKLAG Type: BA Non-Automatic Switches


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 50 60 100 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number BAB1050N BAB1060N BAB1100N Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number BAB2050N BAB2060N BAB2100N Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number BAB3050N BAB3060N BAB3100N

QUICKLAG Type: QBHW 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QBHW1015 1 QBHW1020 1 QBHW1025 QBHW1030 QBHW1035 QBHW1040 QBHW1045 QBHW1050 QBHW1055 QBHW1060 QBHW1070 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QBHW2015 QBHW2020 QBHW2025 QBHW2030 QBHW2035 QBHW2040 QBHW2045 QBHW2050 QBHW2055 QBHW2060 QBHW2070 QBHW2080 QBHW2090 QBHW2100 QBHW2110 QBHW2125 Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QBHW2015H QBHW2020H QBHW2025H QBHW2030H QBHW2035H QBHW2040H QBHW2045H QBHW2050H QBHW2055H QBHW2060H QBHW2070H QBHW2080H QBHW2090H QBHW2100H Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QBHW3015H QBHW3020H QBHW3025H QBHW3030H QBHW3035H QBHW3040H QBHW3045H QBHW3050H QBHW3055H QBHW3060H QBHW3070H QBHW3080H QBHW3090H QBHW3100H

Notes 1 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications. 2 For special low-magnetic breaker, order BAB1015L1 or BAB1020L1. 3 Not UL listed.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

QUICKLAG Type: HBAX 42,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 80 90 100 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number HBAX1015
1

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number HBAX2015 HBAX2020 HBAX2025 HBAX2030 HBAX2035 HBAX2040 HBAX2045 HBAX2050 HBAX2055 HBAX2060 HBAX2070 HBAX2080 HBAX2080 HBAX2090 HBAX2100

Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number

Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number HBAX3015H HBAX3020H HBAX3025H HBAX3030H HBAX3035H HBAX3040H HBAX3045H HBAX3050H HBAX3055H HBAX3060H HBAX3070H HBAX3080H HBAX3080H HBAX3090H HBAX3100H

HBAX1020 1 HBAX1025 HBAX1030 HBAX1035 HBAX1040 HBAX1045 HBAX1050 HBAX1055 HBAX1060 HBAX1070

QUICKLAG Type: HBAW 65,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number HBAW1015 1 HBAW1020 1 HBAW1025 HBAW1030 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number HBAW2015 HBAW2020 HBAW2025 HBAW2030 Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number HBAW3015H HBAW3020H

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Shipping Data
Number of Poles 1 2 3 Carton Quantity 24 12 8 Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) Dimensions 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Note 1 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-13

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-14

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter QUICKLAG Types QBAF, QBCAF

Contents
Description
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF , Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . ,

Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11

V4-T1-15 V4-T1-16 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF, QBCAF


Product Description

All products HACR rated

Features, Benefits and Functions

Standards and Certifications


10 and 22 kAIC rating at 120V and 120/240V Single-pole AFCI HID ratings for HID (High Intensity Discharge) lighting All models are HACR rated

Built and listed to UL 489 UL File E7819 for QBAF

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Product Selection
QBCAF and QBAF Type AFCIs Effective immediately, Eaton AFCIs are available for use in Sumter panels with a 22 kAIC rating. This higher rated breaker will allow us to win jobs where AFCIs are specified at higher than 10 kAIC. This breaker provides standard thermalmagnetic protection of branch circuits. This product will have the same form, fit and function of the current bolt-on AFCI (QBCAF and QBAF Type). Product scope is below. These breakers are in Bid Manager for Pow-RLine 1a, Pow-R-Line 1a-LX, Pow-R-Line 3a and Pow-RLine 4a panelboards. For series rated combinations, continue to use the less expensive 10 kAIC QBCAF and QBAF offerings. Breakers can also be ordered from Vista.

QBHCAF

1-Inch (25.4 mm) Wide Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter


Poles kAIC Rating Ampere Rating Configuration Catalog Number

Type QBCAF Combination AFCI Single-pole 10 kAIC 15 20 22 kAIC 15 20 Type QBAF Branch Feeder AFCI Single-pole 10 kAIC 15 20 22 kAIC 15 20 Branch Feeder AFCI Branch Feeder AFCI Branch Feeder AFCI Branch Feeder AFCI QBAF1015 QBAF1020 QBHAF1015 QBHAF1020 Combination AFCI Combination AFCI Combination AFCI Combination AFCI QBCAF1015 QBCAF1020 QBHCAF1015 QBHCAF1020

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-15

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-16

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagrams
Single-Pole 120V Load Application Sourced by 120/240 Vac
120/240 Vac Source N A B Line B

Single-Pole Neutral Neutral 120V Duplex Receptacle Equipment Ground

Single-Pole Shared Neutral with Multi-Duplex Receptacle Application


120/240 Vac Source N A B Line B

Two-Pole Neutral Neutral Two 120V Duplex Receptacles

Line A Equipment Ground

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
Page V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14

QUICKLAG Type QBGF Single-Pole Ground Fault Circuit Breaker

Contents
Description
QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP , , , Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . . ,

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

V4-T1-18 V4-T1-19 V4-T1-19 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF, QBHGF, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP
Product Description
QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI 5 mA trip sensitivity QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors 30 mA trip sensitivity

Standards and Certifications

Built and tested to UL 489

QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI Built and tested to UL 943 QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors Built and tested to UL 1053

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-17

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-18

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Product Selection

QUICKLAG Type QBGF Single-Pole

Ground Fault Circuit Breakers5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QBGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 40 50 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QBGF1015 QBGF1020 QBGF1025 QBGF1030 QBGF1040 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QBGF2015 QBGF2020 QBGF2025 QBGF2030 QBGF2040 QBGF2050

QUICKLAG Type: QBHGF 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QBHGF1015 QBHGF1020 QBHGF1025 QBHGF1030 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QBHGF2015 QBHGF2020 QBHGF2025 QBHGF2030

Ground Fault Equipment Breakers30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QBGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 40 50 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QBGFEP1015 QBGFEP1020 QBGFEP1025 QBGFEP1030 QBGFEP1040 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QBGFEP2015 QBGFEP2020 QBGFEP2025 QBGFEP2030 QBGFEP2040 QBGFEP2050

QUICKLAG Type: QBHGFEP 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QBHGFEP1015 QBHGFEP1020 QBHGFEP1025 QBHGFEP1030 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QBHGFEP2015 QBHGFEP2020 QBHGFEP2025 QBHGFEP2030

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QBGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2)
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 40 50 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QBGF1015W1 QBGF1020W1 QBGF1025W1 QBGF1030W1 QBGF1015W2 QBGF1020W2 QBGF1025W2 QBGF1030W2 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QBGF2015W1 QBGF2020W1 QBGF2025W1 QBGF2030W1 QBGF2040W1 QBGF2050W1

Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protectors30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QBGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2)
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 40 50 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number QBGFEP1015W1 QBGFEP1020W1 QBGFEP1025W1 QBGFEP1030W1 QBGFEP1015W2 QBGFEP1020W2 QBGFEP1025W2 QBGFEP1030W2 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QBGFEP2015W1 QBGFEP2020W1 QBGFEP2025W1 QBGFEP2030W1 QBGFEP2040W1 QBGFEP2050W1

Wiring Diagram
Bell Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Schematic
Blue Ground Fault Breaker NC Red NO Red Wire Blue Wire Black Wire

Single-throw double-pole contacts are UL and CSA listed for 5A at 250 Vac. Bell Alarm (W1)contacts change state when breaker trips. Auxiliary Switch (W2)contacts change state when breaker is opened (or tripped) or closed. 14-inch (355.6 mm) long 18 AWG pigtail wire leads provided.

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Shipping Data
Number of Poles 1 2 Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) 11.00 (5.0) 5.00 (2.3) Dimensions 12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0) 15.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (393.7 x 152.4 x 114.3)

1 1 1 1

Note Shipped individually or in carton quantities.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-19

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-20

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

QUICKLAG Type QC Single-Pole

Contents
Description
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . ,

Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17

V4-T1-21 V4-T1-23 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW


Product Description

Standards and Certifications


All products 10100A are HACR rated Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications only

Built and listed to UL 489 All products UL and CSA listed

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1
Four-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QC4015H QC4020H QC4025H QC4030H QC4035H QC4040H QC4045H QC4050H QC4055H QC4060H QC4070H QC4080H QC4090H QC4100H

Product Selection

QUICKLAG Type QC Single-Pole

QUICKLAG Type: QC 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 70 90 100 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QC1005 1 QC1010 QC1015 2 QC1020 2 QC1025 QC1030 QC1035 QC1040 QC1045 QC1050 QC1055 QC1060 QC1070 QC1100 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QC2005 1 QC2010 QC2015 QC2020 QC2025 QC2030 QC2035 QC2040 QC2045 QC2050 QC2055 QC2060 QC2070 QC2080 QC2090 QC2100 Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QC2010H 1 QC2015H QC2020H QC2025H QC2030H QC2035H QC2040H QC2045H QC2050H QC2055H QC2060H QC2070H QC2080H QC2090H QC2100H Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QC3010H 1 QC3015H QC3020H QC3025H QC3030H QC3035H QC3040H QC3045H QC3050H QC3055H QC3060H QC3070H QC3080H QC3090H QC3100H

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

QUICKLAG Type: QC Non-Automatic Switches


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 50 60 100 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QC1050N QC1060N QC1100N Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QC2050N QC2060N QC2100N Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QC3050N QC3060N QC3100N Four-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number

Notes 1 Not UL listed. 2 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications only. For special low-magnetic breaker, order QC1015L1 or QC1020L1.Non-automatic switches, see Page V4-T1-42.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-21

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-22

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

QUICKLAG Type: QCHW 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 70 90 100 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QCHW1015 1 QCHW1020 1 QCHW1025 QCHW1030 QCHW1035 QCHW1040 QCHW1045 QCHW1050 QCHW1055 QCHW1060 QCHW1070 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QCHW2015 QCHW2020 QCHW2025 QCHW2030 QCHW2035 QCHW2040 QCHW2045 QCHW2050 QCHW2055 QCHW2060 QCHW2070 QCHW2080 QCHW2090 QCHW2100 Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QCHW2015H QCHW2020H QCHW2025H QCHW2030H QCHW2035H QCHW2040H QCHW2045H QCHW2050H QCHW2055H QCHW2060H QCHW2070H QCHW2080H QCHW2090H QCHW2100H Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QCHW3015H QCHW3020H QCHW3025H QCHW3030H QCHW3035H QCHW3040H QCHW3045H QCHW3050H QCHW3055H QCHW3060H QCHW3070H QCHW3080H QCHW3090H QCHW3100H Four-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QCHW4015H QCHW4020H QCHW4025H QCHW4030H QCHW4035H QCHW4040H QCHW4045H QCHW4050H QCHW4055H QCHW4060H QCHW4070H QCHW4080H QCHW4090H QCHW4100H

QUICKLAG Type: QHCX 42,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 70 90 100 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QHCX1015 1 QHCX1020 QHCX1025 QHCX1030 QHCX1035 QHCX1040 QHCX1045 QHCX1050 QHCX1055 QHCX1060 QHCX1070
1

Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QHCX2015 QHCX2020 QHCX2025 QHCX2030 QHCX2035 QHCX2040 QHCX2045 QHCX2050 QHCX2055 QHCX2060 QHCX2070 QHCX2080 QHCX2090 QHCX2100

Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number

Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QHCX3015H QHCX3020H QHCX3025H QHCX3030H QHCX3035H QHCX3040H QHCX3045H QHCX3050H QHCX3055H QHCX3060H QHCX3070H QHCX3080H QHCX3090H QHCX3100H

Four-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number

QUICKLAG Type: QHCW 65,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QHCW1015 1 QHCW1020 1 QHCW1025 QHCW1030 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QHCW2015 QHCW2020 QHCW2025 QHCW2030 Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QHCW3015H QHCW3020H Four-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number

Notes 1 Switching duty rated for 120 Vac fluorescent light applications only. Non-automatic switches, see Page V4-T1-42.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

QUICKLAG Type QCD Miniature Circuit Breakers Flexible power feed QCD breakers are used primarily in HVAC and connection: industrial applications. wire size, position Single-, two- and Same breaker size for three-pole options entire rating range Modular construction Field mountable accessories: DIN mounted finger shroud proof, quick (symmetrical rail 35 x connect terminals 7 DIN/EN 50 022) .5 Other accessories: QCD same profile as jumper unit Type QCR

QUICKLAG Type QCD Miniature Circuit Breaker

QUICKLAG Type QCD 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 80 90 100 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QCD1010 QCD1015 QCD1020 QCD1025 QCD1030 QCD1035 QCD1040 QCD1045 QCD1050 QCD1055 QCD1060 Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number QCD2010 QCD2015 QCD2020 QCD2025 QCD2030 QCD2035 QCD2040 QCD2045 QCD2050 QCD2055 QCD2060 QCD2070 QCD2080 QCD2090 QCD2090 QCD2100 Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QCD2015H QCD2020H QCD2025H QCD2030H QCD2035H QCD2040H QCD2045H QCD2050H QCD2055H QCD2060H QCD2070H QCD2080H QCD2090H QCD2090H QCD2100H Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QCD3015H QCD3020H QCD3025H QCD3030H QCD3035H QCD3040H QCD3045H QCD3050H QCD3055H QCD3060H QCD3070H QCD3080H QCD3090H QCD3100H

QUICKLAG Type QCD Non-Automatic Switches


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 60 100 Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number QCD2060NA Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Shipping Data
Number of Poles 1 2 3 Carton Quantity 24 12 8 Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) Dimensions 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)

1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-23

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-24
Single-Pole

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF, QCRH, QCFH

Contents
Description
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QCR and QCF Options and Accessories . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . ,

Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20

Two-Pole

Single-Pole

Two-Pole

QCR (Rear-Mounted Breakers)

QCF (Front-Mounted Breakers)

V4-T1-25 V4-T1-27 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF, QCRH, QCFH


Product Description
Eaton Type QCR circuit breakers have as a standard feature provisions for 35 mm DIN rail rear mounting with a spring-loaded release. Optional clips for individual mounting are available as a separate accessory. Type QCF have two threaded steel inserts to facilitate front mounting with #632 steel screws. The clamp type terminals are accessible from the rear of the breaker so that cables can be accessed without removal of the breaker from the front cover.

Application Description
QCR and QCF circuit breakers are only 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) wide per pole and are excellent for general purpose industrial applications where space savings is required.

Features, Benefits and Functions

Standards and Certifications


1/2-inch (12.7 mm) wide per pole Cable-in/cable-out Black cases with black handles Three position handle: ON, Tripped (center), OFF Thermal-magnetic protection

Built and listed to UL 489 UL File No. E7819 CSA File No. LR48907 Type QCR and QCF circuit breakers are UL listed circuit breakers that are suitable for use as branch circuit protectors All ratings 1560A are HACR rated

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Product Selection

Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide

QCR Breaker Catalog Numbers 1234


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 240 Vac 5 Catalog Number Catalog Number Three-Pole

QCR Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings 10 QCR1010 QCR1010T 15 QCR1015 6 QCR1015T 6 20 QCR1020 6 QCR1020T 6 25 QCR1025 QCR1025T 30 QCR1030 QCR1030T 35 QCR1035 40 QCR1040 45 QCR1045 50 QCR1050 55 QCR1055 60 7 QCR1060 QCR2010 QCR2010T QCR2010P QCR2015 QCR2015T QCR2015P QCR2020 QCR2020T QCR2020P QCR2025 QCR2025T QCR2025P QCR2030 QCR2030T QCR2030P QCR2035 QCR2035P QCR2040 QCR2040P QCR2045 QCR2045P QCR2050 QCR2050P QCR2055 QCR2055P QCR2060 QCR2060P QCR2015H QCR2015HT QCR2020H QCR2020HT QCR2025H QCR2025HT QCR2030H QCR2030HT QCR3015H QCR3015HT QCR3020H QCR3020HT QCR3025H QCR3025HT QCR3030H QCR3030HT

QCR Breaker 22 kAIC Interrupting Ratings 15 QCRH1015 6 QCRH1015T 20


6

QCRH2015 QCRH2015T QCRH2020 QCRH2020T

QCRH1020 6 QCRH1020T
6

Notes 1 Standard breaker terminals are box type lugs. 2 Breakers with T Catalog Number Suffix are suitable for line and load side ring terminal connection (#1032 plus/minus terminal screw provided). 3 Breakers with P Catalog Number Suffix are suitable for terminating two 10 AWG Quick-Connect Type Terminals per phase on breaker load side. 4 Breakers with Shunt Trip (extra pole required on breaker right-hand side) are available on single-, two- and three-pole. Contact the Customer Support Center at 1-800-356-1243. 5 Breakers with H Catalog Suffix have 240 Vac construction. 6 All 15 and 20A single-pole breakers are SWD (Switching Duty) rated for fluorescent lighting applications. 7 60/75C Cu/Al wire on all ratings except 60A, which requires Cu only conductor.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-25

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-26 Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

QCF Breaker Catalog Numbers 123


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 240 Vac 4 Catalog Number Catalog Number Three-Pole

QCF Breaker 10 kAIC Interrupting Ratings 10 QCF1010 QCF1010T 15 QCF1015 5 QCF1015T 5 20 QCF1020 5 QCF1020T 5 25 QCF1025 QCF1025T 30 QCF1030 QCF1030T 35 40 45 50 55 60 6 QCF1035 QCF1040 QCF1045 QCF1050 QCF1055 QCF1060 QCF2010 QCF2010T QCF2015 QCF2015T QCF2020 QCF2020T QCF2025 QCF2025T QCF2030 QCF2030T QCF2035 QCF2040 QCF2045 QCF2050 QCF2055 QCF2060 QCF2015H QCF2015HT QCF2020H QCF2020HT QCF2025H QCF2025HT QCF2030H QCF2030HT QCF3015H QCF3015HT QCF3020H QCF3020HT QCF3025H QCF3025HT QCF3030H QCF3030HT

QCF Breaker 22 kAIC Interrupting Ratings 15 QCFH1015 5 QCFH1015T 5 20 QCFH1020 5 QCFH1020T


5

QCFH2015 QCFH2015T QCFH2020 QCFH2020T

Notes 1 Standard breaker terminals are box type lugs. 2 Breakers with T Catalog Number Suffix are suitable for line and load side ring terminal connection (#1032 plus/minus terminal screw provided). 3 Breakers with Shunt Trip Attachment (extra pole required on breaker right-hand side) are available. Contact the Customer Support Center. 4 Breakers with H Catalog Suffix have 240 Vac construction. 5 All 15 and 20A single-pole breakers are SWD (Switching Duty) rated for fluorescent lighting applications. 6 60/75C Cu/Al wire on all ratings except 60A, which requires Cu only conductor.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

QCR and QCF Options and Accessories


QCR and QCF Standard Box Terminals Factory-installed line and load side breaker terminal to accommodate14 AWG to 4 AWG wire. Standard Box Terminals QCR and QCF Ring or Spade Lug Terminals (10 to 30A Ratings Only) Factory-installed line and load side terminals each equipped with a #1032 screw suitable for terminating one 10 AWG wire with insulated ring or spade type terminal as shown. Catalog Suffix T Available QCR and QCF Breaker Accessories
Description Steel mounting clip mounts QCR breaker if individual mounting is required. Quantity two required for single- and twopole and four required for three-pole breakers. Removable padlock device for single-pole QCR or QCF breaker. Removable padlock device for multi-pole QCR or QCF breaker. Padlock bracket assembly for QCR or QCF single- or multi-pole breakers (OFF only). Padlock bracket for QCR, lock-off only. Catalog Number QCRMTGFT

QCRFPL1P

QCRFPLMP

QCR Quick-Connect Terminals Factory-installed two-prong quick-connect terminal on breaker load side suitable for terminating two 10 AWG wire with insulated slip-on terminals as shown. Line side terminal is the standard type. Catalog Suffix P

QCRFLOFF

QCRPLOFF

Technical Data and Specifications

Single-, two- and three-pole 10 kAIC at 120/240 Vac, 1060A 22 kAIC at 120/240 Vac, 1520A 10 kAIC at 240 Vac, 1030A

3 kAIC at 62.5 Vdc (single-pole) 3 kAIC at 130 Vdc (two poles in series) Normal operating environment: 040C 595% humidity (noncondensing)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-27

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-28

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

QUICKLAG Type QCGF Single-Pole Ground Fault Circuit Breaker

Contents
Description
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . ,

Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24

V4-T1-29 V4-T1-30 V4-T1-30 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF, QCHGF, QCGFEP, QCHGFEP
Product Description
QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI 5 mA trip sensitivity QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors 30 mA trip sensitivity

Standards and Certifications


QUICKLAG Ground Fault Circuit Breakers, Class A GFCI Built and tested to UL 943 QUICKLAG Ground Fault Equipment Protectors Built and tested to UL 1053

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-29

Product Selection
QUICKLAG Type QCGF Single-Pole Ground Fault Circuit Breaker

Breaker Catalog Numbers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Single-Pole 120 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number

Ground Fault Circuit Breakers5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QCGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 15 20 25 30 40 50 QCGF1015 QCGF1020 QCGF1025 QCGF1030 QCGF1040 QCGF2015 QCGF2020 QCGF2025 QCGF2030 QCGF2040 QCGF2050

QUICKLAG Type: QCHGF 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 15 20 25 30 QCHGF1015 QCHGF1020 QCHGF1025 QCHGF1030 QCHGF2015 QCHGF2020 QCHGF2025 QCHGF2030

Ground Fault Equipment Protectors30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QCGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 15 20 25 30 40 50 QCGFEP1015 QCGFEP1020 QCGFEP1025 QCGFEP1030 QCGFEP1040 QCGFEP2015 QCGFEP2020 QCGFEP2025 QCGFEP2030 QCGFEP2040 QCGFEP2050

QUICKLAG Type: QCHGFEP 22,000A Interrupting Capacity Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 15 20 25 30 QCHGFEP1015 QCHGFEP1020 QCHGFEP1025 QCHGFEP1030 QCHGFEP2015 QCHGFEP2020 QCHGFEP2025 QCHGFEP2030

Special Application Ground Fault Circuit Protector5 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QCGF 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2) 15 20 25 30 40 50 15 20 25 30 QCGF1015W1 QCGF1020W1 QCGF1025W1 QCGF1030W1 QCGF1015W2 QCGF1020W2 QCGF1025W2 QCGF1030W2 QCGF2015W1 QCGF2020W1 QCGF2025W1 QCGF2030W1 QCGF2040W1 QCGF2050W1

Special Application Ground Fault Equipment Protectors30 mA Sensitivity QUICKLAG Type: QCGFEP 10,000A Interrupting Capacity with Bell Alarm (W1) or Auxiliary Switch (W2) 15 20 25 30 40 50 15 20 25 30 QCGFEP1015W1 QCGFEP1020W1 QCGFEP1025W1 QCGFEP1030W1 QCGFEP1015W2 QCGFEP1020W2 QCGFEP1025W2 QCGFEP1030W2 QCGFEP2015W1 QCGFEP2020W1 QCGFEP2025W1 QCGFEP2030W1 QCGFEP2040W1 QCGFEP2050W1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-30

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Wiring Diagram
Bell Alarm and Auxiliary Contact Schematic
Blue Ground Fault Breaker NC Red NO Red Wire Blue Wire Black Wire

Single-throw double-pole contacts are UL and CSA listed for 5A at 250 Vac. Bell Alarm (W1)contacts change state when breaker trips. Auxiliary Switch (W2)contacts change state when breaker is opened (or tripped) or closed. 14-inch (355.6 mm) long 18 AWG pigtail wire leads provided.

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Shipping Data
Number of Poles 1 2 Carton Quantity 20 5 Approximate Weight Lbs (kg) 11.00 (5.0) 5.00 (2.3) Dimensions 12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0) 15.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (393.7 x 152.4 x 114.3)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28

BABRP and BABRSP Breakers Single- and Two-Pole

Contents
Description
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP , , Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . . ,

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

V4-T1-32 V4-T1-33 V4-T1-33 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP


Product Description
The BABRP and BABRSP are bolt-on branch circuit breakers designed for use in panelboards. The BRRP is a plug-on branch circuit breaker designed for use in loadcenters not manufactured with breakers with a 1-inch wide format and are listed on the Compatibility list for Classified Applications Pub. 26271. In addition to providing conventional branch circuit protection, they include a unique solenoid-operated mechanism that provides for efficient breaker pulse-on and pulse-off operation when used with a suitable controller like Eatons Pow-R-Command lighting control system. These breakers can also be controlled by pushbutton or a PLC unit.

Application Description
Eatons BABRP, BABRSP, BRRP and CLRP breakers are remotely operated molded case circuit breakers ideally suited for lighting control applications or energy management applications.

Features, Benefits and Functions

Bolt-on line-side terminal (BABRP BABRSP , Type BA) Plug-on line-side terminal (BRRPType BR, CLRP Type CL) Cable connected load-side terminal Four-position control terminal Bi-metal assembly for thermal overload protection Fast-acting short-circuit protection Arc-chute assembly for fast-acting arc extinction Three-position handle: OFF , TRIP (Center), ON

Handle permits manual switching when control power is lost Mechanical trip indicator 15 and 20A breakers SWD (switching duty) rated HID ratings for HID (high intensity discharge) lighting All models HACR rated Status feedback of control circuit (BABRSP) Series rated (BABRP , BABRSP only) BRRP series rated same as BR breakers BABRP BABRSP same , as BA breakers

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-31

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-32 2 2

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Product Selection

QUICKLAG Type QCGF Single-Pole Ground Fault Circuit Breaker

BABRP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings


Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Catalog Number Ampere Vac (50/60 Hz) 120/240 277/480 Number of Poles Rating 1 120 1 15 20 25 30 15 20 25 30 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 BABRP1015 BABRP1020 BABRP1025 BABRP1030 BABRP2015 BABRP2020 BABRP2025 BABRP2030

BRRP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings


Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Number Ampere of Poles Rating 1 15 20 25 30 2 15 20 25 30 Vac (50/60 Hz) 120 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 120/240 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 Catalog Number BRRP115 BRRP120 BRRP125 BRRP130 BRRP215 BRRP220 BRRP225 BRRP230

BABRP and BABRSP Wire Harness


Description Catalog Number

CLRP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings


Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Number Ampere of Poles Rating 1 15 20 25 Vac (50/60 Hz) 120 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 120/240 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 Catalog Number CLRP115 CLRP120 CLRP125 CLRP130 CLRP215 CLRP220 CLRP225 CLRP230

This 60-inch (1524.0 mm) wire pigtail provides SLBKRPTL1 a connection from a single BABRPs control plug to a customers pushbutton, relay or PLC. Each box contains 12 pigtails. Wires are 22 AWG, 600V. Order in multiples of 12.

BABRSP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings


Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Number Ampere of Poles Rating 1 120 1 15 20 25 30 15 20 25 30 Vac (50/60 Hz) Catalog 120/240 277/480 Number BABRSP1015 BABRSP1020 BABRSP1025 BABRSP1030 BABRSP2015 BABRSP2020 BABRSP2025 BABRSP2030

30 2 15 20 25 30

10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000

Note 1 Continuous current rating at 40C.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1
Line Breaker Contact

Technical Data and Specifications


Solenoid Operating Data Power requirements: 24 Vac/dc (20.4V minimum 30V maximum) Controlled signal: +AC/DC 8 ms minimum with zero cross, 300 ms maximum AC: 1.3 cycles minimum, 18 cycles or 300 ms maximum DC: 8 ms minimum, 300 ms maximum Maximum duty cycle of 6 OPEN/CLOSE cycles per minute Current draw: open 1A, close 3/4A Blue wire: power input (see power requirements) Black wire: remote opening Red wire: remote closing Yellow wire: feedback status from power input, maximum 0.50A draw (BABRSP only) Operation Tripping systemthe BABRP BABRSP BRRP , , and CLRP circuit breakers have a permanent trip unit that contains a factory preset thermal (overload) trip element in each pole Operating mechanism the BABRP BABRSP BRRP , , and CLRP circuit breakers have an over-center toggle mechanism that provides quick-make, quick-break operation. The operating mechanism is trip free. An internal cross-bar provides a common tripping of all multi-pole circuit breakers Operating/Application Data Ambient temperature: 0 to 40C Nominal pulse magnitude: 24 Vac/dc Frequency: 50/60 Hz Maximum breaker cycling: 6 operations per minute Tolerance: +10% to 15% of nominal voltage Humidity: 0 to 95% noncondensing

Wiring Diagrams
Control Circuit for the BABRP and BABRSP
BABRP Remote Contact Load Breaker Contact RM b RM a Yellow RM b Line Load BABRSP Remote Contact

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

RM a Yellow

BKR a

Black

Blue

Black

Red

On Coil

Off Remote Coil Status

On Coil

Off Remote Coil Status

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Blue
V4-T1-33

Red

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-34 GHBS and GHQRSP

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP. . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . ,

Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31

V4-T1-35 V4-T1-36 V4-T1-36 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-40

Solenoid OperatorRemote-Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers
Product Description
Eatons GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP circuit breakers are bolt-on branch circuit breakers designed for use in 277/480 Vac panelboards. In addition to providing conventional branch circuit protection, they include a unique solenoid-operated mechanism that provides for efficient breaker pulse-on and pulse-off operation when used with a suitable controller like Eatons Pow-R-Command lighting control system.

Features, Benefits and Functions


Bolt-on line-side terminal Cable-connected load-side terminal Status switchremote status and breaker status available from internal auxiliary switches Bi-metal assembly for thermal overload protection Fast-acting short-circuit protection Arc-runner and arc-chute assembly for fast-acting arc extinction Three-position breaker handle: OFF TRIP (Center), , ON

Visual indication of the remotely operated contacts position (open, closed or trip) Remote override handle permits manual switching when control power is lost 15 and 20A breakers SWD (switching duty) rated. 15 and 20A breakers HID rated for HID (High intensity discharge) lighting All models HACR rated Series rated with various Eaton main circuit breakers

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1

Product Selection

GHBSSingle-Pole

GHBS UL 489 Interrupting Ratings


Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 1 Ampere Rating 1 15 20 30 2 15 20 30 Vac (50/60 Hz) 120 65,000 65,000 65,000 240 65,000 65,000 65,000 277/480 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 Catalog Number GHBS1015D GHBS1020D GHBS1030D GHBS2015D GHBS2020D GHBS2030D

1 1 1 1 1 1

GBHS CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings (Not UL Listed)


Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 1 Ampere Rating 1 15 20 2 15 20 Vac (50/60 Hz) 347/600 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 Catalog Number GBHS1015D GBHS1020D GBHS2015D GBHS2020D

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

GHQRSP UL 489 and CSA 22.2 Interrupting Ratings


Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 1 Ampere Rating 1 15 20 30 2 15 20 30 Vac (50/60 Hz) 120 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 120/240 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 65,000 277 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 480Y/277 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 14,000 Catalog Number 2 GHQRSP1015 GHQRSP1020 GHQRSP1030 GHQRSP2015 GHQRSP2020 GHQRSP2030

Notes 1 Continuous current rating at 40C. 2 All UL listed circuit breakers are HID (high intensity discharge) rated.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-35

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-36

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Technical Data and Specifications


Solenoid Operating Data Power requirements: 24 Vac/dc (20.4V minimum 30V maximum) Controlled signal: +AC/ DC 8 ms minimum with zero cross, 300 ms maximum AC: 1.3 cycles minimum, 18 cycles or 300 ms maximum DC: 8 ms minimum, 300 ms maximum Maximum duty cycle of 6 OPEN/CLOSE cycles per minute Current draw: open 1A, close 3/4A Blue wire: power input (see power requirements) Black wire: remote opening Terminal Type
Circuit Breaker Type GHQRSP Circuit Breaker Amperes 1520 Screw Head Type Slotted Terminal Type Clamp Range #14#4 AWG

Wiring Diagrams
Red wire: remote closing Yellow wire: feedback status from power input, maximum 0.50A draw Typical Single-Pole Circuit Breaker Schematic Diagram for GHBS and GBHS Breakers
Circuit Breaker

Operation Mechanism manually operated by external handle allowing ON, OFF and RESET operation. Handle assumes a center TRIP position after performing protective response. Operating/Application Data Ambient temperature: 040C Frequency: 4862 Hz Humidity: 095% noncondensing

Solenoid

Common AMP Inc. Conductor Plug 1


/ Cycle Maximum 28 Vac Pulse Source
1 2

Solenoid

Auxiliary

28 Vac Circuit Breaker Open/Closed Status

Typical Single-Pole Circuit Breaker Schematic Diagram for GHQRSP Breakers


GHQRSP Remote Breaker Contact Contact Load Line

Yellow

Black

Status

On Coil

Off Coil

Power Input

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Dimensions per Pole
Circuit Breaker Type GHQRSP Width 1.00 (25.4) Height 2 4.63 (117.6) Length 3 2.81 (71.4)

Notes 1 Purchase separate AMP Inc. conductor plug #640426-3. 2 Excluding line terminal. 3 Excluding handle.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Blue

Red

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-38 V4-T1-39 V4-T1-39 V4-T1-40

International Rated

Contents
Description
Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers. . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC . . . . ,

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

International Rated Types HQP, BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC


Product Description
QUICKLAG International Circuit Breakers Bolt-on Type BA QUICKLAG International Ground Fault Circuit Breakers Plug-on Type GFMB Cable-in/cable-out Type GFXBC

Standards and Certifications


QUICKLAG International Circuit Breakers Built and test certified to BS3871, Pt. 1 50/60 Hz, 40C QUICKLAG International Ground Fault Circuit Breakers Built and test certified to BS3871, Pt. 1; BS3871, Section 31-C; BS4293 50/60 Hz, 40C; 30 mA sensitivity

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-37

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-38

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Product Selection
BAB

Breaker Catalog Numbers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Single-Pole 240/415 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 240/415 Vac Catalog Number Three-Pole 240/415 Vac Catalog Number

3000A Interrupting Capacity (M3) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 60 70 90 100 BAB1010E BAB1015E BAB1020E BAB1025E BAB1030E BAB1040E BAB1050E BAB1060E BAB1070E BAB2010E BAB2015E BAB2020E BAB2025E BAB2030E BAB2040E BAB2050E BAB2060E BAB2070E BAB2090E BAB2100E BAB3010E BAB3015E BAB3020E BAB3025E BAB3030E BAB3040E BAB3050E BAB3060E BAB3070E BAB3090E BAB3100E

6000A Interrupting Capacity (M6) Bolt-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 70 90 100 BAB1015HE BAB1020HE BAB1025HE BAB1030HE BAB1040HE BAB1050HE BAB1060HE BAB1070HE BAB2015HE BAB2020HE BAB2025HE BAB2030HE BAB2040HE BAB2050HE BAB2060HE BAB2070HE BAB2090HE BAB2100HE BAB3015HE BAB3020HE BAB3025HE BAB3030HE BAB3040HE BAB3050HE BAB3060HE BAB3070HE BAB3090HE BAB3100HE

Breaker Catalog NumbersGround Fault Single-Pole 30 mA Sensitivity


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 240/415 Vac Catalog Number

3000A Interrupting Capacity (M3) Plug-On Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 10 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 GFMB110B2 GFMB115B2 GFMB116B2 GFMB120B2 GFMB125B2 GFMB130B2 GFMB132B2 GFMB140B2

Note For other 240/415V applications, please contact the Customer Support Center at 1-800-356-1243.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Technical Data and Specifications


Interrupting Ratings
Ratings Suffix E Suffix HE International Circuit Breakers NEMA 120/240 Vac BS3871 220/380, 240/415 Vac 10,000 AIC 3000 AIC 10,000 AIC 6000 AIC

International Ground Fault Circuit Breakers BS3871 220/380, 240/415 Vac 3000 AIC

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Shipping Data
Miniature Circuit Breaker QUICKLAG Type B Number of Poles 1 2 3 QUICKLAG Ground Fault Type PAll Types B and CAll Types P and BAll 1 1 2 20 20 5 11.00 (5.0) 11.00 (5.0) 5.00 (2.3) 12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.00 x 5.50 (317.5 x 177.8 x 139.7) 12.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (317.5 x 152.4 x 114.3) Standard Carton Quantity 24 12 8 Approximate Carton Weight Lbs (kg) 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) Approximate Standard Carton 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-39

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-40

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

QUICKLAG Type P Switching Neutral

Contents
Description Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . QUICKLAG Plug-On Types HQP QPHW, QHPX, QHPW , QUICKLAG Plug-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QPGF QPHGF QPGFEP QPHGFEP , , , Bolt-On Types BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW . . . . . . . . Bolt-On Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter Types QBAF QBCAF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , Bolt-On Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QBGF QBHGF QBGFEP QBHGFEP . . . . . . . , , , Cable-In/Cable-Out Types QC, QCD, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out, 1/2-Inch Wide, Types QCR, QCF , QCRH, QCFH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cable-In/Cable-Out Ground Fault and Equipment Protectors, Types QCGF QCHGF QCGFEP QCHGFEP , , , Solenoid-Operated, Remote-Controlled Latching Types BABRP BABRSP BRRP and CLRP . . . . . . . . . , , Solenoid OperatorRemote Controlled Latching for Type GHBS, GBHS and GHQRSP Breakers . . . . . . . International Rated Types HQP BA, QC, GFMB, GFXBC , Special Application Breakers, Types HQP BA, QC , Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Factory Modifications and Installed Terminals . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T1-2 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-8 V4-T1-11 V4-T1-14 V4-T1-17 V4-T1-20 V4-T1-24 V4-T1-28 V4-T1-31 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-37 V4-T1-41 V4-T1-43 V4-T1-46 V4-T1-47 V4-T1-48

Special Application Breakers, Types HQP, BA, QC


Product Description
Breakers Plug-on Type HQP: 1030A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC Bolt-on Type BA: 1030A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC Cable-in Type QC: 1030A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC Switching neutral QUICKLAG breakers available in singleand two-pole configurations, plus neutral pole for applications in accordance with NEC 514.5, 240.22 and 380.2. A single-pole device takes two pole spaces, and a two-pole device takes three pole spaces. QUICKLAG HID (High Intensity Discharge) Breakers Plug-on Type HQP: 1560A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC Bolt-on Type BA: 1560A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC Cable-in Type QC: 1560A, single- and two-pole, 10 kAIC Breakers designed specifically for use with high intensity discharge (HID) lighting applications. (UL listed as standard lighting breakers.) Molded Case SwitchesNonautomatic QUICKLAG Molded Case Switch Plug-on Type HQP: 50, 60,100A, single-, two- and three-pole Bolt-on Type BA: 50, 60,100A, single-, two- and three-pole Cable-in Type QC: 50, 60,100A, single-, two- and three-pole

Standards and Certifications

All products UL and CSA listed

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Product Selection
QUICKLAG Type P Switching Neutral

Breaker Catalog Numbers


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number

QUICKLAG Type: HQP Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 10 15 20 25 30 HQP2010B HQP2015B HQP2020B HQP2025B HQP2030B HQP3010B HQP3015B HQP3020B HQP3025B HQP3030B

QUICKLAG Type: BA Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 10 15 20 25 30 BAB2010C BAB2015C BAB2020C BAB2025C BAB2030C BAB3010C BAB3015C BAB3020C BAB3025C BAB3030C

QUICKLAG Type: QC Switching Neutral Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 10 15 20 25 30 QC2010B QC2015B QC2020B QC2025B QC2030B QC3010B QC3015B QC3020B QC3025B QC3030B

QUICKLAG Type: HQP HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 HQP1015D HQP1020D HQP1025D HQP1030D HQP1035D HQP1040D HQP1050D HQP1060D HQP2015D HQP2020D HQP2025D HQP2030D HQP2035D HQP2040D HQP2050D HQP2060D

QUICKLAG Type: BA HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 BAB1015D BAB1020D BAB1025D BAB1030D BAB1035D BAB1040D BAB1050D BAB1060D BAB2015D BAB2020D BAB2025D BAB2030D BAB2035D BAB2040D BAB2050D BAB2060D

QUICKLAG Type: QC HID (High Intensity Discharge) Thermal-Magnetic Breakers 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 QC1015D QC1020D QC1025D QC1030D QC1035D QC1040D QC1050D QC1060D QC2015D QC2020D QC2025D QC2030D QC2035D QC2040D QC2050D QC2060D

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-41

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-42

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Breaker Catalog Numbers, continued


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Single-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 120/240 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number Three-Pole 240 Vac Catalog Number

QUICKLAG Type: HQP Non-Automatic Switches 50 60 100 HQP1050N HQP1060N HQP1100N HQP2050N HQP2060N HQP2100N HQP3050N HQP3060N HQP3100N

QUICKLAG Type: BA Non-Automatic Switches 50 60 100 BAB1050N BAB1060N BAB1100N BAB2050N BAB2060N BAB2100N BAB3050N BAB3060N BAB3100N

QUICKLAG Type: QC Non-Automatic Switches 50 60 100 QC1050N QC1060N QC1100N QC2050N QC2060N QC2100N QC3050N QC3060N QC3100N

QUICKLAG Type: QCD Non-Automatic Switches 60 100 QCD2060NA

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Accessories 1
Handle Locks: Non-Padlockable 2
Description QL1NPL QUICKLAG Type P, B, Csingle-pole Order in Multiples of 10 Catalog Number QL1NPL

QL23NPL

QUICKLAG Type P, B, Ctwo- and three-pole

10

QL23NPL

Handle Locks: Padlockable 2


Description QL1PL QUICKLAG Type P, B, Csingle-pole Order in Multiples of 10 Catalog Number QL1PL

1 1 1 1 1

QL123PL

QUICKLAG Type P, B and ground faultsingle-, two- and three-pole

10

QL123PL

1 1 1 1

QC123PL

QUICKLAG Type C single-, two- and three-pole

10

QC123PL

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

QUICKLAG Type P, Bsingle-, two- and three-pole (off only) QUICKLAG Type Csingle-, two- and three-pole (off only) Notes 1 See Page V4-T1-27 for QCR and QCF accessories. 2 Can lock in ON or OFF position.

10 10

QL123PLOFF QC123PLOFF

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-43

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-44 QC6BP QCBCLIP QC3FP QC2FP QC1FP QCFCLIP

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Mounting Hardware
Description QUICKLAG Type C face mounting clip Order in Multiples of 24 Catalog Number QCFCLIP

QUICKLAG Type C face mounting platesingle-pole

10

QC1FP

QUICKLAG Type C face mounting platetwo-pole

10

QC2FP

QUICKLAG Type C face mounting platethree-pole

10

QC3FP

QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate and lock-off (off only)two-pole 1 QUICKLAG Type C face mounting plate and lock-off (off only)three-pole QUICKLAG Type C base mounting clamp

10 10 10

QC2FPLOFF QC3FPLOFF QCBCLIP

QUICKLAG Type mounting platesix poles total

10

QC6BP

Note 1 Suitable for ground fault breakers.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
Catalog Number QC6BPS QCDJ2 QCDJ4

Mounting Hardware, continued


Description QUICKLAG Type C base mounting platesix poles totalheavy-duty screw-secured QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 2-way jumper unit with cover QCDJ4 QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 4-way jumper unit with cover Order in Multiples of 10 10 10

1 1 1 1 1

QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 6-way jumper unit with cover QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 2-way jumper unit, no cover QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 4-way jumper unit, no cover QUICKLAG Type C (QCD) 6-way jumper unit, no cover QUICKLAG Type QCD Finger protection attachment QUICKLAG Type QCD 4-prong Quick Connect QCDINADAPT QUICKLAG Type C DIN rail adapter

10 10 10 10 10 10 6

QCDJ6 QCDJ2T QCDJ4T QCDJ6T QCDFP QCDQUICK QCDINADAPT

1 1 1 1 1 1

QCDRING

QUICKLAG Type QCD ring lug attachment

10

QCDRING

1 1 1 1

Dummy Breakers
Description QUICKLAG Type P QUICKLAG Type B QUICKLAG Type C QUICKLAG Type C clear choice breaker Order in Multiples of 1 1 1 4 Catalog Number HQP1000 BAB1000 QC1000 QC30SAMPLE

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

QCRSPACER

Miscellaneous
Description QUICKLAG Type C Spacer Order in Multiples of 1 Catalog Number QCRSPACER

QL1HT

Handle Tie
Description QUICKLAG handle tiesingle-pole Order in Multiples of 100 Catalog Number QL1HT

1 1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-45

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-46 Type of Modification

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Factory Modifications and Installed Terminals


Factory Modifications 1
Breaker Type Catalog Suffix Shunt trip (requires one extra pole space on right side) 120, 208, 240 Vac Draws 2.6A at 120V, draws 11A at 24 Vdc Shunt trip (requires one extra pole space on right side) 24, 48 Vac/dc Draws 2.6A at 120V, draws 11A at 24 Vdc Special calibration (50C) (no UL) Shock testing Freeze testing Moisture-fungus treatment Marine duty Naval duty 400 Hz calibration Specific DC ratings (breaker marked with a max. Vdc rating)

QUICKLAG Types P, B and C

QUICKLAG Types P, B and C QUICKLAG Types P, B and C QUICKLAG Types P, B and C QUICKLAG Types P, B and C QUICKLAG Types P, B, C and ground fault QUICKLAG Types P, B, C QUICKLAG Types P, B, C QUICKLAG Types P, B, C QUICKLAG Types P, B, C

S1 V L Y F H08 H09 G Q thru Q9 2

Spare Terminal Hardware Screws (Lugs not Included)


Terminal Type 1 2 3 5 6 and 7 Description QUICKLAG terminal screw QUICKLAG terminal screw QUICKLAG terminal screw QUICKLAG binding head terminal screw and clamp QUICKLAG terminal screw Order in Multiples of 10 10 10 10 10 Catalog Number QLLDTSA QLLDTSB QLLDTSC QLBHTSE QLLNTSFG

Notes 1 Contact Eaton for factory modifications available for QCR and QCF breakers. 2 Q = 32 Vdc; Q1 = 3240 Vdc; Q2 = 37.5 Vdc; Q3 = 45 Vdc; Q4 = 48 Vdc; Q5 = 50 Vdc; Q6 = 62.5 Vdc; Q7 = 75 Vdc (2P); Q8 = 80 Vdc (2P); Q9 = 125 Vdc (QCR 2P); Q10 = 62.5 Vdc (QCR 1P).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

1.1
1
Optional Terminals

Technical Data and Specifications


Factory-Installed Breaker Terminals
Breaker Type QUICKLAG Type P HQP, QPHW, QHPX, QHPW QUICKLAG ground fault QPGF, QPGFEP, QPHGF, QPHGFEP QUICKLAG Type B BAB, QBHW, HBAX, HBAW QUICKLAG ground fault QBGF, QBGFEP, QBHGFEP, QBHGF QUICKLAG Type C QC, QCHW, QHCX, QHCW QUICKLAG QCR, QCF QUICKLAG ground fault QCGF, QCGFEP, QCHGF, QCHGFEP QUICKLAG QCD Continuous Ampere Rating 1030 3550 55125 1040 1040 1030 1040 3550 55125 1040 1040 1030 1020 2560 70100 1055 60 1020 2550 1030 1060 70100 5 6 7 1 1 6 6 6 9 10 Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD TBD 144 41/0 Extended tangs that bolt directly to the bus Extended tangs that bolt directly to the bus Plug-on female clips that mate with the bus stabs Standard Line Terminal Terminal Wire Type Type Wire Range (AWG) Standard Load Terminal Terminal Type 1 2 3 1 (single-pole) 1 1 1 (single- and two-pole) 2 (three-pole) 3 1 (single-pole) 1 1 5 2 3 1 1 148 1 9 10 Wire Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Wire Range (AWG) 144 144 81/0 144 148 144 144 81/0 144 148 148 1410 144 81/0 144 144 144 144 144 41/0

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Line N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 6, 7 5, 7 5 N/A N/A 6, 7 5, 7

Load 3 3 3 3 3 3 N/A N/A N/A 6, 7, 8 5, 6, 7, 8 5, 7, 8 N/A N/A 5 5

Plug-on female clips that mate with the bus stabs

See Accessories See Accessories

Steel Box Lug

Steel Box Lug

Steel Box Lug

Steel Ring Type

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

10

4-Prong Quick Connect Aluminum Box Lug Note 1 Clamp on line side only. Aluminum Box Lug

QCD Terminal Assembly 1060A

QCD Terminal Assembly 70100A

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-47

1.1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-48

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


Industrial Circuit Breakers

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Shipping Data
Miniature Circuit Breaker QUICKLAG Types B, P, Call QUICKLAG Types B, P, Call QUICKLAG Types B, P, Call QUICKLAG ground fault Type Pall Types B and Call Types P and Ball Number of Poles 1 2 3 1 1 2 Standard Carton Quantity 24 12 8 20 20 5 Approximate Carton Weight Lbs (kg) 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) 11.00 (5.0) 11.00 (5.0) 5.00 (2.3) Approximate Standard Carton 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 190.5 x 127.0) 12.50 x 6.50 x 5.00 (317.5 x 165.1 x 127.0) 12.50 x 7.00 x 5.50 (317.5 x 177.8 x 139.7) 12.50 x 6.00 x 4.50 (317.5 x 152.4 x 114.3)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

1.2
Page V4-T1-50 V4-T1-51 V4-T1-52 V4-T1-54 V4-T1-55 V4-T1-62

WMZ Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description WMZ Circuit Breaker Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Optimum and Efficient Protection for Every Application

1 1 1

WMZ Circuit Breaker


Product Overview
Optimum product quality, tested reliability and safety stand for best protection of personnel, installations and plant. Eatons WMZ DIN rail mountable circuit breaker is designed for use in branch service applications.

Features

Application Description
Feeder and branch circuit protection for:

Convenience receptacle circuits (internal/external) Motor control circuits Load circuits leaving the equipment (external) HACR equipment (heating, air conditioning, refrigeration) (internal/ external) PLC I/O points Computers Power supplies Control instrumentation Relays UPS Power conditioners

Complete range of UL 489 listed DIN rail mounted miniature circuit breakers up to 40A current rating Standard ratings of 10 kAIC at 277/480 Vac Select amperages available at 14 kAIC at 277/480 Vac and 10 kAIC at125 Vdc Current limiting design provides fast short-circuit interruption that reduces the let-through energy, which can damage the circuit Suitable for branch circuit device protection Thermal-magnetic overcurrent protection Two levels of shortcircuit protection, categorized by C and D curves Trip-free designbreaker can not be defeated by holding the handle in the ON position Captive screws cannot be lost SWD (switching duty) suitable for switching fluorescent lighting loads (In 20A)

For use in applications for which UL 1077 or CSA C22.2 No.235 are also allowed Field-installable shunt trip and auxiliary switch subsequent mounting Separate version for ringtongue connection (Type WMZT.T), terminal screws can be removed (on both sides) Module width of only 17 mm (per pole) .7 Contact Position Indicator (red/green) Easy installation on DIN rail Possibility for sealing the toggle in ON or OFF position

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-49

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-50 Rated Voltage UL/CSA Calibration Temperature UL/CSA Conductor Type

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

Standards and Certifications


Device Printing on Front and Side Installation options These branch circuit breakers are available in two terminal configurations: standard box terminals that accept multiple conductors and ring-tongue terminals, ideally suited to demanding requirements of the semi-conductor industry. All breakers mount on standard 35 mm DIN rail. Bus connectors and feeder terminal facilitate mounting and wiring of multiple miniature circuit breaker arrays in control panel assemblies. These circuit breakers can also be reverse feed. UL 489 Standard for molded case circuit breakers (MCCB) for feeder and branch circuit protection Products meet the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC) Powerful Offering for Machine and System Builders The WMZ is available with C and D characteristics in accordance with UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5; UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No.235 and IEC 60947-2. CSA C22.2 No.5 Standard for molded case circuit breakers for feeder and branch circuit protection (corresponds closely to UL 489 Standard) Products meet the requirements of the Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) These devices are RoHS compliant

Breaker Status Indicator

Rated Current

Catalog Number

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

1.2
1 1
Terminal

Catalog Number Selection

WMZ T 1 C 16 T
Breaker Family WMZ = WMZ UL circuit breaker Breaker Type T =10 kAIC H =14 kAIC D =10 kAIC/DC 12 Number of Poles 1 = Single-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 3 Protective Curve C = C Curve (510X In) D = D Curve (1020X In) 3 Ampere Rating X0 = 0.5A 01 = 1A X1 = 1.5A 02 = 2A 03 = 3A 04 = 4A 05 = 5A 06 = 6A 07 = 7A 08 = 8A 10 = 10A 13 = 13A 15 = 15A 16 = 16A 20 = 20A 25 = 25A 30 = 30A 32 = 32A 40 = 40A T = Ring terminals [blank] = Standard box terminals

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Notes 1 Limited curve and ampere offerings. 2 125 Vdc for single-pole, 250 Vdc for two-pole in series. 3 Not offered for Type WMZD.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-51

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-52 Three-Pole Two-Pole

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

Product Selection
WMZT
Single-Pole

WMZT UL 489 Circuit Breakers10 kAIC


Single-Pole Amperes Catalog Number Two-Pole Catalog Number Three-Pole Catalog Number

Single-Pole

WMZT UL 489 Circuit Breakers with Ring-Tongue Terminals10 kAIC


Single-Pole Amperes Catalog Number Two-Pole Catalog Number Three-Pole Catalog Number

C Curve (510X In Current Rating) 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 13 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 WMZT1CX0 WMZT1C01 WMZT1CX1 WMZT1C02 WMZT1C03 WMZT1C04 WMZT1C05 WMZT1C06 WMZT1C07 WMZT1C08 WMZT1C10 WMZT1C13 WMZT1C15 WMZT1C16 WMZT1C20 WMZT1C25 WMZT1C30 WMZT1C32 WMZT1C40 WMZT2CX0 WMZT2C01 WMZT2CX1 WMZT2C02 WMZT2C03 WMZT2C00 WMZT2C05 WMZT2C06 WMZT2C07 WMZT2C08 WMZT2C10 WMZT2C13 WMZT2C15 WMZT2C16 WMZT2C20 WMZT2C25 WMZT2C30 WMZT2C32 WMZT2C40 WMZT3CX0 WMZT3C01 WMZT3CX1 WMZT3C02 WMZT3C03 WMZT3C04 WMZT3C05 WMZT3C06 WMZT3C07 WMZT3C08 WMZT3C10 WMZT3C13 WMZT3C15 WMZT3C16 WMZT3C20 WMZT3C25 WMZT3C30 WMZT3C32 WMZT3C40 Three-Pole Two-Pole

C Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals (510X In Current Rating) 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 13 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 WMZT1CX0T WMZT1C01T WMZT1CX1T WMZT1C02T WMZT1C03T WMZT1C04T WMZT1C05T WMZT1C06T WMZT1C07T WMZT1C08T WMZT1C10T WMZT1C13T WMZT1C15T WMZT1C16T WMZT1C20T WMZT1C25T WMZT1C30T WMZT1C32T WMZT1C40T WMZT2CX0T WMZT2C01T WMZT2CX1T WMZT2C02T WMZT2C03T WMZT2C04T WMZT2C05T WMZT2C06T WMZT2C07T WMZT2C08T WMZT2C10T WMZT2C13T WMZT2C15T WMZT2C16T WMZT2C20T WMZT2C25T WMZT2C30T WMZT2C32T WMZT2C40T WMZT3CX0T WMZT3C01T WMZT3CX1T WMZT3C02T WMZT3C03T WMZT3C04T WMZT3C05T WMZT3C06T WMZT3C07T WMZT3C08T WMZT3C10T WMZT3C13T WMZT3C15T WMZT3C16T WMZT3C20T WMZT3C25T WMZT3C30T WMZT3C32T WMZT3C40T

D Curve (1020X In Current Rating) 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 13 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 WMZT1DX0 WMZT1D01 WMZT1DX1 WMZT1D02 WMZT1D03 WMZT1D04 WMZT1D05 WMZT1D06 WMZT1D07 WMZT1D08 WMZT1D10 WMZT1D13 WMZT1D15 WMZT1D16 WMZT1D20 WMZT1D25 WMZT1D30 WMZT1D32 WMZT1D40 WMZT2DX0 WMZT2D01 WMZT2DX1 WMZT2D02 WMZT2D03 WMZT2D04 WMZT2D05 WMZT2D06 WMZT2D07 WMZT2D08 WMZT2D10 WMZT2D13 WMZT2D15 WMZT2D16 WMZT2D20 WMZT2D25 WMZT2D30 WMZT2D32 WMZT2D40 WMZT3DX0 WMZT3D01 WMZT3DX1 WMZT3D02 WMZT3D03 WMZT3D04 WMZT3D05 WMZT3D06 WMZT3D07 WMZT3D08 WMZT3D10 WMZT3D13 WMZT3D15 WMZT3D16 WMZT3D20 WMZT3D25 WMZT3D30 WMZT3D32 WMZT3D40

D Curve with Ring-Tongue Terminals (1020X In Current Rating) 0.5 1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 13 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 WMZT1DX0T WMZT1D01T WMZT1DX1T WMZT1D02T WMZT1D03T WMZT1D04T WMZT1D05T WMZT1D06T WMZT1D07T WMZT1D08T WMZT1D10T WMZT1D13T WMZT1D15T WMZT1D16T WMZT1D20T WMZT1D25T WMZT1D30T WMZT1D32T WMZT1D40T WMZT2DX0T WMZT2D01T WMZT2DX1T WMZT2D02T WMZT2D03T WMZT2D04T WMZT2D05T WMZT2D06T WMZT2D07T WMZT2D08T WMZT2D10T WMZT2D13T WMZT2D15T WMZT2D16T WMZT2D20T WMZT2D25T WMZT2D30T WMZT2D32T WMZT2D40T WMZT3DX0T WMZT3D01T WMZT3DX1T WMZT3D02T WMZT3D03T WMZT3D04T WMZT3D05T WMZT3D06T WMZT3D07T WMZT3D08T WMZT3D10T WMZT3D13T WMZT3D15T WMZT3D16T WMZT3D20T WMZT3D25T WMZT3D30T WMZT3D32T WMZT3D40T

Notes Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947. Optional connections for ring-tongue terminals. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Three-Pole Catalog Number

WMZH
Single-Pole

WMZH UL 489 Circuit Breakers 14 kAIC


Single-Pole Amperes Catalog Number Two-Pole Catalog Number Three-Pole Catalog Number

Single-Pole

WMZH UL 489 Circuit Breakers with RingTongue Terminals


Single-Pole Amperes Catalog Number Two-Pole Catalog Number

C Curve (510X In Current Rating) 15 16 20 Two-Pole 25 WMZH1C15 WMZH1C16 WMZH1C20 WMZH1C25 WMZH2C15 WMZH2C16 WMZH2C20 WMZH2C25 WMZH3C15 WMZH3C16 WMZH3C20 WMZH3C25 Two-Pole

C Curve (510X In Current Rating) 15 16 20 25 WMZH1C15T WMZH1C16T WMZH1C20T WMZH1C25T WMZH2C15T WMZH2C16T WMZH2C20T WMZH2C25T WMZH3C15T WMZH3C16T WMZH3C20T WMZH3C25T

D Curve (1020X In Current Rating) 13 15 16 20 WMZH1D13 WMZH1D15 WMZH1D16 WMZH1D20 WMZH2D13 WMZH2D15 WMZH2D16 WMZH2D20 WMZH3D13 WMZH3D15 WMZH3D16 WMZH3D20

D Curve (1020X In Current Rating) 13 15 16 20 Three-Pole WMZH1D13T WMZH1D15T WMZH1D16T WMZH1D20T WMZH2D13T WMZH2D15T WMZH2D16T WMZH2D20T WMZH3D13T WMZH3D15T WMZH3D16T WMZH3D20T

Three-Pole

Notes Interrupting capacity: 10 kA UL/CSA; 15 kA IEC 60947. Optional connections for ring-tongue terminals.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-53

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-54 Two-Pole

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

Accessories
WMZD
Single-Pole

WMZ UL 489 Breakers WMZD UL 489 Circuit Breakers10 kAIC at 125 Vdc Per Pole
Single-Pole Amperes Catalog Number Two-Pole Catalog Number Description Two-pole contact or auxiliary contact/trip indicating contact Auxiliary contact Shunt trip 110415 Vac Shunt trip 12110 Vac C Curve (510X In Current Rating) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 13 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 WMZD1C02 WMZD1C03 WMZD1C04 WMZD1C05 WMZD1C06 WMZD1C07 WMZD1C08 WMZD1C10 WMZD1C13 WMZD1C15 WMZD1C16 WMZD1C20 WMZD1C25 WMZD1C30 WMZD1C32 WMZD1C40 WMZD2C02 WMZD2C03 WMZD2C04 WMZD2C05 WMZD2C06 WMZD2C07 WMZD2C08 WMZD2C10 WMZD2C13 WMZD2C15 WMZD2C16 WMZD2C20 WMZD2C25 WMZD2C30 WMZD2C32 WMZD2C40 Padlock hasp Busbarsingle-pole 6 terminals Busbarsingle-pole 12 terminals Busbarsingle-pole 18 terminals Busbartwo-pole 6 terminals Busbartwo-pole 12 terminals Busbartwo-pole 18 terminals Busbarthree-pole 6 terminals Busbarthree-pole 12 terminals Busbarthree-pole 18 terminals Three-pole busbar shroud Extension terminal35 mm (214 AWG) Bus connectorconductors up to 50 mm2 (~1/0 AWG) Catalog Number WMZSAUXTRIP WMZTAUX WMZTST415 WMZTST110 WMZPLK WMZT1P6T WMZT1P12T WMZT1P18T WMZT2P6T WMZT2P12T WMZT2P18T WMZT3P6T WMZT3P12T WMZT3P18T WMZT3PSHROUD WMZT35EXT WMZTBCON

Notes Interrupting capacity: 10 kA at 125 Vdc UL/CSA. 125 Vdc for single-pole, 250 Vdc for two-pole in series.

Tripping Signal Switch WMZSAUXTRIP, WMZTAUX Design according to IEC/EN 60947-5-1, IEC/EN 62019 and UL Field installable The specified minimum voltages are per contacttake into account particularly in case of series connection Self-cleaning contacts Contact material and design particularly suitable for extra low voltage WMZSAUXTRIP: the function of one of the two change-over contacts can be switched from auxiliary switch to tripping signal switch Attention: The voltage of the WMZT...circuit breaker is limited to 300V with this auxiliary installed.

Tripping signal contact transmits message of electric tripping, not mechanical switch-off Test key for contact function electrical tripping WMZTAUX: will allow for > 480Y/277 Vac rating

Connection Diagram
WMZSAUXTRIP 4.14/4.12 4.12/4.14 4.11 21 13 WMZTAUX

14 22 1.11 1.14 1.12 Same Polarity

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Technical Data and Specifications


Trip Curve Chart Eaton WMZ branch circuit breakers are available with C and D tripping characteristics. C-curve devices are suitable for application where medium levels of inrush current are expected. Applications include small transformers, lighting, pilot devices, control circuits and coils. C-curve devices provide a medium magnetic trip point. Tripping Characteristics D-curve devices are suitable for applications where high levels of inrush current are expected. The high magnetic trip point prevents nuisance tripping in high inductive applications such as motors, transformers and power supplies. Eaton WMZ devices are current limiting, which means they interrupt fault currents within one-half cycle of the fault. Current limiting devices offer superior protection by reducing peak let-through current and energy.
Tripping characteristic acc. to UL 489 Conventional non-tripping current Int = 1.0 IN (T=40) Conventional tripping current It = 1.35 IN: t < 1 h (T=25) 2.0 IN: t = 12 120 s (T=25) Instantaneous tripping acc. to IEC 60898-1 type C: 5 IN: t > 0.1 s 10 IN: t < 0.1 s type D: 10 IN: t > 0.1 s 20 IN: t < 0.1 s

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-55

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-56 Connection Diagrams

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

Miniature Circuit Breakers WMZ


Description Electrical Design according to Rated Voltage WMZT UL/CSA UL/CSA UL/CSA IEC 947-2 Rated Voltage WMZD 10 kAIC at 277/480V from 0.5A to 32A 10 kAIC at 240 Vac for 40A 10 kAIC at 48 Vdc per pole 15 kAIC at 240/415 Vac UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5, IEC 60947-2 Specification

Single-pole

Two-pole

UL/CSA

10 kAIC at 125 Vdc per pole (two poles max.) 10 kAIC at 250 Vdc with two poles connected in series

Rated Voltage WMZH UL/CSA IEC 947-2 Rated frequency Rated Breaking Capacity WMZT UL/CSA IEC 947-2 10 kA 15 kA 14 kAIC at 277/480V at listed amperages 15 kAIC at 240/415 Vac 50/60 Hz

Three-pole

Rated Breaking Capacity WMZH UL/CSA IEC 947-2 Characteristic Endurance Line voltage connection Mechanical Frame size Device height Device width Mounting Upper and lower terminals Terminal capacity 45 mm 105 mm 17.7 mm per pole Quick fastening with two lock-in positions on IEC/EN 60715 Open mouth/lift terminals One wire Two wires Terminal Fastening Torque AWG 18-21: 21 lb-in AWG 10-8: 25 lb-in AWG 6: 36 lb-in Mounting Calibration Temperature UL 489, CSA C22.2 No.5 IEC 60947-2 40C 30C Independent of position AWG 18 6 AWG 8 10 14 kA 15 kA C, D 20,000 operations Suitable for reverse feed

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Power Loss at ln
Characteristic C Single-Pole In [A] 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 16.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 32.0 35.0 40.0 P [W] 1.6 1.1 1.3 1.4 1.2 1.4 1.9 1.2 1.4 1.4 1.8 2.4 1.9 2.1 2.9 3.1 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.0 Two-Pole P [W] 3.2 2.2 2.6 2.8 2.4 2.9 3.7 2.3 2.8 2.8 3.6 4.7 3.8 4.3 5.8 6.2 6.0 6.8 7.4 8.1 Three-Pole P [W] 4.7 3.4 3.9 4.3 3.6 4.3 5.6 3.5 4.3 4.2 5.3 7.1 5.6 6.4 8.7 9.3 9.0 10.2 11.0 12.1 Characteristic D Single-Pole P [W] 1.6 0.8 1.0 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.5 1.2 1.4 1.2 1.5 2.0 1.5 1.7 1.8 2.6 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.9 Two-Pole P [W] 3.2 1.5 2.1 2.1 2.4 2.9 2.9 2.3 2.8 2.4 3.0 4.1 3.1 3.5 3.7 5.1 5.4 6.2 7.6 7.8 Three-Pole P [W] 4.8 2.3 3.1 3.1 3.6 4.3 4.4 3.5 4.3 3.7 4.5 6.1 4.6 5.2 5.5 7.7 8.1 9.3 11.3 11.6

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-57

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-58

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

Let-Through Energy Characteristic C (0.532A), 277V Characteristic C (40A), 240V

Characteristic D (0.532A), 277V

Characteristic D (40A), 240V

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

1.2
1
60C 0.5 0.9 1.4 1.8 2.8 3.7 4.6 5.5 6.4 7.4 9.2 12.0 13.8 14.7 18.4 23.0 27.6 29.4 36.8

Influence of Ambient Temperature T on Load Carrying Capacity


Device Market Current Rating In (A) at 40C 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 16.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 32.0 40.0 In (A) at Higher Ambient Temperature 15C 0.6 1.1 1.7 2.2 3.3 4.4 5.5 6.6 7.7 8.8 11.0 14.3 16.5 17.6 22.0 27.5 33.0 35.2 44.0 20C 0.5 1.1 1.6 2.2 3.2 4.3 5.4 6.5 7.6 8.6 10.8 14.0 16.2 17.3 21.6 27.0 32.4 34.6 43.2 25C 0.5 1.1 1.6 2.1 3.2 4.2 5.3 6.4 7.4 8.5 10.6 13.8 15.9 17.0 21.2 26.5 31.8 33.9 42.4 30C 0.5 1.0 1.6 2.1 3.1 4.2 5.2 6.2 7.3 8.3 10.4 13.5 15.6 16.6 20.8 26.0 31.2 33.3 41.6 40C 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 13.0 15.0 16.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 32.0 40.0 50C 0.5 1.0 1.4 1.9 2.9 3.8 4.8 5.8 6.7 7.7 9.6 12.5 14.4 15.4 19.2 24.0 28.8 30.7 38.4 55C 0.5 0.9 1.4 1.9 2.9 3.8 4.7 5.6 6.6 7.5 9.4 12.5 14.1 15.0 18.8 23.3 28.2 30.1 37.6

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-59

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-60

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

WMZ UL 489
Description Electrical Contact function Rated voltage Frequency Rated current Rated thermal current Ith Utilization category AC13 rated operational current Ie Utilization category AC15 rated operational current Ie Utilization category DC12 rated operational current Ie 2CO 230V 50/60 Hz 2A 2A 3A/250 Vac 2A/250 Vac 0.5A/110 Vdc 1NO + 1NC 250V 50/60 Hz 6A 6A 3A/250 Vac 2A/250 Vac 0.5A/110 Vdc 0.25A/220 Vdc Rated insulation voltage UI Minimum operational voltage per contact Umin Minimum operational current Imin Rated peak withstand voltage Uimp (1.2/50) Conditional short-circuit current Ik with back-up fuse 6A Max. back-up fuse, overload and short circuit Mechanical Tripping indicator electrical tripping Frame size Device height Device width Mounting Degree of protection, built-in Terminal protection Terminals Terminal capacity Terminal screws Fastening torque of terminal screws Blue/white 45.0 mm 80.0 mm 8.8 mm (0.5MU) Onto switching dev. IP40 Finger and hand touch safe according to BGV A3, VE-EN 6 Lift terminals 2014 AWG M3 (Pozidrive Z0) 7 lb-in 45.0 mm 80.0 mm 8.8 mm (0.5MU) IP40 Finger and hand touch safe according to BGV A3, VE-EN 6 Lift terminals 0.5 2.5 mm2 M3 (Pozidrive Z0) Max. 1.2 Nm 250 Vac 5 Vdc 10 mA dc 2.5 kV 1 kA 6A gL 250 Vac 5 Vdc 10 mA ac/dc 4 kV 1 kA WMZSAUXTRIP WMZTAUX

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

1.2
1 1 1

Shunt Trip Release WMZTST Remote release for subsequent mounting onto WMZT Additional installation of standard auxiliary switch is possible Position indicator redgreen
Connection Diagram

Shunt Trip Release WMZTST


Description Electrical Can be mounted onto Operational voltage range WMZT/WMZH/WMZD 12110 Vac 1260 Vdc Frequency Mechanical Frame size Device height Device width Mounting Degree of protection, built-in Terminal Protection Terminals Terminal capacity 1 and 2 wires 45.0 mm 105.0 mm 17.5 mm 45.0 mm 105.0 mm 17.5 mm 50/60 Hz WMZT/WMZH/WMZD 110415 Vac 110230 Vdc 50/60 Hz WMZTST110 WMZTST415

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Quick fastening with two lock-in positions on EN 50022 IP40 IP40

Finger and hand touch safe according to BGV A3, VE-EN 6 Open mouthed/lift 1810 AWG Open mouthed/lift 1810 AWG

Busbar Block UL 489 (Pin) Tested according to UL 489 Do not cut Extension terminal 35 mm2 WMZT35EXT for copper conductors For covering of not used pins, use busbar tag shrouds WMZT3PSHROUD
Connection Diagrams
WMZT3P

Busbar Block UL 489 (Pin)


Description Electrical Rated operational voltage 480/277 Vac 96 Vdc Rated frequency 50/60 Hz 80A 10 kA 690 Vac III 9.5 kV 80A 15 kA UL 489 IEC/EN 60947-2

WMZT2P

Rated voltage Overvoltage category Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Rated current Rated conditional short-circuit current AC with 350A gG Short-circuit current

WMZT1P

Mechanical Busbar cross section Flame class according to UL 94 Pollution degree Comparative tracking index Minimum clearance (intern/extern) Minimum creepage distance (intern/extern) Resistance to climatic conditions V0 16 mm2 Cu 2 CTI 600 > 9.5/25.4 mm > 12.7/50.8 mm According to DIN/ EN60068

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-61

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-62 Tested according to UL 486A UL 486B UL 486E
0.20 (5.0) 0.69 (17.6) WMZT _ _ 18T

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) WMZ
WMZT _ _ 6T 3.90 (99.0) WMZT _ _ 12T 8.06 (204.6) WMZT3PSHROUD 0.28 (7.0) 0.69 (17.6) 0.14 (3.6) 0.94 (24.0) 0.63 (16.0)

0.51 (13.0) 0.20 (5.0) 3.46 (88.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.69 (17.6) 7.62 (193.6) 1.90 (48.2) WMZT35EXT 12.21 (310.2) 0.61 (15.5) 1.28 (32.5) 2.82 (71.6) 0.24 (6.0) 0.53 (13.5)

0.12 (3.0)

1.81 (46.0)

11.80 (299.2) 0.64 (16.2) 1.23 (31.3)

WMZT35EXT
Description UL 489 # 214 AWG 60/75C Cu IEC/EN 60947-2 2.535 mm2 Cu

Lockout Attachment

0.56 in

14 mm Tightening torque of terminal screws

# 14 AWG # 812 AWG # 61 AWG

2.3 Nm 2.8 Nm 4 Nm

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers

1.2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Miniature Circuit Breakers WMZ


0.20 (5.0)

4.13 (105.0)

1.77 (45.0)

0.39 (10.0)

0.70 (17.7)

1.73 (44.0) 2.36 (60.0)

WMZ UL 489
0.22 (5.5) 0.35 (8.8) 3.15 (80.0) 1.77 (45.0) 3.78 (96.0) 0.35 (8.8) 1.73 (44.0) 2.36 (60.0) WMZSAUXTRIP 2.36 (60.0) 0.20 (5.5) 2.08 (53.0) 1.73 (44.0) 0.39 (10.0) 2.82 (71.6) 1.77 (45.0)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WMZTAUX

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-63

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-64 WMZS Circuit Breakers

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

Contents
Description
WMZS Circuit Breaker Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T1-65 V4-T1-65 V4-T1-66 V4-T1-68 V4-T1-71 V4-T1-78

WMZS Circuit Breaker


Product Overview
Optimum product quality, tested reliability and safety stand for best protection of personnel, installations and plant. Eatons WMZS DIN rail mountable circuit breaker is designed for use in control panel applications.The WMZS is available with B, C and D characteristics in accordance with UL 1077, CSA C22.2 No.235 and IEC 60947-2.

Features

Application Description
Supplementary protection:

Control circuits Lighting Business equipment Appliances

Complete range of UL 1077 Recognized DIN rail mounted miniature circuit breakers up to 63A current rating Standard ratings of 10 kAIC at 277/480 Vac Current limiting design provides fast short-circuit interruption that reduces the let-through energy, which can damage the circuit Offers supplementary protection Thermal-magnetic overcurrent protection Three levels of shortcircuit protection, categorized by B, C and D curves

Trip-free designbreaker can not be defeated by holding the handle in the ON position Captive screws cannot be lost Fulfill UL 1077 CSA C22.2 , No.235 and also IEC 60947-2 Standard Field-installable shunt trip and auxiliary switch subsequent mounting Module width of only 0.69 inches (17 mm) per pole .5 Contact Position Indicator (red/green) Easy installation on DIN rail Possibility for sealing the toggle in ON or OFF position

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Standards and Certifications


Advanced Features Worldwide Acceptance WMZS Supplementary Protectors are UL Recognized for use in the United States in accordance with NFPA 70 (NEC). The devices comply with UL 1077 and CSA 22.2 No. 235, meeting the requirements for supplementary protectors. These devices are for international and domestic use, and also comply with IEC 60947-2 and are CE marked. These devices are RoHS compliant.

Breakers install on standard DIN rail

Captive posidrive terminal screws with finger and backof-hand protection (IP20)

Available in single-, two- and three-pole models

Trip-free design; breaker cannot be defeated by holding the handle in the ON position

Color-coded indicator provides breaker status for easy troubleshooting

Breaker information printed on the front of the device for quick identification

Catalog Number Selection

1 WMZS 1 B 10 1
Ampere Rating Number of Poles 1 = Single-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole Protective Curve B = B Curve (35X In) C = C Curve (510X In) D = D Curve (1020X In) 00 = 0.5A 01 = 1A 02 = 2A 03 = 3A 04 = 4A 05 = 5A 06 = 6A 07 = 7A 08 = 8A 10 = 10A 13 = 13A 15 = 15A 16 = 16A 20 = 20A 25 = 25A 30 = 30A 32 = 32A 40 = 40A 50 = 50A 63 = 63A

Breaker Family WMZS = Supplementary Protector

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-65

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-66 Three-Pole Two-Pole

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

Product Selection
WMZS Product SelectionB Curve (35X In Current Rating) Suitable for applications where protection against low level short circuit faults in control wiring is desired. Instantaneous trip is 35X continuous rating of device (In). Applications include PLC wiring, business equipment, lighting, appliances and some motors. Low magnetic trip point.
Single-Pole

WMZS Product SelectionC Curve (510X In Current Rating) Suitable for applications where medium levels of inrush current are expected. Instantaneous trip is 510X rating of device (In). Applications include small transformers, lighting, pilot devices, control circuits, and coils. Medium magnetic trip point.

B Curve (35X In Current Rating) Designed for Resistive or Slightly Inductive Loads 123
Single-Pole Amperes 6 7 8 10 13 15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 63 Catalog Number WMZS1B06 WMZS1B07 WMZS1B08 WMZS1B10 WMZS1B13 WMZS1B15 WMZS1B16 WMZS1B20 WMZS1B25 WMZS1B30 WMZS1B32 WMZS1B40 WMZS1B50 WMZS1B63 Two-Pole Catalog Number WMZS2B06 WMZS2B07 WMZS2B08 WMZS2B10 WMZS2B13 WMZS2B15 WMZS2B16 WMZS2B20 WMZS2B25 WMZS2B30 WMZS2B32 WMZS2B40 WMZS2B50 WMZS2B63 Three-Pole Catalog Number WMZS3B06 WMZS3B07 WMZS3B08 WMZS3B10 WMZS3B13 WMZS3B15 WMZS3B16 WMZS3B20 WMZS3B25 WMZS3B30 WMZS3B32 WMZS3B40 WMZS3B50 WMZS3B63

Single-Pole

C Curve (510X In Current Rating) Designed for Inductive Loads 145


Single-Pole Amperes 0.5 1 2 Catalog Number WMZS1C00 WMZS1C01 WMZS1C02 WMZS1C03 WMZS1C04 WMZS1C05 WMZS1C06 WMZS1C07 WMZS1C08 WMZS1C10 WMZS1C13 WMZS1C15 WMZS1C16 WMZS1C20 WMZS1C25 WMZS1C30 WMZS1C32 WMZS1C40 WMZS1C50 WMZS1C63 Two-Pole Catalog Number WMZS2C00 WMZS2C01 WMZS2C02 WMZS2C03 WMZS2C04 WMZS2C05 WMZS2C06 WMZS2C07 WMZS2C08 WMZS2C10 WMZS2C13 WMZS2C15 WMZS2C16 WMZS2C20 WMZS2C25 WMZS2C30 WMZS2C32 WMZS2C40 WMZS2C50 WMZS2C63 Three-Pole Catalog Number WMZS3C00 WMZS3C01 WMZS3C02 WMZS3C03 WMZS3C04 WMZS3C05 WMZS3C06 WMZS3C07 WMZS3C08 WMZS3C10 WMZS3C13 WMZS3C15 WMZS3C16 WMZS3C20 WMZS3C25 WMZS3C30 WMZS3C32 WMZS3C40 WMZS3C50 WMZS3C63

Two-Pole

3 4 5 6 7 8 10 13

Three-Pole

15 16 20 25 30 32 40 50 63

Notes 1 In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA certified as Supplementary Protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240, and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device. They can be used to provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required. 2 Designed for resistive or slightly inductive loads. 3 Response time of instantaneous trip: 35X I current rating. n 4 Designed for inductive loads. 5 Response time of instantaneous trip: 510X I current rating. n

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

WMZS Product SelectionD Curve (1020X In Current Rating) Suitable for applications where high levels of inrush current are expected. Instantaneous trip is 1020X rating of device (In). The high magnetic trip point prevents nuisance tripping in high inductive applications such as motors, transformers and power supplies.

Single-Pole

D Curve (1020X In Current Rating) Designed for Inductive Loads 123


Single-Pole Amperes 0.5 1 2 Catalog Number WMZS1D00 WMZS1D01 WMZS1D02 WMZS1D03 WMZS1D04 WMZS1D05 WMZS1D06 WMZS1D07 WMZS1D08 WMZS1D10 WMZS1D13 WMZS1D15 WMZS1D16 WMZS1D20 WMZS1D25 WMZS1D30 WMZS1D32 WMZS1D40 Two-Pole Catalog Number WMZS2D00 WMZS2D01 WMZS2D02 WMZS2D03 WMZS2D04 WMZS2D05 WMZS2D06 WMZS2D07 WMZS2D08 WMZS2D10 WMZS2D13 WMZS2D15 WMZS2D16 WMZS2D20 WMZS2D25 WMZS2D30 WMZS2D32 WMZS2D40 Three-Pole Catalog Number WMZS3D00 WMZS3D01 WMZS3D02 WMZS3D03 WMZS3D04 WMZS3D05 WMZS3D06 WMZS3D07 WMZS3D08 WMZS3D10 WMZS3D13 WMZS3D15 WMZS3D16 WMZS3D20 WMZS3D25 WMZS3D30 WMZS3D32 WMZS3D40

Two-Pole

3 4 5 6 7 8 10 13

Three-Pole

15 16 20 25 30 32 40

Notes 1 In North America, these switches are UL recognized and CSA certified as Supplementary Protection devices. Per the intent of NEC (National Electrical Code), Article 240, and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code), Part 1 C22.1, supplementary breakers cannot be used as a substitute for the branch circuit protective device. They can be used to provide overcurrent protection within an appliance or other electrical equipment where branch circuit overcurrent protection is already provided, or is not required. 2 Designed for highly inductive loads. 3 Response time of instantaneous trip: 1020X I current rating. n

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-67

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-68
AUX AUX TRIP WMZS

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts and Voltage Trips
Module Standard Auxiliary Contacts 1NO/1NC 230 Vac WMZSAUX Circuit Diagram Description Rated Operational Voltage Catalog Number

12

14 11

Installs on left side of WMZS or shunt trip Max. one per WMZS (1077) device Switches when WMZS is tripped electrically or manually

Auxiliary/Trip Indicating Contact Small selector screw changes mode 230 Vac WMZSAUXTRIP

OFF 1.11

4.11

Two Form C (changeover) contacts Installs on left side of WMZS or shunt trip Auxiliary contacts switch when WMZS is tripped electrically or manually Trip indicating contact switches only when WMZS is tripped electrically

1.14 2
Undervoltage Trip

4.12 4.14

1.12

Prevents WMZS from operating unless voltage is present

115 Vac 230 Vac 400 Vac

WMZSUVR115 WMZSUVR230 WMZSUVR400

D1
U

Installs on left side of WMZS Includes test button

D2

Shunt Trip Allows remote trip of WMZS Installs on left side of WMZS 110415 Vac 110230 Vdc 12110 Vac 1260 Vdc WMZSST110 WMZSST415

C1 C2

Allowable Combinations of Accessories

AUX

AUX TRIP

WMZS

WMZS

or
Circuit Breaker

or
Shunt Trip Circuit Breaker UnderV Trip Circuit Breaker

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

1.3
1
Catalog Number

Busbar System
Description Without Auxiliary Contacts For connecting WMZS Supplementary Protectors without auxiliary contacts. May be fed from line or load side. 80 1 57 WMZS1P57T Rated Operational Current (A) Number of Poles per Device Number of Terminals

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

56

WMZS2P56T

3
WMZS WMZS WMZS

57

WMZS3P57T

100

57

WMZS1P57T25

56

WMZS2P56T25

57

WMZS3P57T25

Auxiliary/Trip Indicating Contact For connecting WMZS Supplementary Protectors with auxiliary contacts. May be fed from line or load side. 80 1 37 WMZS1P37TAUX

46

WMZS2P46TAUX

3
WMZS WMZS

48

WMZS3P48TAUX

100

37

WMZS1P37T25AUX

46

WMZS2P46T25AUX

48

WMZS3P48T25AUX

WMZSBBTC WMZS3CAP or WMZS1CAP

1 1 1

WMZSBCONA 35 lb-in (4 Nm) 22 lb-in (2.5 Nm) 50 lb-in (5.5 Nm)

1 1 1 1
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T1-69

WMZS35EXT

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-70 Padlock Hasp Busbar Terminal Cover Incoming Terminal

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

Pin Type Incoming Supply Terminals


Description Accommodates conductors from 635 mm2 /#102 AWG 45.5 Nm/3550 16 lb-in Catalog Number WMZS35EXT

Incoming Terminal

Bus Incoming Supply Terminals


Description 50 mm2 #141 AWG 75 Deg Wire Catalog Number WMZSBCONA

Finger-safe connection 115A/Y, 480V UL 160A/Y 690V IEC

Protective Accessories
Description For covering unused terminals Catalog Number WMZSBBTC

Fork Connector Two- and Three-Pole

Busbar End Cap


Description Install after cutting busbar Protects end of busbar Number of Poles 2 and 3 Catalog Number WMZS3CAP

Fork Connector Two- and Three-Pole 1 Prevents reactivation of the device during maintenance Holds one padlock WMZPLK WMZS1CAP

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

1.3
1 1
acc. to UL 1077 2.55 IN: t = 1 60 s (IN < 32A) t = 1 120 s (IN < 32A) Type B: 3 IN: t > 0.1 s Type B: 5 IN: t < 0.1 s Type C: 5 IN: t > 0.1 s Type C: 10 IN: t < 0.1 s Type D: 10 IN: t > 0.1 s Type D: 20 IN: t < 0.1 s

Technical Data and Specifications


Trip Curve Charts Three Tripping Curves to Choose Eaton WMZS Supplementary Protectors are available with three different tripping characteristics, including Type B, C and D. Definitions for each trip curve are contained on the ordering pages and can be used to determine the optimal characteristic for your application. For example, low level short-circuit faults in control wiring, such as PLCs, are best protected by devices with Type B trip characteristics (3 to 5X continuous rating of the device (In). WMZS Tripping Curves
7200
Time-current characteristic conventional non-tripping current Int = 1.13 IN: t > 1 h conventional tripping current It = 1.45 IN: t < 1 h
3

t [sec]

Even though not required by NEC or CEC for Supplementary Protectors, Eatons WMZS devices are current limiting, which means they interrupt fault currents within one half cycle. Current limiting devices offer superior protection by reducing peak let-through current and energy.

3600 1200 600 300 120 60 30 10


5 2 1

2 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05 0.02 0.01 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.0005 1 2

5 4

B6

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

5 6 7 8 910
I / IN

15

20

30

40 50

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-71

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
t [sec]

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

B Curve
1.13 1.45

D Curve
1.13 1.45

7200 3600 1200 600 300 120 60 30 10


t [sec]
1

Specified non-tripping current INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h Specified tripping current IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h

2.55 IN: t = 1 60 s (IN < 32A) t = 1 120 s (IN > 32A) Type B: 3 x IN: t > 0.1 s Type B: 5 x IN: t < 0.1 s Type C: 5 x IN: t > 0.1 s Type C: 10 x IN: t < 0.1 s Type D: 10 x IN: t > 0.1 s Type D: 20 x IN: t < 0.1 s

7200 3600 1200 600 300 120 60 30 10


t [sec]
1

Specified non-tripping current INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h Specified tripping current IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h

2.55 IN: t = 1 60 s (IN < 32A) t = 1 120 s (IN > 32A) Type B: 3 x IN: t > 0.1 s Type B: 5 x IN: t < 0.1 s Type C: 5 x IN: t > 0.1 s Type C: 10 x IN: t < 0.1 s Type D: 10 x IN: t > 0.1 s Type D: 20 x IN: t < 0.1 s

5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05 0.02 0.01


3 2 5 7 1

5 2 1 0.5 0.2
1

0.1 0.05 0.02 0.01 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.0005

3 2

B4

0.005 0.002 0.001 0.0005 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15 20 30 40 50

5 6 7 8 910 I / IN

15

20

30

40 50

I / IN

C Curve
1.13 1.45

7200 3600 1200 600 300 120 60 30 10 5 2 1 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.05 0.02 0.01 0.005 0.002 0.001 0.0005 1 2 3
1 1

Specified non-tripping current INT = 1.13 x IN for t > 1 h Specified tripping current IT = 1.45 x IN for t < 1 h

2.55 IN: t = 1 60 s (IN < 32A) t = 1 120 s (IN > 32A) Type B: 3 x IN: t > 0.1 s Type B: 5 x IN: t < 0.1 s Type C: 5 x IN: t > 0.1 s Type C: 10 x IN: t < 0.1 s Type D: 10 x IN: t > 0.1 s Type D: 20 x IN: t < 0.1 s

3 2

B4

5 6 7 8 910 I / IN

15

20

30

40 50

V4-T1-72

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

1.3
1 1 1

Technical Data
Description Electrical Approvals Standards Short-circuit trip response Supplementary ProtectorsUL/CSA Current range Maximum voltage ratingsUL/CSA Single-pole 277 Vac 48 Vdc Two-, three-pole Two poles in series Thermal tripping characteristics Single-pole Multi-pole Short-circuit ratings (at max. voltage) Single-pole Two-, three-pole Single-pole Two poles in series Miniature Circuit BreakerIEC Current range Maximum voltage ratingsIEC 60947-2 Single-pole 230 Vac 48 Vdc Two-, three-pole Maximum voltage ratingsIEC 60898 Single-pole 240 Vac 48 Vdc Two-, three-pole Thermal tripping characteristics Single-pole Multi-pole Interrupting ratings (at max. voltage) IEC 60947-2 IEC 60898 Operational switching capacity Max. back-up fuse [gL/gG] Rated impulse withstandUimp Rated insulation voltageUi 15 kA 10 kA 7.5 kA 125A 4000 Vac 440 Vac 15 kA 10 kA 7.5 kA 125A 4000 Vac 440 Vac 15 kA 10 kA 7.5 kA 125A 4000 Vac 440 Vac > 1 hour at 1.05 x In < 1 hour at 1.3 x In > 1 hour at 1.05 x In < 1 hour at 1.3 x In > 1 hour at 1.05 x In < 1 hour at 1.3 x In 240/415 Vac 240 Vac 48 Vdc 240/415 Vac 240 Vac 48 Vdc 240/415 Vac 230/400 Vac 230 Vac 48 Vdc 230/400 Vac 230 Vac 48 Vdc 230/400 Vac 663A 0.563A 0.540A 10 kA (5 kA for 4063A device) 10 kA (5 kA for 4063A device) 10 kA at 48 Vdc 10 kA at 96 Vdc 10 kA (5 kA for 4063A device) 10 kA (5 kA for 4063A device) 10 kA at 48 Vdc 10 kA at 96 Vdc 5 kA 5 kA 10 kA at 48 Vdc 10 kA at 96 Vdc 1.35 x In at 40C 1.45 x In at 40C 1.35 x In at 40C 1.45 x In at 40C 1.35 x In at 40C 1.45 x In at 40C 480Y/277 Vac 96 Vdc 277 Vac 48 Vdc 480Y/277 Vac 96 Vdc 277 Vac 48 Vdc 480Y/277 Vac 96 Vdc 663A 0.563A 0.540A UR (UL 1077), CSA (CSA 22.2 No. 235), CE IEC/EN 60947-2 35 In 510 In 1020 In B Curve C Curve D Curve

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-73

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-74 Description Environmental/General Selectivity class Lifespan (operations) Shock (IEC 68-2-22) Operating temperature range Shipment and short-term storage Housing material Mechanical Standard Front Dimension Device height Terminal protection Mounting width per pole Mounting Degree of protection Terminals top and bottom Supply connection Terminal capacity [mm2] Torque Imperial torque Thickness of busbar material Mounting position

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

Technical Data, continued


B Curve C Curve D Curve

3 > 10,000 (1 operation = ON/OFF) 10g120 ms 23 to 104F (5 to 40C) 40 to 185F (40 to 85C) Nylon

3 > 10000 (1 operation = ON/OFF) 10g120 ms 23 to 104F (5 to 40C) 40 to 185F (40 to 85C) Nylon

3 > 10000 (1 operation = ON/OFF) 10g120 ms 23 to 104F (5 to 40C) 40 to 185F (40 to 85C) Nylon

80 mm Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536 17.5 mm IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail IP20 Twin-purpose terminals Line or load side 1 x 25 (AWG 418) / 2 x 10 (AWG 818) 2.4 Nm 21 lb-in (AWG 1812), 25 lb-in (AWG 108), 36 lb-in (AWG 64) 0.82 mm As required

80 mm Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536 17.5 mm IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail IP20 Twin-purpose terminals Line or load side 1 x 25 (AWG 418) / 2 x 10 (AWG 818) 2.4 Nm 21 lb-in (AWG 1812), 25 lb-in (AWG 108), 36 lb-in (AWG 64) 0.82 mm As required

80 mm Finger and back-of-hand proof to IEC 536 17.5 mm IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail IP20 Twin-purpose terminals Line or load side 1 x 25 (AWG 418) / 2 x 10 (AWG 818) 2.4 Nm 21 lb-in (AWG 1812), 25 lb-in (AWG 108), 36 lb-in (AWG 64) 0.82 mm As required

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

1.3
1 1
63 A 50 A 40 A 32 A 25 A 20 A 16 A 13 A 10 A 6A 4A 3A

Let-Through Energy I2t Characteristic B and C


i2dt 10 5 [A2s] 8
6 4
63 A 50 A 40 A 32 A 25 A 20 A 16 A 13 A 10 A

Let-Through Current ID Characteristic B and C


lD 10 4 9 [A] 8
7 6 5 4

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 1.5 10
4

6A 4A

3A

8 6
2A

2
2A

1.5

4 10 3
WMZS-...-B4HI

2 1.5
1 A

1A 0.5 A

10 3 8 6 4 3 0.5

0.5 A

2
1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15

0.5

1.5

5 6 7 8 910

15

Icc rms [kA]

Icc rms [kA]

Characteristic D
5 i dt 10 [A2s] 8

Characteristic D
40 A 32 A 25 A 20 A 16 A 13 A 10 A 6A

lD 10 4 9 [A] 8
7 6 5 4 3

6 4

40 A 32 A 25 A 20 A 16 A 13 A 10 A 6A

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

2 1.5 10 4 8 6 4 10 3 2 1.5 10 3 8 6 4 5 2 1.5

2 0.5
1 1.5 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 15

0.5

1.5

5 6 7 8 910

15

Icc rms [kA]

Icc rms [kA]

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-75

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-76 In (A) 0.16 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 1.6 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 13 15 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 25C 0.2 0.31 0.61 0.92 1.2 1.8 2 2.4 3.1 3.7 4.3 4.9 6.1 7.3 8.6 9.8 12 15 16 18 20 24 31 39 49 61 77 20C 0.19 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 1.8 1.9 2.4 3 3.6 4.2 4.8 6 7.2 8.4 9.6 12 14 16 18 19 24 30 38 48 60 76

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

Influence of the Ambient Temperature on the Thermal Tripping Behavior Corrected values of the rated current dependent on the ambient temperature
Ambient Temperature T 10C 0.19 0.29 0.58 0.87 1.2 1.7 1.9 2.3 2.9 3.5 4.1 4.7 5.8 7 8.1 9.3 12 14 15 17 19 23 29 37 47 58 73 0C 0.18 0.28 0.56 0.84 1.1 1.7 1.8 2.2 2.8 3.4 3.9 4.5 5.6 6.7 7.9 9 11 13 15 17 18 22 28 36 45 56 71 10C 0.17 0.27 0.54 0.81 1.1 1.6 1.7 2.2 2.7 3.3 3.8 4.3 5.4 6.5 7.6 8.7 11 13 14 16 17 22 27 35 43 54 68 20C 0.17 0.26 0.52 0.78 1 1.6 1.7 2.1 2.6 3.1 3.7 4.2 5.2 6.3 7.4 8.4 10 13 14 16 17 21 26 33 42 52 66 30C 0.16 0.25 0.5 0.75 1 1.5 1.6 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 13 15 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 35C 0.16 0.25 0.49 0.74 0.99 1.5 1.6 2 2.5 3 3.4 3.9 4.9 5.9 6.9 7.9 9.9 12 13 15 16 20 25 32 39 49 62 40C 0.15 0.24 0.48 0.73 0.97 1.5 1.5 1.9 2.4 2.9 3.4 3.9 4.8 5.8 6.8 7.7 9.7 12 13 15 15 19 24 31 39 48 61 45C 0.15 0.24 0.47 0.71 0.95 1.4 1.5 1.9 2.4 2.8 3.3 3.8 4.7 5.7 6.7 7.6 9.5 11 12 14 15 19 24 30 38 47 60 50C 0.15 0.23 0.46 0.69 0.93 1.4 1.5 1.9 2.3 2.8 3.2 3.7 4.6 5.6 6.6 7.4 9.3 11 12 14 15 19 23 30 37 46 58 55C 0.14 0.23 0.45 0.68 0.9 1.4 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.7 3.2 3.6 4.5 5.4 6.4 7.2 9 11 12 14 14 18 23 29 36 45 57 60C 0.14 0.22 0.44 0.66 0.89 1.3 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.1 3.5 4.4 5.3 6.3 7.1 8.9 11 12 13 14 18 22 28 35 44 56

Influence of the Mains Frequency Influence of the mains frequency on the tripping behavior IMA of the instantaneous release
Mains Frequency f [Hz] Description IMA(f)IMA (50 Hz) [%] 16 2/3 91 50 100 60 101 100 106 200 115 300 134 400 141

Load Carrying Capacity of Adjoining Miniature Circuit Breakers


1.00 Rated Diversity Factor

0.90

0.80

0.70 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Number of Circuit Breakers


Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Technical Data
Description Electrical Contact function 1A + 1B 2 C/O Rated operational voltage Un 250 Vac 115 VacWMZSUVR115 230 VacWMZSUVR230 400 VacWMZSUVR400 Voltage range WMZSST110 Voltage range WMZSST415 Closing threshold [x Un] Tripping threshold [x Un] Rated frequency General use (UL/CSA) AC230/240 Vac DC110/120 Vdc Pilot duty Conventional free air thermal current Ith Rated operational current AC-13 Ie AC-15 Ie DC-13 Ie Rated insulation voltage Ui Minimum operating voltage per contract Umin 3A (250 Vac) 2A (250 Vac) 0.5A (110 Vdc) 250 Vac 5 Vdc 2/2A 0.5/0.5A A600/Q600 4A 50/60 Hz 12110 Vac 1260 Vdc 110415 Vac 110230 Vdc 50/60 Hz 0.8 0.5 50/60 Hz WMZSAUX WMZSAUXTRIP WMZSST WMZSUVR

Rated impulse withstand voltage (1.2/50) Uimp 2.5 kV Rated conditional short-circuit current with 6A back-up fuse ISC Max. admissible back-up fuse Mechanical Standard front dimension Device height Mounting width Mounting Degree of protection enclosed Terminal protection Terminals Terminal capacity Solid Flexible Tightening torque of terminal screws 0.5 2.5 mm2 0.5 2.5 mm2 0.8 1.0 Nm (79 lb-in) 45 mm 80 mm 8.8 mm On MCB IP40 Protection against electric shock to IEC 536 Lift terminals 1 kA 4A gL

45 mm 80 mm 17.6 mm IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail IP40 Protection against electric shock to IEC 536 Twin-purpose terminals

45 mm 80 mm 17.8 mm IEC/EN 60715 top-hat rail IP40 Protection against electric shock to IEC 536 Twin-purpose terminals

12.5 mm2 12.5 mm2 2.4 Nm (21 lb-in)

2 x (12.5) mm2 2 x (12.5) mm2 0.8 Nm (7 lb-in)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-77

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V4-T1-78

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Miniature Circuit Breakers WMZS
1.20 (30.5)

0.22 (5.5)

0.18 (4.5)

3.15 (80.0)

3.15 (80.0)

3.15 (80.0)

1.77 (45.0)

0.69 (17.5) 1P

1.38 (35.0) 2P

2.07 (52.5) 3P

1.73 (44.0) 2.36 (60.0)

0.43 (11.0)

Auxiliary Contacts WMZSAUX


2.36 (60.0) 1.73 (44.0) 0.08 (2.0) 0.38 (9.6)

Shunt Releases WMZSST

3.15 (80.0)

1.77 (45.0)

3.15 (80.0)

3.36 (85.4)

1.77 (45.0) 0.69 (17.6) 0.13 (3.4) 1.03 (26.2) 0.22 (5.5) 0.13 (3.4) 1.73 (44.0) 2.36 (60.0) 0.39 (10.0)

0.35 (8.9)

0.22 (5.5)

WMZSAUXTRIP
2.36 (60.0) 0.35 (9.0) 1.73 (44.0) 0.38 (9.6)

Undervoltage Releases WMZSUVR

3.15 (80.0)

1.77 (45.0)

3.15 (80.0)

1.77 (45.0) 0.70 (17.8) 0.22 (5.5) 0.22 (5.5) 1.73 (44.0) 2.36 (60.0)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors


UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors

1.3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
W

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Busbar and Accessory Weights and Dimensions


Catalog Number WMZS1P57T WMZS2P56T WMZS3P57T WMZS1P37TAUX WMZS2P46TAUX WMZS3P48TAUX WMZS1P57T25 WMZS2P56T25 WMZS3P57T25 WMZS1P37T25AUX WMZS2P46T25AUX WMZS3P48T25AUX WMZS35EXT WMZSBCONA WMZSBBTC WMZS1CAP WMZS3CAP Unit Weight Lbs (kg) 0.64 (0.29) 1.41 (0.64) 1.83 (0.83) 0.57 (0.26) 1.39 (0.63) 1.74 (0.79) 0.79 (0.36) 1.74 (0.79) 2.29 (1.04) 0.68 (0.31) 1.61 (0.73) 2.14 (0.97) 0.07 (0.03) 0.07 (0.03) 0.007 (0.003) 0.002 (0.001) 0.002 (0.001) Length 39.72 (1009.0) 39.02 (991.0) 39.72 (1009.0) 38.78 (985.0) 39.72 (1009.0) 38.66 (982.0) 39.72 (1009.0) 39.02 (991.0) 39.72 (1009.0) 38.78 (985.0) 39.72 (1009.0) 38.66 (982.0) 2.36 (60.0) 1.57 (40.0) 3.35 (85.0) 0.55 (14.0) 0.94 (24.0) Width 0.59 (15.0) 0.87 (22.0) 0.87 (22.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.87 (22.0) 0.87 (22.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.87 (22.0) 0.87 (22.0) 0.59 (15.0) 0.87 (22.0) 0.87 (22.0) 0.67 (17.0) 0.71 (18.0) 0.47 (12.0) 0.20 (5.0) 0.87 (22.0) Height 0.59 (15.0) 1.46 (37.0) 1.46 (37.0) 0.59 (15.0) 1.46 (37.0) 1.46 (37.0) 0.59 (15.0) 1.46 (37.0) 1.46 (37.0) 0.59 (15.0) 1.46 (37.0) 1.46 (37.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.18 (30.0) 0.94 (24.0) 0.39 (10.0) 0.39 (10.0)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T1-79

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G Circuit Breakers

2.1

Introduction
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series G in Eaton Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series C in Eaton Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T2-2 V4-T2-2 V4-T2-3 V4-T2-3

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2.2

Globally Accepted Breakers Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EG-Frame (15125 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . North American Standards and Special Application Breakers Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Series G

V4-T2-4 V4-T2-6 V4-T2-7 V4-T2-9 V4-T2-14 V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-113 V4-T2-116 V4-T2-122

2.3

Series C

V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

2.4

Definite Purpose
Optimized solution for HVAC/R and Pumping Applications.

Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V4-T2-366

2.5

Specialty
Specialty Breakers Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-1

V4-T2-373 V4-T2-379 V4-T2-392 V4-T2-415 V4-T2-429 V4-T2-432

2.1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-2

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Introduction

Series G E-Frame and Series C F-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description Introduction Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Definite Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Specialty Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online

Page V4-T2-4 V4-T2-123 V4-T2-366 V4-T2-373

Product Overview
Series G vs. Series C
Eatons Electrical Sector, under the Eaton brand, offers the widest variety of molded case circuit breakers available today. Designed for electrical and machinery OEMs serving a range of industries and applications, these proven designs incorporate the latest in innovation with the high reliability that has been our hallmark since the advent of the circuit breaker in the 1920s. The Series C family ranges from 152500 amperes, and includes thermal-magnetic breakers, electronic trip breakers, molded case switches, motor circuit protectors, and specially designed breakers for engine generator, DC and mining applications. The new Series G line features an average 35% size reduction, common field-installable internal accessories, and advanced trip unit functionality that eliminates the need for rating plugs. These breakers meet the requirements of UL, CSA, IEC, CCC and CE, allowing the OEM to standardize on a design that meets the needs of their global customer base.

Application Description
Eaton molded case circuit breakers cover the widest range of applications in the industry:

Feeder Pillars In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection. Switchgear In distribution systems to provide main and branch circuit protection up to 2500 amperes (RG-Frame). Busbar Trunking Tap-Offs In busbar trunking tap-offs to provide circuit protection. Typical Eaton Applications

Individual Enclosures Completely assembled in enclosures to meet specific customer requirements. Additional Applications Special versions of each Eaton frame are available to provide safe equipment control and protection in mining and other applications. Contact your Eaton agent or distributor for additional information.

Electrical OEMs Machinery OEMs Navy breakers: UL 489 Supplement SB MIL -C-17588 MIL -C-17361 ABS/NVR Mining breakers up to 1100 Vac Earth leakage DC breakers 125750 Vdc Engine generator breakers 151200 amperes Current limiting breakers

Typical Applications
Machine Tool Control Panels and Motor Control Centers Designed for these equipment requirements, including new world-class accessories. Panelboards As both main and branch circuit protection devices.

Panelboard

Individual Circuit Breaker Enclosure Busbar Trunking Tap-Off Machine Tool Control Panel

Switchboard

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Introduction

2.1
2
Bus Plugs Enclosed Breaker

Eaton Molded Case Circuit Breakers in Assemblies


Series G
Panelboards Frame EG JG LG NG RG Ampere Range 1A 15160 1 20250 100630 2 4001600 3 8002500 2A 3A 4

Switchboards 5P PRL-C

Motor Control Centers Freedom

IFS

IT.

Enclosed Control

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Series C
Panelboards Frame FD/ED JD KD LD MDL ND RD Ampere Range 1A 15225 70250 70400 400600 300800 4001200 8002500

Switchboards 3A

Motor Control Centers Freedom


2A

5P

PRL-C

IFS

IT.

Enclosed Control

Bus Plugs

Enclosed Breaker

Notes 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for EG. 2 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for LG. 3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-3

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Product Overview

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Series G, 152500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications

Contents
Description
Series G Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online

Page V4-T2-5 V4-T2-6 V4-T2-7 V4-T2-9 V4-T2-14 V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

Series G, 152500 Amperes for UL, CSA and IEC Applications Eaton Series G molded case circuit breakers provide increased performance in considerably less space than standard circuit breakers or comparable fusible devices. The G signifies global applications: Series G circuit breakers are marked with UL, CSA, CE, IEC and KEMA KEUR listings. Other advantages include:

The Series G family includes five frame sizes in ratings from 15 to 2500 amperes. Series G offers a choice of several interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480 volts AC (200 kA at 240 volts AC). Standard calibration is 40C. For applications in high ambient temperature conditions, 50C factory calibration is available on thermal-magnetic breakers (not UL).

Eaton circuit breakers are operated by a toggle-type mechanism that is mechanically trip-free from the handle so that the contacts cannot be held closed against short circuit currents. Tripping due to overload or short circuits is clearly indicated by the position on the handle. This remarkably fast and dependable contact action is designed to enhance safety.

Current Limiting Characteristics


Circuit breakers are current limiting because of their high repulsion contact arrangement and use of state-of-the-art arc extinguishing technology. Eaton offers one of the most complete lines of current limiting breakers in the industry. The industrial breakers are available in current limiting versions with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 480V without fuses in the same physical size as standard and high interrupting capacity breakers.

Field-fit accessories Common accessories through 630 amperes Electronic trip units from 20 to 2500 amperes UL-listed and IEC-rated, 30 mA ground fault/earth leakage modules Built-in ground fault protection down to 20 amperes

The Most Logically Designed Contact Assembly


The flexibility and outstanding performance characteristics of Eaton circuit breakers are made possible by the best contact designs in circuit breaker history. Our technology creates a highspeed blow-open action using the electromechanical forces produced by high-level fault currents.

Thorough In-Plant Testing


The quality, dependability and reliability of every Eaton Circuit Breaker is ensured by a thorough program of inplant testing. Two calibration tests are conducted on every pole of every circuit breaker to verify the trip mechanism, operating mechanism, continuity and accuracy.

The EG, JG and LG frames are designed around space-saving footprints. The NG and RG use the proven Eaton Series C ND and RD designs, but use metric threading on their line and load conductors.

V4-T2-4

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Operating Mechanisms
Eaton circuit breakers have a toggle handle operating mechanism, which also serves as a switching position indicator. The indicator shows the positions of: ON, OFF and TRIPPED. The toggle handle snaps into the TRIPPED position if the breaker is tripped by one of its overcurrent, short circuit, shunt or undervoltage releases. Before the circuit breaker can be reclosed following a trip-out, the toggle handle must be brought beyond the OFF position (RESET). The circuit breaker can then be reclosed. As an additional switching position indicator for EG- to RG-Frame circuit breakers, there are two windows on the right and on the left of the toggle handle, in which the switching state is indicated by means of the colors red, green and white corresponding to the ON, OFF and TRIPPED positions respectively. Positions of the Toggle Handle Drive

OFF Reset

ON

Tripped

Standards and Certifications


Eaton Series G circuit breakers meet applicable UL 489 and IEC 60947-2 standards. Molded case circuit breakers from Eaton are designed to conform with the following international standards:

Global Third-Party Certification


Certification marks ensure product compliance with the total standard via the third party witnessing of tests by globally recognized independent certification organizations. KEMA is a highly recognized, independent international organization that offers certification and inspection facilities for equipment in many industries. The KEMAKEUR mark is the highest certification an electrical product can receive from KEMA. Our IEC 60947-2 molded case circuit breakers are KEMA tested and certified. These breakers are also listed in accordance with UL 489, as well as CSA C22.2 No. 5-02. KEMA, UL and CSA provide ongoing follow-up testing and inspections to ensure that Eaton molded case circuit breakers continue to meet their exacting standards.

Australian Standard AS 2184 and AS 3947-2 molded case circuit breakers British Standards Institution Standard EN60947 .2 International Electromechanical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947 circuit breakers .2

National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standards Publication No. AB1-1993 molded case circuit breakers South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SANS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 947 Safety Regulations .2, for circuit breakers

Union Technique de lElectricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements Verband Deutscher Elektrotechnike (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers

Japanese T-Mark standard molded case circuit breakers

ISO Certification
Eaton circuit breakers are manufactured in ISO certified facilities.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-5

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-6

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Product Selection Overview


Electronic Trip Units (Digitrip RMS Trip Units)Multi-Function Electronic Trip Units for All Applications
True rms Sensing Digitrip rms trip units use Eatons microprocessor-based intelligence to provide true rms sensing, permitting increased accuracy and reliable system protection. True rms sensing is not susceptible to nuisance tripping when waveforms containing high harmonic currents are present. Digitrip RMS 310+ Digitrip RMS 310+ electronic trip units are available with Eaton circuit breakers JG, LG and NG. They are selectable long time delay (tLD) and pickup settings (Ir). A rating plug is not required. The Digitrip 310+ offers true rms sensing, is front adjustable and has an optional local display of current and cause of trip. Rating Plugs If rating plugs are needed for the R-Frame, they are marked for 50/60 Hz applications. Both fixed and adjustable rating plugs are available, providing further flexibility when applied to selectively coordinated systems. Curve Shaping When selectively coordinated systems are called for, Digitrip RMS 310+ will provide a cost-effective solution for a variety of applications. The standard Digitrip RMS 310+ includes an adjustable short time pickup setting encompassing an I2t ramp function which provides the basic LS curve shaping function. JG-, LG- and NGFrames have an adjustable long time delay. JG-, LG- and NG-Frames have selectable long time delay (tLD) and pickup settings (Ir). A rating plug is not required. Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip units are available with Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers 800 through 2500 amperes. Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units provide unparalleled system protection with the added convenience of a local display. Curve Shaping Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 trip units are available with up to nine curve shaping choices achieved by adjusting up to seven switches on the front of the unit for optimum system coordination. Maximum curve shaping flexibility is provided by dependent long and short delay adjustments that are long delay pickup (Ir) based, depicted on the front of the unit by the blue portion of the time-current curve. Additional coordination capability can be provided by utilizing the short delay and ground fault zone selective interlocking features available on these trip units. System Diagnostics Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 models of trip units provide long delay, short delay, instantaneous, and ground fault cause of trip LEDs on the front of the unit. Their display shows a magnitude of trip information, as well as remote signal contacts, for improved system alarming. System Monitoring Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units have the capability to monitor phase currents, as well as neutral or ground currents. This information is displayed on a large digital display mounted on the unit.

The optional Digitrip RMS 310+ provides additional flat response short time delay adjustments on an instantaneous setting to provide LSI curve shaping capability. Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units are available with ground fault pickup and flat response ground fault delay which provides the trip unit with full function LSG and LSIG curve shaping flexibility. Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units can effectively coordinate with both sophisticated upstream power breakers as well as downstream thermal magnetic breakersmaking Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units the cost-effective reliable choice for selectively coordinated systems. Thermal Memory All Digitrip RMS trip units incorporate a long delay. Thermal memory prevents the system from cumulative overheating due to repeated overcurrent events that may occur in quick succession. Field Testing A field test kit is available for Digitrip RMS 310+ trip units. Arcflash Reduction Maintenance Mode (ARMS) ARMS is an available feature on the LG- and NG-Frame with 310+ electronic trip units. This feature increases worker safety by providing an accelerated instantaneous trip unit to reduce arc flash.

Digitrip RMS 910 trip units can also provide the user with power and energy monitoring capability. Peak power demand, present power demand, and total energy, as well as forward and reverse energy can be monitored with this unit. Digitrip RMS 910 trip units have the additional capability of monitoring line-to-line voltage, as well as system power factor. Both parameters are displayed in the digital display window and are supported by LEDs to indicate which parameter is being displayed. Harmonics Monitoring Digitrip RMS 910 trip units are capable of displaying values of current harmonics in the digital display window. Percentage of harmonic content can be monitored for each phase, up to the 27th harmonic. Additionally, a total harmonic distortion value can be calculated and displayed. Communications Digitrip RMS 910 units have built-in communications options to allow all protection, monitoring, and control information to be transmitted back to a central location via the Eaton PowerNet system. Field Testing Integral field testing capability is provided on all 610 and 910 trip units. No additional test set is needed to perform both trip and no trip field testing.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection Guide


Electronic Trip Units
DigitripRMS 310+, 610 and 910
RMS 310+ RMS 610 RMS 910

JG

RG Breaker Type Eaton frame(s) Ampere rating Interrupting rating at 415V Trip Unit Sensing rms sensing Protection and Coordination Protection Ordering options Fixed rating plug (In) 1 Overtemperature trip Long delay Adjustable rating plug (ln) 1 Long delay setting Long delay time I2t at 6x Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short delay Short delay setting Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time ZSI Instantaneous Instantaneous setting Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground fault Ground fault setting Ground fault delay I2t at 0.62x Ground fault delay flat Ground fault ZSI Ground fault thermal memory Notes In = Rating plug rating. Ir = Long delay setting.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7

LG/NG

JG-, LG-, NG- and RG-Frames 202500A 35, 70, 100 kA

RG-Frame 8002500A 70, 100 kA

RG-Frame 8002500A 70, 100 kA

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Yes

Yes

Yes

LS, LSG Yes Yes Yes 0.51.0 (ln) 2 10 seconds 2 Yes No VAR/frame 3 100 ms No No No No Yes VAR/Frame 6 No I500 ms 7 No No

LSI, LSIG Yes Yes Yes 0.51.0 (ln) 2 10 seconds 2 Yes No VAR/frame 3 No I300 ms No 200800% x (ln) 4 No Yes VAR/Frame 6 No I500 ms 7 No No

LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes No 0.51.0 x (ln) 224 seconds Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes 200600% M1 and M2 x (ln) Yes 5 Yes 25100% x (ln) 6 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes

LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes No 0.51.0 x (ln) 224 seconds Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes 200600% M1 and M2 x (ln) Yes 5 Yes 25100% x (ln) 6 100, 300, 500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes

JG- and LG-Frames have selectable settings instead of a rating plug. JG-, LG- and NG-Frames have adjustable long delay times of 224 seconds. JG/LG: 2X14X (In); NG: 2X8X (In); RG: 2X8X (In); 2500 ampere RG-Frame 200600% x (In). JG-Frame also has a 14X setting. LS, LSG only. Not to exceed 1200 amperes. JG- and LG-Frames are Instantaneous, 120 ms. NG- and RG-Frames are Instantaneous, 100, 300 and 500 ms.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-7

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-8 System Diagnostics Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts System Monitoring Digital display Current Voltage Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor System Communications PowerNet Field Testing Testing method

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

DigitripRMS 310+, 610 and 910, continued


RMS 310+ RMS 610 RMS 910

JG

RG LS, LSG

LG/NG LSI, LSIG LSI, LSIG, LSIG (A) LSI (A), LSIG

Yes 1 No No

No No No

Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes

Yes 2 Yes 2 Yes 2 Yes 2 No No

No No No No No No

Yes Yes No No No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

No

No

No

Yes

Test set

Test set

Integral

Integral

Notes 1 Using cause of trip module (catalog number TRIP-LED). 2 Using ammeter or remote ammeter/cause of trip display (catalog number DIGIVIEW and DIGIVIEWR06).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2

Technical Data and Specifications


Ratings
Frames EG, JG and LG
EG JG LG

Maximum rated current (amperes) Breaker type 3 Number of poles

125, 160 1 B 1 B E S S H H C

250 E S H C U 3, 4 X 3, 4

400, 630 2 E 3, 4 S 3, 4 H 3, 4 C 3, 4 U 3, 4 X 3, 4

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 1

2, 3, 4 1

2, 3, 4 3, 4

2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3, 4

Breaker Capacity (kA rms) Vac 5060 Hz NEMA, UL, CSA 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 4 125/250 Vdc 5 IEC 60947-2 220240 Vac Icu Ics 380415 Vac Icu Ics 660690 Vac Icu Ics 125/250 Vdc 5 Icu Ics Ampere range Trip Units F = Fixed A = Adjustable T = Thermal M = Magnetic Interchangeable Built-in Thermal magnetic Fixed thermal Adjustable thermal Magnetic Electronic RMS 7 LS LSI LSG LSIG Utilization category 25 10 6 25 25 10 6 10 6 25 18 10 25 25 18 18 10 10 35 25 18 10 35 35 25 25 10 10 85 35 6 85 43 35 6 35 6 85 35 22 35 85 43 40 30 35 35 100 42 6 100 50 42 6 42 6 100 65 25 42 100 50 70 35 42 42 200 100 35 42 200 200 100 100 42 42 65 25 18 10 65 65 25 25 12 6 10 10 85 35 18 22 85 85 40 40 12 6 22 22 100 65 25 22 100 100 70 70 14 7 22 22 200 100 35 42 200 200 100 100 16 12 42 42 200 150 50 50 200 200 150 150 18 14 50 50 200 200 50 50 200 200 200 200 18 14 50 50 65 35 18 22 65 65 35 35 12 6 22 22 85 50 25 22 85 85 50 50 20 10 22 22 100 65 35 42 100 100 70 53 25 13 42 42 200 100 50 42 200 200 100 100 30 15 42 42 200 150 65 50 200 200 150 150 35 18 50 50 200 200 65 50 200 200 200 200 35 18 50 50

15160A 1 FT-FM AT-FM

20250A FT-AM AT-AM Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)

100630A 2 FT-AM AT-AM Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Fixed A A A A A A A A

Adjustable

Adjustable
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

Notes 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG. 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 3 Breaker type C, U and X are current limiting per UL 489. 4 EG breaker rated 600/347 Vac. 5 Two poles in series. 6 125 Vdc only for single-pole breakers. 7 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-9

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-10 Utilization category Electronic 5 Ampere range Trip units IEC 60947-2 Maximum rated current (amperes) Breaker type Number of poles

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Frames NG and RG
NG RG 1

800, 1200 S 2, 3, 4

800, 1200 H 2, 3, 4

800, 1200 C
3

1600 2 S 3

800 U 3

1600, 2000, 2500 H 3, 4

1600, 2000, 2500 C3 3, 4

2, 3, 4

Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 5060 Hz NEMA, UL, CSA 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 220240 Vac Icu Ics 380415 Vac Icu Ics 660690 Vac Icu Ics 250 Vdc Icu Ics 85 50 25 85 85 50 50 20 4 10 4001200A 100 65 35 100 100 70 50 25 4 13 4001200A 200 100 65 200 100 100 50 35 18 4001200A 85 85 50 50 20 4 10 1600A 200 150 65 800A 125 65 50 135 100 70 50 25 4 13 8002500A 200 100 65 200 100 100 50 35 4 18 8002500A

Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310+) Interchangeable Built-in LI LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG ALSI ALSIG

Electronic (Digitrip RMS 310+, 610 and 910)

6 6

6 6

Notes 1 The RG MCCBs use metric threading in their line and load terminals. If English (Imperial) threading is needed, use RD MCCBs. Contact Eaton for more information. 2 NG 1600 ampere frame is not UL or CSA listed. 3 Not KEMA-KEUR listed. 4 IEC 60947-2 H.5 Annex H is not KEMA-KEUR tested. 5 Not suitable for DC application. Four-pole ground fault not available. 6 Available only on Digitrip 610 and 910 trip units.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2
RG 1600, 2000, 2500A

General Specifications
All Series G Frames
EG Maximum rated current In depending on the version Rated insulation voltage U, according to IEC 60947-2 Main conducting paths Auxiliary circuits Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp Main conducting paths Auxiliary circuits Rated operational voltage Ue IEC NEMA UL and CSA listed Permissible ambient temperature Permissible load for various ambient temperatures close to the circuit breaker, related to the rated current of the circuit breaker Circuit breakers for plant protection At 40C At 50C At 55C At 60C At 70C Circuit breakers for motor protection At 40C At 50C At 55C At 60C At 70C Circuit breakers for starter combinations and isolating circuit breakers At 40C At 50C At 55C At 60C At 70C Rated short-circuit breaking capacity (DC) Not for circuit breakers for motor protection (Time constant t = 10 rms) Two conducting paths in series For EG to LG up to 250 Vdc NEMA (time constant t = 8 rms) Two conducting paths in series 250 Vdc 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max. 42 kA max.
6 6

JG 250A

LG 400, 630A 2

NG 800, 1200, 1600A 3

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

160A 1

500 Vac 500 Vac

750 Vac 690 Vac

750 Vac 690 Vac

750 Vac 690 Vac

750 Vac 690 Vac

6 kV 4 kV

8 kV 4 kV

8 kV 4 kV

8 kV 4 kV

8 kV 4 kV

415 Vac 600Y/347 Vac Yes 1 20 to 70C


4 5

690 Vac 600 Vac Yes 20 to 70C


4 5

690 Vac 600 Vac Yes 2 20 to 70C


4 5

690 Vac 600 Vac Yes 3 5 to 60C

690 Vac 600 Vac Yes 5 to 60C

100% 96% 93% 91% 86%

100% 92% 87% 83% 73%

100% 96% 94% 92% 88%

100% 94% 90% 87% 80%

100% 96% 93% 90% 84%

100% 91% 86% 82% 70%

100% 91% 85% 81%

100% 91% 85% 81%

100% 100% 100% 100% 90%

100% 100% 100% 100% 90%

100% 100% 96% 91% 86%

100% 100% 96% 82% 88%

100% 100% 95% 90% 84%

100% 91% 85% 81%

100% 91% 85% 81%

Notes 1 125 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the EG. 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 3 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the NG. 4 Thermal overload release set to the lower value. 5 Thermal overload release set to the upper value. 6 Not suitable for DC switching.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-11

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-12

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

All Series G Frames, continued


EG Main switch characteristics according to IEC 60947-2 in combination with lockable rotary drives Rated short circuit breaking capacity according to IEC 60947-2 (at AC 50/60 Hz) Endurance (operating cycles) Maximum switching frequency Conductor cross sections and terminal types for main conductors Solid or stranded Finely stranded with end sleeve Busbar Tightening torque for box terminals Tightening torque for busbar connection pieces Conductor cross sections for auxiliary circuits with terminal connection or terminal strip Solid Finely stranded with end sleeve With brought-out cable ends Tightening torque for fitting screws Power loss per circuit breaker at maximum rated current ln (the power losses of the undervoltage releases (r releases) must be observed if necessary) at three-phase symmetrical load) For plant protection As isolating circuit breaker For starter combinations For motor protection Permissible mounting position
90 90

JG Yes

LG Yes

NG Yes

RG Yes

Yes

For rated short circuit breaking capacity, see Page V4-T2-9. 10,000 300 1/h Box terminals 2.5 to 95 mm2 2.5 to 50/70 mm2 5.6 Nm 5.6 Nm 10,000 240 1/h Box terminals 50 to 150 mm2 35 to 120 mm2 20 Nm 15 Nm 8,000 240 1/h Box terminals 95 to 240 mm2 70 to 150 mm2 42 Nm 30 Nm 3,000 60 1/h Flat bar terminals Flat bar terminals 600A 31 Nm 6 Nm Optional 31 Nm 50 Nm 3,000 60 1/h Flat bar terminals Optional 20 Nm

0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.75 to 2.5 mm2

0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm

0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.75 to 2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm

Up to 2x4 mm2 Up to 2x2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm

Up to 2x4 mm2 Up to 2x2.5 mm2 0.82 (AWG 18) mm2 0.8 to 1.4 Nm

400A: 40W 40W 40W 45W 45W 45W 45W 65W 65W 65W 65W

600A: 120W 120W 120W 120W 87/210W 87/210W 220/270/400W 220/270/400W

90

90

Arc spacing suitable for reverse-feed applications Auxiliary Switches Rated thermal current lth Rated making capacity

Yes (except HMCPE)

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

6A 20A AC-14

6A 20A AC-14 230/400/600V 6/3/0.25A

6A 20A AC-14 230/400/600V 6/3/0.25A

6A 20A AC-15 600V 6A DC-13

6A 20A AC-15 600V 6A DC-13 125/250V 0.5/0.25A (4) 6/4/4A 6/4A

Rated operational voltage Rated operational current

230/400/600V 6/3/0.25A

Rated operational voltage Rated operational current Backup fuse Miniature circuit breaker

125/250V 0.5/0.15A 6/4/4A 6/4A

125/250V 0.5/0.15A (4) 6/4/4A 6/4A

125/250V 0.5/0.15A (4) 6/4/4A 6/4A

125/250V 0.5/0.25A (4) 6/4/4A 6/4A

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
RG

All Series G Frames, continued


EG Releases Undervoltage releases (r releases) Response voltage: Drop (breaker tripped) Us Pickup (breaker may be switched on) Us Power consumption in continuous operation at: 50/60 Hz 12 Vac 50/60 Hz 24 Vac 50/60 Hz 4860 Vac 50/60 Hz 110127 Vac 50/60 Hz 208240 Vac 50/60 Hz 380500 Vac 50/60 Hz 525600 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc 220250 Vdc Maximum opening time Shunt Trips Shunt trips (f releases) Response voltage: Pickup (breaker tripped) Us Power consumption in (short time) at: 50/60 Hz 24 Vac 50/60 Hz 4860 Vac 50/60 Hz 48127 Vac 50/60 Hz 110240 Vac 50/60 Hz 380440 Vac 50/60 Hz 380600 Vac 50/60 Hz 480600 Vac 1224 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc 220250 Vdc Maximum load duration Maximum opening time 1041 VA 139210 VA 83360 VA 4181080 VA 29120W 475720W 99121W Interrupts automatically 50 ms 87405 VA 7101105 VA 66432 VA 127188 VA 3460 VA 164631W 8301580W 112150W 4058W Interrupts automatically 50 ms 87405 VA 7101105 VA 66432 VA 127188 VA 3460 VA 164631W 8301580W 112150W 4058W Interrupts automatically 50 ms 98475 VA 2450 VA 67432 VA 76110 VA 1942 VA 145610W 67102W 121150W 4655W Interrupts automatically 62 ms 612 VA 403666 VA 3961896 VA 15962156 VA 230384 VA 396W 341528W 264350W 374475W Interrupts automatically 62 ms 70110% 70110% 70110% 70110% 70110% 0.72 VA 1.151.78 VA 0.961.25 VA 1.281.68 VA 2.23.9 VA 3.44.3 VA 0.70W 1.121.76W 0.941.21W 1.451.86W 50 ms 3.9 VA 2.53.8 VA 1.82.4 VA 2.73.8 VA 3.45.8 VA 3.44.3 VA 3.1W 2.03.1W 1.62.2W 3.14W 50 ms 3.9 VA 2.53.8 VA 1.82.4 VA 2.73.8 VA 3.45.8 VA 3.44.3 VA 3.1W 2.03.1W 1.62.2W 3.14W 50 ms 1.9 VA 2.4 VA 2.34.1 VA 3.44.2 VA 4.86.5 VA 6.812.0 VA 2.6W 3.6W 3.55.5W 2.93.6W 4.86.3W 62 ms 2.9 VA 3.1 VA 3.46.0 VA 3.33.8 VA 4.27.2 VA 3.810.0 VA 3.4W 4.3W 4.87.2W 3.33.8W 6.67.5W 62 ms 3570% 85110% 3570% 85110% 3570% 85110% 3570% 85110% 3570% 85110% JG LG NG

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Molded Case Switch (with High Magnetic Trip) Unfused kAIC at 480 Vac (415 Vac) Self-protected, will trip above 65 (70) 1250 for EG125; 1600 for EG160 65 (70) 2500 65 (70) 4000/6300 65 (70) 12,500 65 (70) 20,000

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-13

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-14 Single-pole Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole Single-pole Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Series GFrame EG, JG and LG
EG H 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) W 1.00 (25.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) D 2.99 (76.0) 2.99 (76.0) 2.99 (76.0) 2.99 (76.0) JG H 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) W 4.13 (105.0) 4.13 (105.0) 5.34 (135.6) D 3.57 (87.4) 3.57 (87.4) 3.57 (87.4) LG H 10.13 (258.0) 10.13 (258.0) W 5.48 (140.0) 7.22 (183.0) D 4.09 (104.0) 4.09 (104.0)

Series GFrame NG and RG


NG H 16.00 (406.0) 16.00 (406.0) W 8.25 (210.0) 11.13 (280.0) D 5.50 (140.0) 5.50 (140.0) RG H 16.00 (406.0) 16.00 (406.0) W 15.50 (394.0) 20.00 (508.0) D 9.75 (229.0) 9.75 (229.0)

Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) Series GFrame EG, JG and LG


EG Single-pole Two-pole Three-pole Four-pole 0.85 (0.39) 1.57 (0.71) 2.28 (1.04) 2.85 (1.29) JG 11.3 (5.13) 5.06 (2.30) T/M 5.31 (2.41) ETU 6.76 (3.07) T/M 7.12 (3.23) ETU LG 12.36 (5.61) T/M 13.04 (5.92) ETU 16.27 (7.39) T/M 16.92 (7.68) ETU NG 46.8 (21.3) 62.0 (28.3) RG 103.0 (47.0) 118.4 (54.0)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
Page V4-T2-16 V4-T2-17 V4-T2-26 V4-T2-27 V4-T2-27 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

EG-Frame (15125 Amperes)

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

EG-Frame (15125 Amperes)


Product Description
EG breaker is HACR rated.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-15

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-16 B E S H C K Frame E

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Catalog Number Selection


Series GEG-Frame (15125 Amperes)

E G H 3 015 FF G
Terminations/Hardware Terminals Mounting Hardware M = Metric end caps Metric E = Imperial end caps Imperial G = Line/load standard Metric B = Bolt-on Trip Unit FF = Fixed fixed AF = Adjustable thermal fixed magnetic KS = Molded case switch

Amperes Standard/Application G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Performance 600Y/347 480 415 18 18 18 25 25 22 35 40 25 65 70 35 100 100 Molded case switch 2 Number of Poles 1 = One 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = Fourneutral 0% protected 7 = Fourneutral 100% protected 016 1 015 020 025 030 032 1 035 040 045 050 060 063 1 070 080 090 100 110 125 160 1

240 25 35 85 100 200

Notes 1 Cannot be UL rated. 2 Available only as 125 and 160A sizes.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2
Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB4020AFG EGB4025AFG EGB4032AFG EGB4040AFG EGB4050AFG EGB4063AFG EGB4080AFG EGB4100AFG EGB4125AFG EGB4160AFG

Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
EG-Frame

EG-Frame18/18
Single-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB1015FFG EGB1016FFG EGB1020FFG EGB1025FFG EGB1030FFG EGB1032FFG EGB1035FFG EGB1040FFG EGB1045FFG EGB1050FFG EGB1060FFG EGB1063FFG EGB1070FFG EGB1080FFG EGB1090FFG EGB1100FFG EGB1125FFG Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB2015FFG EGB2016FFG EGB2020FFG EGB2025FFG EGB2030FFG EGB2032FFG EGB2035FFG EGB2040FFG EGB2045FFG EGB2050FFG EGB2060FFG EGB2063FFG EGB2070FFG EGB2080FFG EGB2090FFG EGB2100FFG EGB2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB3015FFG EGB3016FFG EGB3020FFG EGB3025FFG EGB3030FFG EGB3032FFG EGB3035FFG EGB3040FFG EGB3045FFG EGB3050FFG EGB3060FFG EGB3063FFG EGB3070FFG EGB3080FFG EGB3090FFG EGB3100FFG EGB3125FFG EGB3160FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB3025AFG EGB3032AFG EGB3040AFG EGB3050AFG EGB3063AFG EGB3080AFG EGB3100AFG EGB3125AFG EGB3160AFG Four-Pole 3 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGB4015FFG EGB4016FFG EGB4020FFG EGB4025FFG EGB4030FFG EGB4032FFG EGB4035FFG EGB4040FFG EGB4045FFG EGB4050FFG EGB4060FFG EGB4063FFG EGB4070FFG EGB4080FFG EGB4090FFG EGB4100FFG EGB4125FFG EGB4160FFG

Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 1 15 16 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 80 90 100 125 160

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 16, 32, 63 and 160A are not UL listed ratings. 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-17

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-18 EG-Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

EG-Frame25/25 Single-Pole Unavailable EG-Frame25/25


Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 1 15 16 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 80 90 100 125 160 Catalog Number EGE2015FFG EGE2016FFG EGE2020FFG EGE2025FFG EGE2030FFG EGE2032FFG EGE2035FFG EGE2040FFG EGE2045FFG EGE2050FFG EGE2060FFG EGE2063FFG EGE2070FFG EGE2080FFG EGE2090FFG EGE2100FFG EGE2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGE3015FFG EGE3016FFG EGE3020FFG EGE3025FFG EGE3030FFG EGE3032FFG EGE3035FFG EGE3040FFG EGE3045FFG EGE3050FFG EGE3060FFG EGE3063FFG EGE3070FFG EGE3080FFG EGE3090FFG EGE3100FFG EGE3125FFG EGE3160FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGE3025AFG EGE3032AFG EGE3040AFG EGE3050AFG EGE3063AFG EGE3080AFG EGE3100AFG EGE3125AFG EGE3160AFG Four-Pole 3 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGE4015FFG EGE4016FFG EGE4020FFG EGE4025FFG EGE4030FFG EGE4032FFG EGE4035FFG EGE4040FFG EGE4045FFG EGE4050FFG EGE4060FFG EGE4063FFG EGE4070FFG EGE4080FFG EGE4090FFG EGE4100FFG EGE4125FFG EGE4160FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGE4020AFG EGE4025AFG EGE4032AFG EGE4040AFG EGE4050AFG EGE4063AFG EGE4080AFG EGE4100AFG EGE4125AFG EGE4160AFG

Notes 1 16, 32, 63 and 160A are not UL listed ratings. 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2
Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS4020AFG EGS4025AFG EGS4032AFG EGS4040AFG EGS4050AFG EGS4063AFG EGS4080AFG EGS4100AFG EGS4125AFG EGS4160AFG
2

EG-Frame

EG-Frame40/35
Single-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS1015FFG EGS1016FFG EGS1020FFG EGS1025FFG EGS1030FFG EGS1032FFG EGS1035FFG EGS1040FFG EGS1045FFG EGS1050FFG EGS1060FFG EGS1063FFG EGS1070FFG EGS1080FFG EGS1090FFG EGS1100FFG EGS1125FFG Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS2015FFG EGS2016FFG EGS2020FFG EGS2025FFG EGS2030FFG EGS2032FFG EGS2035FFG EGS2040FFG EGS2045FFG EGS2050FFG EGS2060FFG EGS2063FFG EGS2070FFG EGS2080FFG EGS2090FFG EGS2100FFG EGS2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS3015FFG EGS3016FFG EGS3020FFG EGS3025FFG EGS3030FFG EGS3032FFG EGS3035FFG EGS3040FFG EGS3045FFG EGS3050FFG EGS3060FFG EGS3063FFG EGS3070FFG EGS3080FFG EGS3090FFG EGS3100FFG EGS3125FFG EGS3160FFG Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS3025AFG EGS3032AFG EGS3040AFG EGS3050AFG EGS3063AFG EGS3080AFG EGS3100AFG EGS3125AFG EGS3160AFG
2

Four-Pole 3 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGS4015FFG EGS4016FFG EGS4020FFG EGS4025FFG EGS4030FFG EGS4032FFG EGS4035FFG EGS4040FFG EGS4045FFG EGS4050FFG EGS4060FFG EGS4063FFG EGS4070FFG EGS4080FFG EGS4090FFG EGS4100FFG EGS4125FFG EGS4160FFG

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 1 15 16 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 80 90 100 125 160

Notes 1 16, 32, 63 and 160A are not UL listed ratings. 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-19

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-20 EG-Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

EG-Frame70/65
Single-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH1015FFG EGH1016FFG EGH1020FFG EGH1025FFG EGH1030FFG EGH1032FFG EGH1035FFG EGH1040FFG EGH1045FFG EGH1050FFG EGH1060FFG EGH1063FFG EGH1070FFG EGH1080FFG EGH1090FFG EGH1100FFG EGH1125FFG Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH2015FFG EGH2016FFG EGH2020FFG EGH2025FFG EGH2030FFG EGH2032FFG EGH2035FFG EGH2040FFG EGH2045FFG EGH2050FFG EGH2060FFG EGH2063FFG EGH2070FFG EGH2080FFG EGH2090FFG EGH2100FFG EGH2125FFG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH3015FFG EGH3016FFG EGH3020FFG EGH3025FFG EGH3030FFG EGH3032FFG EGH3035FFG EGH3040FFG EGH3045FFG EGH3050FFG EGH3060FFG EGH3063FFG EGH3070FFG EGH3080FFG EGH3090FFG EGH3100FFG EGH3125FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH3020AFG EGH3025AFG EGH3032AFG EGH3040AFG EGH3050AFG EGH3063AFG EGH3080AFG EGH3100AFG EGH3125AFG Four-Pole 3 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH4015FFG EGH4016FFG EGH4020FFG EGH4025FFG EGH4030FFG EGH4032FFG EGH4035FFG EGH4040FFG EGH4045FFG EGH4050FFG EGH4060FFG EGH4063FFG EGH4070FFG EGH4080FFG EGH4090FFG EGH4100FFG EGH4125FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGH4020AFG EGH4025AFG EGH4032AFG EGH4040AFG EGH4050AFG EGH4063AFG EGH4080AFG EGH4100AFG EGH4125AFG

Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 1 15 16 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 80 90 100 125

Notes 1 16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings. 2 Adjustable thermal are not UL listed. 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on the LH side.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

EG-Frame100/100 Current Limiting (Single-Pole and Two-Pole Unavailable) EG-Frame100/100


Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 1 15 16 20 25 30 32 35 40 45 50 60 63 70 80 90 100 125 Catalog Number EGC3015FFG EGC3016FFG EGC3020FFG EGC3025FFG EGC3030FFG EGC3032FFG EGC3035FFG EGC3040FFG EGC3045FFG EGC3050FFG EGC3060FFG EGC3063FFG EGC3070FFG EGC3080FFG EGC3090FFG EGC3100FFG EGC3125FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGC3020AFG EGC3025AFG EGC3032AFG EGC3040AFG EGC3050AFG EGC3063AFG EGC3080AFG EGC3100AFG EGC3125AFG Four-Pole 0% Protected Neutral 3 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGC7015FFG EGC7016FFG EGC7020FFG EGC7025FFG EGC7030FFG EGC7032FFG EGC7035FFG EGC7040FFG EGC7045FFG EGC7050FFG EGC7060FFG EGC7063FFG EGC7070FFG EGC7080FFG EGC7090FFG EGC7100FFG EGC7125FFG Adjustable 2 Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number EGC7020AFG EGC7025AFG EGC7032AFG EGC7040AFG EGC7050AFG EGC7063AFG EGC7080AFG EGC7100AFG EGC7125AFG

EG-Frame

Molded Case Switches 4


Catalog Number EGK3125KSG EGK7125KSG EGK3160KSG EGK7160KSG Notes 1 16, 32, 63A are not UL listed ratings. 2 Adjustable thermal is not UL listed. 3 Change the fourth digit to 7 for 100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 4 Molded case switches may open above 1250A.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-21

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-22 EG-Frame EG-Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

EG Bolt-On Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit and Mounting Hardware) EG-Frame18 kAIC at 480 Vac
Single-Pole Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 1 EGB1015FFB EGB1020FFB EGB1025FFB EGB1030FFB EGB1035FFB EGB1040FFB EGB1045FFB EGB1050FFB EGB1060FFB EGB1070FFB EGB1080FFB EGB1090FFB EGB1100FFB EGB1110FFB EGB1125FFB Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 2 EGB2015FFB EGB2020FFB EGB2025FFB EGB2030FFB EGB2035FFB EGB2040FFB EGB2045FFB EGB2050FFB EGB2060FFB EGB2070FFB EGB2080FFB EGB2090FFB EGB2100FFB EGB2110FFB EGB2125FFB Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 3 EGB3015FFB EGB3020FFB EGB3025FFB EGB3030FFB EGB3035FFB EGB3040FFB EGB3045FFB EGB3050FFB EGB3060FFB EGB3070FFB EGB3080FFB EGB3090FFB EGB3100FFB EGB3110FFB EGB3125FFB

EG-Frame35 kAIC at 480 Vac


Single-Pole Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 1 EGS1015FFB EGS1020FFB EGS1025FFB EGS1030FFB EGS1035FFB EGS1040FFB EGS1045FFB EGS1050FFB EGS1060FFB EGS1070FFB EGS1080FFB EGS1090FFB EGS1100FFB EGS1110FFB EGS1125FFB Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 2 EGS2015FFB EGS2020FFB EGS2025FFB EGS2030FFB EGS2035FFB EGS2040FFB EGS2045FFB EGS2050FFB EGS2060FFB EGS2070FFB EGS2080FFB EGS2090FFB EGS2100FFB EGS2110FFB EGS2125FFB Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 3 EGS3015FFB EGS3020FFB EGS3025FFB EGS3030FFB EGS3035FFB EGS3040FFB EGS3045FFB EGS3050FFB EGS3060FFB EGS3070FFB EGS3080FFB EGS3090FFB EGS3100FFB EGS3110FFB EGS3125FFB

Notes 1 For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24. 2 For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12. 3 For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

EG-Frame

EG-Frame65 kAIC at 480 Vac


Single-Pole Maximum Continuous Amps at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 1 EGH1015FFB EGH1020FFB EGH1025FFB EGH1030FFB EGH1035FFB EGH1040FFB EGH1045FFB EGH1050FFB EGH1060FFB EGH1070FFB EGH1080FFB EGH1090FFB EGH1100FFB EGH1110FFB EGH1125FFB Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 2 EGH2015FFB EGH2020FFB EGH2025FFB EGH2030FFB EGH2035FFB EGH2040FFB EGH2045FFB EGH2050FFB EGH2060FFB EGH2070FFB EGH2080FFB EGH2090FFB EGH2100FFB EGH2110FFB EGH2125FFB Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number 3 EGH3015FFB EGH3020FFB EGH3025FFB EGH3030FFB EGH3035FFB EGH3040FFB EGH3045FFB EGH3050FFB EGH3060FFB EGH3070FFB EGH3080FFB EGH3090FFB EGH3100FFB EGH3110FFB EGH3125FFB

Load Terminals
Maximum Breaker Amps Terminal, Body Material Metric Wire Range mm2 (Package of Three Terminals) Catalog Number

Wire Type

AWG Wire Range

Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals 1550 60125 Aluminum Aluminum Cu/Al Cu/Al 2.550 1670 #141/0 #63/0 3TA125EF 3TA150EF

Notes 1 For bulk pack 24, add suffix BP24 and order quantities of 24. 2 For bulk pack 12, add suffix BP12 and order quantities of 12. 3 For bulk pack 8, add suffix BP8 and order quantities of 8.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-23

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-24 3T125EF

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


EG-Frame

3TA125EF

3TA150EF

3TA160EFK

EF2RTWK, Two-PoleMetric EF3RTWK, Three-PoleMetric EF4RTWK, Four-PoleMetric EF2RTDK, Two-PoleImperial EF3RTDK, Three-PoleImperial EF4RTDK, Four-PoleImperial

Control Wire Terminal Kit GCWTK

Multiwire Connectors

Line and Load Terminals


Maximum Breaker Amps Terminal Body Material (Package of Three Terminals) Catalog Number

Wire Type

Metric Wire Range mm2

AWG Wire Range

Standard Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals 125 125 125 160 160 160 Steel Steel Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al 2.54 2.595 2.550 1670 35120 35120 #14-10 #14-3/0 #14-1/0 #6-3/0 #3-250 #3-250 3T125EF 1 3T125EF 1 3TA125EF 3TA150EF 3TA160EFK 4TA160EFK 2

EG-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have line and load terminals as standard equipment. Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. Caution: Collar must surround conductor. Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Endcap kits are used on the E-Frame breaker line side to connect busbar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware.
Notes 1 Standard line and load terminals. 2 Four-pole kit with four terminals.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Control Wire Terminal Kit


Catalog Number Control wire terminal kit Package of 12priced individually 5652B38G01

Terminal End Covers (Gas Barrier) The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering. Terminal End Covers
Conductor Opening Diameter Inches (mm) 6.35 (0.25) Catalog Number EEC3K EEC4K

For use with steel or stainless steel standard line and load terminals only. Interphase Barriers
Catalog Number Interphase barriers Package of 12priced individually EIPBK

10.41 (0.41)

The interphase barrier is available for extended insulation between circuit breaker poles. Specify quantity when ordering. Base Mounting HardwareDIN Rail Mounting
Catalog Number DIN rail adaptertwo-, three-, four-pole Single-pole DIN rail adapterthree- or four-pole EGDIN EF1DIN EG34DIN

Multiwire Connectors Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, terminal shield insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. EG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3) 1
Maximum Amperes 125 125 Wires per Terminal 3 6 Wire Size Range AWG Cu 142 146 Kit Catalog Number 3TA125E3K 3TA125E6K

Metric base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order S/N 8703C80G08.
Note: English mounting hardware kit can be supplied separate. Catalog number is BMHE #632 x 3 inches for two-, three- and four-pole. Singlepole mounting hardware metric order 8703C80G11. English hardware 8703C80G12. Both sold in quantities of 100.

Note 1 For four-pole kit, change 3 at beginning of catalog number to 4.

Terminal Shields The terminal shield is available for line terminal areas in threeand four-pole circuit breakers. Special terminal shields are also available for use when an electrical (solenoid) operator is mounted on the circuit breaker. The standard style number by pole for each terminal shield is for a package of 10 and is priced per each package. Special terminal shields are packaged individually. Terminal ShieldsIP30 Protection
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number EFTS3K EFTS4K

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-25

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-26 Description

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. EG-Frame Accessories
Reference Page SinglePole Center Two-Pole Left Right Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral

Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Terminal end covers Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp Padlockable handle lock hasp Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Plug-in adapters Electrical operator Handle mechanisms Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available V4-T2-102

V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-107

V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-112

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2
250 34

Technical Data and Specifications


UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings
Circuit Breaker Type EGB125 EGE125 EGS125 EGH125 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Number of Poles 1 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 EGC125 5 3, 4 EGB160 2 3, 4 EGE160 2 3, 4 EGS160 2 3, 4 220240 120 35 100 200 Icu 25 25 35 85 85 100 100 200 25 35 85 Ics 25 25 35 43 43 50 50 200 25 35 43 277 18 35 65 347 22 30 380415 Icu 18 25 40 70 100 18 25 40 Ics 18 25 30 35 100 18 25 30 480 18 25 35 65 100 18 25 35 600Y/ 347 18 22 25 35 18 22 690 2 Icu Ics Volts DC 1 125 Icu 10 35 42 Ics 10 35 42 Icu 10 10 35 42 42 10 10 35 Ics 10 10 35 42 42 10 10 35

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) EG-Frame
Number of Poles 1 2 3 4 Width 1.00 (25.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) Height 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7) Depth 2.99 (75.9) 2.99 (75.9) 2.99 (75.9) 2.99 (75.9)

2 2 2 2 2 2
5.50 (139.7)

EG-Frame
Front Cover Cutout
C L

Front View Three-Pole

Side View

Breaker 0.14 (3.6) R 0.90 (22.9)

1.85 (47.0) C L Handle 0.47 (11.9) 0.94 (23.9) 3.00 (76.2) 3.03 (77.0)

2 2 2 2 2
4 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82)

1.30 Dia. (33.0)

2.77 (70.4)

Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) EG-Frame


Breaker Type EGB125 EGC125 EGE125 EGH125 EGS125 Number of Poles 1 1.5 (0.68) 1.5 (0.68) 1.5 (0.68) 1.5 (0.68) 1.5 (0.68) 2 2.0 (0.91) 2.0 (0.91) 2.0 (0.91) 2.0 (0.91) 2.0 (0.91) 3 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36) 4 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) 4.9 (1.82) Breaker Type EGB160 EGE160 EGS160 Number of Poles 3 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36) 3.0 (1.36)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-27

Notes 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2 IEC only. 3 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 4 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 42 kA. 5 Current limiting per UL 489.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-28

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module


10.26 (260.6)

4.75 (120.6)

0.55 (14.0)

0.50 (12.7)

1.49 1.00 (37.8) (25.4) 1.00 (25.4)

3.98 (101.1)

3-Pole 2.98 (75.7) 2.00 (50.8)

1.50 0.50 (38.1) (12.7)

8.59 (218.2)

4.78 (121.4)

0.70 (17.8) 0.90 (22.9) 0.35 (8.9)

0.09 (2.29)

3.01 (76.5) 3.17 (80.5)

2.75 (69.9) 0.78 (19.8)

EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module


4.17 (105.9) 3.61 (91.7) 9.66 (245.4)

0.56 (14.2)

1.00 (25.4) 3.00 (76.2) 1.00 (25.4)

0.50 1.00 (12.7) (25.4)

3.20 (81.3) 4.17 (105.9)

2.75 0.09 (69.9) (2.3)

0.78 (19.8) 0.41 (10.4)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-30 V4-T2-31 V4-T2-42 V4-T2-43 V4-T2-43 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

JG-Frame (63250 Amperes)

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

JG-Frame (63250 Amperes)


Product Description
JG breaker is HACR rated.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-29

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-30 JT E S H C U X K Frame J

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Catalog Number Selection


Series GJG-Frame (63250 Amperes)

J G S 3 250 FA G C
Rating Blank = 80% rated C = 100% rated F01 = Freeze tested for 70F (57C) F02 = Freeze tested for 22F (30C) Terminations/Hardware Terminals Mounting Hardware M = Metric end caps Metric E = Imperial end caps Imperial G = Line/load standard Metric W = Without terminals Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj. FA = Fixed adj. KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG NN = Frame only (no trip)

Standard/Application G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Performance 600 480 415 18 25 25 18 35 40 25 65 70 35 100 100 50 150 150 50 200 200 Molded case switch

Number of Poles 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = FourNeutral 0% Protected 8 = FourNeutral 060% Protected 9 = FourNeutral 100% Protected

240 65 85 100 200 200 200

Amperes 050 070 080 090 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250

Trip Unit

JT 4 100 FA
Trip Number of Poles 2 = Two 3 = Three 4 = FourNeutral 0% Protected 8 = FourNeutral 060%% Protected 9 = FourNeutral 100% Protected Amperes T/M ETU 080 050 090 100 100 160 110 250 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj. FA = Fixed adj. KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG NN = Frame only (no trip)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2
Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGE4100AAG JGE4125AAG JGE4160AAG JGE4200AAG JGE4250AAG

Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
JG-Frame

JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA25/25
Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGE2070FAG JGE2090FAG JGE2100FAG JGE2125FAG JGE2150FAG JGE2175FAG JGE2200FAG JGE2225FAG JGE2250FAG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGE3070FAG JGE3090FAG JGE3100FAG JGE3125FAG JGE3150FAG JGE3175FAG JGE3200FAG JGE3225FAG JGE3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGE3100AAG JGE3125AAG JGE3160AAG JGE3200AAG JGE3250AAG Four-Pole 0%2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGE4070FAG JGE4090FAG JGE4100FAG JGE4125FAG JGE4150FAG JGE4175FAG JGE4200FAG JGE4225FAG JGE4250FAG

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250

JG-Frame

JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA40/35, Two-Pole
Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGS2070FAG JGS2090FAG JGS2100FAG JGS2125FAG JGS2150FAG JGS2175FAG JGS2200FAG JGS2225FAG JGS2250FAG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGS3070FAG JGS3090FAG JGS3100FAG JGS3125FAG JGS3150FAG JGS3175FAG JGS3200FAG JGS3225FAG JGS3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGS3100AAG JGS3125AAG JGS3160AAG JGS3200AAG JGS3250AAG Four-Pole 0%2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGS4070FAG JGS4090FAG JGS4100FAG JGS4125FAG JGS4150FAG JGS4175FAG JGS4200FAG JGS4225FAG JGS4250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGS4100AAG JGS4125AAG JGS4160AAG JGS4200AAG JGS4250AAG

Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250

Notes 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 2 Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 060% neutral protection, 9 for 0100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-31

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-32 JG-Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA70/65
Two-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGH2070FAG JGH2090FAG JGH2100FAG JGH2125FAG JGH2150FAG JGH2175FAG JGH2200FAG JGH2225FAG JGH2250FAG Three-Pole Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGH3070FAG JGH3090FAG JGH3100FAG JGH3125FAG JGH3150FAG JGH3175FAG JGH3200FAG JGH3225FAG JGH3250FAG Four-Pole 0%2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable 1 Magnetic Fixed Magnetic Catalog Number JGH3100AAG JGH3125AAG JGH3160AAG JGH3200AAG JGH3250AAG Catalog Number JGH4070FAG JGH4090FAG JGH4100FAG JGH4125FAG JGH4150FAG JGH4175FAG JGH4200FAG JGH4225FAG JGH4250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Fixed Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGH4100AAG JGH4125AAG JGH4160AAG JGH4200AAG JGH4250AAG

Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250

Notes 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 2 Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 060% neutral protection, 9 for 0100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2
Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGC4080AAG JGC4100AAG JGC4125AAG JGC4160AAG JGC4200AAG JGC4250AAG

Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 100/100, 150/150


JG-Frame

JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA100/100, Current Limiting


Three-Pole Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGC3070FAG JGC3090FAG JGC3100FAG JGC3125FAG JGC3150FAG JGC3175FAG JGC3200FAG JGC3225FAG JGC3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGC3080AAG JGC3100AAG JGC3125AAG JGC3160AAG JGC3200AAG JGC3250AAG Four-Pole 0% 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGC4070FAG JGC4090FAG JGC4100FAG JGC4125FAG JGC4150FAG JGC4175FAG JGC4200FAG JGC4225FAG JGC4250FAG

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

JG-Frame

JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA150/150, Current Limiting


Three-Pole Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGU3070FAG JGU3090FAG JGU3100FAG JGU3125FAG JGU3150FAG JGU3175FAG JGU3200FAG JGU3225FAG JGU3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGU3080AAG JGU3100AAG JGU3125AAG JGU3160AAG JGU3200AAG JGU3250AAG Four-Pole 0% 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGU4070FAG JGU4090FAG JGU4100FAG JGU4125FAG JGU4150FAG JGU4175FAG JGU4200FAG JGU4225FAG JGU4250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGU4080AAG JGU4100AAG JGU4125AAG JGU4160AAG JGU4200AAG JGU4250AAG

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 2 Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 060% neutral protection, 9 for 0100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-33

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-34 JG-Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Two-Pole not available in IEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200 JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA 200/200, Current Limiting


Three-Pole Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGX3070FAG JGX3090FAG JGX3100FAG JGX3125FAG JGX3150FAG JGX3175FAG JGX3200FAG JGX3225FAG JGX3250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGX3080AAG JGX3100AAG JGX3125AAG JGX3160AAG JGX3200AAG JGX3250AAG Four-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number JGX4070FAG JGX4090FAG JGX4100FAG JGX4125FAG JGX4150FAG JGX4175FAG JGX4200FAG JGX4225FAG JGX4250FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 1 Catalog Number JGX4080AAG JGX4100AAG JGX4125AAG JGX4160AAG JGX4200AAG JGX4250AAG

Molded Case Switches 3


Catalog Number JGK3250KSG JGK7250KSG Notes 1 EC-EN 60947-2 only. Adjustment is 0.8 and 1.0. 2 Change the fourth digit to 8 for adjustable 060% neutral protection, 9 for 0100% neutral protection. Neutral is on LH side. 3 Molded case switches will trip above 2500 amperes.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

FrameIC Rating at 415/480 Volts


Two-Pole Maximum Amperes 25/25 250 40/35 250 70/65 250 JGH2250NN JGH3250NN JGH4250NN JGS2250NN JGS3250NN JGS4250NN JGE2250NN JGE3250NN JGE4250NN Catalog Number Three-Pole Catalog Number Four-Pole 0% Catalog Number

100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 JGC3250NN JGC4250NN

150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 JGU3250NN JGU4250NN

200/200 Current Limiting Per UL 489 250


2

JGX3250NN

JGX4250NN

25/25 100% Rated Per UL 489 250

JGE3250NNC
2

40/35 100% Rated Per UL 489 250

JGS3250NNC

70/65 100% Rated Per UL 489 2 250 JGH3250NNC

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit


Ampere Rating 70 80 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Range 350700 400800 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JT2070FA JT2090FA JT2100FA JT2125FA JT2150FA JT2175FA JT2200FA JT2225FA JT2250FA JT3070FA JT3090FA JT3100FA JT3125FA JT3150FA JT3175FA JT3200FA JT3225FA JT3250FA JT3080AA 3 JT3100AA 3 JT3125AA 3 JT3160AA 3 JT3200AA 3 JT3250AA 3 Range 64100 80100 100125 128160 160200 200250 Catalog Number JT4070FA JT4090FA JT4100FA JT4125FA JT4150FA JT4175FA JT4200FA JT4225FA JT4250FA JT4080AA 3 JT4100AA 3 JT4125AA 3 JT4160AA 3 JT4200AA 3 JT4250AA 3

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Standard line and load terminals. 2 Components100% rated frame. 3 Adjustable thermal trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-35

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-36

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Electronic Trip Units JG Electronic Trip Units


LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JT405033 JT410033 JT416033 JT425033 JT405032 JT410032 JT416032 JT425032 JT405035 JT410035 JT416035 JT425035 JT405036 JT410036 JT416036 JT425036 JT305033 JT310033 JT316033 JT325033 JT305032 JT310032 JT316032 JT325032 JT305035 JT310035 JT316035 JT325035 JT305036 JT310036 JT316036 JT325036 JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number

Plug-In Test Kit


Voltage Rating 120 Vac 230 Vac Catalog Number MTST120V MTST230V

Breaker Mount Ammeter


Description Breaker mount ammeter Catalog Number DIGIVIEW

Notes 1 For use on a three-pole breaker used in a four-wire system if ground fault protection for the neutral is required. 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. Long time pickupselectable via dial setting. 50 ampere settings50, 45, 40, 32, 30, 25, 20. 100 ampere settings100, 90, 80, 70, 63, 50, 45, 40. 160 ampere settings160, 150, 125, 110, 100, 90, 80, 63. 250 ampere settings250, 225, 200, 175, 160, 150, 125, 100. Adjustable long time delay224 seconds at 6 x lr. Adjustable short time delayInst., 120, 300 ms

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Complete Breaker with Electronic Trip Units IEC/UL/CSA25/25


LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JGE405033G JGE410033G JGE416033G JGE425033G JGE405032G JGE410032G JGE416032G JGE425032G JGE405035G JGE410035G JGE416035G JGE425035G JGE405036G JGE410036G JGE416036G JGE425036G JGE305033G JGE310033G JGE316033G JGE325033G JGE305032G JGE310032G JGE316032G JGE325032G JGE305035G JGE310035G JGE316035G JGE325035G JGE305036G JGE310036G JGE316036G JGE325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number

IEC/UL/CSA40/35
LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JGS405033G JGS410033G JGS416033G JGS425033G JGS405032G JGS410032G JGS416032G JGS425032G JGS405035G JGS410035G JGS416035G JGS425035G JGS405036G JGS410036G JGS416036G JGS425036G JGS305033G JGS310033G JGS316033G JGS325033G JGS305032G JGS310032G JGS316032G JGS325032G JGS305035G JGS310035G JGS316035G JGS325035G JGS305036G JGS310036G JGS316036G JGS325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number

IEC/UL/CSA70/65
LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JGH405033G JGH410033G JGH416033G JGH425033G JGH405032G JGH410032G JGH416032G JGH425032G JGH405035G JGH410035G JGH416035G JGH425035G JGH405036G JGH410036G JGH416036G JGH425036G JGH305033G JGH310033G JGH316033G JGH325033G JGH305032G JGH310032G JGH316032G JGH325032G JGH305035G JGH310035G JGH316035G JGH325035G JGH305036G JGH310036G JGH316036G JGH325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number

Notes 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-37

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-38 LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 Catalog Number

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

IEC/UL/CSA100/100, Current Limiting Per UL 489


LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number

JGC305033G JGC310033G JGC316033G JGC335033G

JGC305032G JGC310032G JGC316032G JGC325032G

JGC305035G JGC310035G JGC316035G JGC325035G

JGC305036G JGC310036G JGC316036G JGC325036G

JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250

JGC405033G JGC410033G JGC416033G JGC435033G

JGC405032G JGC410032G JGC416032G JGC425032G

JGC405035G JGC410035G JGC416035G JGC425035G

JGC405036G JGC410036G JGC416036G JGC425036G

IEC/UL/CSA150/150, Current Limiting Per UL 489


LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JGU405033G JGU410033G JGU416033G JGU435033G JGU405032G JGU410032G JGU416032G JGU425032G JGU405035G JGU410035G JGU416035G JGU425035G JGU405036G JGU410036G JGU416036G JGU425036G JGU305033G JGU310033G JGU316033G JGU335033G JGU305032G JGU310032G JGU316032G JGU325032G JGU305035G JGU310035G JGU316035G JGU325035G JGU305036G JGU310036G JGU316036G JGU325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number

IEC/UL/CSA200/200, Current Limiting Per UL 489


LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 50 100 160 250 Four-Pole 2 50 100 160 250 JGX405033G JGX410033G JGX416033G JGX425033G JGX405032G JGX410032G JGX416032G JGX425032G JGX405035G JGX410035G JGX416035G JGX425035G JGX405036G JGX410036G JGX416036G JGX425036G JGX305033G JGX310033G JGX316033G JGX325033G JGX305032G JGX310032G JGX316032G JGX325032G JGX305035G JGX310035G JGX316035G JGX325035G JGX305036G JGX310036G JGX316036G JGX325036G JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250 Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number

Notes 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 2 Neutral protection 4 = 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100% electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Three-Pole

JG 100% Rated Circuit BreakerThermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)IC Rating at 415/480 Volts
JG-Frame

JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA25/25
Three-Pole Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGE3070FAGC JGE3090FAGC JGE3100FAGC JGE3125FAGC JGE3150FAGC JGE3175FAGC JGE3200FAGC JGE3225FAGC JGE3250FAGC

JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA70/65
Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGH3070FAGC JGH3090FAGC JGH3100FAGC JGH3125FAGC JGH3150FAGC JGH3175FAGC JGH3200FAGC JGH3225FAGC JGH3250FAGC

Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250

JG-FrameIEC/CE/UL/CSA40/35
Three-Pole Maximum Continuous Amperes 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Magnetic Range 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number JGS3070FAGC JGS3090FAGC JGS3100FAGC JGS3125FAGC JGS3150FAGC JGS3175FAGC JGS3200FAGC JGS3225FAGC JGS3250FAGC

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-39

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-40 Ampere Rating 50 100 160 250

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

JG 100% Rated Electronic Trip Unit Circuit Breaker IEC/UL/CSA25/25


LS Ampere Rating 50 100 160 250 Catalog Number JGE305033GC JGE310033GC JGE316033GC JGE325033GC LSI Catalog Number JGE305032GC JGE310032GC JGE316032GC JGE325032GC LSG Catalog Number JGE305035GC JGE310035GC JGE316035GC JGE325035GC LSIG Catalog Number JGE305036GC JGE310036GC JGE316036GC JGE325036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250

IEC/UL/CSA40/35
LS Catalog Number JGS305033GC JGS310033GC JGS316033GC JGS325033GC LSI Catalog Number JGS305032GC JGS310032GC JGS316032GC JGS325032GC LSG Catalog Number JGS305035GC JGS310035GC JGS316035GC JGS325035GC LSIG Catalog Number JGS305036GC JGS310036GC JGS316036GC JGS325036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250

IEC/UL/CSA70/65
LS Ampere Rating 50 100 160 250 Catalog Number JGH305033GC JGH310033GC JGH316033GC JGH325033GC LSI Catalog Number JGH305032GC JGH310032GC JGH316032GC JGH325032GC LSG Catalog Number JGH305035GC JGH310035GC JGH316035GC JGH325035GC LSIG Catalog Number JGH305036GC JGH310036GC JGH316036GC JGH325036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number JGFCT050 JGFCT100 JGFCT160 JGFCT250

Note 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


JG-Frame

T250FJ

TA250FJ

Endcap Kit

Control Wire Terminal Kit

Multiwire Connectors

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-41

Load and Line Terminals


Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Metric Wire Range mm2 AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors Catalog Number

Wire Type

Standard Pressure Type Terminals 250 250 Stainless steel Aluminum Cu Cu/Al 25185 10185 #4350 (1) #8350 (1) T250FJ 1 TA250FJ 12

JG-Frame circuit breakers include aluminum terminals TA250FJ as standard. When optional stainless steel only terminals are required, order by catalog number. Endcap Kits
Catalog Number Number of Poles 3 4 Metric FJ3RTWK FJ4RTWK Imperial FJ3RTDK FJ4RTDK Description Package of 14 (priced individually)

Control Wire Terminal Kit


Catalog Number FJCWTK

Endcap kits are used on J250-Frame breaker to connect busbar or similar electrical connections. Includes hardware.

For use with aluminum or copper terminals only.

Base Mounting Hardware Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. (Included with breaker.) If required separately, order 66A2546G02. Terminal Shields IP30
Location Line or Load Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Catalog Number FJTS3K FJTS4K

Interphase Barriers
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number FJIPBK 3 FJIPBK4 3

Multiwire Connectors Field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals. They are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. Multiwire lug kits include terminal shield, mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end.

JG-Frame Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)


Maximum Amperes 250 250 Wires per Terminal 3 6 Wire Size Range AWG Cu 142 146 Kit Catalog Number 3TA250FJ3 3TA250FJ6

Notes 1 Individually packed. 2 Standard line and load. 3 Individually priced.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-42

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. JG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Interphase barriers Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical operator Plug-in adapters Handle mechanisms Earth leakage/ground fault protector Drawout cassette Digitrip 310+ test kit Ammeter/cause of trip display Cause of trip LED module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available Note
1

Reference Page

Two- and Three-Pole Left Center Right

Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral

V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-107

V4-T2-41 V4-T2-41 V4-T2-41 V4-T2-41 V4-T2-41 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-36 V4-T2-103 V4-T2-103

V4-T2-102
1

Contact Eaton.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Technical Data and Specifications


UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Ratings
Circuit Breaker Type JGE250 JGS250 JGH250 JGC250 4 JGU250 4 JGX250 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 220240 Icu 65 85 100 200 200 200 Ics 65 85 100 200 200 200 380415 Icu 25 40 70 100 150 200 Ics 25 40 70 100 150 200 480 25 35 65 100 150 200 600 18 18 25 35 50 50 690 2 Icu 12 12 14 16 18 18 Ics 6 6 7 12 14 14 250 23 10 22 22 42 50 50 Volts DC 1

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) JG-Frame
Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Width 4.13 (104.9) 5.34 (135.6) Height 7.00 (177.8) 7.00 (177.8) Depth 3.57 (90.7) 3.57 (90.7)

2 2 2
Side View

JG-Frame
Front Cover Cutout 0.63 (16.0) 0.28 (7.1) 3.06 (77.7) 0.50 (12.7) Breaker
C L

Front View Three-Pole

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1.25 (31.8) 0.19 (4.8) R 2.05 (52.1) C L Handle 3.95 (100.3) 7.00 (177.8)

4.00 (101.6)

1.06 (27.0) 4.13 (104.9) 3.44 (87.4)

Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) JG-Frame


Breaker Type JGC JGE JGH JGS JGU JGX Number of Poles 2, 3 6.00 (2.70) 6.00 (2.70) 6.00 (2.70) 6.00 (2.70) 6.00 (2.70) 6.00 (2.70) 4 8.00 (3.60) 8.00 (3.60) 8.00 (3.60) 8.00 (3.60) 8.00 (3.60) 8.00 (3.60)

Notes 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 4 Current limiting per UL 489.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-43

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-44
RESET
TEST

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module


4-Pole 5.50 (139.7) 3-Pole 4.13 (104.9) 0.69 2.06 1.38 (17.5) (52.3) (35.1)

5.50 (139.7) 3.57 (90.7) 1.25 (31.8) 0.63 (16.0)

2.05 (52.1)

3.92 (99.6)

5.50 (139.7) 7.00 (177.8) 11.25 (285.8)

3.92 (99.6)

R 0.19 (4.8) 0.28 (7.1) 0.50 (139.7)

1.88 (47.8)

6.97 (177.0)

4.93 (125.2) 11.25 (285.8) 1.06 (26.9)

4.25 (108.0)

3.37 (85.6)

3.31 (84.1)

3.81 (96.8) 4.78 (121.4)

3.69 (93.7)

3.57 (90.7)

2.05 (52.1) 4.09 (103.9)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-46 V4-T2-47 V4-T2-58 V4-T2-59 V4-T2-59 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

LG-Frame (250630 Amperes)

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

LG-Frame (250630 Amperes)


Product Description
LG breaker is HACR rated.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-45

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-46 Frame L

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Catalog Number Selection


Series GLG-Frame (250630 Amperes)

L G S 3 600 FA G C
Rating Blank = 80% rated C = 100% rated Number of Poles 3 = Three 4 = FourNeutral 0% protected 6 = FourNeutral 60% protected 7 = FourNeutral 100% protected 8 = FourNeutral 060% protected 9 = FourNeutral 0100 protected Amperes 250 300 350 400 500 600 630 Terminations/Hardware Terminals Mounting Hardware M = Metric end caps Metric E = Imperial end caps Imperial G = Line/load standard Metric W = Without terminals Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj. FA = Fixed adj. KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG 38 = 310+ electronic ALSI 39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG NN = Frame only (no trip)

Standard/Application G = IEC/CE/UL/CSA Performance 600 480 415 18 35 35 25 50 50 35 65 70 50 100 100 65 150 150 65 200 200 Molded case switch

E S H C U X K

240 65 85 100 200 200 200

Trip Unit

LT 3 600 FA
Trip LT Number of Poles 3 = Three 4 = Fourneutral 0% protected 8 = Fourneutral 0/60% protected 9 = Fourneutral 0/100% protected Amperes 250 300 350 400 500 600 630 Trip Unit AA = Adj. adj., thermal-magnetic FA = Fixed adj., thermal-magnetic KS = Molded case switch 33 = 310+ electronic LS 32 = 310+ electronic LSI 35 = 310+ electronic LSG 36 = 310+ electronic LSIG 38 = 310+ electronic ALSI 39 = 310+ electronic ALSIG

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2

Product Selection
Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)
LG-Frame

LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGE3250FAG LGE3300FAG LGE3350FAG LGE3400FAG LGE3500FAG LGE3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGE3250AAG LGE3320AAG LGE3400AAG LGE3500AAG LGE3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) 3 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGE4250FAG LGE4300FAG LGE4350FAG LGE4400FAG LGE4500FAG LGE4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGE4250AAG LGE4320AAG LGE4400AAG LGE4500AAG LGE4630AAG

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

LG-Frame

LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGS3250FAG LGS3300FAG LGS3350FAG LGS3400FAG LGS3500FAG LGS3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGS3250AAG LGS3320AAG LGS3400AAG LGS3500AAG LGS3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) 3 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGS4250FAG LGS4300FAG LGS4350FAG LGS4400FAG LGS4500FAG LGS4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGS4250AAG LGS4320AAG LGS4400AAG LGS4500AAG LGS4630AAG

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

LG-Frame

LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
4

Four-Pole (0%) 3 Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGH3250AAG LGH3320AAG LGH3400AAG LGH3500AAG LGH3630AAG Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGH4250FAG LGH4300FAG LGH4350FAG LGH4400FAG LGH4500FAG LGH4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGH4250AAG LGH4320AAG LGH4400AAG LGH4500AAG LGH4630AAG

Catalog Number LGH3250FAG LGH3300FAG LGH3350FAG LGH3400FAG LGH3500FAG LGH3600FAG

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-47

Notes 1 Replace suffix G with W for no line and load terminals. 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 060% and 9 = 0100%. Neutral is on LH side. 4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-48 LG-Frame LG-Frame LG-Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
4

Four-Pole (0%) 3 Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGC3250AAG LGC3320AAG LGC3400AAG LGC3500AAG LGC3630AAG Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGC4250FAG LGC4300FAG LGC4350FAG LGC4400FAG LGC4500FAG LGC4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGC4250AAG LGC4320AAG LGC4400AAG LGC4500AAG LGC4630AAG

Catalog Number LGC3250FAG LGC3300FAG LGC3350FAG LGC3400FAG LGC3500FAG LGC3600FAG

LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGU3250FAG LGU3300FAG LGU3350FAG LGU3400FAG LGU3500FAG LGU3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGU3250AAG LGU3320AAG LGU3400AAG LGU3500AAG LGU3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) 3 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGU4250FAG LGU4300FAG LGU4350FAG LGU4400FAG LGU4500FAG LGU4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGU4250AAG LGU4320AAG LGU4400AAG LGU4500AAG LGU4630AAG

LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA), Current Limiting Per UL 489 IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGX3250FAG LGX3300FAG LGX3350FAG LGX3400FAG LGX3500FAG LGX3600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGX3250AAG LGX3320AAG LGX3400AAG LGX3500AAG LGX3630AAG Four-Pole (0%) 3 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LGX4250FAG LGX4300FAG LGX4350FAG LGX4400FAG LGX4500FAG LGX4600FAG Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 45 Catalog Number LGX4250AAG LGX4320AAG LGX4400AAG LGX4500AAG LGX4630AAG

Notes 1 Replace suffix G with W for no line and load terminals. 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 3 Neutral protection is indicated by the fourth character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 060% and 9 = 0100%. Neutral is on LH side. 4 320/630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 5 Adjustable thermal units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Molded Case Switches 1


Ampere Rating 400 Number of Poles 32 4 630 3 32 4 Catalog Number LGK3400KSG LGK4400KSG LGK3630KSG LGK4630KSG

FrameIC Rating at 415/480 Volts


Three-Pole 2 Maximum Amperes 3 35/35 630 3 LGE3630NN LGE3630NNWC 50/50 630 3 LGS3630NN LGS3630NNWC 70/53 630 3 LGH3630NN LGH3630NNWC 100/100 Current Limiting Per UL 489 630 LGC3630NN LGC4630NN LGH4630NN LGS4630NN LGE4630NN Catalog Number Four-Pole 0% Catalog Number

150/150 Current Limiting Per UL 489 630 LGU3630NN LGU4630NN

200/200 Current Limiting 630 LGX3630NN LGX4630NN

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit


Three-Pole
2

Four-Pole (0%) Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 4 Catalog Number LT3250AA LT3320AA LT3400AA LT3500AA LT3630AA

Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT3500FA LT3600FA

Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Catalog Number LT4250FA LT4300FA LT4350FA LT4400FA LT4500FA LT4600FA

Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 4 Catalog Number LT4250AA LT4320AA LT4400AA LT4500AA LT4630AA

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Molded case switches will trip above 6300 amperes. 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 3 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for the LG. 4 Adjustable thermal, adjustable magnetic trip units are typically used in IEC markets and are not UL or CSA listed. 5 Neutral protection is indicated by the third character: 4 = 0%, 7 = 100%, 8 = adjustable 060% and 9 = 0100%. 6 100% rated frame.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-49

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-50 LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 250 400 600 630 2 Four-Pole 3 250 400 600 630 2 LT425033 LT440033 LT460033 LT463033 LT325033 LT340033 LT360033 LT363033 Catalog Number

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Electronic Trip UnitsDigitrip 310+


LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number

LT325032 LT340032 LT360032 LT363032

LT325035 LT340035 LT360035 LT363035

LT325036 LT340036 LT360036 LT363036

LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

LT425032 LT440032 LT460032 LT463032

LT425035 LT440035 LT460035 LT463035

LT425036 LT440036 LT460036 LT463036

Plug-In Test Kit 4


Voltage Rating 120 Vac 230 Vac Catalog Number MTST120V MTST230V

Notes 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 3 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. 4 IL Number is 5721B13. Long time pickup selectable via dial setting. 630 ampere settings 630, 600, 500, 400, 350, 315, 300, 250 (315, 630 are IEC ratings only). 600 ampere settings 600, 500, 450, 400, 350, 315, 300, 250 (315 is IEC rating only). 400 ampere settings 400, 350, 315, 300, 250, 225, 200, 160 (315 is IEC rating only). 250 ampere settings 250, 225, 200, 175, 160, 150, 125, 100 (160 is IEC rating only). Adjustable long time delay 224 seconds at 6 x Ir . Adjustable short time delay Inst., 120, 300 ms.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-51

IC Rating at 415/480V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) 1 IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 3
250 400 600 630 4

LSI Catalog Number

LSG Catalog Number

LSIG Catalog Number

Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 2 Catalog Number

Catalog Number

LGE325033G LGE340033G LGE360033G LGE363033G

LGE325032G LGE340032G LGE360032G LGE363032G

LGE325035G LGE340035G LGE360035G LGE363035G

LGE325036G LGE340036G LGE360036G LGE363036G

LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4

LGE425033G LGE440033G LGE460033G LGE463033G

LGE425032G LGE440032G LGE460032G LGE463032G

LGE425035G LGE440035G LGE460035G LGE463035G

LGE425036G LGE440036G LGE460036G LGE463036G

IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac


LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 3
250 400 600 630 4

LSI Catalog Number

LSG Catalog Number

LSIG Catalog Number

Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 2 Catalog Number

Catalog Number

LGS325033G LGS340033G LGS360033G LGS363033G

LGS325032G LGS340032G LGS360032G LGS363032G

LGS325035G LGS340035G LGS360035G LGS363035G

LGS325036G LGS340036G LGS360036G LGS363036G

LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4

LGS425033G LGS440033G LGS460033G LGS463033G

LGS425032G LGS440032G LGS460032G LGS463032G

LGS425035G LGS440035G LGS460035G LGS463035G

LGS425036G LGS440036G LGS460036G LGS463036G

IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415 Vac, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac


LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 3
250 400 600 630 4

LSI Catalog Number

LSG Catalog Number

LSIG Catalog Number

Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 2 Catalog Number

Catalog Number

LGH325033G LGH340033G LGH360033G LGH363033G

LGH325032G LGH340032G LGH360032G LGH363032G

LGH325035G LGH340035G LGH360035G LGH363035G

LGH325036G LGH340036G LGH360036G LGH363036G

LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4

LGH425033G LGH440033G LGH460033G LGH463033G

LGH425032G LGH440032G LGH460032G LGH463032G

LGH425035G LGH440035G LGH460035G LGH463035G

LGH425036G LGH440036G LGH460036G LGH463036G

Notes 1 Replace suffix G with W for no line and load terminals. 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Ampere Rating Three-Pole 3
250 400 600 630 4

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

IC Rating at 415/480V Complete LG Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware) 1 IC Rating: 100 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 3
250 400 600 630 4

LSI Catalog Number

LSG Catalog Number

LSIG Catalog Number

Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 2 Catalog Number

Catalog Number

LGC325033G LGC340033G LGC360033G LGC363033G

LGC325032G LGC340032G LGC360032G LGC363032G

LGC325035G LGC340035G LGC360035G LGC363035G

LGC325036G LGC340036G LGC360036G LGC363036G

LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4

LGC425033G LGC440033G LGC460033G LGC463033G

LGC425032G LGC440032G LGC460032G LGC463032G

LGC425035G LGC440035G LGC460035G LGC463035G

LGC425036G LGC440036G LGC460036G LGC463036G

IC Rating: 150 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 2 Catalog Number

LGU325033G LGU340033G LGU360033G LGU363033G

LGU325032G LGU340032G LGU360032G LGU363032G

LGU325035G LGU340035G LGU360035G LGU363035G

LGU325036G LGU340036G LGU360036G LGU363036G

LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4

LGU425033G LGU440033G LGU460033G LGU463033G

LGU425032G LGU440032G LGU460032G LGU463032G

LGU425035G LGU440035G LGU460035G LGU463035G

LGU425036G LGU440036G LGU460036G LGU463036G

IC Rating: 200 kAIC at 415 Vac and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489
LS Ampere Rating Three-Pole 3
250 400 600 630 4

LSI Catalog Number

LSG Catalog Number

LSIG Catalog Number

Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 2 Catalog Number

Catalog Number

LGX325033G LGX340033G LGX360033G LGX363033G

LGX325032G LGX340032G LGX360032G LGX363032G

LGX325035G LGX340035G LGX360035G LGX363035G

LGX325036G LGX340036G LGX360036G LGX363036G

LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

Four-Pole 5
250 400 600 630 4

LGX425033G LGX440033G LGX460033G LGX463033G

LGX425032G LGX440032G LGX460032G LGX463032G

LGX425035G LGX440035G LGX460035G LGX463035G

LGX425036G LGX440036G LGX460036G LGX463036G

Notes 1 Replace suffix G with W for no line and load terminals. 2 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is desired. 3 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles. 4 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG. 5 Neutral protection: 4= 0%, 6 = 60%, 7 = 100%. Electronic trip unit neutral protection is not adjustable. V4-T2-52 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

LG 100% Rated Circuit BreakerThermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Complete Breaker (Includes Frame, Trip Unit, Standard Terminals and Mounting Hardware)
LG-Frame

LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGE3250FAGC LGE3300FAGC LGE3350FAGC LGE3400FAGC LGE3500FAGC LGE3600FAGC

LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 70 kAIC at 415, 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630 4 Catalog Number LGH3250FAGC LGH3300FAGC LGH3350FAGC LGH3400FAGC LGH3500FAGC LGH3600FAGC

LG-Frame630 Amperes (600 Amperes UL, CSA) IC Rating: 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 1
Three-Pole 2 Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic Ampere Rating 250 300 320 350 400 500 600 630
4

Notes 1 Replace suffix G with W for no line and load terminals. 2 For two-pole applications, use two outer poles.

Catalog Number LGS3250FAGC LGS3300FAGC LGS3350FAGC LGS3400FAGC LGS3500FAGC LGS3600FAGC

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-53

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-54 Ampere Rating 250 400 600 630 2 LS Ampere Rating 250 400 600 630 2 Catalog Number LGE325033GC LGE340033GC LGE360033GC LGE363033GC

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

LG 100% Rated Electronic Breaker Per UL 489 IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac
LSI Catalog Number LGE325032GC LGE340032GC LGE360032GC LGE363032GC LSG Catalog Number LGE325035GC LGE340035GC LGE360035GC LGE363035GC LSIG Catalog Number LGE325036GC LGE340036GC LGE360036GC LGE363036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac


LS Catalog Number LGS325033GC LGS340033GC LGS360033GC LGS363033GC LSI Catalog Number LGS325032GC LGS340032GC LGS360032GC LGS363032GC LSG Catalog Number LGS325035GC LGS340035GC LGS360035GC LGS363035GC LSIG Catalog Number LGS325036GC LGS340036GC LGS360036GC LGS363036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac


LS Ampere Rating 250 400 600 630 2 Catalog Number LGH325033GC LGH340033GC LGH360033GC LGH363033GC LSI Catalog Number LGH325032GC LGH340032GC LGH360032GC LGH363032GC LSG Catalog Number LGH325035GC LGH340035GC LGH360035GC LGH363035GC LSIG Catalog Number LGH325036GC LGH340036GC LGH360036GC LGH363036GC Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

Notes 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. 2 630 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA listed rating for the LG.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-55

LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Series G LG circuit breakers simple and reliable method to are available with the Arcflash reduce fault clearing time. Reduction Maintenance The Arcflash Reduction System integrated into the Maintenance System unit electronic trip units helping to utilizes a separate analog trip improve safety by providing a circuit that provides faster
LG with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System

interruption times than the standard (digital) instantaneous protection. Work locations downstream of a circuit breaker with an Arcflash Reduction

Maintenance System unit can have a significantly lower incident energy level, reducing arc flash potential to the system.

LG Electronic Breaker with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System


ALSI Ampere Rating Catalog Number ALSIG Catalog Number Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number

IEC/UL/CSA 35 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 250 400 600 630 LGE325038G LGE340038G LGE360038G LGE363038G LGE365039G LGE340039G LGE360039G LGE363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

IEC/UL/CSA 50 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 250 400 600 630 LGS325038G LGS340038G LGS360038G LGS363038G LGS365039G LGS340039G LGS360039G LGS363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

IEC/UL/CSA 70 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac 250 400 600 630 LGH325038G LGH340038G LGH360038G LGH363038G LGH365039G LGH340039G LGH360039G LGH363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

IEC/UL/CSA 100 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 400 600 630 LGC325038G LGC340038G LGC360038G LGC363038G LGC365039G LGC340039G LGC360039G LGC363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

IEC/UL/CSA 150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 400 600 630 LGU325038G LGU340038G LGU360038G LGU363038G LGU365039G LGU340039G LGU360039G LGU363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

IEC/UL/CSA 200 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac, Current Limiting Per UL 489 250 400 600 630 LGX325038G LGX340038G LGX360038G LGX363038G LGX365039G LGX340039G LGX360039G LGX363039G LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

LG Electronic Trip Units with Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System


ALSI Ampere Rating 250 400 600 630 Catalog Number LT325038 LT340038 LT360038 LT363038 ALSIG Catalog Number LT325039 LT340039 LT360039 LT363039 Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG 1 Catalog Number LGFCT250 LGFCT400 LGFCT600 LGFCT600

Note 1 Required for four-wire systems if neutral protection is required. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-56 Maximum Breaker Amperes 400 400 400 400 630 630 630 630 630 400 400

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Line and Load Terminals
Terminal Body Material Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper Aluminum Copper Wire Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors 500750 (1) 500750 (1) 500750 (1) 500750 (1) 2500 (2) 2500 (2) 2500 (2) 2500 (2) 2500 (2) 3500 (1) 3500 (1) Metric Wire Range (mm2) 240380 (1) 240380 (1) 240380 (1) 240380 (1) 35240 (2) 35240 (2) 35240 (2) 35240 (2) 35240 (2) 35240 (1) 35240 (1) Number of Terminals Included 3 4 3 4 1 3 4 3 4 1 1 Catalog Number 3TA631LK 1 4TA631LK 1 3T631LK 1 4T631LK 1 TA632L 3TA632LK 12 4TA632LK 12 3T632LK 1 4T632LK 1 TA350LK 2 T350LK

Terminal Covers
Description Three-pole terminal cover 3 Four-pole terminal cover 3 Catalog Number LTS3K LTS4K

Terminal Spreaders
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number LGTEW3 LGTEW4

End Cap Kits (MIO Metric Nuts)


Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number L3RTWK L4RTWK

Terminal Extensions
Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number LGTES3 LGTES4

Control Wire Terminal Kit


Description Three-pole kit Four-pole kit Three-pole kit Four-pole kit Terminal Body Type Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper Catalog Number 3TA632LKW 4TA632LKW 3T632LKW 4T632LKW

Handle Extension
Description Handle extension Catalog Number HEXLG

Interphase Barrier
Package of 2 Interphase barrier Catalog Number IPB3

Notes 1 Includes LTS3K (three-pole) or LTS4K (four-pole) terminal covers. 2 Standard terminal included with complete breaker. 3 Included in TA63IL, T63IL, TA632L kits listed above.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Terminals and Terminal Cover for the LG BreakerIncludes LTS3K (Three-Pole) or LTS4K (Four-Pole) Terminal Covers
Note: Extended terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.0 mm) to breaker length.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-57

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-58

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. LG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Handle extension Terminal cover Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Handle mechanisms Earth leakage/ground fault protector Drawout cassette Digitrip 310+ test kit Ammeter/cause of trip display Cause of trip LED module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available
1

Reference Page

Three-Pole Left Center Right

Four-Pole Left Center Right Neu.

V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-107

V4-T2-56 V4-T2-56 V4-T2-56 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-50 V4-T2-103 V4-T2-103

V4-T2-102
1

Note Contact Eaton.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Technical Data and Specifications


Interrupting Capacity Ratings UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Interrupting Capacity (kA rms Symmetrical Amperes) (kA) Circuit Breaker Type LGE630 LGS630 LGH630 LGC630 6 LGU630 6 LGX630
6

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 240240 Icu 65 85 100 200 200 200
5

Volts DC 1 380415 480 Ics 35 50 70 100 150 200 35 50 65 100 150 200 18 25 35 50 65 65 600 690 Icu 12 20 25 30 35 35 Ics 6 10 13 15 18 18 250 Icu 22 22 42 42 50 50
23

Ics 65 85 100 200 200 200

Icu 35 50 70 100 150 200

Ics 22 22 42 42 50 50

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) LG-Frame
Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Width 5.48 (139.2) 7.22 (183.4) Height 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) Depth 4.09 (103.9) 4.09 (103.9)

LG-Frame
Note: TA63IL, T63IL, T632L, TA632L terminals add 1.19 inches (30.2 mm) to line or load side of LG. LTS3K or LTS4K terminal covers add 2.13 inches (54.1 mm) to line or load side of LG.
2.43 (61.7) R 0.25 (6.4) 2.00 (50.8) 1.92 (48.8) 2.69 (68.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.48 (139.2)
C L

Breaker 3.16 (80.3)

4.06 (103.1) 5.58 (141.7)

10.13 (257 .3)

Four-Pole

Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) LG-Frame


Breaker Type LGE, LGS, LGH, LGC, LGU, LGX Two- and Three-Pole 16 (7.3) Four-Pole 20 (9.1)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 DC rating apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuits. 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum atkA. 4 Three-poles in series. 750 Vdc ratings available (four-pole in series, not UL listed). Contact Eaton. 5 IEC rating is 300 kA at 240 Vac. 6 Current limiting per UL 489.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-59

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-60

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module


5.16 (131.1) 3.44 (87.4) 1.72 (43.7) 4.31 (109.5) 4.06 (103.1) 3.98 (101.1) 3.44 (87.4) 1.72 (43.7) 0.86 (21.8)

4.73 (120.1)

5.58 (141.7)

5.58 (141.7)

4.73 (120.1)

8.44 (214.4)

10.13 (257.3) 15.38 (390.7)

8.44 (214.4)

13.69 (347.7)

15.38 (390.7)

13.68 (347.5)

3-Pole 5.48 (139.2) 4-Pole 7.22 (183.4)

4-Pole 2.75 (69.9) 3-Pole 2.74 (69.6)

3.97 (100.8) 4.30 (109.2) 4.55 (115.6) 5.43 (137.9)

4-Pole 7.22 (183.4) 3-Pole 5.48 (139.2)

4-Pole 2.75 (69.9) 3-Pole 2.74 (69.6)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-62 V4-T2-63 V4-T2-66 V4-T2-67 V4-T2-69 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

NG-Frame (1200 Ampere)

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes)


Product Description

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-61

All Eaton NG-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use All NG-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-62

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Circuit Breaker/Frame Catalog Number System

NG H 3 080 36 E ZG
Circuit Breaker Frame NG = US GN = International Interrupting Rating (kAIC) S = 50 kA H = 65 kA C = 100 kA U = 150 kA Suffix C = 100% rated V = 50C calibrated ZG = Zone interlock

Trip Amperes 080 = 800A NEMA/IEC 120 = 1200A NEMA 125 = 1250A IEC 160 = 1600A IEC

Number of Poles 3 = Three 4 = Four; neutral 0% protected 1 7 = Four; neutral 100% protected 1 9 = Four; neutral 0/60/100% adjustable protection 1

33 32 35 36 38 39 KS

Trip Unit = 310+ LS = 310+ LSI = 310+ LSG = 310+ LSIG = 310+ ALSI = 310+ ALSIG = Molded case switch

Terminations 2 M = Metric tapped line/load conductors E = Imperial tapped line/load conductors

Notes 1 Neutral inn left pole on GN; right pole on NG. 2 Breakers do not ship with lugs. Metric mounting hardware will be included with three- and four-pole breakers. If Imperial mounting hardware is needed, order catalog number BMH5. Trip units are factory installable only.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2

Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Type NGS Standard Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with Imperial Tapped Conductors Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C 12 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3 44 45 46 1200
3

L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In NGS308033E NGS408033E NGS708033E NGS908033E NGS312033E NGS412033E NGS712033E NGS912033E 28 x In I300 ms NGS308032E NGS408032E NGS708032E NGS908032E NGS312032E NGS412032E NGS712032E NGS912032E 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms NGS308035E NGS408035E NGS312035E NGS412035E 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGS308036E NGS408036E NGS312036E NGS412036E

ALSI 28 x In I300 ms NGS308038E NGS408038E NGS708038E NGS908038E NGS312038E NGS712038E NGS912038E

ALSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGS308039E NGS408039E NGS312039E NGS412039E

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3 44 45 46

Type NGS Standard Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 50 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with Metric Tapped Conductors Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 12 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 3 3 44 45 46 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In NGS316033M NGS416033M NGS716033M NGS916033M LSI 28 x In I300 ms NGS316032M NGS416032M NGS716032M NGS916032M LSG 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms NGS316035M NGS416035M LSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGS316036M NGS416036M ALSI 28 x In I300 ms NGS316038M NGS416038M NGS716038M NGS916038M ALSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGS316039M NGS416039M

Number of Poles

Molded Case Switches 78


Ue Maximum 690 Vac Ampere Rating 800 1200 1250 Three-Pole MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals Catalog Number NGS3080KSE NGS3120KSE NGS3125KSE Four-Pole MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals MCS with Imperial line and load terminals Catalog Number NGS4080KSE NGS4120KSE NGS43125KSE

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 For AC use only. 2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40C or 50C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40C labeling. 3 Non-UL listed NG 1250 with 1250 ampere trip unit is also available. 4 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pocket; GN, neutral in left pocket. 5 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four). 6 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four). 7 For AC use only. Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes. 8 For two-pole applications, use outer poles of three-pole molded case switch.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-63

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-64 1200 3 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C 12 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3 43 44 45 3 43 44 45

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Type NGH High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 65 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip Electronic Trip Unit L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In NGH308033E NGH408033E NGH708033E NGH908033E NGH312033E NGH412033E NGH712033E NGH912033E 28 x In I300 ms NGH308032E NGH408032E NGH708032E NGH908032E NGH312032E NGH412032E NGH712032E NGH912032E 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms NGH308035E NGH408035E NGH312035E NGH412035E 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGH308036E NGH408036E NGH312036E NGH412036E

ALSI 28 x In I300 ms NGH308038E NGH408038E NGH708038E NGH908038E NGH312038E NGH712038E NGH912038E

ALSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGH308039E NGH408039E NGH312039E NGH412039E

Type NGC Very High CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA lcu at 480 Vac or 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310+ Electronic Trip Unit with Imperial Tapped Conductors Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C 12 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3 43 44 45 3 43 44 45 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS LSI LSG LSIG 28 x In NGC308033E NGC408033E NGC708033E NGC908033E NGC312033E NGC412033E NGC712033E NGC912033E 28 x In I300 ms NGC308032E NGC408032E NGC708032E NGC908032E NGC312032E NGC412032E NGC712032E NGC912032E 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms NGC308035E NGC408035E NGC312035E NGC412035E 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGC308036E NGC408036E NGC312036E NGC412036E

ALSI 28 x In I300 ms NGC308038E NGC408038E NGC708038E NGC908038E NGC312038E NGC712038E NGC912038E

ALSIG 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms NGC308039E NGC408039E NGC312039E NGC412039E

Notes 1 For AC use only. 2 NG MCCBs are suitable for 40C or 50C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40C labeling. 3 Neutral 0% protected. NG, neutral in right pocket; GN, neutral in left pocket. 4 Neutral 100% protected (denoted by 7 in digit four). 5 Neutral 0%/60%/100% adjustable protection (denoted by 9 in digit four).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Catalog Number IPB5

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Line and Load Terminals N-Frame circuit breakers do not include terminals as standard. When copper or Cu/Al terminals are required, order by catalog number. Line and Load Terminals
Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG Wire (Number of Conductors) AWG Wire Catalog Number 1 Metric Wire Range mm2 Metric Catalog Number 1

Standard Cu/Al Pressure Terminals 700 1000 1200 1200 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al 1500 (2) 3/0400 (3) 4/0500 (4) 500750 (3) TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 TA1201NB1 50240 95185 120240 300400 TA700NB1M TA1000NB1M TA1200NB1M TA1201NB1M

Optional Copper and Cu/Al Pressure Type Terminals 700 1000 1200 Copper Copper Copper Cu Cu Cu 2/0500 (2) 3/0500 (3) 3/0400 (4) T700NB1 T1000NB1 T1200NB3 70240 95240 95185 T700NB1M T1000NB1M T1200NB3M

Base Mounting Hardware Base mounting hardware is included with a circuit breaker or molded case switch. Base Mounting Hardware 2
Number of Poles Three- and four-pole Description Imperial hardware: 0.312518 x 1.25 pan-head steel screws and lock washers Catalog Number BMH5

Handle Extension Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available. Handle Extension
Description Single handle extension Catalog Number HEX5

Three- and four-pole

Metric hardware: M8 pan-head steel screws BMH5M and lock washers

Terminal Shield Terminal Shield


Description Three-pole terminal shield Catalog Number NTS3K

Interphase Barriers The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. Barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) Interphase Barriers
Description

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Conductor Extension Kit Conductor Extension Kit


Description Three-pole both ends Metric Three-pole both ends English
3

Interphase barriers Notes 1 Single terminals individually packed. 2 Metric hardware included with breaker. 3 Included as standard on 100% rated 800/1200A breakers.

Catalog Number 5104A24G04 5104A24G02

Keeper Nut Not required on NG-Frame. Terminals are threaded.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-65

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-66

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. NG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories Base mounting hardware Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Handle mechanisms Drawout cassette Handle extension Ammeter/cause of trip display Cause of trip LED module Digitrip 310 test kit Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/Naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available
1

Reference Page

Three-Pole Left Center Right

Four-Pole Left Center Right Neu.

V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-107

V4-T2-65 V4-T2-65 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-65 V4-T2-103 V4-T2-103 V4-T2-104

V4-T2-102
1

Note Contact Eaton.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2

Technical Data and Specifications


Interrupting Capacity Ratings UL 489/IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Circuit Breaker Type NGS NGH NGC
1

Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4

220240 240 (UL) 65 100 200 Icu 85 100 200 Ics 85 100 100

380415 Icu 50 70 100 Ics 50 50 50 480 50 65 100 600 25 35 65

690 Icu 20 25 35 Ics 10 13 18

2 2 2 2 2

NG-Frame Digitrip Specifications Specification


Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable trip setting (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating = Rating Plug In = Long Delay Pickup Setting Ir
1

Digitrip RMS 310+ Yes

2 2 2 2
LSI, LSIG No Yes

N 3201200A 50, 65, 100 (kA)

LS, LSG No Yes

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Yes 0.51.0 (In) 12 seconds No Yes No

Yes 0.51.0 (In) 12 seconds No Yes No

200800% x (In) 100 ms No Yes

200800% x (In) No Inst300 ms Yes

No No Yes

200800% x (In) No Yes

Note 1600 amperes is not a UL or CSA listed rating. 1200 amperes is the maximum UL and CSA rating for NG.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-67

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-68 Trip Unit Type

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Specifications, continued
Digitrip RMS 310+ LS, LSG LSI, LSIG

Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eaton PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug = Long Delay Pickup Setting Ir Notes With cause of trip LED module (Trip-LED) 2 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU). 3 With cause of trip display (DIGIVIEW or DIGIVIEWR06)
1

No 15 x Ig (160A) No Inst500 ms Yes Yes

No 15 x Ig (160A) No Inst500 ms Yes Yes

Yes Yes 1 No Yes 2 Optional

Yes Yes 1 No Yes 2 Optional

Yes 3 Yes No No No
3

Yes 3 Yes 3 No No No

No

No

Test set

Test set

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) NG-Frame
Number of Poles 3 4 Width 8.25 (209.6) 11.13 (282.6) Height 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4) Depth 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7)

NG-Frame
Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87.4) BREAKER R .25 (6.4) 1.91 (48.5) 3.68 1.50 (93.5) (38.1) 9.25 (235.0) Front View Three-Pole Side View

2 2 2 2
16.00 (406.4)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3.19 (81.0) 6.38 (162.1) 8.25 (209.6) 5.50 (139.7)

Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) NG-Frame


Complete Breaker Breaker Type NGS, NGH, NGC Three-Pole 45 (20.4) Four-Pole 58 (26.3)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-69

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-70

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes)

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-71 V4-T2-72 V4-T2-79 V4-T2-80 V4-T2-81 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes)


Product Description

Eatons RG-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2

Catalog Number Selection


RG Circuit Breaker/Frame

RGH 3 16 T33 W A01


Type RGH 65K RGC 100K Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Function Codes Amperes 16 = 1600A 20 = 2000A 25 = 2500A A12-A19 B01-B02 D01 E01-E13 H01-H11 J01 L01-L05 N01 P01-P64 Q01-Q02 S21-S88 T21-T37 U33-U58 W01 X01-X08 Y01-Y08 Z01-Z08 = Auxiliary switch = Bell alarm = Drawout moving carrier = Electrical operator = Special ratings = Moisture fungus proof = Locks = Low energy shunt trip = Rating plugs = Terminal block = Shunt trip = UVR (DC) = UVR (AC) = Walking beam interlock = Load termination = Line termination = Line and load termination

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Trip Function Digitrip 310 T33 = LS T32 = LSI T35 = LSG T36 = LSIG Digitrip 610 T61 = LI T62 = LSI T63 = LS T64 = LIG T65 = LSG T66 = LSIG Digitrip 910 T91 = LI T92 = LSI T93 = LS T94 = LIG T95 = LSG T96 = LSIG

Modification Suffix R = Ground fault remote RES trip E = 100% protection (new design 310) RES trip unit P = 100% prot. neut. 4P RES trip unit V3 = Electronic trip without ambient temperature marked on trip unit W = w/o terms K = Molded case switch

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-71

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-72 2500 3 2000 3 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating Number at 40C 1 of Poles Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 1 3

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Product Selection
Type RGH with Digitrip 310 High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGH316T33WP08 LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGH316T32WP08 LSG 3 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms RGH316T35WP08 LSIG 3 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms RGH316T36WP08 Interchangeable Rating Plugs (Order as Individual Component) Fixed Rating Plug

Included with Breaker Adjustable Rating Plug 4 Adjustable Ampere Settings Catalog Number 800/1000/ 1200/1600 A16RES16T1

Ampere Rating 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600

Catalog Number 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T A20RES125T A20RES14T A20RES16T A20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T A25RES16T A25RES20T A25RES25T

RGH320T33WP16

RGH320T32WP16

RGH320T35WP16

RGH320T36WP16

1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000

1000/1200/ 1600/2000 A20RES20T1

RGH325T33WP39

RGH325T32WP39

RGH325T35WP39

RGH325T36WP39

1200 1250 1600 2000 2500

1200/1600/ 2000/2500 A25RES25T1

Notes 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add R to catalog number, for example, RGH316T35RW. 4 Additional IEC ratings are available on adjustable rating plugs. Contact your Eaton representative. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2
Included with Breaker Adjustable Rating Plug 4 Adjustable Ampere Settings Catalog Number 800/1000/ 1200/1600 A16RES16T1

Type RGH with Digitrip 310 High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGH416T33WP08 LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGH416T32WP08 LSG 3 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms LSIG 3 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms Interchangeable Rating Plugs (Order as Individual Component) Fixed Rating Plug

Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C 1 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 1 45

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Ampere Rating 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600

Catalog Number 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T A20RES125T A20RES14T A20RES16T A20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T A25RES16T A25RES20T A25RES25T

2000

RGH420T33WP16

RGH420T32WP16

1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000

1000/1200/ 1600/2000 A20RES20T1

2 2 2

2500

45

RGH425T33WP39

RGH425T32WP39

1200 1250 1600 2000 2500

1200/1600/ 2000/2500 A25RES25T1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add R to catalog number, for example, RGH316T35RW. 4 Additional IEC ratings are available on adjustable rating plugs. Contact your Eaton representative. 5 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add P to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add E for 60% protected, for example, RGH416T33PW, RGH416T33EW. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-73

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-74 2500 3 2000 3 Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C 1 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 1 3

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Type RGC with Digitrip 310 Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGC316T33WP08 LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGC316T32WP08 LSG 3 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms RGC316T35WP08 LSIG 3 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms RGC316T36WP08 Interchangeable Rating Plugs (Order as Individual Component) Fixed Rating Plug

Included with Breaker 2 Adjustable Rating Plug 4 Adjustable Ampere Settings Catalog Number 800/1000/ 1200/1600 A16RES16T1

Ampere Rating 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600

Catalog Number 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T A20RES125T A20RES14T A20RES16T A20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T A25RES16T A25RES20T A25RES25T

RGC320T33WP16

RGC320T32WP16

RGC320T35WP16

RGC320T36WP16

1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000

1000/1200/ 1600/2000 A20RES20T1

RGC325T33WP40

RGC325T32WP40

RGC325T35WP40

RGC325T36WP40

1200 1250 1600 2000 2500

1200/1600/ 2000/2500 A25RES25T1

Notes 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add R to catalog number, for example, RGH316T35RW. 4 Additional IEC ratings are available on adjustable rating plugs. Contact your Eaton representative. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2
Included with Breaker 2 Adjustable Rating Plug 4 Adjustable Ampere Settings Catalog Number 800/1000/ 1200/1600 A16RES16T1

Type RGC with Digitrip 310 Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Maximum 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Trip Unit with Adjustable Rating PlugsCatalog Number 2 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In RGC416T33WP08 LSI 28 x In I300 ms RGC416T32WP08 LSG 3 28 x In 2001200A I500 ms LSIG 3 28 x In I300 ms 2001200A I500 ms Interchangeable Rating Plugs (Order as Individual Component) Fixed Rating Plug

Maximum Continuous Ampere Number Rating of Poles at 40C 1 Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 1600 1 45

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Ampere Rating 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600

Catalog Number 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T A20RES125T A20RES14T A20RES16T A20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T A25RES16T A25RES20T A25RES25T

2000

RGC420T33WP16

RGC420T32WP16

1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000

1000/1200/ 1600/2000 A20RES20T1

2 2 2

2500

45

RGC425T33WP40

RGC425T32WP40

1200 1250 1600 2000 2500

1200/1600/ 2000/2500 A25RES25T1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Molded Case Switches 6


Ampere Rating 1600 2000 1600 2000 Number of Poles 3 3 4 4 Catalog Number RGK316WK RGK320WK RGK416WK RGK420WK

Notes 1 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 2 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 3 Ground fault equipped trip units available with remote indicating panel. Add R to catalog number, for example, RGH316T35RW. 4 Additional IEC ratings are available on adjustable rating plugs. Contact your Eaton representative. 5 Unprotected left pole neutral. Add P to catalog number for 100% protected left pole neutral, add E for 60% protected, for example, RGH416T33PW, RGH416T33EW. 6 Molded case switch will trip above 17,500 amperes. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-75

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-76 2500 3 2000 3 2000 3 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910


Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs Order as Individual ComponentCatalog Number 1 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LI 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 26 x M1 and M2 LS 0.5I.0n 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms LSI 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 26 x M1 and M2 LIG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 26 x M1 and M2 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms LSG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms LSIG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 26 x M1 and M2 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms Digitrip RMS Interchangeable Rating Plug (Order as Individual Component) Fixed Rating Plug

Number of Poles

Long Delay Pickup Long Delay Time Short Time Range Short Time Delay Instantaneous Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay

Ampere Rating

Catalog Number

Type RGH with Digitrip 610 High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGH316T61WP44 RGH316T63WP44 RGH316T62WP44 RGH316T64WP44 RGH316T65WP44 RGH316T66WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug RGH320T61WP49 RGH320T63WP49 RGH320T62WP49 RGH320T64WP49 RGH320T65WP49 RGH320T66WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug 2500 3 RGH325T61WP53 RGH325T63WP53 RGH325T62WP53 RGH325T64WP53 RGH325T65WP53 RGH325T66WP53 2000 1600 2000 2500 Type RGC with Digitrip 610 Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGC316T61WP44 RGC316T63WP44 RGC316T62WP44 RGC316T64WP44 RGC316T65WP44 RGC316T66WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug RGC320T61WP49 RGC320T63WP49 RGC320T62WP49 RGC320T64WP49 RGC320T65WP49 RGC320T66WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug RGC325T61WP53 RGC325T63WP53 RGC325T62WP53 RGC325T64WP53 RGC325T65WP53 RGC325T66WP53 2000 1600 2000 Includes 2500A rating plug Notes 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2
Digitrip RMS Interchangeable Rating Plug (Order as Individual Component)

Type RG with Digitrip 610 and 910, continued


Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 610 and 910 Electronic Trip Unit with Rating Plugs Order as Individual ComponentCatalog Number 1 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LI 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 26 x M1 and M2 LS 0.5I.0n 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms LSI 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 26 x M1 and M2 LIG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 26 x M1 and M2 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms LSG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms LSIG 0.51.0 x In 224 Seconds 26 x Ir 100500 ms 26 x M1 and M2 0.251.0 x In 2 100500 ms

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Number of Poles

Fixed Rating Plug

Long Delay Pickup Long Delay Time Short Time Range Short Time Delay Instantaneous Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay

Ampere Rating

Catalog Number

Type RGH with Digitrip 910 High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 70 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGH316T91WP44 RGH316T93WP44 RGH316T92WP44 RGH316T94WP44 RGH316T95WP44 RGH316T96WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug 2000 3 RGH320T91WP49 RGH320T93WP49 RGH320T92WP49 RGH320T94WP49 RGH320T95WP49 RGH320T96WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug 2500 3 RGH325T91WP53 RGH325T93WP53 RGH325T92WP53 RGH325T94WP53 RGH325T95WP53 RGH325T96WP53 2000 1600 2000 Includes 2500A rating plug Type RGC with Digitrip 910 Very High Interrupting CapacityUe Max. 690 Vac, 100 kA Icu at 415 Vac 1600 3 RGC316T91WP44 RGC316T93WP44 RGC316T92WP44 RGC316T94WP44 RGC316T95WP44 RGC316T96WP44 800 1000 1200 1250 Includes 1600A rating plug 2000 3 RGC320T91WP49 RGC320T93WP49 RGC320T92WP49 RGC320T94WP49 RGC320T95WP49 RGC320T96WP49 1600 1000 1200 1250 1600 Includes 2000A rating plug 2500 3 RGC325T91WP53 RGC325T93WP53 RGC325T92WP53 RGC325T94WP53 RGC325T95WP53 RGC25T96WP53 2000 1600 2000 Includes 2500 A rating plug Notes 1 Order terminals separately. Mounting hardware not included. 2 Not to exceed 1200 ampere ground fault pickup. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A125 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A125 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-77

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-78

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Line and Load Terminals R-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/Al terminals as standard and copper only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation is required. Line and Load Terminals
Maximum Breaker Amperes Wire Terminals 1600 1600 2000 Aluminum Copper Aluminum Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Metric Metric Metric 5001000 (4) 1600 (4) 2600 (6) 300500 50300 35300 TA1600RDM 1 T1600RDM 1 TA2000RDM 2 Notes 1 Order one per polesingle terminals individually packed. 2 Order one TA2000RD kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. 3 For use with 2500A Frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500A frame is ordered. RG MCCBs have metric threading on line and load conductors. Use RD MCCBs if imperial threading is required. Description Single handle extension Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG/kcmil Wire Range/ Number of Conductors Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number

Base Mounting Hardware Supplied by customer. Handle Extension Included with breaker. Additional handle extensions are available. Handle Extension
Catalog Number HEX6

Hardware

Rear Connectors 2000 2000 2500 Copper Copper Copper Metric Metric Metric B2016RDM 1 B2016RDLM 1 B2500RDM 1

RG Rear Connector Exploded View


Conductor (Viewed from Rear of Circuit Breaker and Cut Away for Clarity) Conductor (Viewed from Front of Circuit Breaker) Securing Hardware Cu Only Terminal Catalog Number T1600RDM 3 (For 1600A Frame Only) OR Al/Cu Terminal Catalog Number TA1600RDM 3 (For 1600A Frame Only) Rear Connector (Cu) B2016RDM B2016RDLM (For 100% Application) (For 1600A and 2000A Frames) B2500RDM for 2500A

Securing Hardware

TA2000RD Wire Terminal


Note: Order one TA2000RDM kit per three poles. Catalog number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker.
Breaker Line/Load Conductors

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2
Neutral

Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. RG-Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories Base mounting hardware Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Electrical operator Handle mechanisms Handle extension Digitrip 310 test kit Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application, UL 489 Supplement SA and SB Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available Note 1 Contact Eaton. V4-T2-102
1

Reference Page

Three-Pole Left Center Right

Four-Pole Left Center Right

2 2 2 2 2

V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-107

V4-T2-78 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-78 V4-T2-104

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-79

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-80 Circuit Breaker Type RGH RGC

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Technical Data and Specifications


UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Number of Poles 3, 4 3, 4
1

Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 125 200 277 480 65 100 600 50 65

IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings


Circuit Breaker Type RGH Icu Ics RGC Icu Ics Notes 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. See Page V4-T2-70 for trip unit specifications. 3, 4 200 100 Number of Poles 3, 4 135 100

Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 415 690

70 50

25 13

100 50

35 18

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2
2.25 (57.2)

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) RG-Frame
Number of Poles 3 4 Width 15.50 (393.7) 20.00 (508.0)
Front Cover Cutout 14.50 (368.3) 0.16 R (4.1) 7.25 (184.2) 8.25 (209.6) C L Breaker

Height 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4)

Depth 9.75 (247.7) 9.75 (247.7)


Front View 3-Pole Side View

2 2 2
13.00 (330.2)

5.10 (129.5) 9.70 (246.4) C L Handle

7.75 (196.9) 16.00 (406.4) 15.00 (381.0)

.44 R (11.2)

2 2 2 2

Tee Connectors May Be Rotated 90

4 Holes 0.44 Dia. (11.2)

6.57 (166.9) 13.13 (333.5) 15.50 (393.7) 9.00 (228.6) 6.75 (171.5)

2 2 2 2

Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) RG-Frame


Complete Breaker Breaker Type 1600 Amperes RGH, RGC 2000 Amperes RGH, RGC 2500 Amperes RGH, RGC 135 (61.2) 182 (82.6) 102 (46.3) 135 (61.2) 102 (46.3) 135 (61.2) Number of Poles Three-Pole Four-Pole

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-81

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-82

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Motor Circuit 480 Vac, Protectors

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-83 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection Guide and Ordering Information


EG-Frame480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum
Motor Full Load Current Amperes 2 0.69 0.91 1.11.3 1.61.7 2.02.2 2.32.5 2.6 2.8 1.52.0 2.63.1 3.73.9 4.85.2 5.35.7 5.86.1 3.44.5 5.76.8 8.09.1 10.411.4 11.512.6 12.713.0 3.99.1 11.513.7 16.118.3 20.722.9 23.025.2 25.326.1
1

Continuous Amperes 3

Cam Setting A B C D E F

MCP Trip Setting 3 9 15 21 27 30 33 21 35 49 63 70 77 45 75 105 135 150 165 90 150 210 270 300 330

MCP Catalog Number HMCPE003A0C

A B C D E F

HMCPE007C0C

15

A B C D E F

HMCPE015E0C

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

30

A B C D E F

HMCPE030H1C

Notes 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-83

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-84 100 100 70 Continuous Amperes 50

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

EG-Frame480 Vac, 600Y/347 Vac Maximum, continued 1


Motor Full Load Current Amperes 2 11.515.2 19.222.9 26.930.6 34.638.3 38.442.1 42.243.5 16.130.6 26.932.2 37.642.9 48.453.7 53.859.1 59.260.9 23.030.6 38.446.0 53.861.4 69.276.8 76.984.5 84.687.0 38.446.0 57.665.2 76.984.5
4 4 4

Cam Setting A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F

MCP Trip Setting 3 150 250 350 450 500 550 210 350 490 630 700 770 300 500 700 900 1000 1100 500 750 1000 1250 1375 1500

MCP Catalog Number HMCPE050K2C

HMCPE070M2C

HMCPE100R3C

HMCPE100T3C

JG-Frame600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 1


Continuous Amperes 250 MCP Trip Range (Amperes) 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 MCP Catalog Number HMCPJ250D5L HMCPJ250F5L HMCPJ250G5L HMCPJ250J5L HMCPJ250K5L HMCPJ250L5L HMCPJ250W5L

Notes 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 3 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 4 Settings above 10 x I are for special applications. Where the ampere rating of the disconnecting means cannot be n less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

LG-Frame600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum 1


Continuous Amperes 600 MCP Trip Range (Amperes) 12502500 15003000 17503500 20004000 22504500 25005000 30006000 Notes 1 UL listed for use with Eaton Motor Starters. 800 and 1200 ampere, 600 Vac maximum motor circuit protectors are available as Series C HMCP product. MCP Catalog Number HMCPL600L6G HMCPL600N6G HMCPL600R6G HMCPL600X6G HMCPL600Y6G HMCPL600P6G HMCPL600M6G

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-85

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-86

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Series G Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-88 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB)


Product Description

Application Description

Features and Benefits

Standards and Certifications


Eliminates need for separate overload relay

Can be used with contactor to eliminate need for overload relay and still create manual motor control Meets requirement for motor branch protection, including: Disconnecting means Branch circuit short circuit protection Overload protection

Phase unbalance protection Phase loss protection Hot trip/cold trip High load alarm Pre-detection trip relay option Class 10, 15, 20, 30 protection

IEC 60947-2 UL 489 100% rated UL 508 CSA C22.2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection
JGMP Catalog Numbers
35 kAIC Continuous Amperes 50 100 160 250 Catalog Number JGMPS050G JGMPS100G JGMPS160G JGMPS250G 65 kAIC Catalog Number JGMPH050G JGMPH100G JGMPH160G JGMPH250G

JGMP FLA le Dial Setting


Continuous Amperes 50 100 160 250 A 20 40 63 100 B 20 45 80 125 C 25 50 90 150 D 30 63 100 160 E 32 70 110 175 F 40 80 125 200 G 45 90 150 225 H 50 100 160 250

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

LGMP Catalog Numbers


50 kAIC Continuous Amperes 250 400 600 630 1 Catalog Number LGMPS250G LGMPS400G LGMPS600G LGMPS630G 65 kAIC Catalog Number LGMPH250G LGMPH400G LGMPH600G LGMPH630G

LGMP FLA le Dial Setting


Continuous Amperes 250 400 600 630
1

A 100 160 250 250

B 125 200 300 300

C 150 225 315 315

D 160 250 350 350

E 175 300 400 400

F 200 315 450 500

G 225 350 500 600

H 250 400 600 630

Notes 1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02. For additional breaker solutions, see Page V4-T2-295.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-87

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-88 Number of poles Ampere range NEMA UL 489 Number of poles Ampere range NEMA UL 489

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Technical Data and Specifications


JGMPS and JGMPH Rating and Ampere Range
Maximum Rated Current250A Breaker Type Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 5060 Hz IEC 60947-2 220240 Vac I cu I cs 380415 Vac I cu I cs 660690 Vac I cu I cs 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac JGMPS 85 85 40 40 12 6 85 35 25 3 50250 JGMPH 100 100 70 70 14 7 100 65 35 3 50 250

LGMPS and LGMPH Rating and Ampere Range


Maximum Rated Current630A 1 Breaker Type Breaker Capacity (kA rms) AC 5060 Hz IEC 60947-2 220240 Vac I cu I cs 380415 Vac I cu I cs 660690 Vac I cu I cs 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac LGMPS 85 85 50 50 20 10 85 50 25 3 250630 1 LGMPH 100 100 70 53 25 13 100 65 35 3 250 630 1

Notes 1 630 amperes is not a UL listed rating. 600 amperes is the maximum UL or CSA for LG breaker. For pre-trip alarm option, order Style Number 5721B31G02.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-90 V4-T2-91 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Clockwise from Left: JG, LG, EG MCCBs Shown with Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module

30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module


Product Description
Eaton offers a three- and fourpole 30 mA ground fault (earth leakage) protection module for Series G E-, J- and L-Frame breakers. UL-listed modules are available for E, J and L molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs). The modules are bottom mounted for circuits up to 125A (EFrame) 160 and 250 amperes (J-Frame), or 400 and 630 amperes for the L-Frame. The module is completely selfcontained because the current sensor, relay and power supply are located inside the product. Current pickup settings are selectable from 0.0310 amperes for all IEC-rated modules and E and J UL-listed module, and 0.03 30 amperes for the L ULlisted modules. Time delays are also selectable from Instantaneous1.0 seconds for 0.10 ampere settings and above. A current pickup setting of 0.03 amperes defaults to an Instantaneous time setting regardless of the time dials position. Two alarm contacts come as standard: a 50% pretrip and a 100% after trip, both based only on earth leakage current levels. UL-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

IEC-Rated LG-Frame Earth Leakage Module Faceplate

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-89

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-90 JG-Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Product Selection
EG-Frame

EG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120480 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 1
Ampere Rating 125 125 Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number ELEBN3125G ELEBN4125G

LG-Frame

LG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 400 400 600 600 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELLBN3400W ELLBN4400W ELLBN3600W ELLBN4600W

EG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 125 125 Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number ELEBE3125G ELEBE4125G

LG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 400 400 630 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELLBE3400W ELLBE4400W ELLBE3630W ELLBE4630W

JG-Frame Ground Fault Modules, UL-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 120480 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 150 150 250 250 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELJBN3150W ELJBN4150W ELJBN3250W ELJBN4250W

630

JG-Frame Earth Leakage Modules, IEC-Rated (Bottom Mounted, 230415 Vac, 50/60 Hz)
Ampere Rating 160 160 250 250 Number of Poles 3 4 3 4 Catalog Number ELJBE3160W ELJBE4160W ELJBE3250W ELJBE4250W

Note 1 Shunt trip and undervoltage release cannot be used in an EG breaker connected to an earth leakage module.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Assembled Breaker and Earth Leakage Module
Frame Three-Pole EG JG LG Four-Pole EG JG LG 10.25 (260.3) 11.25 (285.8) 15.38 (390.7) 4.00 (101.6) 5.50 (139.7) 7.23 (183.6) 2.98 (75.8) 3.57 (90.7) 4.06 (103.1) 10.25 (260.3) 11.25 (285.8) 15.38 (390.7) 3.00 (76.2) 4.13 (104.9) 5.48 (139.2) 2.98 (75.8) 3.57 (90.7) 4.06 (103.1) Height Width Depth

EG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module


10.26 (260.6)

4.75 (120.6)

0.55 (14.0)

0.50 (12.7)

1.49 1.00 (37.8) (25.4) 1.00 (25.4)

2
3.98 (101.1)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3-Pole 2.98 (75.7) 2.00 (50.8)

1.50 0.50 (38.1) (12.7)

8.59 (218.2)

4.78 (121.4)

0.70 (17.8) 0.90 (22.9) 0.35 (8.9)

0.09 (2.29)

3.01 (76.5) 3.17 (80.5)

2.75 (69.9) 0.78 (19.8)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-91

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
RESET

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

JG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module


4-Pole 5.50 (139.7) 3-Pole 4.13 (104.9) 0.69 2.06 1.38 (17.5) (52.3) (35.1)

5.50 (139.7) 3.57 (90.7) 1.25 (31.8) 0.63 (16.0)

2.05 (52.1)

3.92 (99.6)

5.50 (139.7) 7.00 (177.8) 11.25 (285.8)

3.92 (99.6)

R 0.19 (4.8) 0.28 (7.1) 0.50 (139.7)

1.88 (47.8)

6.97 (177.0)

4.93 (125.2) 11.25 (285.8) 1.06 (26.9)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-92
13.69 (347.7) 8.44 (214.4) 4.73 (120.1)

TEST

4.25 (108.0)

3.37 (85.6)

3.31 (84.1)

3.81 (96.8) 4.78 (121.4)

3.69 (93.7)

3.57 (90.7)

2.05 (52.1) 4.09 (103.9)

LG-Frame With Earth Leakage Module


5.16 (131.1) 3.44 (87.4) 1.72 (43.7) 4.31 (109.5) 4.06 (103.1) 3.98 (101.1) 3.44 (87.4) 1.72 (43.7) 0.86 (21.8)

5.58 (141.7)

5.58 (141.7)

4.73 (120.1)

10.13 (257.3) 15.38 (390.7)

8.44 (214.4)

15.38 (390.7)

13.68 (347.5)

3-Pole 5.48 (139.2) 4-Pole 7.22 (183.4)

4-Pole 2.75 (69.9) 3-Pole 2.74 (69.6)

3.97 (100.8) 4.30 (109.2) 4.55 (115.6) 5.43 (137.9)

4-Pole 7.22 (183.4) 3-Pole 5.48 (139.2)

4-Pole 2.75 (69.9) 3-Pole 2.74 (69.6)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-94 V4-T2-95 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Modules

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module


Product Overview
Power demand continues to grow in new and existing facilities. To meet increased demand, larger utility supplies, spot networks and large facility transformers are installed. The increased capacity of the electrical source results in increased fault currents in excess of 100 kA short-circuit protection. Eaton manufactures non-fused current limiting modules with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 600 Vac or 70 kA at 690 Vac. Unlike fused current limiters with a one-time use, a current limiter module provides an automatic reset of the module after a shortcircuit event. Resetting the molded-case circuit breaker is the only action required to restore critical power to the system; there is no time wasted with sourcing the correct replacement fuses or module to bring system back online.

2
Features and Benefits
Superior system protection:

Product Description
The current limiting breaker modules use a unique contact design to enhance the system protection similar to that of the circuit breaker. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the design results in very high interrupting capacities and improved current limiting characteristics.

Standards and Certifications


Application Description
High-performance breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current. Typical loads include lighting, power distribution, and motor control applications.

Auto reset improves system uptime and eliminates the need for finding replacement parts No fuses to replace, reducing the overall cost of ownership and the waste created by fuses Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts Let-through currents, by improved opening speed of the contacts, the resultant rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system

IEC 60947-2 UL 489 CSA C22.2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-93

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-94 EG-Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Product Selection

Series G High Performance Family Offering


Type Product Amperes 15125 15100 70250 70225 20250 100250 250600 100600 480 Vac (UL) 100 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 600 Vac (UL) 35 1 100 1 50 200 50 200 65 65 415 Vac (IEC) Icu 100 150 200 200 200 200 200 200 Ics 100 150 200 150 200 150 200 200 690 Vac (IEC) Icu 18 70 18 70 35 35 Ics 14 18 14 18 18 18

EGC 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only With limiter JG 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only With limiter JG 3P electronic Breaker only With limiter LG 3P thermal-magnetic Breaker only LG3P electronic Breaker only

EG IC Rating150 kAIC at 415 and 480 Vac


UL Listed (NEMA/IEC Rated) Base Molded Case Circuit Breaker EGC3015FFG EGC3016FFG EGC3020FFG EGC3025FFG EGC3030FFG EGC3032FFG EGC3035FFG EGC3040FFG EGC3045FFG EGC3050FFG EGC3060FFG EGC3063FFG EGC3070FFG EGC3080FFG EGC3090FFG EGC3100FFG Breaker with Line Side Mounted Current Limiter EGC3015FFGQ01 EGC3016FFGQ01 EGC3020FFGQ01 EGC3025FFGQ01 EGC3030FFGQ01 EGC3032FFGQ01 EGC3035FFGQ01 EGC3040FFGQ01 EGC3045FFGQ01 EGC3050FFGQ01 EGC3060FFGQ01 EGC3063FFGQ01 EGC3070FFGQ01 EGC3080FFGQ01 EGC3090FFGQ01 EGC3100FFGQ01 Breaker with Load Side Mounted Current Limiter EGC3015FFGQ02 EGC3016FFGQ02 EGC3020FFGQ02 EGC3025FFGQ02 EGC3030FFGQ02 EGC3032FFGQ02 EGC3035FFGQ02 EGC3040FFGQ02 EGC3045FFGQ02 EGC3050FFGQ02 EGC3060FFGQ02 EGC3063FFGQ02 EGC3070FFGQ02 EGC3080FFGQ02 EGC3090FFGQ02 EGC3100FFGQ02

Line and Load Terminations Included 2 T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF T125EF

Interphase Barrier Included for Limiter EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK EIPBSK

Notes 1 600Y/347V. 2 Two interphase barriers included on line end mounted limiter; (2) line end of limiter. Four interphase barriers included on load end mounted limiter; (2) line end of breaker (2) load end of limiter.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module
Frame EG HMCP Height 9.66 (245.7) 9.66 (245.7) Width 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) Depth 2.98 (75.8) 2.98 (75.8) Weight in lbs (kg) 2.91 (1.32) 4.18 (1.90)

EG-Frame With Current Limiter Module


4.17 (105.9) 3.61 (91.7) 9.66 (245.4)

0.56 (14.2)

1.00 (25.4) 3.00 (76.2) 1.00 (25.4)

0.50 1.00 (12.7) (25.4)

3.20 (81.3) 4.17 (105.9)

2 2 2

2.75 0.09 (69.9) (2.3)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-95

0.78 (19.8) 0.41 (10.4)

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-96 JG Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

JG IC Rating200 kAIC at 600 Vac and 70 kAIC at 690 Vac


Ampere Rating Magnetic Range UL Listed, IEC Rated Breaker With Line Side Mounted Current Limiter 1 UL Listed, IEC Rated Breaker With Load Side Mounted Current Limiter 2 IEC Rated Breaker With Line Side Mounted Current Limiter 1 IEC Rated Breaker With Load Side Mounted Current Limiter 2

Fixed Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic 70 90 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 350700 450900 5001000 6251250 7501550 8001600 8751750 10002000 11252250 JGH3070FAGQ01 JGH3090FAGQ01 JGH3100FAGQ01 JGH3125FAGQ01 JGH3150FAGQ01 JGH3175FAGQ01 JGH3200FAGQ01 JGH3225FAGQ01 Electronic Trip LS 250 JGH325033GQ01 Electronic Trip LSI 250 JGH325032GQ01 Electronic Trip LSG 250 JGH325035GQ01 Electronic Trip LSIG 250 JGH325036GQ01 JGH325036GQ02 JGH325035GQ02 JGH325032GQ02 JGH325033GQ02 JGH3070FAGQ02 JGH3090FAGQ02 JGH3100FAGQ02 JGH3125FAGQ02 JGH3150FAGQ02 JGH3175FAGQ02 JGH3200FAGQ02 JGH3225FAGQ02

Adjustable Thermal, Adjustable Magnetic JGH3100AAGQ01 JGH3125AAGQ01 JGH3160AAGQ01 JGH3200AAGQ01 JGH3100AAGQ02 JGH3125AAGQ02 JGH3160AAGQ02 JGH3200AAGQ02

Series G HMCP
Ampere Rating 250 250 250 250 250 250 Motor Circuit Protector with Line Side Mounted Current Limiter HMCPJ250D5LQ01 HMCPJ250F5LQ01 HMCPJ250G5LQ01 HMCPJ250J5LQ01 HMCPJ250K5LQ01 HMCPJ250L5LQ01 Breaker with Load Side Mounted Current Limiter HMCPJ250D5LQ02 HMCPJ250F5LQ02 HMCPJ250G5LQ02 HMCPJ250J5LQ02 HMCPJ250K5LQ02 HMCPJ250L5LQ02

Line and Load Terminals


Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Metric Wire Range mm2 AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors Catalog Number

Wire Type

Standard Pressure Type Terminals 250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10185 #8350 (1) TA250FJ 3

Notes 1 Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number FJIPBK. 2 Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter. 3 Line and load terminals included with products listed above.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module
Frame JG + limiter HMCP Height 13.06 (331.7) 13.06 (331.7) Width 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) Depth 3.44 (87.4) 3.44 (87.4) Weight in lbs (kg) 9.87 (4.48) 9.87 (4.48)

JG-Frame With Current Limiter Module

4.12 (104.6)

4.13 (104.9)

2 2 2 2

13.06 (331.7)

2 2 2

4.41 (112.0) 3.44 (87.4)

2
3.34 (84.8)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-97

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-98

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-99 V4-T2-100 V4-T2-100 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination


Product Description
Eatons Electrical Sector introduces new high-magnetic withstand molded case circuit breakers, specifically designed for critical operations and selective coordination requirements. The highmagnetic withstand LHH and NHH frames continue the legacy of circuit breaker innovation for which Eaton is recognized throughout the world. The LHH and NHH breakers are equipped with 125 to 400 ampere trip units with high-magnetic capability. This design enables the breakers to withstand up to 90 times rated current before opening under shortcircuit conditions. The LHH and NHH circuit breakers incorporate a higher level of instantaneous pickup, thus allowing for higher current levels of selective coordination. Standard molded case circuit breakers typically are furnished with a magnetic pickup or electronic instantaneous adjustment or instantaneous override set at 10 times (10x) the continuous trip rating.

Features, Benefits and Functions


Eatons new LHH and NHH molded case circuit breakers are furnished with a higher level of magnetic pickup or electronic instantaneous settings as indicated in table on Page V4-T2-100. These higher levels of magnetic pickup and electronic instantaneous values in turn allow the system designer to obtain selective coordination at fault current levels up to these higher ratings. Greater values of selective coordination are available based on manufacturer tested combinations using the LHH and NHH as line-side breakers and standard breakers as load-side devices. Refer to IA01200002E to determine the maximum fault values that selective coordination achieves. When the line-side and load-side molded case circuit breaker trip ratings are chosen to coordinate in the overload range, they also can be selectively coordinated in the fault range up to the values listed in the table on Page V4-T2-100 or IA01200002E. For overcurrents protected by circuit breakers on the load-side of the LHH or NHH, only the effected load-side circuit breaker will open, while the line-side LHH and/ or NHH circuit breakers remain closed, thus providing continuity of power to the other critical loads supplied by the LHH or NHH circuit breakers. Benefits of Using the LHH and NHH Molded Case Circuit Breakers Customer expectations and codes are driving product development to protect customers critical operations. NEC 2005 and 2008 requires circuits with elevators, emergency systems, legally required standby systems, health care essential systems and critical operation power systems to be selectively coordinated. Simply stated, only the closest protective device directly protecting the circuit having an overcurrent (overload or fault) condition should open. All other overcurrent protective devices within these systems shall remain closed. Similarly, backup power system designs of a critical nature that are not code mandated may also require overcurrent protective devices to be selectively coordinated as much as practicable to provide a higher level of uptime.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection
Proven Technology and Performance The LHH is based on the Series G L-Frame circuit breaker, sharing the same small footprint and field-fit accessories as the L-Frame breaker. The NHH is based on the Series G N-Frame circuit breaker and shares the same footprint and accessories as the N-Frame breaker. NHH accessories must be factory installed. The LHH incorporates a thermal-magnetic trip unit with fixed thermal and fixed magnetic settings. The NHH has an OPTIM electronic trip unit with LSI adjustment capabilities. The instantaneous setting is adjustable from 10004000A or may be turned off to default to the frame override of 14,000A. A hand-held OPTIMizer must be used with the NHH to adjust short-time delay and instantaneous, however, the long delay pickup is fixed and cannot be adjusted. The LHH and NHH breakers are available in Eatons panelboards and switchboards.

LHH

LHH and NHH Catalog Numbers


Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Ampere Rating 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 LHH Frame LHH3125FFG LHH3150FFG LHH3175FFG LHH3200FFG LHH3225FFG LHH3250FFG LHH3300FFG LHH3350FFG LHH3400FFG LSI Electronic Trip Unit NHH Frame NHH3150T52X15 NHH3175T52X15 NHH3200T52X15 NHH3225T52X15 NHH3250T52X15 NHH3300T52X15 NHH3350T52X15

Standards and Certifications


UL CSA

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-99

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-100

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Technical Data and Specifications


Three-pole 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125400 ampere LHH 150350 ampere NHH Trip units: LHHthermal-magnetic NHHLSI electronic trip unit No rating plugs required Factory-sealed breakers LHH uses same internal and external accessories as standard Series G L-Frame circuit breaker NHH uses same internal and external accessories as standard Series G N-Frame circuit breaker

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Dimensions
Description LHH NHH Height 10.13 (257.3) 16.00 (406.4) Width 5.48 (139.2) 8.25 (209.5) Depth 4.09 (103.9) 5.50 (139.7) Weight in Lbs (kg) 12.36 (5.6) 46.80 (21.2)

L-Frame
2.43 (61.7) R 0.25 (6.4) 2.00 (50.8) 1.92 (48.8) 2.69 (68.3) 5.38 (136.7) 5.48 (139.2)
C L

Breaker 3.16 (80.3)

4.06 (103.1) 5.58 (141.7)

LHH and NHH Electrical Characteristics Short-Circuit Current Ratings (kA rms) AC 5060 Hz
Breaker Type Description Max. rated current (amperes) NEMA UL 489 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vac IEC 60947-2 220 Vac 415 Vac 690 Vac 125/250 Vdc Number of poles Ampere range 100 70 25 22 3 125400A 100 70 25 3 150350A 100 65 35 42 100 65 35 LHH 400 NHH 350

10.13 (257 .3)

Four-Pole

N-Frame
Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87 .4) C L R 0.25 Breaker (6.4) 1.91 (48.5) 1.50 (38.1) Front View Three-Pole Side View

9.25 (235.0) 16.00 (406.4)

6.38 (162.1)

3.68 (93.5) 3.19 (81.0)

8.25 (209.6)

5.50 (139.7)

Continuous Current Ratings


Continuous Current Rating (Ir) 125A 150A 175A 200A 225A 250A 300A 350A 400A Magnetic Trip Point 2500A 2500A 4000A 4000A 6000A 6000A 6000A 6000A 6000A Continuous Current Multiplier 20x 16x 22x 20x 26x 24x 20x 17x 15x Instantaneous Trip Point 14,000A 14,000A 14,000A 14,000A 14,000A 14,000A 14,000A Continuous Current Multiplier 93x 80x 70x 62x 56x 47x 40x Short Delay Pickup 2251200A 2601400A 3001600A 3381800A 3752000A 4502400A 5252800A

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-103 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-106 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories and Test Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Special Features and Accessories


Eatons molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, ... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions, and furthermore as, ... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material. The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating. So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits. In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers. Eaton offers the most comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry. This section of circuit breakers includes:

2
Special Calibration Special non-UL listed calibrations are available for certain ambient temperatures other than 40C and for frequencies other than 50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced interrupting ratings will apply for 400 Hz applications.

Calibrations and Treatment


Frame Description Special calibration Moisturefungus treatment EG JG LG NG RG

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Thermal-magnetic trip breakers Electronic rms trip breakers Molded case switches Motor circuit protectors Current limiting breakers Special application breakers

Add suffix H01 to breaker catalog number for 400 Hz rating

50C Calibration
Note: Breakers equipped with electronic trip units can operate reliably in ambient temperatures of 50C. Add suffix V3 to NG MCCBs to remove standard 40C labeling.

Modified Breakers Eaton breakers can be ordered with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge.

Add suffix V to catalog number for complete thermal magnetic breaker when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50C ambients. 50C ambient MCCBs are not UL listed. Contact Eaton for availability.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-101

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-102

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Standards and Certifications


Moisture-Fungus Treatment All Eaton circuit breaker cases are molded from glasspolyester, which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts that are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment. Order by description.

UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8m) in length. Requirements include 40C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50C.)

Molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards:

Add suffix H08

Add suffix J01 to breaker catalog number

Or you can choose to add 50C ambient but then there is no UL mark.

Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at 40C.

Add suffix VH08

Add suffix F01 to catalog number 57F F02 30F ,

Marine Applications E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications:

UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50C ambient. (Naval labeled per UL but no UL mark due to 50C label.)

Add suffix VH09

U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABSAmerican Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; and Lloyds

These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications). Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use).

Certified Test Reports Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report.

Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit breakers Australian Standard AS 2184, molded case circuit breakers British Standards Institution Standard BS 4752: Part 1, switchgear and control gear Part 1: circuit breakers Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standard C22.2 No. 5, service entrance and branch circuit breakers International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers Japanese T-Mark Standard molded case circuit breakers South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers Union Technique de lElectricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers

Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered. Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Internal Accessories
Alarm Lockout The alarm switches operate when the circuit breaker is tripped by a short circuit or overcurrent, but also when it is tripped by a shunt trip or undervoltage release. Auxiliary Switches Auxiliary switches are used for signaling and control purposes. The various functions of the auxiliary switches (changeover) are shown on Page V4-T2-105. Shunt Trips The shunt trip is used for remote tripping. The coil of the shunt trip is rated only for short-time operation. It is not permissible with the circuit breaker open to apply a continuous opening command to the shunt trip in order to prevent the breaker from closing. This means that interlocking circuits with continuous commands may not be set up with shunt trips. Undervoltage Releases The circuit breaker cannot be closed until the undervoltage release is energized. If the release is not energized, the circuit breaker can only perform an idle switching operation. Frequent idle switching actions should be avoided as they shorten the endurance of the circuit breaker. Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. Cause of Trip Display/ Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display
Catalog Number DIGIVIEW DIGIVIEWR06

Cause of Trip LED Module The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset. Cause of Trip LED Module
Catalog Number TRIP-LED

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-103

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-104 Plug-in adapters

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

External Accessories and Test Kit


External Accessories
Description Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle block off-only Padlockable handle lock hasp Padlockable handle lock hasp off-only Kirk key interlock kit 12 Castell key interlock kit 23 Slide bar interlock 4 Walking beam interlock 4 Fit Type Field Field Field Field Field Field Field Field Three-pole Four-pole Electrical operator 5 120 Vac 240 Vac 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 125 Vdc 220 Vdc 250 Vdc Three-pole Four-pole Rear connecting studs 6 Field Frame EG EFHB EFPHB EFPHBOFF EFPLK EFPHLOFF EFSBI EG3WBI EG4WBI MOPEG240C MOPEG240C MOPEG48D MOPEG48D MOPEG120C PAD3E PAD4E EFRCSDL EFRCSDS EFRCSWL EFRCSWS JG FJPHBOFF FJPHL FJPHLOFF KYKJG CTKJG FJSBI JG3WBI JG4WBI MOPJG120C MOPJG240C MOPJG24D MOPJG120C MOPJG240C MOPJG240C PAD3J PAD4J FJRCSDL FJRCSDS FJRCSWL FJRCSWS LG LBHPOFF LPHL LPHLOFF KYKLG CTKLG LGSBI LG3WBI LG4WBI MOPLG120C MOPLG240C MOPLG24D MOPLG120C MOPLG240C MOPLG240C PAD3L PAD4L LRCS3WK (3P) LRCS4WK (4P) NG LKD4 PLK5 PLK55OFF KYK4 CTK4 SBK5 WBL5 WBL5 EOP5T07 EOP5T11 EOP5T21 EOP5T22 EOP5T26 PAD53 RG HLK6 HLK6OFF KYK6 CTK6 WBL6 EOP6T08K EOP6T11K EOP6T21K

Test Kit
Description Electronic portable test kit Fit Type 120V 230V Frame EG N/A N/A JG MTST120V MTST230V LG MTST120V MTST230V NG STK2 RG STK2

Notes 1 Provision only. 2 See Page V4-T2-345 for bolt projection dimensions. 3 Castell bolt mounting hole must be 10 mm. 4 Requires two breakers. 5 Contact Eaton for availability of operators for EG- and NG-Frames before December 2004. 6 D = Imperial threads UL, W = metric threads IEC, L = long studs, S = short studs.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Accessory Configurations for EGRG Circuit Breakers Internal Accessory Configurations

2 2 2 2

= For N and R-Frame Circuit Breakers Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-105

Contact Making by the Auxiliary and Alarm Switches as a Function of the Switching Position of the Circuit Breaker

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-106 Shunt TripStandard

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Accessories
Field Fit Kit Catalog Numbers Alarm Lockout
Description Make/Break 2 Make/2 Break Pole Location Left Right Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG ALM1M1BEPK 2 ALM2M2BEPK 3 NG A1L5LPK A1L5RPK A2L5LPK A2L5RPK RG 1 A1L6RPK A2L6RPK

Auxiliary Switch
Description 1A, 1B 2A, 2B 3A, 3B 4A, 4B Pole Location Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK NG A1X5PK A1X5PK A2X5PK A2X5PK A3X5LPK A3X5RPK RG 1 A2X6RPK A4X6RPK

Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout


Description Pole Location Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG AUXALRMEPK 4 NG AA115LPK AA115RPK RG 1

Shunt TripStandard
Description 4860 Vac 10240 Vac 380600 Vac Pole Location Left Right Left Right Left Right 220250 Vdc or 380440 Vac 480600 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vac/dc 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG 5 SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT480CPK 6 SNT012CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT125DPK NG SNT5LP05K SNT5LP11K SNT5LP14K SNT5LP18K SNT5LP03K SNT5LP23K SNT5LP26K RG 1 SNT6P05K SNT6P11K SNT6P14K SNT6P18K SNT6P03K SNT6P23K SNT6P26K

ST

Notes 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 2 Part number for JG and LG is ALM1M1BJPK. 3 Part number for JG and LG is ALM2M2BJPK. 4 Part number for JG and LG is AUXALRMJPK. 5 LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module. 6 380600 Vdc, 50/60 Hz.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2

Shunt TripLow Energy


Description Pole Location Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG NG LST5LPK RG 1 LST6RPK

Undervoltage Release Mechanism


Description 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 24 Vdc 24 Vac 4860 Vdc 4860 Vac 120 Vdc 220250 Vdc 380500 Vac 525600 Vac 12 Vdc Pole Location Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right 12 Vac Left Right Frame EG, JG and LG 3 UVR120APK UVR240APK UVR024DPK UVR024APK UVR048DPK UVR048APK UVR125DPK UVR250DPK UVR480APK UVR600APK NG UVH5LP08K UVH5LP11K UVH5LP21K 2 UVH5LP21K 2 UVH5LP23K UVH5LP05K UVH5LP26K UVH5LP28K UVH5LP29K UVH5LP20K UVH5LP02K RG 1 UVH6RP08K UVH6RP11K UVH6RP21K 2 UVH6RP21K 2 UVH6RP23K UVH6RP05K UVH6RP26K UVH6RP28K UVH6RP29K UVH6RP20K UVH6RP02K

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each of shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 2 24 Vdc only use UVH5LP03K (NG) UVH6RP03K (RG) for 24 Vac. 3 LH cavity not available for EG frame with earth leakage module.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-107

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-108 Series G Motor Operators

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-109 V4-T2-109 V4-T2-109 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

Motor Operators
Product Description
Eatons motor operator mechanism enables local and remote ON, OFF and reset switching of a circuit breaker. The motor operator is mounted on the circuit breaker cover within the dimensions of the circuit breaker. The robust motor operators offer various voltages to maximize customer flexibility. Standard load transfer switching can be accomplished through the use of two circuit breakers fitted with motor operators and a mechanical interlock.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Features, Benefits and Functions


The motor operator provides special features for ease of customer use and status indication.

Product Selection
A key is provided to manually operate the circuit breaker A special pull-out locking mechanism provides a method for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position The locking device will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each The cover provides visual status of the circuit breaker: ON, OFF or TRIPPED. A PUSH-TO-TRIP button allows the user to manually trip the breaker Motor Operators
Frame Series G E-Frame Voltage 100240 Vac 100220 Vdc 24/48 Vdc Series C F-Frame 208240 Vac 110127 Vac 220250 Vdc 110125 Vdc 24 Vdc Series G J-Frame 208240 Vac 110127 Vac 220250 Vdc 110125 Vdc 24 Vdc Series G L-Frame 208240 Vac 110127 Vac Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC Inrush Current Catalog Number 1A 1A 3A 1A 1A 1A 1A 3A 1A 1A 1A 1A 3A 2A 2A 2A 2A 6A MOPEG240C MOPEG240C MOPEG48D MOPFD240C MOPFD120C MOPFD240C MOPFD120C MOPFD24D MOPJG240C MOPJG120C MOPJG240C MOPJG120C MOPJG24D MOPLG240C MOPLG120C MOPLG240C MOPLG120C MOPLG24D

The motor operator allows the circuit breaker to be opened, closed or reset remotely The motor operator contains a motor connected to a cam drive mechanism. The cam drives a slide mechanism to operate the circuit breaker handle Internal limit switches and relays are used to control motor operation to prevent overdriving the circuit breaker handle and motor overload conditions

Manual Operating Key Turn the Key (clockwise only)

220250 Vdc 110125 Vdc 24 Vdc

Circuit Breaker Status Indication Window

PUSH-TO-TRIP Button

Standards and Certifications


The motor operators are UL and CSA listed, and CE marked.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-109

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-110 LG Breaker with Plug-In Block

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112

Plug-In Blocks
Product Description
Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Plug-ins are available for rear connection applications on three- and four-pole circuit breakers. Trip on drawout interlock kits are included. Stabs for EG, JG and LG plugins rotate 90 for flexible installation. Use terminal shields for IP30 protection.

Product Selection
Plug-In Blocks
Breaker Frame Number of Poles Catalog Number

EG-, JG- and LG-Frame Plug-In Blocks EG EG JG JG LG LG 3 4 3 4 3 4 PAD3E PAD4E PAD3J PAD4J PAD3L PAD4L

Trip-On Drawout Interlock Kit 1 EG JG LG Terminal Shields IP30 EG EG JG JG LG LG Position Switch EG JG LG 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 PADILE PADILJ PADILL 3 4 3 4 3 4 EFTS3K EFTS4K FJTS3K FJTS4K LTS3K LTS4K 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 PIILEG PIILJG PIILLG

Note 1 Included with plug-in block. Trips the breaker when breaker is removed from plug-in block.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-112

Drawout Cassettes

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Drawout Cassette
Product Description
The drawout cassette is available for use with JG, LG and NG, three- and four-pole breakers. The cassettes consist of two separate components: the movable mechanism, which attaches to the breaker, and the stationary mechanism, which houses in the cassette. For the JG, LG and NG drawout cassettes, all necessary parts for installation are included in the one catalog number.

Features
Features of the drawout cassettes for the JG, LG and NG include:

Product Selection
JG Drawout Cassette

2
JG, LG and NG Drawout Cassettes
Breaker Frame JG Number of Poles 3 4 Catalog Number JG3DOM JG4DOM LG3DOM

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Trip on drawoutbreaker will trip if it is in the ON position when withdrawn from the cassette Secondary terminal block the drawout cassettes include a secondary terminal block for easier access when wiring low voltage accessories, including shunts and undervoltage releases

LG Drawout Cassette

LG

LG4DOM

The drawout mechanism has three primary positions:

NG

3 4

NG3DOM NG4DOM

Connectedthe breaker is fully connected to the primary stabs and secondary contacts Disconnectedboth the primary stabs and the secondary contacts are disconnected Withdrawthe breaker can be removed from the cassette

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-111

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-112 Handle Mechanisms

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . .

Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-113 V4-T2-116 V4-T2-120 V4-T2-122

Handle Mechanisms
Product Overview
Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations Flange Mounted, Throughthe-Door and Direct (CloseCoupled)providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation.

Flange Mounted Flex Shaft

Through-the-Door High performance rotary Universal rotary Direct (Close-Coupled) Universal direct

Handle mechanisms are used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-114 V4-T2-115 V4-T2-115 V4-T2-116 V4-T2-120 V4-T2-122

Handle Mechanisms

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . . Universal Rotary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Flex Shaft
Product Description
Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms Flange-mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). It can be used with Type12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with Type 4 environments. Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutesa significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs, and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by funneling the cable through conduit.

Standards and Certifications


Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-113

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-114

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Product Selection
Note: Type 4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Suffix X to the complete Catalog Number. Note: When selecting the length of shaft, ensure minimum bending radius of 4 inches (101.6 mm) is maintained to operate properly. Note: The standard method of shipment includes the mechanism preset at the factory; however, minor field adjustments may be required.

Flex Shaft

Flex Shaft Flange-Mounted Handle Mechanisms 12


Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m) 2 (0.6) Breaker Frame EG JG LG NG RG Catalog Number EHMFS02 N/A N/A N/A N/A 3 (0.9) Catalog Number EHMFS03 JHMFS03 N/A N/A 4 (1.2) Catalog Number EHMFS04 JHMFS04 LHMFS04 F5S04C F6S04 5 (1.3) Catalog Number EHMFS05 JHMFS05 F5S05C F6S05 6 (1.8) Catalog Number EHMFS06 JHMFS06 F5S06C F6S06

Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m) 7 (2.1) Breaker Frame EG JG LG NG RG Catalog Number
EHMFS07 JHMFS07 LHMFS07

8 (2.4) Catalog Number


EHMFS08 JHMFS08

9 (2.7) Catalog Number


EHMFS09 JHMFS09

10 (3.1) Catalog Number


EHMFS10 JHMFS10 LHMFS10 F5S10C

N/A N/A

N/A N/A

N/A N/A

N/A

Notes 1 Three-pole only for EG-; three- and four-pole for JG- and LG-Frame. 2 EG-, JG- and LG-Frame can be left- or right-hand mounted.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Accessories
Handle Auxiliary SwitchEarly Break Design, 1A1B Contact for Flex Shaft
Breaker Frame EG JG LG Catalog Number
AUX1EBFSEG AUX1EBFSJG AUX1EBFSLG

Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft (E- through R-Frame) 1
Catalog Number 2
C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR

Auxiliary contact changes state prior to parting of breaker contacts to allow for shutdown of equipment. Contacts mounted on breaker mechanism customer supplied wiring. UL TypeIP Crossover
UL Type 1 3R 12 4/4X IP Type IP20 IP55 IP54 IP66

Dimensions
Type 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft (E- through R-Frame) 1
Catalog Number 2 C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR Handle Length in Inches (mm) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) Roller latch 3

Notes 1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly. 2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits. 3 Third roller latch for use with 4.00- or 6.00-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when three-point latching is required.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-115

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-116 Handle Mechanisms

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-113 V4-T2-117 V4-T2-120 V4-T2-122

High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms


Product Description
The high performance rotary handle mechanism uses a simple, yet robust design to make installation and operation easy. The external handles key functional components are all metallic, ensuring reliability. The metalon-metal defeater between the handle and shaft prevents contaminant buildup that could impede operation, while UV and chemical agent resistant materials protect the handle from heat and fading in direct sunlight, as well as chemicals that may be introduced in harsh environments. In addition to its robust design features, the handle mechanism has stand-off support that allows for easy operation with a gloved hand. With a shallow profile, the handle can easily be used in applications where an internal or double door is required. The high performance external handle can accept padlocks or multi-hasp locks. The door is interlocked when padlocked and cannot be bypassed.

Features

Standards and Certifications


The mechanisms for EG, JG and LG breakers have an internal handle that can be operated independent of door position, and locked-out to meet NFPA 79 and UL 508A disconnect requirements.

Type 1, 12, 3R, 4 and 4X ratings Black/Blue or Red/Yellow external handle colors Three shaft lengths: 6, 12 and 24 inches Conveniently packaged as kit containing handle, shaft and mechanism Replacement parts are available separately

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection
Handle Mechanisms for Series G Frames
External Handle in the Vertical Position

Complete Kits
Rating Type Color Black/Blue UL 1/12/3R IP 20/54/55 EG-Frame 1 Catalog Number
EGHMVD06B EGHMVD12B EGHMVD24B

JG-Frame Catalog Number


JGHMVD06B JGHMVD12B JGHMVD24B JGHMVD06R JGHMVD12R JGHMVD24R JGHMVD06BX JGHMVD12BX JGHMVD24BX JGHMVD06RX JGHMVD12RX JGHMVD24RX

LG-Frame Catalog Number


LGHMVD06B LGHMVD12B LGHMVD24B LGHMVD06R LGHMVD12R LGHMVD24R LGHMVD06BX LGHMVD12BX LGHMVD24BX LGHMVD06RX LGHMVD12RX LGHMVD24RX

NG-Frame Catalog Number NGHMVD08B NGHMVD08R NGHMVD08BX NGHMVD08RX

Red/Yellow External Handle with Padlocks Black/Blue

1/12/3R

20/54/55

EGHMVD06R EGHMVD12R EGHMVD24R

4/4X

65

EGHMVD06BX EGHMVD12BX EGHMVD24BX

Red/Yellow

4/4X

65

EGHMVD06RX EGHMVD12RX EGHMVD24RX

Internal Handle Mechanism

Note 1 Compatible with three-pole and four-pole EG breakers only.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-117

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-118 Red/Yellow 4/4X 65 Black/Blue 4/4X 65 Red/Yellow 4/4X 65 Rating Type Color Black/Blue UL 1/12/3R IP

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

EG-Frame Handle Mechanism Components 12


Shaft Length Inches (mm) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red/Yellow 1/12/3R 20/54/55 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Black/Blue 4/4X 65 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) External Handle Catalog Number
68C6048G01 68C6048G01 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 68C6048G02 68C6048G02 68C6048G03 68C6048G03 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 68C6048G04 68C6048G04

Shaft Catalog Number


66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G97 3 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G97 3 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G97 3 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G97 3

Mechanism Catalog Number


1498D66G17 1498D66G17 1498D66G17 1498D66G17 1498D66G17 1498D66G17 1498D66G17 1498D66G17 1498D66G17 1498D66G17 1498D66G17 1498D66G17

20/54/55

JG-Frame Handle Mechanism Components 2


Rating Type Color Black/Blue UL 1/12/3R IP 20/54/55 Shaft Length Inches (mm) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red/Yellow 1/12/3R 20/54/55 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Notes 1 Compatible with three-pole and four-pole EG breakers only. 2 For replacement purposes. 3 24.00 inches (609.6 mm) includes support bracket. External Handle Catalog Number
68C6048G01 68C6048G01 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 68C6048G02 68C6048G02 68C6048G03 68C6048G03 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 68C6048G04 68C6048G04

Shaft Catalog Number


66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G98 3 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G98 3 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G98 3 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G98 3

Mechanism Catalog Number


69D6020G17 69D6020G17 69D6020G17 69D6020G17 69D6020G17 69D6020G17 69D6020G17 69D6020G17 69D6020G17 69D6020G17 69D6020G17 69D6020G17

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

LG-Frame Handle Mechanism Components 1


Rating Type Color Black/Blue UL 1/12/3R IP 20/54/55 Shaft Length Inches (mm) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red/Yellow 1/12/3R 20/54/55 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Black/Blue 4/4X 65 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red/Yellow 4/4X 65 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) External Handle Catalog Number 68C6048G01 68C6048G01 68C6048G01 68C6048G02 68C6048G02 68C6048G02 68C6048G03 68C6048G03 68C6048G03 68C6048G04 68C6048G04 68C6048G04 Shaft Catalog Number 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G99 2 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G99 2 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G99 2 66A6010G95 66A6010G96 66A6010G99 2 Mechanism Catalog Number 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30 69D6051G30

NG-Frame Handle Mechanism Components 1


Rating Type Color Black/Blue Red/Yellow Black/Blue Red/Yellow UL 1/12/3R 1/12/3R 4/4X 4/4X IP 20/54/55 20/54/55 65 65 Shaft Length Inches (mm) 8.00 (203.2) 8.00 (203.2) 8.00 (203.2) 8.00 (203.2) External Handle Catalog Number 68C6048G05 68C6048G06 68C6048G07 68C6048G08 Shaft Catalog Number 66A6013H01 66A6013H01 66A6013H01 66A6013H01 Mechanism Catalog Number 69D9101G30 69D9101G30 69D9101G30 69D9101G30

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 For replacement purposes. 2 24.00 inches (609.6 mm) includes support bracket.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-119

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-120 Handle Mechanisms

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . . Universal Rotary Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-113 V4-T2-116 V4-T2-121 V4-T2-122

Universal Rotary
Product Description
Eatons Universal Rotary is suitable for use with Type 1 or 12 enclosure types. All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle lock off to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position, and indicate ON/OFF/Tripped/ Reset positions. The Universal Rotary has the added feature of international markings for ON (I) and OFF (O). The Universal Rotary is made of molded material. The Universal Rotary mechanisms for EG-, JG- and LG-Frame MCCBs can be operated by hand with the door open or locked off to prevent operation with the door open.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection

Universal Rotary

Universal Rotary Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms


Handle Color EG-Frame Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) JG-Frame Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) LG-Frame Black 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) Red 1, 12 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 24.00 (609.6) NG-Frame Black 1 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) RG-Frame Black 1 9.00 (228.6) HMVD6B HMVD5B HMVD5BT 2 KLHMVD06B KLHMVD12B KLHMVD24B KLHMVD06R KLHMVD12R KLHMVD24R FJHMVD06B FJHMVD12B FJHMVD24B FJHMVD06R FJHMVD12R FJHMVD24R EHMVD06B EHMVD12B EHMVD24B EHMVD06R EHMVD12R EHMVD24R UL Rating Shaft Length in Inches (mm) Complete Catalog Number 1

Notes 1 Complete catalog number includes handle, mechanism, shaft and mounting hardware. 2 Same as HMVD5B, except uses T handle.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-121

2.2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-122 Universal Direct (EG LG) Handle Mechanisms

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series G

Contents
Description
EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (MPCB). . . . . . . . . 30 mA Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Module. . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker for Selective Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Flex Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High Performance Rotary Handle Mechanisms . . . . Universal Rotary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms

Page V4-T2-15 V4-T2-29 V4-T2-45 V4-T2-61 V4-T2-70 V4-T2-82 V4-T2-86 V4-T2-89 V4-T2-93 V4-T2-98 V4-T2-101 V4-T2-108 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-112 V4-T2-113 V4-T2-116 V4-T2-120

Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms


Product Description
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. The Universal Direct handle mechanisms are rated Type 1 and Type 12. The Universal Direct handle mechanism is available as standard with a door interlock to prevent opening the enclosure while the circuit breaker is in the ON position. It is also available without a door interlock.

Application Description
Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms are typically used for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated.

Standards and Certifications


The Universal Direct handle mechanism is UL listed, IEC 60947-1/2 compliant and meets CSA requirements.

Product Selection

Universal Direct Handle Mechanisms


Black Handle Color With Interlock Frame EG JG LG Catalog Number EHMCCBI JHMCCBI LHMCCBI Without Interlock Catalog Number EHMCCB JHMCCB LHMCCB Red Handle Color With Interlock Catalog Number EHMCCRI JHMCCRI LHMCCRI Without Interlock Catalog Number EHMCCR JHMCCR LHMCCR

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family

Contents
Description
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Overview
Eatons molded case circuit breakers are designed to provide circuit protection for low voltage distribution systems. They are described by NEMA as, ... a device for closing and interrupting a circuit between separable contacts under both normal and abnormal conditions, and furthermore as, ... a breaker assembled as an integral unit in a supporting and enclosing housing of insulating material. The National Electrical Code (NEC) describes them as, A device designed to open and close a circuit by nonautomatic means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined overload of current, without injury to itself when properly applied within its rating. So designed, Eaton circuit breakers protect conductors against overloads and conductors and connected apparatus, such as motors and motor starters, against short circuits. In low voltage distribution systems, there are many varied applications of molded case circuit breakers. Eaton offers the most comprehensive family of molded case circuit breakers in the industry. This section of circuit breakers includes:

Thermal-magnetic trip breakers Electronic rms trip breakers Molded case switches Motor circuit protectors Current limiting breakers Special application breakers

50C Calibration Add suffix V to catalog Number for complete breaker, listed above, when ordering listed ampere ratings for breakers to be used in 50C ambients. (No price adder.) (No UL label.)

These specifications generally require molded case circuit breakers to be supplied with 50C ambient, and plug-in adapter kits. When plug-in adapter kits are used, no terminals need be supplied (switchboard applications). Circuit breakers can also be supplied to meet UL 489 Supplement SA (Marine use) and UL 489 Supplement SB (Naval Use). UL 489 Supplement SA applies to vessels over 65 feet (19.8 m) in length. Requirements include 40C ambient calibration, special labeling, and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. (No 50C.)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Moisture-Fungus Treatment
All circuit breaker cases are molded from glass-polyester which does not support the growth of fungus. Any parts which are susceptible to the growth of fungus will require special treatment.

Modified Breakers
Eaton breakers can be ordered with internal accessories installed. These modified breakers will be subject to an addition charge.

Freeze-Tested Circuit Breakers


The circuit breakers may be ordered with freeze testing. This option uses special lubrication and mechanical operation is verified at 40C.

Suffix H08

Special Calibration
Special non-UL-listed calibrations are available for certain ambient temperatures other than 40C and for frequencies other than 50/60 Hz or DC. Reduced interrupting ratings will apply for 400 Hz applications.

Marine Applications
E- to R-Framed circuit breakers can be supplied to meet the following marine specifications:

Or you can choose to add 50C ambient but then there is no UL mark.

Suffix VH08

U.S. Coast Guard CFR 46; ABSAmerican Bureau of Shipping; IEEE 45; DNV; Lloyds; and ABS/NVR

UL 489 Supplement SB requires partial 50C ambient calibration, vibration testing, special nameplating and no use of aluminum conductors or terminals. Eaton chooses to always fully calibrate to 50C ambient. (Naval labeled per UL, and UL now allows 50C label here.)

Suffix VH09
V4-T2-123

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-124

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Standards and Certifications


Certified Test Reports
Eaton breakers can be ordered with certified test reports at the time of order entry. Test report documents the thermal and magnetic or electronic tripping characteristics of the individual breaker. Breaker and test report must be ordered together. Add suffix 12 to breaker catalog number and enter separate line item on order for certified test report. Molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards:

Underwriters Laboratories Inc., Standard UL 489, molded case circuit breakers and circuit breaker enclosures National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Standards Publication No. AB1-1993, molded case circuit breakers Australian Standard AS 2184, molded case circuit breakers British Standards Institution Standard BS 4752: Part 1, switchgear and control gear Part 1: circuit breakers Canadian Standards Association (CSA) Standard C22.2 No. 5, service entrance and branch circuit breakers International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 60947-2, circuit breakers

Japanese T-Mark Standard molded case circuit breakers South African Bureau of Standards, Standard SABS 156, Standard Specification for molded case circuit breakers Swiss Electro-Technical Association Standard SEV 157-1, safety regulations for circuit breakers Union Technique de lElectricite Standard NF C 63-120, low voltage switchgear and control gear circuit breaker requirements Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker (Association of German Electrical Engineers) Standard VDE 0660, low voltage switchgear and control gear, circuit breakers

Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application. Molded case circuit breakers equal or exceed Federal Specification Classification W-C-375b requirements for the particular class associated with the circuit breaker frame being considered. Open breakers do not have service entrance ratings. Service entrance rating is part of the enclosure.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2

Quick Reference
Industrial Circuit Breakers

G-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type GHB GHB GHB GHB HGHB GHQ GHBS GBHS GDB GDB GD GD GHC GHC GHC GHC HGHC Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15100 15100 15100 15100 1530 1520 1530 1520 1550 15100 1550 15100 15100 15100 15100 15100 1530 2, 3 1 Volts No. of Poles 1 2, 3 1 2, 3 11 1 1, 2 1, 2 2 3 2 3 1 2, 3 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 11a 11a10b, 11b 12b, 14b 15b 12c, 13a, 13b 13b 13b 12c, 13a 13b 12c, 13a 13b UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 65 65 65 65 65 65 120/240 65 240 65 65 65 65 14 14 25 277 14 14 25 14 14 480 14 14 14 14 22 14 600 10 DC (kA) 2 125 14 14 14 14 14 14 250 14 14 10 10 10 10 1 14 Page Number V4-T2-134 V4-T2-134 V4-T2-134 V4-T2-134 V4-T2-134 V4-T2-134 V4-T1-34 V4-T1-34 V4-T2-132 V4-T2-132 V4-T2-131 V4-T2-131 V4-T2-139 V4-T2-139 V4-T2-139 V4-T2-139 V4-T2-139

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

AC 120 240 277 480Y/277 277 277 480Y/277 600Y/347 480 480 480 480 120 240 277 480Y/277 277

DC 125 125/250 125 125/250 125 125/250 250 125/250 250 125 125/250 125 125/250 125

Notes 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-125

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-126

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

F-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type EDB EDS ED EDH EDC EHD EHD FDB FDB FD FD FD FDE HFD HFD HFD HFDE FDC 4 FDC 4 FDCE 45 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100225 100225 15225 100225 100225 15100 15100 15150 15150 15150 15225 15225 15225 15150 15225 15225 15225 15225 15225 15225 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 1 2, 3 2, 3 4 1 2, 3 4 3 1 2,3 4 3 2, 3 4 3 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. N.I.T. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. Federal Specification W-C-375b 12b 14b 1 13a 13b 18a
3

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 22 42 65 100 200 18 18 18 65 65 65 100 100 100 200 200 200 277 14 35 65 480 14 14 14 35 35 35 65 65 65 100 100 100 600 14 14 18 18 18 25 25 25 35 35 25 DC (kA) 2 125 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 250 10 10 10 10 10 22 22 22 22 Page Number V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-143

AC 240 240 240 240 240 277 480 600 600 277 600 600 600 277 600 600 600 600 600 600

DC 125 125 125 125 125 125 250 250 250 125 250 250 125 250 250 250 250

13a 22a
3

13a 22a
3

24a
3

Notes 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 3 Not defined in W-C-375b. 4 Current limiting. 5 Check with Eaton for availability.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
Page Number V4-T2-163 V4-T2-162 V4-T2-162 V4-T2-162

J-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type JDB JD HJD JDC
3

Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70250 70250 70250 70250

Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 22a 22a 22a 22a

UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 100 200 277 480 35 35 65 100 600 18 18 25 35 DC (kA) 125
2

AC 600 600 600 600

DC 250 250 250 250

250 10 10 22 22

2 2 2 2 2 2

K-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type DK KDB KD CKD HKD CHKD KDC 3 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250400 100400 100400 100400 100400 100400 100400 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 14b 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 65 65 100 100 200 277 480 35 35 35 65 65 100 600 25 25 25 35 35 65 DC (kA) 2 125 250 10 10 10 22 22 Page Number V4-T2-176 V4-T2-176 V4-T2-170, V4-T2-172, V4-T2-179, V4-T2-182 V4-T2-178, V4-T2-185, V4-T2-187 V4-T2-170, V4-T2-172, V4-T2-179, V4-T2-182 V4-T2-178, V4-T2-185, V4-T2-187 V4-T2-170, V4-T2-172, V4-T2-179, V4-T2-182

AC 240 600 600 600 600 600 600

DC 250 250 250 250 250 250 250

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

L-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type LDB LD CLD HLD CHLD LDC 3 CLDC 3 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300600 300600 300600 300600 300600 300600 300600 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 277 480 35 35 35 65 65 100 100 600 25 25 25 35 35 50 50 DC (kA) 2 125 250 22 22 25 30 30 Page Number V4-T2-201 V4-T2-197, V4-T2-198, V4-T2-205 V4-T2-200, V4-T2-211 V4-T2-197, V4-T2-198, V4-T2-205 V4-T2-200, V4-T2-211 V4-T2-197, V4-T2-198, V4-T2-207 V4-T2-200, V4-T2-213

AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

DC 250 250 250 250 250 250 250

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 3 Current limiting.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-127

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-128

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

M-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type MDL CMDL HMDL CHMDL Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300800 300800 300800 300800 Volts No. of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Type of Trip 1 I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 23a 23a 23a 23a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 100 100 277 480 50 50 65 65 600 25 25 35 35 DC (kA) 2 125 250 22 25 Page Number V4-T2-223, V4-T2-225 V4-T2-226 V4-T2-223, V4-T2-225 V4-T2-226

AC 600 600 600 600

DC 250 250 250 250

N-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type ND CND HND CHND NDC CNDC NDU Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 6001200 6001200 6001200 6001200 6001200 6001200 6001200 Volts No. of Poles 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T. Federal Specification W-C-375b 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a 23a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 65 65 100 100 200 200 300 277 480 50 50 65 65 100 100 150 600 25 25 35 35 65 65 75 DC (kA) 2 125 250 Page Number V4-T2-234, V4-T2-247 V4-T2-241, V4-T2-250 V4-T2-236, V4-T2-247 V4-T2-243, V4-T2-250 V4-T2-238, V4-T2-247 V4-T2-245, V4-T2-250

AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

DC

R-Frame
Circuit Breaker Type RD 1600 CRD 1600 RD 2000 RD 2500 CRD 2000 RDC 1600 CRDC 1600 RDC 2000 RDC 2500 CRDC 2000 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 8001600 8001600 10002000 10002500 10002000 8001600 8001600 10002000 10002500 10002000 Volts No. of Poles 3, 4 3 3, 4 3, 4 3 3, 4 3 3, 4 3, 4 3 Type of Trip 1 N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. N.I.T.U. Federal Specification W-C-375b 24a 24a 24a 24a 24a 25a 25a 25a 25a 25a UL Listed Interrupting Ratings (rms Symmetrical Amperes) AC (kA) 120 120/240 240 125 125 125 125 125 200 200 200 200 200 277 480 65 65 65 65 65 100 100 100 100 100 600 50 50 50 50 50 65 65 65 65 65 DC (kA) 2 125 250 Page Number V4-T2-262 V4-T2-266 V4-T2-262 V4-T2-262 V4-T2-266 V4-T2-262 V4-T2-266 V4-T2-264 V4-T2-264 V4-T2-266

AC 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600

DC

Notes 1 N.I.T.U. is non-interchangeable trip unit and I.T.U. is interchangeable trip unit. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker at 250 Vdc. 3 Current limiting.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-130 V4-T2-130 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Molded Case Circuit Breaker Product Family

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

G-Frame (15100 Amperes)


Product Description

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-129

All two- and three-pole circuit breakers are of the common trip type. On all three-phase delta (240V) Grounded B phase applications, refer to Eaton Single-pole circuit breakers, 15 and 20 amperes. Switching duty rated (SWD) for fluorescent lighting applications All G-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use HACR rated

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-130 Circuit Breaker Type GD HGHB GDB HGHC GHB GHBGFEP GHC GHCGFEP GHQ

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Circuit Breaker/Frame

GD 3 100 K
Suffix Number of Poles 1 = 1 pole 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 015 020 024 030 Trip Amperes 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 K D C V = Molded case switch = Ring type terminals = Steel collars = 122F (50C) J01= Fungus proofed R01= Shock tested F01= Freeze tester HID= High intensity discharge 1

Technical Data and Specifications

UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings


Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Circuit Breaker Type GDB GD GD GHQ GHB GHB HGHB GHC GHC HGHC Number of Poles 2, 3 2 3 1 2, 3 1 1 2, 3 1 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 120 65 65 65 65 65 240 65 65 65 65 277 14 14 25 14 25 480 14 14 22 480Y/277 14 14 Volts DC 125 14 14 14 14 14 14 250 23 10 10 10

Terminal Types For line and load-side. Terminals are UL listed as suitable for wire type and size given below. Terminal Types
Circuit Breaker Amperes Standard 1520 25100 OptionalGD Only 15100 Pressure (steel body) Slotted Cu 143 Clamp (plated steel) Pressure (aluminum body) Slotted Slotted Cu/Al Cu/Al 1410 101/0 2.54 450 Terminal Type Material Screw Head Type Wire Type AWG Wire Range Metric Wire Range (mm2) 4

Notes 1 HID suffix only applies to the GHB and GHC single-pole, 1520A circuit breakers. 2 Time constant is 8 milliseconds minimum. 3 Two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 4 Not UL listed sizes.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Typical G-Frame Circuit Breaker

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (15100 Amperes)
Product Description

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-131

Standards and Certifications

Cable in, cable out Includes mounting hardware and BMHE

UL/CSA

Product Selection

Type GD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units


480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 480 Vac Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Two-Pole Catalog Number GD2015 GD2020 GD2025 GD2030 GD2035 GD2040 GD2045 GD2050 22 kAIC at 480 Vac Three-Pole Catalog Number GD3015 GD3020 GD3025 GD3030 GD3035 GD3040 GD3045 GD3050 GD3060 GD3070 GD3080 GD3090 GD3100 Includes Line and Load Terminals Includes Binding Head Screws and Clamps 1032 x 0.312 Three-Pole Catalog Number GD3015D GD3020D GD3025D GD3030D GD3035D GD3040D GD3045D GD3050D GD3060D GD3070D GD3080D GD3090D GD3100D

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-132 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Type GDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units


480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 480 Vac Includes Line and Load Terminals Two-Pole Catalog Number GDB2015 GDB2020 GDB2025 GDB2030 GDB2035 GDB2040 GDB2045 GDB2050 Three-Pole Catalog Number GDB3015 GDB3020 GDB3025 GDB3030 GDB3035 GDB3040 GDB3045 GDB3050 GDB3060 GDB3070 GDB3080 GDB3090 GDB3100

Type GD Molded Case Switches Type GD Molded Case SwitchesThree-Pole


480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 60 60 100 100 Notes 1 Includes line and load steel terminals. 2 Includes binding head screws and clamps 1032 x 0.312. Molded case switches may open above 1300 amperes. Catalog Number (Includes Line and Load Terminals) GD3060K GD3060KC 1 GD3100K GD3100KD 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) GD-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Side View

4.88 (123.8) Off

2 2 2 2 2

3.00 (76.2)

2.63 (66.7)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-133

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-134

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Typical GHB

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Types GHB and HGHB Bolt-On Panelboard Circuit Breakers (15100 Amperes)
Standards and Certifications
These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-375b as follows:

Type GHB, 120 and 240V: Single-pole: Class 11a Two-, three-pole: Classes 10b, 11b, 12b, 14b, 15b UL/CSA Type GHB, 277 and 480Y/277V: Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a Two-, three-pole: Class 13b Type HGHB 277V Type GHQ 277V

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection

Typical GHB

Type GHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units 1


277/480 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum 2 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Single-Pole Catalog Number GHB1015 45 GHB1020 45 GHB1025 GHB1030 GHB1035 GHB1040 GHB1045 GHB1050 GHB1060 GHB1070 GHB1080 GHB1090 GHB1100 277/480 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Two-Pole Catalog Number GHB2015 4 GHB2020 4 GHB2025 GHB2030 GHB2035 GHB2040 GHB2045 GHB2050 GHB2060 GHB2070 GHB2080 GHB2090 GHB2100 277/480 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum 3 Three-Pole Catalog Number GHB3015 4 GHB3020 4 GHB3025 GHB3030 GHB3035 GHB3040 GHB3045 GHB3050 GHB3060 GHB3070 GHB3080 GHB3090 GHB3100

Type HGHB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units


277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole Catalog Number HGHB1015 6 HGHB1020 6 HGHB1025 HGHB1030

Type GHQ Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units


277 Vac Maximum 14 kAIC, No DC Rating (HID and SWD) Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 Single-Pole Catalog Number GHQ1015 7 GHQ1020 7

Notes 1 480Y/277V, circuit breakers (Type GHB) not suitable for three-phase delta (480V). 2 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only. 3 Use two outside poles. 4 Uses 0.190 (4.83) 32 screw type clamp terminals. 5 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 6 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 7 Includes 4A33462H01 load clip.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-135

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-136
3.00 (76.2) Max.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) GDB-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Side View

4.00 (101.6)

2.63 (66.7)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Single-Phase (requires two poles)

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15100 Amperes)
Product Description

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Standards and Certifications


These circuit breakers meet the requirements of UL 489 and UL 1053.

1560 amperes, 277V, 50/60 Hz Operational voltage 240V to 305V

Product Selection
Type GHBGFEP Bolt-On Panelboard 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 30 40 50 60 Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277 Vac, 30 mA Catalog Number GHBGFEP1015 GHBGFEP1020 GHBGFEP1030 GHBGFEP1040 GHBGFEP1050 GHBGFEP1060

Technical Data and Specifications


Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Circuit Breaker Type GHBGFEP Number of Poles 1 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) 277 Vac (50/60 Hz) 14,000

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-137

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-138
3.00 (76.2)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) GHB-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Side View

4.00 (101.6)

2.63 (66.7)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Typical GHC

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Types GHC and HGHC Circuit Breakers (15100 Amperes)


Product Description

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Standards and Certifications


These breakers meet the requirements of Federal Specification W-C-37b as follows:

15100 amperes 120, 240, 277 480Y/277V, , 50/60 Hz, 125, 125/250 Vdc Single-, two- and three-pole Cable in, cable out Does not include mounting hardware

Type GHC, 277 and 480Y/ 277V: Single-pole: Classes 12c, 13a Two-, three-pole: Class 13b UL/CSA

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-139

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-140

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Product Selection

Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units


277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum 1 Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Single-Pole Catalog Number GHC1015 34 GHC1020 34 GHC1025 GHC1030 GHC1035 GHC1040 GHC1045 GHC1050 GHC1060 GHC1070 GHC1080 GHC1090 GHC1100 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Two-Pole Catalog Number GHC2015 3 GHC2020 3 GHC2025 GHC2030 GHC2035 GHC2040 GHC2045 GHC2050 GHC2060 GHC2070 GHC2080 GHC2090 GHC2100 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum 2 Three-Pole Catalog Number GHC3015 3 GHC3020 3 GHC3025 GHC3030 GHC3035 GHC3040 GHC3045 GHC3050 GHC3060 GHC3070 GHC3080 GHC3090 GHC3100

Type HGHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units


277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 Single-Pole Catalog Number HGHC1015 5 HGHC1020 5 HGHC1025 HGHC1030

Notes 1 15 through 70 ampere circuit breakers only. 2 Use two outside poles. 3 Uses 0.19032 screw type clamp terminals. 4 Add suffix HID for High Intensity Discharge (HID) applications. 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated. 5 15 and 20 ampere, single-pole are SWD rated.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Single-Phase (requires two-pole spaces)

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type GHCGFEP Cable-In/Cable-Out 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors (15100 Amperes)
Product Description

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Standards and Certifications


These circuit breakers meet the requirements of UL 489 and UL 1053.

1560 amperes, 277V, 50/60 Hz Operational voltage 240V305V

Product Selection
Type GHCGFEP 30 mA Industrial Ground Fault Circuit Protectors with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 30 40 50 60 Single-Phase (Requires Two Poles) 277V, 30 mA Catalog Number GHCGFEP1015 GHCGFEP1020 GHCGFEP1030 GHCGFEP1040 GHCGFEP1050 GHCGFEP1060

Technical Data and Specifications


Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Circuit Breaker Type GHCGFEP Number of Poles 1 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) 277 Vac (50/60 Hz) 14,000

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-141

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-142

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Special Purpose Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Special Purpose GHC Circuit Breakers (15100 Amperes)


Product Description
Eatons Type GHC circuit breakers have binding head screw-type terminals on line and load side. These circuit breakers with screw-type terminals (0.19032) will be marked Special purpose breaker not for general use. To order this special breaker, use the catalog number from the tables on this page.

Product Selection
Type GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Single-Pole Catalog Number GHC1025D GHC1030D GHC1035D GHC1040D GHC1045D GHC1050D GHC1060D GHC1070D GHC1080D GHC1090D GHC1100D 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum Two-Pole Catalog Number GHC2025D GHC2030D GHC2035D GHC2040D GHC2045D GHC2050D GHC2060D GHC2070D GHC2080D GHC2090D GHC2100D 480Y/277 Vac Maximum, 125/250 Vdc Maximum 1 Three-Pole Catalog Number GHC3025D GHC3030D GHC3035D GHC3040D GHC3045D GHC3050D GHC3060D GHC3070D GHC3080D GHC3090D GHC3100D

Type GHB and GHC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units for HID Lighting Applications
277 Vac Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 Bolt-on 15 20 Note 1 Use two outside poles. Single-Pole Catalog Number GHC1015HID GHC1020HID GHB1015HID GHB1020HID

Type Cable-in

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-144 V4-T2-145 V4-T2-156 V4-T2-157 V4-T2-159 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Typical F-Frame Breaker F-Frame Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

F-Frame (10225 Amperes)


Product Description

All Eatons F-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated All circuit breakers 10 through 30 amperes are suitable for HID (high intensity discharge) use All F-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-143

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-144

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units.

FDC 3 100 L
Circuit Breaker Type EHD FDB FD HFD FDC Number of Poles 1 = 1 pole 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Amperes 010 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 110 125 150 175 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only) 200 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only) 225 (FD, HFD, FDC, two-, three-, four-pole only) Suffix E = 100% protected (four-pole only) neutral pole EH = 50% protected (four-pole only) K = High magnetic molded case switch L = Line and load terminals S = Stainless steel terminals V = 50C calibration W = Without terminals Y = Line terminals only Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)

EDC 3 200 L
Circuit Breaker Type EDB EDS ED EDH EDC Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles Trip Amperes 100 125 150 175 200 225 Suffix L = Line and load terminals W = Without terminals Y = Line terminals only Z = Aluminum terminals (100 amperes)

FDE 3 225 32
Circuit Breaker Type FDE HFDE FDCE Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles

W
Suffix ZG = Zone selective interlocking Suffix W = Without terminals L = Line and load terminals = Load side terminals only

Trip Amperes 80 160 225

Trip Unit 33 = LS 32 = LSI 35 = LSG 36 = LSIG

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection

Type ED Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 65 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 100 125 150 175 200 225 Catalog Number ED2015 ED2020 ED2025 ED2030 ED2035 ED2040 ED2050 ED2060 ED2100 ED2125 ED2150 ED2175 ED2200 ED2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number ED3015 ED3020 ED3025 ED3030 ED3035 ED3040 ED3050 ED3060 ED3100 ED3125 ED3150 ED3175 ED3200 ED3225

Type EDH Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 100 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 100 125 150 175 200 225 Catalog Number EDH2100 EDH2125 EDH2150 EDH2175 EDH2200 EDH2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number EDH3100 EDH3125 EDH3150 EDH3175 EDH3200 EDH3225

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-145

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-146 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 50 60 100 125 150 175 200 225

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Type EDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 200 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number EDC2100 EDC2125 EDC2150 EDC2175 EDC2200 EDC2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number EDC3100 EDC3125 EDC3150 EDC3175 EDC3200 EDC3225

Type EDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 22 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number EDB2100 EDB2110 EDB2125 EDB2150 EDB2175 EDB2200 EDB2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number EDB3100 EDB3110 EDB3125 EDB3150 EDB3175 EDB3200 EDB3225

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type EDS Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
240 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc (Includes Terminals on Load End Only) 42 kAIC at 240 Vac Two-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Catalog Number EDS2100 EDS2110 EDS2125 EDS2150 EDS2175 EDS2200 EDS2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number EDS3100 EDS3110 EDS3125 EDS3150 EDS3175 EDS3200 EDS3225

Type EHD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 14 kAIC at 277 Vac Single-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 1 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Catalog Number EHD1010 EHD1015 2 EHD1020 2 EHD1025 EHD1030 EHD1035 EHD1040 EHD1045 EHD1050 EHD1060 EHD1070 EHD1080 EHD1090 EHD1100 480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number EHD2010 EHD2015 EHD2020 EHD2025 EHD2030 EHD2035 EHD2040 EHD2045 EHD2050 EHD2060 EHD2070 EHD2080 EHD2090 EHD2100 Three-Pole Catalog Number EHD3010 EHD3015 EHD3020 EHD3025 EHD3030 EHD3035 EHD3040 EHD3045 EHD3050 EHD3060 EHD3070 EHD3080 EHD3090 EHD3100

Notes 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-147

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-148 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 1 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Type FDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 14 kAIC at 600 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number FDB2010 FDB2015 FDB2020 FDB2025 FDB2030 FDB2035 FDB2040 FDB2045 FDB2050 FDB2060 FDB2070 FDB2080 FDB2090 FDB2100 FDB2110 FDB2125 FDB2150 Three-Pole Catalog Number FDB3010 FDB3015 FDB3020 FDB3025 FDB3030 FDB3035 FDB3040 FDB3045 FDB3050 FDB3060 FDB3070 FDB3080 FDB3090 FDB3100 FDB3110 FDB3125 FDB3150 Four-Pole Catalog Number FDB4010 FDB4015 FDB4020 FDB4025 FDB4030 FDB4035 FDB4040 FDB4045 FDB4050 FDB4060 FDB4070 FDB4080 FDB4090 FDB4100 FDB4110 FDB4125 FDB4150

Notes 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type FD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 35 kAIC at 277 Vac Single-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 10 1 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Catalog Number FD1010 FD1015
2

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number FD2015 FD2020 FD2025 FD2030 FD2035 FD2040 FD2045 FD2050 FD2060 FD2070 FD2080 FD2090 FD2100 FD2110 FD2125 FD2150 FD2175 FD2200 FD2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number FD3015 FD3020 FD3025 FD3030 FD3035 FD3040 FD3045 FD3050 FD3060 FD3070 FD3080 FD3090 FD3100 FD3110 FD3125 FD3150 FD3175 FD3200 FD3225 Four-Pole Catalog Number FD4015 FD4020 FD4025 FD4030 FD4035 FD4040 FD4045 FD4050 FD4060 FD4070 FD4080 FD4090 FD4100 FD4110 FD4125 FD4150 FD4175 FD4200 FD4225

FD1020 2 FD1025 FD1030 FD1035 FD1040 FD1045 FD1050 FD1060 FD1070 FD1080 FD1090 FD1100 FD1110 FD1125 FD1150

Notes 1 Not UL listed. 5 kAIC interrupting rating. 2 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-149

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-150 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Type HFD Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
277 Vac Maximum, 125 Vdc 65 kAIC at 277 Vac Single-Pole Catalog Number HFD1015 1 HFD1020 1 HFD1025 HFD1030 HFD1035 HFD1040 HFD1045 HFD1050 HFD1060 HFD1070 HFD1080 HFD1090 HFD1100 HFD1110 HFD1125 HFD1150 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Catalog Number HFD2015 HFD2020 HFD2025 HFD2030 HFD2035 HFD2040 HFD2045 HFD2050 HFD2060 HFD2070 HFD2080 HFD2090 HFD2100 HFD2110 HFD2125 HFD2150 HFD2175 HFD2200 HFD2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number HFD3015 HFD3020 HFD3025 HFD3030 HFD3035 HFD3040 HFD3045 HFD3050 HFD3060 HFD3070 HFD3080 HFD3090 HFD3100 HFD3110 HFD3125 HFD3150 HFD3175 HFD3200 HFD3225 Four-Pole Catalog Number HFD4015 HFD4020 HFD4025 HFD4030 HFD4035 HFD4040 HFD4045 HFD4050 HFD4060 HFD4070 HFD4080 HFD4090 HFD4100 HFD4110 HFD4125 HFD4150 HFD4175 HFD4200 HFD4225

Note 1 UL listed for SWD applications, see NEC Article 240.83(d).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type FDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units (Includes Terminals on Load End Only)
600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Two-Pole Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Catalog Number FDC2015 FDC2020 FDC2025 FDC2030 FDC2035 FDC2040 FDC2045 FDC2050 FDC2060 FDC2070 FDC2080 FDC2090 FDC2100 FDC2110 FDC2125 FDC215 FDC2175 FDC2200 FDC2225 Three-Pole Catalog Number FDC3015 FDC3020 FDC3025 FDC3030 FDC3035 FDC3040 FDC3045 FDC3050 FDC3060 FDC3070 FDC3080 FDC3090 FDC3100 FDC3110 FDC3125 FDC3150 FDC3175 FDC3200 FDC3225 Four-Pole Catalog Number FDC4015 FDC4020 FDC4025 FDC4030 FDC4035 FDC4040 FDC4045 FDC4050 FDC4060 FDC4070 FDC4080 FDC4090 FDC4100 FDC4110 FDC4125 FDC4150 FDC4175 FDC4200 FDC4225

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-151

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-152 Maximum Ampere Rating

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Types FDE, HFDE and FDCE Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Neutral CT for LSG and LSIG LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number

IC Rating 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 CTF080 CTF160 CTF225 FDE308033 FDE316033 FDE322533 FDE308032 FDE316032 FDE322532 FDE308035 FDE316035 FDE322535 FDE308036 FDE316036 FDE322536

IC Rating 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 CTF080 CTF160 CTF225 HFDE308033 HFDE316033 HFDE322533 HFDE308032 HFDE316032 HFDE322532 HFDE308035 HFDE316035 HFDE322535 HFDE308036 HFDE316036 HFDE322536

IC Rating 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1 80 160 225 CTF080 CTF160 CTF225 FDCE308033 FDCE316033 FDCE322533 FDCE308032 FDCE316032 FDCE322532 FDCE308035 FDCE316035 FDCE322535 FDCE308036 FDCE316036 FDCE322536

FDE Electronic Breaker with Zone Selective Interlocking


Ampere Rating 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 80 160 225 HFDE308032ZG HFDE316032ZG HFDE322532ZG HFDE308036ZG HFDE316036ZG HFDE322536ZG FDE308032ZG FDE316032ZG FDE322532ZG FDE308036ZG FDE316036ZG FDE322536ZG LSI w/ZSI Catalog Number LSIG w/ZSI Catalog Number

Digitrip Electronic Trip Units


Circuit Breaker Type FDE, HFDE, FDCE FDE, HFDE, FDCE FDE, HFDE, FDCE

Frame 225 160 80

Ratings 100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80

Note 1 Check with Eaton for availability.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2

Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.

Molded Case Switches


Complete Circuit Breaker with Load Side Terminals Only 480 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 100 150 225 Three-Pole 100 150 225 Four-Pole 100 150 225 FD4100K FD4150K FD4225K HFD4100K HFD4150K HFD4225K EHD3100K FD3100K FD3150K FD3225K HFD3100K HFD3150K HFD3225K EHD2100K FD2100K FD2150K FD2225K HFD2100K HFD2150K HFD2225K Catalog Number 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Catalog Number Catalog Number

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Note Molded case switches will open above 1800 amperes.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-153

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-154 Description Breaker mount ammeter

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Breaker Mount Ammeter 1
Catalog Number DIGIVIEW

Line and Load Terminals Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. Except as noted, terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B. Unless otherwise specified, F-Frame circuit breakers are factory equipped with load terminals only.

Ordering Information F-Frame circuit breakers and molded case switches have load terminals only as standard equipment. When standard line-end terminals (same as standard load-end terminals) are required, add Suffix L to the circuit breaker catalog number. When nonstandard or optional line and/ or load terminals are required, order by style number. Specify if factory installation is required.

Line and Load Terminals


Maximum Breaker Amperes Package of Three Terminals Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG Wire Range Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number

Standard Pressure Type Terminals 20 (EHD) 100 225 Steel Steel Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 1410 141/0 44/0 2.54 2.550 2595 3T20FB 2 3T100FB 3TA225FD

Optional Pressure Terminals 50 100 200 225 225 Aluminum Aluminum Stainless steel Copper Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu/AI 144 141/0 44/0 44/0 6300 kcmil 2.525 2.550 2595 2595 16150 3TA50FB 2 3TA100FD 3T150FB 3T225FD 3TA225FDK 3

Notes 1 Use on FDE, HFDE and FDCE electronic trip only. 2 Not for use with ED, EDH, EDC breakers. 3 Includes terminal shield kit. Adds approximately 3 inches (76.2) to breaker height. Available for use on three-pole breaker only.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2
Clip

Line and Load Terminals

Collar Screw Nut

Collar

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Conductor Conductor Wire Clamp

Washer Conductor Screw Extrusion

3T20FB Assemble wire clamp to bottom of conductor as shown.

3T100FB, 3T150FB Insert collar enclosing conductor as shown. Locate nut on top of conductor and tighten securely with screw and washer. Caution: Collar must surround conductor.

3TA225FD Insert collar enclosing conductor and center on extrusion on collar. Install clip with legs on top of conductor and snap end around bottom of collar.

Collar

Conductor Collar Washer Conductor Screw Washer Screw

2 2 2
3TA225FDK (Up to 150 mm2) Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely with screw and washer. Terminal shield must be used with this collar. Note: For 185 mm2, use 3TA225FDK1.

3TA50FB Assemble collar on top of conductor as shown. Tighten securely with screw and washer.

3TA100FD Collar slides onto conductor and is held in position by a screw and lockwasher.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-155

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessories

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. Allowable Accessory Combinations FD Frame Accessories
Description Reference Page Single-Pole Center Two-Pole Left Right Three-Pole 1 Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral

Internal Accessories (Only one internal accessory per pole) Alarm lockout switch (make only) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism V4-T2-304 V4-T2-304 V4-T2-304 V4-T2-306 V4-T2-306 V4-T2-308 V4-T2-310 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-316

External Accessories
End cap kit Keeper nut Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Terminal end covers Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Snap-on padlockable handle lock hasp Padlockable handle lock hasp Cylinder lock Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (solenoid and motor) operators Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms LFD current limiter IQ Energy Sentinel Cause of trip display Remote mount cause of trip display Cause of trip LED Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available V4-T2-156 V4-T2-123

V4-T2-337 V4-T2-337 V4-T2-338 V4-T2-339 V4-T2-339 V4-T2-341 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-344 V4-T2-344 V4-T2-345 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-347 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-351 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-359

Note Internal accessories are listed with Underwriters Laboratories (UL) for factory installation. They are not listed with UL for field installation.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-157

Technical Data and Specifications


UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Circuit Breaker Type EDB EDS ED EDH EDC EHD Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 1 2, 3 FDB FD 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 FDE HFD
4

Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 22 42 65 100 200 18 18 65 65 100 100 200 200 277 4 35 65 480 14 14 35 35 65 65 100 100 600 14 18 18 25 25 35 25

Volts DC 1 125 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 250 23 10 10 10 22 22

2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4

HFDE 4 FDC 5 FDCE 456

2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3

IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings (P1)


Circuit Breaker Type EDB EDS ED EDH EDC EHD Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 1 2, 3 FDB FD 2, 3, 4 1 2, 3, 4 HFD 1 2, 3, 4 FDC 2, 3, 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220, 240 22 42 65 100 200 18 18 35 65 65 100 200 380, 415 14 14 35 65 100 440 14 14 35 65 100 500 14 18 25 35 Volts DC 1 125 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 250 23 10 10 10 22 22

Digitrip Electronic Trip Units


Circuit Breaker Type FDE, HFDE, FDCE FDE, HFDE, FDCE FDE, HFDE, FDCE Frame 225 160 80 Ratings 100, 110, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 225 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 125, 150, 160 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80

Notes 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker, or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 4 Electronics available on three-pole only, no DC rating for FDE, HFDE, FDCE. 5 Current limiting. 6 Check with Eaton for availability.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480V Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time Flat Short delay time Z.S.I.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

F-Frame Digitrip Specifications


Digitrip RMS 310+ Yes FDE 15225A 35, 65, 100 (kA)

LS LSG No Yes No 40100% frame 224 seconds No Yes Yes

LSI LSIG

2001000% x (Ir) Yes No Yes 1 No No Yes No Inst300 ms

Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault Z.S.I. Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts System Monitoring Digital display Current Voltage Power and energy Power quality harmonics Power factor Communications PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In Note 1 ZSI (zone selective interlocking) is optional. Must order with ZSI. Standard 310+ does not come with ZSI. Test kit No No No No No No No No No No No 20100% frame No Inst300 ms Yes 1 Yes

V4-T2-158

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) FD Frame
Number of Poles 1 2 3 4 Width 1.38 (35.1) 2.75 (70.0) 4.13 (105.0) 5.50 (139.7) Height 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) Depth 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0)

FD Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Side View

On Off

2
6.00 (152.4)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-159

4.13 (104.9)

3.38 (85.7)

Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) FD Frame


Number of Poles Breaker Type ED, EDB, EDS, EDH, EDC EHD, FDB, FD, HFD, FDC FDE, HFDE, FDCE 1 2 (0.9) 2 3 (1.4) 3 (1.4) 3 4.5 (2.0) 4.5 (2.0) 4.5 (2.0) 4 6 (2.7)

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-160

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Typical J-Frame Breaker

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-161 V4-T2-162 V4-T2-165 V4-T2-166 V4-T2-167 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

J-Frame (70250 Amperes)


Product Description

All Eatons J-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated J-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers J-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Circuit Breaker/Frame

JD 3 250 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type JDB JD HJD JDC Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 070 090 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Suffix C = Non-aluminum terminals F = Frame only K = High magnetic molded case switch V = 50C calibration W = Without terminals X = Load side terminals only Y = Line side terminals only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Trip Unit

JT 3 250 T
Trip Unit Type JT = Thermal-magnetic Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Unit Rating/ Plug Ampere Rating 070 090 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Suffix T = Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal adj. magnetic V = 50C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-161

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-162 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Three-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Four-Pole 34 125 150 175 200 225 250 JD4125 JD4150 JD4175 JD4200 JD4225 JD4250 JD3070 JD3090 JD3100 JD3125 JD3150 JD3175 JD3200 JD3225 JD3250 JD2070 JD2090 JD2100 JD2125 JD2150 JD2175 JD2200 JD2225 JD2250

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Product Selection

Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-164 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only 1 For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Catalog Number

HJD2070 HJD2090 HJD2100 HJD2125 HJD2150 HJD2175 HJD2200 HJD2225 HJD2250

JDC2070 JDC2090 JDC2100 JDC2125 JDC2150 JDC2175 JDC2200 JDC2225 JDC2250

JT2070T JT2090T JT2100T JT2125T JT2150T JT2175T JT2200T JT2225T JT2250T

TA250KB 2

HJD3070 HJD3090 HJD3100 HJD3125 HJD3150 HJD3175 HJD3200 HJD3225 HJD3250

JDC3070 JDC3090 JDC3100 JDC3125 JDC3150 JDC3175 JDC3200 JDC3225 JDC3250

JT3070T JT3090T JT3100T JT3125T JT3150T JT3175T JT3200T JT3225T JT3250T

TA250KB 2

HJD4125 HJD4150 HJD4175 HJD4200 HJD4225 HJD4250

JDC4125 JDC4150 JDC4175 JDC4200 JDC4225 JDC4250

JT3125T JT3150T JT3175T JT3200T JT3225T JT3250T

TA250KB 2

Notes 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 510 times continuous ampere rating. 2 Individually packed. 3 Fully rated neutral pole with no protection. 4 Neutral is in right pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Standard Terminals Only See PageV4-T2-164 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number

Types JD, HJD and JDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers Frame Only
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole JD2250F Three-Pole JD3250F Four-Pole JD4250F HJD4250F JDC4250F HJD3250F JDC3250F HJD2250F JDC2250F High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number

Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.

Molded Case Switches


600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 250 JD2250KW HJD2250KW With Standard Line and Load Terminals Only Catalog Number Three-Pole 250 JD3250KW HJD3250KW Four-Pole 250 JDB2070W JDB2090W JDB2100W JDB2125W JDB2150W JDB2175W JDB2200W JDB2225W JDB2250W JDB2070 JDB2090 JDB2100 JDB2125 JDB2150 JDB2175 JDB2200 JDB2225 JDB2250 Notes 1 Individually packed. Molded case switches may open above 2500 amperes. JD4250KW HJD4250KW JDB4250KW HJDB4250KW TA250KB 1 JDB3250KW HJDB3250KW TA250KB 1 JDB2250KW HJDB2250KW TA250KB
1

Complete Circuit Breaker Only Without Line and Load Terminals Suitable for Reverse Feed Use Catalog Number Catalog Number

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type JDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with NonInterchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed Application
600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Three-Pole 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 JDB3070W JDB3090W JDB3100W JDB3125W JDB3150W JDB3175W JDB3200W JDB3225W JDB3250W JDB3070 JDB3090 JDB3100 JDB3125 JDB3150 JDB3175 JDB3200 JDB3225 JDB3250 Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-163

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-164
Slotted Screw Collar

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Line and Load Terminals Eatons line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, or Electrical Bulletin 1165. Unless otherwise specified, JFrame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. The bottom of the standard TA250KB terminal contains a recess that is positioned over the J-Frame circuit breaker terminal conductor. Ordering Information J-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper-only terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.

Collar

Nut

Slotted Screw

T250KB Terminal

TA250KB Terminal (Standard)

Line and Load Terminals


Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG Wire Range/ No. Conductors Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number

Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 250 Aluminum Cu/AI 4350 kcmil 25185 TA250KB

Optional Cu Pressure Terminals 250 Stainless Steel Cu 4350 kcmil 25185 T250KB

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2

Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.

JD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism External Accessories End cap kit Plug nut Control wire terminal kit Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Cylinder lock Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (solenoid) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension IQ Energy Sentinel Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available V4-T2-123 V4-T2-337 V4-T2-338 V4-T2-338 V4-T2-339 V4-T2-340 V4-T2-341 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-344 V4-T2-344 V4-T2-345 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-351 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-357 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-304 V4-T2-306 V4-T2-306 V4-T2-308 V4-T2-311 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-318 Reference Page Two-, Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral

2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-165

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-166 Circuit Breaker Type JDB JD HJD JDC 3

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Technical Data and Specifications


UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 100 200 480 35 35 65 100 600 18 18 25 35 Volts DC 125 250 12 10 10 22 22

IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings


Circuit Breaker Type JD HJD JDC Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 100 200 380 35 65 100 415 35 65 100 600 Volts DC 125 250 12 10 22 22

Notes 1 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 2 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 3 Current limiting.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) JD Frame
Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Width 4.13 (105.0) 5.50 (139.7) Height 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) Depth 4.06 (104.1) 4.06 (104.1)

JD-Frame, Three-Pole
Front View Front View Cutout 1.56 (39.7) 4.13 (104.8) Side View

2 2 2 2

0.34 R (8.7 R) 3.94 (100.0)

0.78 (19.8) 2.92 (74.2) 0.88 (22.2) 3.33 (84.5) 1.38 (34.9) 1.75 (44.5) 4.06 (103.2) 10.00 (254.0)
ON

C Handle L

C Breaker L

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Three-Pole 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9) Four-Pole 2.25 (1.0) 2.25 (1.0) 2.25 (1.0)

0.72 (18.2)
0.50 (12.7) Diameter 3 Megger Holes if Required

0.19 R (4.8) R

OFF

2.75 (69.9) 3.50 (88.9)

Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) JD Frame


Breaker Type JDB JD HJD JDC Complete Breaker Two-Pole 11.25 (5.1) 11.25 (5.1) 11.25 (5.1) 12.25 (5.6) Three-Pole 12.50 (5.7) 12.50 (5.7) 12.50 (5.7) 13.50 (6.1) Four-Pole 13.25 (6.0) 13.25 (6.0) 14.25 (6.5) Frame Only Two-Pole 9.00 (4.1) 9.00 (4.1) 10.00 (4.5) Three-Pole 10.00 (4.5) 10.00 (4.5) 11.00 (5.0) Four-Pole 10.50 (4.8) 10.50 (4.8) 11.50 (5.2) Trip Unit Two-Pole 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9) 2.00 (0.9)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-167

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-168

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Typical K-Frame Circuit Breaker

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-169 V4-T2-170 V4-T2-190 V4-T2-191 V4-T2-194 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

K-Frame (70400 Amperes)


Product Description

All Eaton K-Frame Circuit Breakers are HACR rated K-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers K-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Circuit Breaker/Frame

KD 3 400 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type DK KD KDB HKD HKDB KDC CKD CHKD Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Suffix C = Copper terminals E = 50% protected neutral pole (four-pole electronic trip circuit breaker only) F = Frame only K = High magnetic molded case switch V = 50C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only) W = Without terminals X = Load side terminals only Y = Line side terminals only No suffix number indicates standard load and line side terminals

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Trip Unit

KT 3 400 T
Trip Unit Type KT = Thermal-magnetic KES = Electronic Suffix Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Unit Rating/ Plug Ampere Rating 070 1 090 1 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 = Electronic trip unit adjustable short time delay with I2t short delay ramp LSI = Electronic trip unit independently adjustable short time pickup and delay LSG = Electronic trip unit adjustable short time pickup with I2t short delay and ground fault protection LSIG = Electronic trip unit independently adjustable short time pickup and delay and ground fault protection V = 50C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only) E = 50% protected neutral pole (four-pole electronic trip unit only) terminals only T = Trip unit only LS

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Trip Type 2 = LSI 6 = LSIG 7 = LSIA Suffix W = Without terminals

OPTIM Circuit Breaker/Frame

KD 3 125 T5 7 W
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type KD HKD KDC CKD CHKD Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 125 250 400 Trip Model T5 = Model 550 T10 = Model 1050

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Note 1 Ampere rating available with electronic trip unit only.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-169

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-170 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Three-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Four-Pole 100 125 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 KD4100 KD4125 KD4175 KD4200 KD4225 KD4250 KD4300 KD4350 KD4400 KD3100 KD3125 KD3150 KD3175 KD3200 KD3225 KD3250 KD3300 KD3350 KD3400 KD2100 KD2125 KD2150 KD2175 KD2200 KD2225 KD2250 KD2300 KD2350 KD2400

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Product Selection

Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals 1 Catalog Number

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only 1 Standard Terminals Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Catalog Number See Page V4-T2-189 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number

HKD2100 HKD2125 HKD2150 HKD2175 HKD2200 HKD2225 HKD2250 HKD2300 HKD2350 HKD2400

KDC2100 KDC2125 KDC2150 KDC2175 KDC2200 KDC2225 KDC2250 KDC2300 KDC2350 KDC2400

KT2100T KT2125T KT2150T KT2175T KT2200T KT2225T KT2250T KT2300T KT2350T KT2400T

TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 2TA400K 3

HKD3100 HKD3125 HKD3150 HKD3175 HKD3200 HKD3225 HKD3250 HKD3300 HKD3350 HKD3400

KDC3100 KDC3125 KDC3150 KDC3175 KDC3200 KDC3225 KDC3250 KDC3300 KDC3350 KDC3400

KT3100T KT3125T KT3150T KT3175T KT3200T KT3225T KT3250T KT3300T KT3350T KT3400T

TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 3TA400K 3

HKD4100 HKD4125 HKD4175 HKD4200 HKD4225 HKD4250 HKD4300 HKD4350 HKD4400

KDC4100 KDC4125 KDC4175 KDC4200 KDC4225 KDC4250 KDC4300 KDC4350 KDC4400

KT3100T KT3125T KT3175T KT3200T KT3225T KT3250T KT3300T KT3350T KT3400T

TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA300K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 TA350K 2 4TA400K 3

Notes 1 Magnetic trip adjustable 510 times continuous ampere rating. 2 Individually packed. 3 2TA400K, 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Types KD, HKD and KDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit BreakersFrame Only


Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole KD2400F Three-Pole KD3400F Four-Pole KD4400F HKD4400F KDC4400F HKD3400F KDC3400F HKD2400F KDC2400F High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-171

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-172 400 KD3400F 250 KD3400F

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug, terminals. Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole 1
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 3 Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Independently Pickup with Adjustable I2t Short Short Time Delay and Pickup and Ground Fault Delay Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-189 for Optional Terminals TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 125/150/200/250 A2KES250T1 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA350K 4 200/250/300/400 A4KES400T1 200/240/260/280 A4KES200T5 320/340/360/380 A4KES300T5 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA300K 4 TA350K 4 3TA400K 5

Max. Cont. Ampere Rating at 40C 2 Catalog Number 125 KD3400F

Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac

High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac

Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp

Ampere Rating 70 90 100 110 125

Fixed Rating Plug

Ampere Rating

Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES110T 1KES125T 2KES070T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T 4KES200T 4KES225T 4KES250T 4KES300T 4KES350T 4KES400T 70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1

HKD3400F

KDC3400F

KES3125LS

KES3125LSI

KES3125LSG

KES3125LSIG

HKD3400F

KDC3400F

KES3250LS

KES3250LSI

KES3250LSG

KES3250LSIG

70 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250

HKD3400F

KDC3400F

KES3400LS

KES3400LSI

KES3400LSG

KES3400LSIG

200 225 250 300 350 400

Notes 1 Three-pole KES Trip Units are for use in three-pole frames only. 2 Ampere rating is established by rating plug. 3 For AC use only. 4 Individually packed. 5 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-189 for Optional Terminals TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 125/150/200/250 A2KES250T1 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K
5

Types KD, HKD and KDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsFour Pole 12
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 4 Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Independently Pickup with Adjustable I2t Short Delay and Short Time Ground Fault Pickup and Protection Delay Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Max. Cont. Ampere Rating at 40C 3 Catalog Number 125 KD4400F

Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac

High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac

Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp

Ampere Rating 70 90 100 110 125

Fixed Rating Plug

Ampere Rating

Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES110T 1KES125T 2KES070T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T 4KES200T 4KES225T 4KES250T 4KES300T 4KES350T 4KES400T 200/250/300/400 A4KES400T1 200/240/260/280 A4KES200T5 320/340/360/380 A4KES300T5 70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1

HKD4400F

KDC4400F

KES4125LS

KES4125LSI

250

KD4400F

HKD4400F

KDC4400F

KES4250LS

KES4250LSI

70 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250

TA300K 5 TA300K
5

TA350K 5 TA300K 5 TA300K 5 TA350K 5 TA350K


5

400

KD4400F

HKD4400F

KDC4400F

KES4400LS

KES4400LSI

200 225 250 300 350 400

TA350K 5 4TA400K 6

Notes 1 Trip unit includes protected neutral pole. Use corresponding three-pole trip unit if protected neutral pole is not required. 2 Fully rated neutral pole protection is standard. For 50% rated protection on neutral pole, add Suffix E to four-pole trip unit catalog number. 3 Ampere rating is established by rating plug. 4 For AC use only. 5 Individually packed. 6 3TA400K and 4TA400K terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-173

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-174 400 3 250 3 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay Type KDB 125 3

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Types KDB and HKDB with Digitrip 310 Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In LSI 28 x In I300 ms LSG 28 x In Varies by frame 0500 ms LSIG 28 x In 0300 ms Varies by frame 0500 ms Fixed Adjustable Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug (Order as Separate Items)

Number of Poles

Catalog Number

KDB3125FT33W

KDB3125FT32W

KDB3125FT35W

KDB3125FT36W

1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES125T

70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1

KDB3250FT33W

KDB3250FT32W

KDB3250FT35W

KDB3250FT36W

2KES070T 2KES090T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T

125/150/200/250 A2KES250T1

KDB3400FT33W

KDB3400FT32W

KDB3400FT35W

KDB3400FT36W

4KES200T 4KES225T 4KES250T 4KES300T 4KES350T 4KES400T

200/250/300/400 A4KES400T1 200/240/260/280 A4KES200T5 320/340/360/380 A4KES300T5

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2
70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1

Types KDB and HKDB with Digitrip 310 Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Feed, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In LSI 28 x In I300 ms LSG 28 x In Varies by frame 0500 ms LSIG 28 x In 0300 ms Varies by frame 0500 ms Fixed Adjustable Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug (Order as Separate Items)

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay Type HKDB 125

Number of Poles

Catalog Number

HKDB3125FT33W

HKDB3125FT32W

HKDB3125FT35W

HKDB3125FT36W

1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES125T

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

250

HKDB3250FT33W

HKDB3250FT32W

HKDB3250FT35W

HKDB3250FT36W

2KES070T 2KES090T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T

125/150/200/250 A2KES250T1

400

HKDB3400FT33W

HKDB3400FT32W

HKDB3400FT35W

HKDB3400FT36W

4KES200T 4KES225T 4KES250T 4KES300T 4KES350T 4KES400T

125/150/200/250 A4KES250T1 200/240/260/280 A4KES200T5 320/340/360/380 A4KES300T5

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-175

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-176

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Suitable for reverse feed application.

Types DK and KDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
240 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Three-Pole 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 DK3250W DK3300W DK3350W DK3400W DK3250Y DK3300Y DK3350Y DK3400Y DK3250 DK3300 DK3350 DK3400 KDB3100W KDB3125W KDB3150W KDB3175W KDB3200W KDB3225W KDB3250W KDB3300W KDB3350W KDB3400W KDB3100 KDB3125 KDB3150 KDB3175 KDB3200 KDB3225 KDB3250 KDB3300 KDB3350 KDB3400 DK2250W DK2300W DK2350W DK2400W DK2250Y DK2300Y DK2350Y DK2400Y DK2250 DK2300 DK2350 DK2400 KDB2100W KDB2125W KDB2150W KDB2175W KDB2200W KDB2225W KDB2250W KDB2300W KDB2350W KDB2400W KDB2100 KDB2125 KDB2150 KDB2175 KDB2200 KDB2225 KDB2250 KDB2300 KDB2350 KDB2400 Complete Circuit Breaker Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number With Line Terminals Only Catalog Number With Standard Line and Load Terminals Only Catalog Number 600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number With Standard Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2

Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.

Molded Case Switches


240 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 400 DK2400K Three-Pole 400 DK3400K Four-Pole 400 Note Molded case switches may open above 4000 amperes. KD4400K HKD4400K KDB4400K HKDB4400K KD3400K HKD3400K KDB3400K HKDB3400K KD2400K HKD2400K KDB2400K HKDB2400K Complete Circuit Breaker with Standard Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker with Standard Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker with Standard Line and Load Terminals. Suitable for Reverse Feed Use Catalog Number

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-177

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-178 400 CKD3400F 250 CKD3400F Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 125 Standard Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 480 Vac

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. 100% Rated Types CKD and CHKD Electronic Circuit BreakersThree Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Standard High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-189 for Optional Terminals TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 125/150/200/225 A2KES250T1

Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp

Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay

Catalog Number CKD3400F CHKD3400F KES3125LS KES3125LSI KES3125LSG KES3125LSIG

Ampere Rating 70 90 100 110 125 125

Fixed Rating Plug

Ampere Rating

Catalog Number 1KES070T 1KES090T 1KES100T 1KES110T 1KES125T 1KES125T 2KES070T 2KES100T 2KES125T 2KES150T 2KES160T 2KES175T 2KES200T 2KES225T 2KES250T 4KES200T 4KES225T 4KES250T 4KES300T 4KES350T 4KES400T 200/250/300/400 A4KES400T1 220/240/260/280 A4KES200T5 320/340/360/380 A4KES300T5 70/90/100/125 A1KES125T1

CHKD3400F

KES3250LS

KES3250LSI

KES3250LSG

KES3250LSIG

70 100 125 150 160 175 200 225 250

TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA350K 1 TA300K 1 TA300K 1 TA350K 1 TA350K 1 TA350K 1 3TA400K 2

CHKD3400F

KES3400LS

KES3400LSI

KES3400LSG

KES3400LSIG

200 225 250 300 350 400

Notes 1 Individually packed. 2 3TA400K terminal kit contains one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KD3125T52W KD3125T56W KD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 KD3250T52W KD3250T56W KD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 KD3400T52W KD3400T56W KD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-179

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-180 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HKD3125T52W HKD3125T56W HKD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 HKD3250T52W HKD3250T56W HKD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 HKD3400T52W HKD3400T56W HKD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KDC3125T52W KDC3125T56W KDC3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 KDC3250T52W KDC3250T56W KDC3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 KDC3400T52W KDC3400T56W KDC3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-181

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-182 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G A Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 1050 2 LSIG Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KD3125T106W KD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 KD3250T106W KD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 KD3400T106W KD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A22 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 2 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HKD3125T106W HKD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 HKD3250T106W HKD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 HKD3400T106W HKD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-183

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-184 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 1050 2 LSIG Catalog Number

Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 KDC3125T106W KDC3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 KDC3250T106W KDC3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 KDC3400T106W KDC3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CKD3125T52W CKD3125T56W CKD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CKD3250T52W CKD3250T56W CKD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CKD3400T52W CKD3400T56W CKD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number (refer to Page V4-T2-322). ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-185

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-186 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHKD3125T52W CHKD3125T56W CHKD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 CHKD3250T52W CHKD3250T56W CHKD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CHKD3400T52W CHKD3400T56W CHKD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 2 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CKD3125T106W CKD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CKD3250T106W CKD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CKD3400T106W CKD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-187

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-188 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 1050 2 LSIG Catalog Number

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHKD3125T106W CHKD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 CHKD3250T106W CHKD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CHKD3400T106W CHKD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Factory sealed. ORPK125A70 ORPK125A90 ORPK125A100 ORPK125A110 ORPK125A125 ORPK025A125 ORPK025A150 ORPK025A175 ORPK025A200 ORPK025A225 ORPK025A250 ORPK40A200 ORPK40A225 ORPK40A250 ORPK40A300 ORPK40A350 ORPK40A400

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Guide


Line and Load Terminals Eatons line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65, or Electrical Bulletin 1165. Unless otherwise specified, K-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. Ordering Information K-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/ AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.

Tab is 1/4 x.032 TA401K TA400K, T400K TA350K, T350K TA300K, T300K T400KCW, TA400KCW, TA401KCW TA402K, T402K

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
23

Line and Load Terminals


Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material AWG Wire Range/No. Conductors Terminal Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number Terminals with Control Wire Termination Catalog Number

Wire Type

Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 225 400 400 400 400 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 3350/(1) 250500/(1) 3/0250/(2) 3/0250/(2) 3/0250/(2) 35185 120240 95120 95120 95120 TA300K 1 TA350K 1 2TA400K 23 3TA400K 24 4TA400K 56 2TA400KCW 23 3TA400KCW 24 4TA400KCW 56

Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 225 400 400 Copper Copper Copper Cu Cu Cu 3350/(1) 250500/(1) 3/0250/(2) 35185 120240 95120 T300K1 T350K 1 2T400K
3

2T400KCW

3T400K 4 4T400K 5 400 Aluminum Cu/AI 2/0250/(2) or 2/0500/(1) 500750/(1) 70120 70240 70240 400 Aluminum Cu/AI 300400 2TA401K 23 3TA401K 24 4TA401K 56 2TA402K 23 3TA402K
24

3T400KCW 24 4T400KCW 56 2TA401KCW 23 3TA401KCW 24 4TA401KCW 56

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

4TA402K 56 400 Copper Cu 500750/(1) 2T402K 23 3T402K 24 4T402K 56 Notes 1 Individually packed. 2 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 3 Two-pole kit. 4 Three-pole kit. 5 Four-pole kit. 6 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and three interphase barriers.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-189

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accessories

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. KD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard 2 Shunt triplow energy
2

Reference Page

Two-Pole 1 Left Right

Three-Pole Left Center Right

Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral

V4-T2-305 V4-T2-305 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-308 V4-T2-311 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-319 V4-T2-322

Undervoltage release mechanism 2 PowerNet or zone interlock kit (OPTIM 550) External Accessories End cap kit Keeper nut Control wire terminal kit Terminal adapter Multiwire connectors Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Cylinder lock Key Interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (solenoid) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension IQ Energy Sentinel Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available

V4-T2-337 V4-T2-337 V4-T2-338 V4-T2-338 V4-T2-339 V4-T2-340 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-344 V4-T2-344 V4-T2-345 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-347 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-351 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-357 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-358

Notes 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on KES or OPTIM trip units. Standard internal accessories cannot be mounted in right pole on any K-Frame OPTIM trip unites. Special OPTIM ground fault and zone interlock accessories are available for field installation in the right pole of K-Frame 550 OPTIM trip units. Factory installed 2a/2b and bell/aux are available for factory installation. K-Frame breakers equipped with OPTIM 1050 trip units include aux-bell alarm in the right pole.

V4-T2-190

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
Center Right Neutral

KD Frame Accessories, continued


Description OPTIM System Components Three Poles Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available V4-T2-123 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-359 Reference Page Two-Pole 1 Left Right Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Technical Data and Specifications

NEMA/UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings


Circuit Breaker Type DK KDB KD HKD, HKDB KDC 4 CKD CHKD Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3 3 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 65 100 200 65 100 277 480 35 35 65 100 35 65 600 25 25 35 65 25 35 Volts DC 250 23 10 10 10 22 22

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

IEC 157-1 (P1) Interrupting Capacity Ratings


Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Circuit Breaker Type DK KDB KD HKD, HKDB KDC Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 65 100 200 380 40 40 65 100 415 40 40 65 100 440 500 600 Volts DC 250 23 10 10 10 22 22

Notes 1 Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 2 Two-pole circuit breaker or two outside poles of three-pole circuit breaker. 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds minimum at 22 kA. 4 Current limiting.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-191

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Specifications
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Digitrip RMS 310 Yes Yes

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Yes

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Yes

K 125400A 35, 65, 100 (kA)

K 125400A 35, 65, 100 (kA)

K 125400A 35, 65, 100 (kA)

K 125400A 35, 65, 100 (kA)

LS, LSG Yes Yes

LSI, LSIG Yes Yes

LSI, LSI(A), LSIG Yes Yes

LSI(A), LSIG Yes Yes

Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No

Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No

No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 2

No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes

200800% x (In) 100 ms No No

200800% x (In) No Inst300 ms No

Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes Adjust by rating plug. 2 Zone interlock kit. 3 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU). 4 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 5 Eatons PowerNet kit. 6 400 ampere frame 15 x I (80A). g 250 ampere frame 15 x Ig (50A). 125 ampere frame 15 x Ig (25A).
1

No No Yes

200800% x (In) No Yes

200800% x (In) Yes Yes

200800% x (In) Yes Yes

No Varies by frame 6 No Inst500 ms No Yes

No Varies by frame 6 No Inst500 ms No Yes

20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 2 Yes

20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes

Yes No No Yes 3 Optional

Yes No No Yes 3 Optional

Yes Yes Yes Yes 2 Optional

Yes Yes Yes Yes Included

V4-T2-192

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Digitrip OPTIM 1050

Specifications, continued
Trip Unit Type System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes By OPTIMizer/BIM. 2 Eatons PowerNet kit.
1

Digitrip RMS 310

Digitrip OPTIM 550

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No

No No No No No

Yes 1 Yes No No No

Yes 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes

No

No

Yes 2

Yes

Test set

Test set

OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet

OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-193

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-194

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) KD Frame
Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Width 5.50 (149.7) 7.22 (183.4) Height 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) Depth 4.10 (104.1) 4.10 (104.1)

KD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole


Front View Front Cover Cutout 0.34 R (8.7 R) 3.75 (95.3) C Handle L 0.19 R (4.8 R)
1.31 (33.3)
0.83 (21.0)

Side View 4.31 (109.6)

5.49 (139.4)

1.64 (41.7)
ON

1.25 (31.8)
OFF

10.13 (257.2)

2.63 (66.7) 2.39 (60.7) 4.78 (121.5)

Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) KD Frame


Complete Breaker Breaker Type DK KDB KD HKD, HKDB KDC Two-Pole 10.0 (4.5) 10.0 (4.5) 10.0 (4.5) 10.0 (4.5) 10.0 (4.5) Three-Pole 11.5 (5.2) 11.5 (5.2) 11.5 (5.2) 11.5 (5.2) 11.5 (5.2) Frame Only Two-Pole 7.5 (3.4) 7.5 (3.4) 7.5 (3.4) Three-Pole 8.5 (3.9) 8.5 (3.9) 8.5 (3.9) Trip Unit 1 Two-Pole 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) Three-Pole 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7)

Note 1 Weights shown are for thermal-magnetic trip units. Three-pole electronic trip units weigh 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-196 V4-T2-197 V4-T2-215 V4-T2-217 V4-T2-220 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Typical L-Frame Circuit Breaker

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

L-Frame (125600 Amperes)


Product Description

Standards and Certifications

All Eaton L-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated L-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers L-Frame circuit breakers with non-interchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use

CE marked

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-195

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-196 Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type LD HLD LDC CLD CHLD CLDC

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Circuit Breaker/Frame

LD 3 600 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type LDB LD HLD LDC CLD CHLD CLDC Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 300 350 400 450 500 600 Suffix C = Copper terminals F = Frame only K = High magnetic molded case switch V = 50C (thermal-magnetic trip units only) W = Without terminals X = Load side terminals only Y = Line side terminals only

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

LT 3 400 T
Trip Unit Type LT = Thermal Magnetic Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Unit Rating/Plug Ampere Rating 300 350 400 450 500 600 Suffix T = Trip unit thermal-magnetic fixed thermal adjustable magnetic V = 50C calibration (thermal-magnetic trip units only)

OPTIM Circuit Breaker/Frame

LD 3 125 T5 7 W
Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles Trip Type 2 = LSI (550 only) 6 = LSIG 7 = LSIA Trip Model T5 = Model 550 T10 = Model 1050 Suffix W = Without terminals

Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 125 (Available on Model 1050 only) 250 (Available on Model 1050 only) 400 600

Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit

LES 3 600 LS P
Trip Unit Type LES = Electronic Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Unit Ampere Rating 600 Suffix LS LSI LSG LSIG Suffix P = 100% protected neutral on four-pole trip unit

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection

Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 Two-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 Three-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 Four-Pole 4 300 350 400 450 500 600 LD4300 LD4350 LD4400 LD4450 LD4500 LD4600 HLD4300 HLD4350 HLD4400 HLD4450 HLD4500 HLD4600 LDC4300 LDC4350 LDC4400 LDC4450 LDC4500 LDC4600 LT4300T LT4350T LT4400T LT4450T LT4500T LT4600T TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 4TA603LDK 3 LD3300 LD3350 LD3400 LD3450 LD3500 LD3600 HLD3300 HLD3350 HLD3400 HLD3450 HLD3500 HLD3600 LDC3300 LDC3350 LDC3400 LDC3450 LDC3500 LDC3600 LT3300T LT3350T LT3400T LT3450T LT3500T LT3600T TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 3TA603LDK 3 LD2300 LD2350 LD2400 LD2450 LD2500 LD2600 HLD2300 HLD2350 HLD2400 HLD2450 HLD2500 HLD2600 LDC2300 LDC2350 LDC2400 LDC2450 LDC2500 LDC2600 LT2300T LT2350T LT2400T LT2450T LT2500T LT2600T TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 2TA603LDK 3 Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only Standard Terminals Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Catalog Number

Factory Assembled Factory Assembled Circuit Circuit Consisting of Frame, Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number Catalog Number

See Page V4-T2-214 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number

Types LD, HLD and LDC Thermal-Magnetic Circuit BreakersFrame Only


Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Two-Pole LD2600F Three-Pole LD3600F Four-Pole LD4600F HLD4600F LDC4600F HLD3600F LDC3600F HLD2600F LDC2600F High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Catalog Number

Notes 1 Magnetic trip range 510 times continuous ampere rating. 2 Individually packed. 3 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 4 Neutral is in right pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-197

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-198 Four-Pole 3 600 LD4600F

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug, terminals.

Types LD, HLD and LDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard High Interrupting Interrupting Capacity Capacity 600 Vac Maximum 600 Vac Rated Continuous Rated 35 kAIC at 65 kAIC at Ampere 480 Vac 480 Vac Rating Catalog Number at 40C 1 Three-Pole 600
3

Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 2 Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac

Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-214 for Optional Terminals

L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) Ampere Catalog Number Rating

Fixed Rating Plug

Ampere Rating

Catalog Number

LD3600F

HLD3600F

LDC3600F

LES3600LS

LES3600LSI

LES3600LSG

LES3600LSIG

300 350 400 450 500 600

6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T

300/400/ 500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/ 460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/ 560/580 A6LES500T5

TA602LD 1 TA602LD 1 TA602LD 1 TA602LD 1 3TA603LDK 4

HLD4600F

LDC4600F

LES4600LS

LES4600LSI

300 350 400 450 500 600

6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T

300/400/ 500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/ 460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/ 560/580 A6LES500T5

TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 4TA603LDK 4

Notes 1 Individually packed. 2 For AC use only. 3 Neutral is in right pole. 4 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2

Types LDB, HLDB and LDCB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Feed
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) LS 28 x In LSI 28 x In I300 ms LSG 28 x In Varies by frame 0500 ms LSIG 28 x In 0300 ms Varies by frame 0500 ms Fixed Adjustable Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug (Order as Separate Items)

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Number of Poles

Catalog Number

Type LDB, HLDB and LDCB with Digitrip 310 Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit 600 3 LDB3600FT33W LDB3600FT32W LDB3600FT35W LDB3600FT35W 6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T 600 3 HLDB3600FT33W HLDB3600FT32W HLDB3600FT35W HLDB3600FT36W 6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T 600 3 LDCB3600FT33W LDCB3600FT32W LDCB3600FT35W LDCB3600FT36W 6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T 300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5 300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5 300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-199

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 Three-Pole 600 CLD3600F Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug and terminals.

100% Rated Types CLD, CHLD and CLDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Standard Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Ground Fault Protection Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Ampere Rating Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-214 for Optional Terminals

High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac

Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp

Fixed Rating Plug

Ampere Rating

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

CHLD3600F

CLDC3600F

LES3600LS

LES3600LSI

LES3600LSG

LES3600LSIG

300 350 400 450 500 600

6LES300T 6LES350T 6LES400T 6LES450T 6LES500T 6LES600T

300/400/500/600 A6LES600T1 420/440/460/480 A6LES400T5 520/540/560/580 A6LES500T5

TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 TA602LD 2 3TA603LDK 3 3TA603LDK 3

Notes 1 Ampere rating is established by rating plug. 2 Individually packed. 3 3TA603LDK terminal kit contains one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Standard Terminals Only See Page V4-T2-214 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number

Type LDB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with NonInterchangeable Trip Units 1


600 Vac Rated, 250 Vdc Complete Circuit Breaker Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating Two-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 Three-Pole 300 350 400 450 500 600 LDB3300W LDB3350W LDB3400W LDB3450W LDB3500W LDB3600W LDB3300 LDB3350 LDB3400 LDB3450 LDB3500 LDB3600 LDB2300W LDB2350W LDB2400W LDB2450W LDB2500W LDB2600W LDB2300 LDB2350 LDB2400 LDB2450 LDB2500 LDB2600 Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number With Standard Line and Load Terminals Only Catalog Number

Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.

Molded Case Switches


600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 600 600 600 Three-Pole 600 600 600 Four-Pole 600 600 600 LD4600WK LDB4600WK 1 HLD4600WK 4TA603LDK 4TA603LDK 4TA603LDK LD3600WK LDB3600WK 1 HLD3600WK 3TA603LDK 3TA603LDK 3TA603LDK LD2600WK LDB2600WK 1 HLD2600WK 2TA603LDK 2TA603LDK 2TA603LDK Circuit Breaker Only without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Factory sealedsuitable for reverse feed application. Molded case switch will trip above 6000 amperes.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-201

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-202 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LD3125T52W LD3125T56W LD3125T57W LD3250T52W LD3250T56W LD3250T57W LD3400T52W LD3400T56W LD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 LD3600T52W LD3600T56W LD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HLD3125T52W HLD3125T56W HLD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 HLD3250T52W HLD3250T56W HLD3250T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 HLD3400T52W HLD3400T56W HLD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 HLD3600T52W HLD3600T56W HLD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-203

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-204 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number

Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LDC3125T52W LDC3125T56W LDC3125T57W LDC3250T52W LDC3250T56W LDC3250T57W LDC3400T52W LDC3400T56W LDC3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 LDC3600T52W LDC3600T56W LDC3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LD3125T106W LD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 LD3250T106W LD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 LD3400T106W LD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 LD3600T106W LD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-205

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-206 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 HLD3125T106W HLD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 HLD3250T106W HLD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 HLD3400T106W HLD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 HLD3600T106W HLD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 LDC3125T106W LDC3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 LDC3250T106W LDC3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 LDC3400T106W LDC3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 LDC3600T106W LDC3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-207

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-208 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug Order as individual components: Breaker Frame (which includes Trip Unit), Rating Plug, Terminals.

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G A Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLD3125T52W CLD3125T56W CLD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 CLD3250T52W CLD3250T56W CLD3125T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CLD3400T52W CLD3400T56W CLD3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 CLD3600T52W CLD3600T56W CLD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHLD3125T52W CHLD3125T56W CHLD3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CHLD3250T52W CHLD3250T56W CHLD3125T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CHLD3400T52W CHLD3400T56W CHLD3400T57W 200 225 250 350 400 600 CHLD3600T52W CHLD3600T56W CHLD3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A125 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-209

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-210 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number

Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLDC3125T52W CLDC3125T56W CLDC3125T57W 70 90 100 110 125 CLDC3250T52W CLDC3250T56W CLDC3125T57W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CLDC3400T52W CLDC3400T56W CLDC3400T57W 200 225 250 300 350 400 CLDC3600T52W CLDC3600T56W CLDC3600T57W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 35 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLD3125T106W CLD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CLD3250T106W CLD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CLD3400T106W CLD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 CLD3600T106W CLD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-211

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-212 600 400 250 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CHLD3125T106W CHLD3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 CHLD3250T106W CHLD3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 CHLD3400T106W CHLD3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 CHLD3600T106W CHLD3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Rating Plug, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity Current Limiting 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 125 CLDC3125T106W CLDC3125T107W 70 90 100 110 125 250 CLDC3250T106W CLDC3250T107W 125 150 175 200 225 250 400 CLDC3400T106W CLDC3400T107W 200 225 250 300 350 400 600 CLDC3600T106W CLDC3600T107W 300 350 400 500 600 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPL125A070 ORPL125A090 ORPL125A100 ORPL125A110 ORPL125A125 ORPL025A125 ORPL025A150 ORPL025A175 ORPL025A200 ORPL025A225 ORPL025A250 ORPL40A200 ORPL40A225 ORPL40A250 ORPL40A300 ORPL40A350 ORPL40A400 ORPL60A300 ORPL60A350 ORPL60A400 ORPL60A500 ORPL60A600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-213

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Line and Load Terminals Eatons line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA Standard C22.2 No. 65M. Unless otherwise specified, Terminals
TA401LD or TA603LD Terminal (Step-Type Terminal Requires Terminal Cover and Warning Label. See Inset.) Pan-Head Screws and Lockwashers (Installed before Cable Clamping Screws)

L-Frame circuit breaker line and load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. The wire connecting terminal is secured with two panhead, slotted screws and lockwashers that can be checked for the correct torque loading or retightened from the front of the circuit

breaker before installation of the conductors. (Applies to all styles.) The circuit breaker line/load terminal conductors are positioned in the conducting holes in the wire connecting terminal and are secured with recessed socket screws that are tightened to the correct torque loading from the front of the circuit breaker.

Ordering Information L-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper terminals are required, order by catalog Number. Specify if factory installation is required.

Pan-Head Screws and Lockwashers

TA450LD or TA602LD or T602LD Terminal

Terminal Cover

Warning Label Retainer

Circuit Breaker Line Terminal Cover

Screws

Line and Load Terminals


Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material AWG Wire Range/Number of Conductors Terminal Metric Wire Range mm2 Poles Catalog Number Terminals with Control Wire Termination Catalog Number

Wire Type

Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 400 400 400 450 500 600 600 600 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI 4/0600 (1) 4/0600 (1) 4/0600 (1) 44/0 (2) 3/0350 (2) 400500 (2) 400500 (2) 400500 (2) 120300 120300 120300 2595 95150 185240 185240 185240 Two-pole kit 1 Three-pole kit 1 Four-pole kit 1
2 2

2TA401LDK 3TA401LDK 4TA401LDK TA450LD TA602LD 2TA603LDK 3TA603LDK 4TA603LDK

TA602LDCW 2TA603LDKCW 3TA603LDKCW 4TA603LDKCW

Two-pole kit 1 Three-pole kit 1 Four-pole kit 1

Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 600 Copper Cu 250350 (2) 120250
2

T602LD

T602LDCW

Notes 1 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 2 Individually packed.

V4-T2-214

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2
Neutral 2

Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.

LD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) 3 Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard 4 Shunt triplow energy 4 Undervoltage release mechanism
4

Reference Page

Two-Pole 1, Three-Pole Left Center Right

Four-Pole Left Center Right

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

V4-T2-305 V4-T2-305 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-311 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-320 V4-T2-322

Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550) External Accessories End cap kit Control wire terminal kit Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (motor) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available

V4-T2-337 V4-T2-338 V4-T2-340 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-344 V4-T2-345 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-347 V4-T2-349 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-351 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-357 V4-T2-358

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations. 3 OPTIM model 1050 is factory sealed and does not have the right pole space available for accessories. 4 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on LES or OPTIM trip units. Standard non-tripping internal accessories can be mounted in the left or right poles of LES and 550 OPTIM trip units.
1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-215

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-216 Description

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

LD Frame Accessories, continued


Reference Page Two-Pole 1, Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral 2

OPTIM System Components Three Poles Ground fault alarm unit Potential transformer module Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 2 Refer to Eaton for appropriate neutral pole accessory combinations.
1

V4-T2-358 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-359

V4-T2-123

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2

Technical Data and Specifications

UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1


Circuit Breaker Type LDB LD CLD 4 HLD, HLDB CHLD 4 LDC, LDCB 5 CLDC
45

Interrupting Capacity (kA rms Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 65 100 100 200 200 277 480 35 35 35 65 65 100 100 600 25 25 25 35 35 50 50 Volts DC 125 250 22 22 25 30
23

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings


Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 240 Icu 85 85 85 100 100 200 200 Ics 85 85 85 100 100 100 100

Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Circuit Breaker Type LDB LD CLD 4 HLD, HLDB CHLD 4 LDC, LDCB CLDC 4 Volts DC 415 Icu 45 45 45 70 70 100 100 Ics 45 45 45 70 70 75 75 690 Icu 20 20 20 25 25 35 35 Ics 10 10 10 13 13 18 18 250 23 Icu 20 20 20 20 Ics 10 10 10 10

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 2 L/R = 8 milliseconds minimum. 3 Two-pole circuit breaker or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Incorporating thermal-magnetic trip unit only. 4 100% rated breakers. 5 Current limiting.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-217

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-218

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Specifications
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes Adjust by rating plug. 2 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 3 Eatons PowerNet kit. 4 Zone interlock kit. 5 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU).
1

Digitrip RMS 310 Yes Yes

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Yes

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Yes

L 300600A 35, 65, 100 (kA)

L 300600A 35, 65, 100 (kA)

L 200600A 35, 65, 100 (kA)

L 200600A 35, 65, 100 (kA)

LS, LSG Yes Yes

LSI, LSIG Yes Yes

LSI, LSI(A), LSIG Yes Yes

LSI(A), LSIG Yes Yes

Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No

Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No

No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 4

No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes

200800% x (In) 100 ms No No

200800% x (In) No Inst300 ms No

No No Yes

200800% x (In) No Yes

200800% x (In) Yes Yes

200800% x (In) Yes Yes

No 15 x Ig (120A) No Inst500 ms No Yes

No 15 x Ig (120A) No Inst500 ms No Yes

20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 4 Yes

20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes

Yes No No Yes 5 Optional

Yes No No Yes 5 Optional

Yes Yes Yes Yes 4 Optional

Yes Yes Yes Yes Included

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Digitrip OPTIM 1050

Specifications, continued
Trip Unit Type System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes By OPTIMizer/BIM. 2 Eatons PowerNet kit.
1

Digitrip RMS 310

Digitrip OPTIM 550

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

No No No No No

No No No No No

Yes 1 Yes No No No

Yes 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes

No

No

Yes 2

Yes

Test set

Test set

OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet

OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-219

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-220

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Dimensions and Weights


Dimensions in Inches (mm) LD Frame
Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Width 8.25 (209.6) 11.00 (279.4) Height 10.75 (273.1) 10.75 (273.1) Depth 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1)

LD-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole


Side View Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87.3) 1.72 (43.7) C Breaker L C Handle L 3.28 (83.3) 1.33 (33.7)2.29 (58.2)
1.50 (38.1)

Front View

3.81 (96.8)

0.25 (6.4) R

10.75 (273.1)

8.21 (208.6)

3.64 (92.5)

7.28 (184.9)

0.19 R (4.8) R

8.25 (209.6)

Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) LD Frame


Complete Breaker Breaker Type LD, HLD, LDC LDB Two-Pole 18 (8.2) 18 (8.2) Three-Pole 20 (9.1) 20 (9.1) Four-Pole 25 (11.3) 25 (11.3) Frame Only Two-Pole 14 (6.4) Three-Pole 15 (6.8) Four-Pole 20 (9.1) Trip Unit Two-Pole 3 (1.4) Three-Pole 4 (1.8) Four-Pole 5 (2.3)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-222 V4-T2-223 V4-T2-228 V4-T2-229 V4-T2-231 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Typical M-Frame Circuit Breaker

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

M-Frame (300800 Amperes)


Product Description

Standards and Certifications

All Eaton M-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated MDL-Frame circuit breakers are available as individual components (frame, trip unit, terminals), or factory assembled complete breakers MDLB, HMDLB-Frame circuit breakers with noninterchangeable trip units are suitable for reverse feed use

CE marked

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-221

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-222 Note 1 Thermal-magnetic only.

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Circuit Breaker/Frame

MDL 3 800 F
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type MDL, MDLB HMDL, HMDLB Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles Circuit Breaker/ Frame Ampere Rating 300 1 350 1 400 450 500 600 700 800 F K V W X Y = = = = = = Suffix Frame only High magnetic molded case switch 50C (thermal-magnetic trip units only) Without terminals Load side terminals only Line side terminals only

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

MT 3 800 T
Trip Unit Type MT MES Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles Trip Unit Rating/ Plug Ampere Rating 300 1 350 1 400 450 500 600 700 800 T V LS LSI LSG LSIG = = = = = = Suffix Thermal-magnetic 50C (thermal-magnetic trip units only) Digitrip RMS 310 Digitrip RMS 310 Digitrip RMS 310 Digitrip RMS 310

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2
Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-227 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2

Product Selection

Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsTwo-Pole
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Magnetic Trip Range is 510 Up Through 600A; 48 on 700 and 800A x Continuous Ampere Rating Catalog Number MT2300T MT2350T MT2400T MT2450T MT2500T MT2600T MT2700T MT2800T

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800

Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDL2300 MDL2350 MDL2400 MDL2450 MDL2500 MDL2600 MDL2700 MDL2800

Frame Only Catalog Number MDL2800F

Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDL2300 HMDL2350 HMDL2400 HMDL2450 HMDL2500 HMDL2600 HMDL2700 HMDL2800

Frame Only Catalog Number HMDL2800F

Types MDL and HMDL Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Only For Use with Standard or High or Ultra High Interrupting Frames Magnetic Trip Range is 510 Up Through 600A; 48 on 700 and 800A x Continuous Ampere Rating Catalog Number MT3300T MT3400T MT3400T MT3450T MT3500T MT3600T MT3700T MT3800T

Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-227 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800

Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDL3300 MDL3350 MDL3400 MDL3450 MDL3500 MDL3600 MDL3700 MDL3800

Frame Only Catalog Number MDL3800F

Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDL3300 HMDL3350 HMDL3400 HMDL3450 HMDL3500 HMDL3600 HMDL3700 HMDL3800

Frame Only Catalog Number HMDL3800F

Note 1 Two terminals are required per pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-223

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-224 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip UnitsTwo-Pole 1
Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDLB2300 MDLB2350 MDLB2400 MDLB2450 MDLB2500 MDLB2600 MDLB2700 MDLB2800 High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDLB2300 HMDLB2350 HMDLB2400 HMDLB2450 HMDLB2500 HMDLB2600 HMDLB2700 HMDLB2800 Standard Terminals Only 2 See Page V4-T2-227 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2

Types MDLB and HMDLB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree Pole1
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number MDLB3300 MDLB3350 MDLB3400 MDLB3450 MDLB3500 MDLB3600 MDLB3700 MDLB3800 High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Factory Assembled Circuit Consisting of Frame, Trip Unit and Terminals Catalog Number HMDLB3300 HMDLB3350 HMDLB3400 HMDLB3450 HMDLB3500 HMDLB3600 HMDLB3700 HMDLB3800 Standard Terminals Only 2 See Page V4-T2-227 for Optional Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2

Notes 1 Factory sealed for reverse feed application. 2 Two terminals are required per pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2
Terminals See Page V4-T2-227 for standard and optional terminals

Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip Units Order as Individual Components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug, terminals.

Types MDL and HMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Maximum Vac Continuous Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Ampere Catalog Rating Number at 40C 1 800 MDL3800F Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 2 Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plugs L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (by Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) High Interrupting I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time Capacity 600 Vac to Instantaneous Rated 65 kAIC G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault at 480 Vac Delay (Flat Response) Catalog Number HMDL3800F Catalog Number MES3800LS MES3800LSI MES3800LSG MES3800LSIG Ampere Rating 400 500 600 700 800

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number 8MES400T 8MES500T 8MES600T 8MES700T 8MES800T

Ampere Rating Catalog Number 400/500/600/800 A8MES800T 620/640/660/680 A8MES600T5 720/740/760/780 A8MES700T5

2 2 2 2 2 2

Types MDLB and HMDLB Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 Factory-Assembled Circuit Breaker Consisting of Frame and Trip Unit LS Catalog Number LSI Catalog Number LSG Catalog Number

LSIG Catalog Number

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 MDLB3800T33W MDLB3800T32W MDLB3800T35W MDLB3800T36W

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 HMDLB3800T33W HMDLB3800T32W HMDLB3800T35W HMDLB3800T36W

Notes 1 Ampere rating is established by rating plug. 2 For AC use only. 3 Factory sealed, suitable for reverse feed application. CMDLB and CHMDLB are also available.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-225

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-226 Three-Pole 800 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1 800 Standard Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 480 Vac

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. All 100% rated circuit breakers have electronic trip units. Order as individual components: breaker frame, trip unit, rating plug and terminals.

100% Rated Types CMDL and CHMDL Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Trip UnitsThree-Pole
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only 2 Standard Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Ground Fault Protection Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Trip Unit Only Adjustable Rating Plug

High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 480 Vac

Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp

Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Ground Fault Protection

Catalog Number CMDL3800F CHMDL3800F MES3800LS MES3800LSI MES3800LSG MES3800LSIG

Ampere Rating 400 500 600 700 800

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number 8MES400T 8MES500T 8MES600T 8MES700T 8MES800T

Ampere Rating Terminals 400/500/600/800 A8MES800T 620/640/660/680 A8MES600T5 720/740/760/780 A8MES700T5 See Page V4-T2-227 for standard and optional terminals

Molded Case Switches Eatons molded case switches are used as compact switches in applications requiring high current switching capabilities. Molded case switches are constructed of circuit breaker

components and are of the high instantaneous automatic type. Molded case switches are listed in accordance with Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489.

Molded Case Switches


600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800 MDL2800WK MDLB2800WK 3 HMDL2800WK Circuit Breaker Only without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number

MDL3800WK MDLB3800WK 3 HMDL3800WK

Notes 1 Ampere rating is established by rating plug. 2 For AC use only. 3 MDLB and HMDLB are suitable for reverse feed applications. Molded case switch may trip above 6000 amperes.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Line and Load Terminals M-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/ AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.

TA700MA1

TA800MA2

TA801MA

2 2
Terminal Catalog Number Terminals with Control Wire Termination Catalog Number

Line and Load Terminals


Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material AWG Wire Range/No. Conductors

Wire Type

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 700 800 std. 800 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI (2) 1500 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (2) 500750 kcmil TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA801MA TA700MA1CWT TA800MA2CWT TA801MACWT

Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 600 800 Copper Copper Cu Cu (2) 2/0500 kcmil (3) 3/0300 kcmil T600MA1 T800MA1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-227

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-228

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.

MD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard 2 Shunt triplow energy 2 Undervoltage release mechanism 2 External Accessories Base mounting hardware Terminal shields Interphase barriers Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (motor) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit V4-T2-340 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-344 V4-T2-345 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-347 V4-T2-349 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-351 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-357 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-305 V4-T2-305 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-312 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-320 Reference Page Two-Pole 1 Left Right Three-Pole Left Center Right

Modifications (Refer to Eaton)


Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both V4-T2-123

Accessory available/modification available


Notes Two-pole breaker supplied in three-pole frame. Current carrying parts omitted from center pole. 2 Shunt trip and UVR cannot be mounted in right poles on MES trip units.
1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Technical Data and Specifications

UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1


Circuit Breaker Type MDL, MDLB CMDL HMDL, HMDLB CHMDL Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 100 100 480 50 50 65 65 600 25 25 35 35 Volts DC 23 250 22 25

IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1


Circuit Breaker Type MDL, MDLB CMDL HMDL, HMDLB CHMDL Interrupting Capacity rms (kA Symmetrical Amperes) I CU I CS Number of Poles 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65/65 65/65 100/100 100/100 415 50/50 50/50 70/50 70/50 690 20/10 20/10 25/13 25/13 Volts DC 23 250 20/10 20/10

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 2 Two-pole or two poles of three-pole circuit breaker. Thermal-magnetic trip units only, MDL, HMDL breakers with electronic trip unit are not DC rated. 3 Time constant is 3 milliseconds minimum at 10 kA and 8 milliseconds at 22 kA.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-229

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-230

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Specifications MDL-Frame Digitrip


Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactsground alarm System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eatons PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend In = Rating Plug Notes 1 Adjust by rating plug. 2 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU). Test set Test set No No No No No No No No No No No No Yes No No Yes 2 Yes No No Yes 2 No 15 x Ig (160A) No Inst500 ms No Yes No 15 x Ig (160A) No Inst500 ms No Yes No No Yes 200800% x (In) No Yes 200800% x (In) 100 ms No No 200 800% x (In) No Inst300 ms No Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No LS, LSG Yes Yes LSI, LSIG Yes Yes MDL, MDLB, CMDL, HMDL, HMDLB, CHMDL 400800A 50, 65 (kA) MDL, MDLB, CMDL, HMDL, HMDLB, CHMDL 400800A 50, 65 (kA) Digitrip RMS 310 Yes Yes

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions and Weights


Dimensions in Inches (mm) MD Frame
Number of Poles 2, 3 Width 8.25 (209.6) Height 16.00 (406.4) Depth 4.06 (103.1)

MDL-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole


Drilling Plan 3.44 (87.3) Front View Side View

1.72 (43.7)

C Breaker L

R 0.25 (6.4)

R 0.19 (4.8)
1.50 (38.1)

C Handle L

1.33 (33.7)

3.28 (83.3)

16.00 (406.4)

0.97 (24.6)

3.64 (92.5) 7.28 (184.9) 8.25 (209.6) 4.06 (103.2)

Approximate Shipping Weight, Lbs (kg) MD Frame


Complete Breaker Breaker Type MDL, HMDL (T/M T.U.) MDL, HMDL (Elec. T.U.) Note 1 Thermal-magnetic only. Two-Pole 26.5 (12.0) Three-Pole 29.0 (13.2) 30.0 (13.6) Frame Only Two-Pole 24.5 (11.1) Three-Pole 26.0 (11.8) 26.0 (11.8) Trip Unit 1 Two-Pole 2.5 (1.1) Three-Pole 3.0 (1.4) 4.0 (1.8)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-231

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-232

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Typical N-Frame Breaker

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-233 V4-T2-234 V4-T2-255 V4-T2-256 V4-T2-259 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

N-Frame (4001200 Amperes)


Product Description

All Eaton N-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use All N-Frame circuit breakers are HACR rated

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Circuit Breaker/Frame

ND 3 12 T3 2 W
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type ND HND NDC NDU CND CHND CNDC Number of Poles 2 = 2 poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles Trip Type 2 = LSI 3 = LS 5 = LSG 6 = LSIG 7 = LSIA E EH K W X Y = = = = = = Suffix 100% R.P. protected (four-pole) 50% R.P. protected (four-pole) High magnetic molded case switch Without terminals Load only terminals Line only terminals

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 800 = 800 amperes 12 = 1200 amperes

T3 T5 T7 T10

Trip Model = Model 310 = Model 550 = Model 750 = Model 1050

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-233

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-234 1200 ND312T33W Three-Pole 800 ND3800T33W or ND4800T33EW (100% Neutral) 1200 ND212T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800 ND2800T33W

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Product Selection
Type ND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.

Type ND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units


Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

ND2800T32W

ND2800T35W

ND2800T36W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

ND212T32W

ND212T35W

ND212T36W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

ND3800T32W

ND3800T35W

ND3800T36W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

ND312T32W

ND312T35W

ND312T36W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Note 1 Two terminals are required per pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Type ND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued


Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Four-Pole 2 800

Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

ND4800T33W

ND4800T32W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

1200

ND412T33W

ND412T32W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Notes 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 2 Neutral is in right pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-235

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-236 1200 HND312T33W Three-Pole 800 HND3800T33W 1200 HND212T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800 HND2800T33W Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Type HND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.

Type HND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units


Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay

Catalog Number

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

HND2800T32W

HND2800T35W

HND2800T36W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

HND212T32W

HND212T35W

HND212T36W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

HND3800T32W

HND3800T35W

HND3800T36W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

HND312T32W

HND312T35W

HND312T36W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Note 1 Two terminals are required per pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Type HND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Four-Pole 2 800

Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number

Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

HND4800T33W

HND4800T32W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

1200

HND412T33W

HND412T32W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Notes 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 2 Neutral is in right pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-237

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-238 1200 NDC312T33W Three-Pole 800 1200 NDC212T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Type NDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.

Type NDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units


Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Independently Adjustable Adjustable Short Time Pickup Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ramp Delay Catalog Number

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

NDC2800T33W

NDC2800T32W

NDC2800T35W

NDC2800T36W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

NDC212T32W

NDC212T35W

NDC212T36W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

NDC3800T33W

NDC3800T32W

NDC3800T35W

NDC3800T36W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

NDC312T32W

NDC312T35W

NDC312T36W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Note 1 Two terminals are required per pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Type NDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Four-Pole 2 800

Independently Adjustable Adjustable Short Time Pickup Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ramp Delay Catalog Number

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

NDC4800T33W

NDC4800T32W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

1200

NDC412T33W

NDC412T32W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Notes 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 2 Neutral is in right pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-239

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-240 4
4

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Type ND, 1200 Amperes 150 kA at 480 Vac

Type NDU Ultra High CapacityUe Max. 600 Vac, 150 kA Icu at 480 Vac
Circuit Breaker Frame Including Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Tip Unit Less Terminals and Rating PlugCatalog Number 1 L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Time Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Delay (Flat Response) Interchangeable Rating Plugs (Order as Individual Component) Fixed Rating Plug LS 28 x In NDU3800T33W LSI 28 x In I300 ms NDU3800T32W LSG 28 x In Varies by frame 0500 ms NDU3800T35W LSIG 28 x In 0300 ms Varies by frame 0500 ms NDU3800T36W

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating Number at 40C 23 of Poles Short Time Range Short Time Delay Ground Fault Pickup Ground Fault Delay 800 3

Included with Breaker Adjustable Rating Plug Adjustable Ampere Setting

Ampere Rating 400 450 500 550 600 630 700 800

Catalog Number 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES550T 8NES600T 8NES630T 8NES700T 8NES800T 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES550T 8NES600T 8NES630T 8NES700T 8NES800T 400/500/ 600/800 A8NES800T1 400/500/ 600/800 A8NES800T1

NDU4800T33W

NDU4800T32W

400 450 500 550 600 630 700 800

Notes 1 Order terminals separately. 2 For AC use only. 3 ND MCCBs are suitable for 40C or 50C applications. Order suffix V3 to eliminate standard 40C labeling. 4 Unprotected left pole neutral. Insert E for 100% neutral or EH for 60% neutral between W and P (for example, NDS412T32EHP08). Neutral is on LH side. Non-UL listed ND 1250 with 1250 ampere trip unit is also available.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2
Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

100% Rated Type CND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.

100% Rated Type CND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 800


2

Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number

Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

CND2800T33W

CND2800T32W

CND2800T35W

CND2800T36W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

1200

CND212T33W

CND212T32W

CND212T35W

CND212T36W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Three-Pole 2 800 CND3800T33W CND3800T32W CND3800T35W CND3800T36W 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 CND312T33W CND312T32W CND312T35W CND312T36W 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1 Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1 TA700NB1 TA700NB TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Notes 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 2 For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-241

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-242 1200 CND412T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Four-Pole 800
23

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Type CND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Options Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number

Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

CND4800T33W

CND4800T32W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

CND412T32W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB TA1200NB1

Notes 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 2 Neutral is in right pole. 3 For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

100% Rated Type CHND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.

100% Rated Type CHND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 2 800 CHND2800T33W CHND2800T32W CHND2800T35W CHND2800T36W 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 CHND212T33W CHND212T32W CHND212T35W CHND212T36W 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Three-Pole 2 800 CHND3800T33W CHND3800T32W CHND3800T35W CHND3800T36W 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 CHND312T33W CHND312T32W CHND312T35W CHND312T36W 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Notes 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 2 For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1 Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1 Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-243

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-244 1200 CHND412T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Four-Pole 800
23

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Type CHND Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

CHND4800T33W

CHND4800T32W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

CHND412T32W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Notes 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 2 Neutral is in right pole. 3 For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

100% Rated Type CNDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at the 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame, rating plug, terminals.

100% Rated Type CNDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Two-Pole 2 800 CNDC2800T33W CNDC2800T32W CNDC2800T35W CNDC2800T36W 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 CNDC212T33W CNDC212T32W CNDC212T35W CNDC212T36W 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Three-Pole 2 800 CNDC3800T33W CNDC3800T32W CNDC3800T35W CNDC3800T36W 400 450 500 600 700 800 1200 CNDC312T33W CNDC312T32W CNDC312T35W CNDC312T36W 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Notes 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 2 For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1 Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1 Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-245

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-246 1200 CNDC412T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Four-Pole 800
23

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Type CNDC Electronic Circuit Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Units, continued
Digitrip RMS 310 Circuit Breaker Frame Only Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac Standard Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay Ramp Catalog Number Options Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay Adjustable Short Time Pickup with I2t Short Delay and Ground Fault Protection Independently Adjustable Short Time Pickup and Delay and Ground Fault Protection Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug Standard Terminals Only 1 See Page V4-T2-254 for Optional Terminals

Ampere Rating

Fixed Rating Plugs Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

CNDC4800T33W

CNDC4800T32W

400 450 500 600 700 800

8NES400T 8NES450T 8NES500T 8NES600T 8NES700T 8NES800T 12NES600T 12NES700T 12NES800T 12NES900T 12NES1000T 12NES1200T

Adjustable settings are: 400, 500, 600, 800 A8NES800T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1

CNDC412T32W

600 700 800 900 1000 1200

Adjustable settings are: 600, 800, 1000, 1200 A12NES1200T1

TA700NB1 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1223200NB1

Notes 1 Two terminals are required per pole. 2 Neutral is in right pole. 3 For 1200A rating, includes conductor extension kit that increases breaker length 3.75 on each end.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug

Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 ND3800T52W ND3800T56W ND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 ND312T52W ND312T56W ND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 HND3800T52W HND3800T56W HND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 HND312T52W HND312T56W HND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-247

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-248 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Digitrip OPTIM 550 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number

Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 NDC3800T52W NDC3800T56W NDC3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 NDC312T52W NDC312T56W NDC312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug

Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-249

Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 ND3800T106W ND3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 ND312T106W ND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 HND3800T106W HND3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 HND312T106W HND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 NDC3800T106W NDC3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 NDC312T106W NDC312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch and one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-250 1200
3

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug, terminals.

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G A Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CND3800T52W CND3800T56W CND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 3 CND312T52W CND312T56W CND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CHND3800T52W CHND3800T56W CHND3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 CHND312T52W CHND312T56W CHND312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. 3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 550 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 550 2 LSI Catalog Number LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Catalog Number

Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CNDC3800T52W CNDC3800T56W CNDC3800T57W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 3 CNDC312T52W CNDC312T56W CNDC312T57W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 Zone interlocking, PowerNet, or both features can be added at the factory by adding suffixes ZG, PN or ZGP respectively to above catalog number. 3 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-251

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-252 1200 1200 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G A

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 50 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CND3800T106W CND3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 CND312T106W CND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CHND3800T106W CHND3800T107W 400 450 550 600 700 800 CHND312T106W CHND312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug

100% Rated Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) A Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C OPTIM 1050 23 LSIG Catalog Number LSIA Catalog Number Ampere Rating Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time (I2t or I4t Response) 1 Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Catalog Number

Three-Pole Ultra High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 800 CNDC3800T106W CNDC3800T107W 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 1200 CNDC312T106W 4 CNDC312T107W 600 700 800 1000 1200 ORPN80A400 ORPN80A450 ORPN80A500 ORPN80A550 ORPN80A600 ORPN80A700 ORPN80A800 ORPN12A600 ORPN12A700 ORPN12A800 ORPN12A100 ORPN12A120

Type ND Molded Case Switches Type ND High Instantaneous (K)


Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Three-Pole Catalog Number ND3800WK HND3800WK 1200 ND312WK HND312WK Four-Pole 5 Catalog Number ND4800WK HND4800WK ND412WK HND412WK

Notes 1 Long delay I4t response selection limits short delay time to flat response. 2 One Form C auxiliary switch one Form C bell (trip) alarm switch supplied with breaker as standard. 3 Factory sealed. 4 Includes conductor extension kit, which increases breaker length 3.75 on each end. Terminal ordered separate. 5 Neutral is in right pole. Molded case switch will trip above 14,000 amperes. For UL listed, series tested molded case switch application data, refer to Eaton.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-253

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-254 TA700NB1

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Line and Load TerminalsOrdering Information N-Frame circuit breakers use Cu/AI terminals as standard. When optional copper or Cu/AI terminals are required, order by catalog number. Specify if factory installation is required.

TA1000NB1

TA1200NB1

TA1201NB1

T700NB1

T1000NB1

Line and Load Terminals


Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG Wire Range/ No. Conductors Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number

Standard Cu/AI Pressure Terminals 700 1000 1200 1200 Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI (2) 1500 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (4) 4/0500 kcmil (3) 500750 kcmil 50240 95185 120240 300400 TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 1 TA1200NB1 1 TA1201NB1 2

Optional Copper and Cu/AI Pressure Type Terminals 700 1000 1200 Notes 1 Terminal rating is AL9CU. 2 Terminal rating is AL7CU. Copper Copper Copper Cu Cu Cu (2) 2/0500 kcmil (3) 3/0500 kcmil (4) 3/0400 kcmil 70240 95240 95185 T700NB1 T1000NB1 T1200NB3

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker. ND Frame Accessories
Description Reference Page Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right Neutral

Internal Accessories (Only One Internal Accessory Per Pole) 1 Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (3A, 3B) Auxiliary switch (1A, 1B) and alarm switch combination Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) and alarm switch combination Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism Eaton PowerNet communications kit (OPTIM 550) External Accessories Base mounting hardware Interphase barriers Terminal shield Non-padlockable handle block Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Sliding bar interlockrequires two breakers Walking beam interlockrequires two breakers Electrical (motor) operator Plug-in adapters Rear connecting studs Panelboard connecting straps Handle mechanisms Handle extension Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit OPTIM System Components Three Poles Ground fault alarm unit Potential transformer module Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position May be mounted on left or right polenot both Accessory available/modification available Note 1 OPTIM 550 and 1050 are factory sealed and do not have the right pole available for accessories. V4-T2-123 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-340 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-344 V4-T2-345 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-349 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-351 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-357 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-305 V4-T2-305 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-307 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-321 V4-T2-322

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-255

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-256

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Technical Data and Specifications

UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1


Circuit Breaker Type ND CND 2 HND CHND 2 NDC CNDC 2 NDU 3 Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 3 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 100 100 200 200 300 4 277 480 50 50 65 65 100 100 150 600 25 25 35 35 65 65 75 5

IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings 1


Circuit Breaker Type ND Icu Ics CND 2 Icu Ics HND Icu Ics CHND 2 Icu Ics NDC Icu Ics CNDC Icu Ics
2

Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Number of Poles Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 415 690

2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4

85 85

50 50

20 10

2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4

85 85

50 50

20 10

2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4

100 100

70 50

25 13

2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4

100 100

70 50

25 13

2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4

200 100

100 50

35 18

2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4

200 100

100 50

35 18

Notes 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 2 100% rated breakers. 3 800 amperes maximum rating. 4 Successfully tested at 300 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 200 kAIC at 240 Vac. 5 Successfully tested at 75 kAIC, although UL recognizes maximum of 65 kAIC at 600 Vac.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Digitrip OPTIM 1050

N-Frame Digitrip
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contactground alarm Local auxiliary and bell alarm contact Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes 1 Adjust by rating plug. 2 By OPTIMizer/BIM. 3 Zone interlock kit. 4 With separate ground fault alarm unit (GFAU). Yes No No Yes 4 Optional Yes No No Yes 4 Optional Yes Yes Yes Yes 3 Optional Yes Yes Yes Yes Included No Varies by frame 2 No Inst500 ms No Yes No Varies by frame 2 No Inst500 ms No Yes 20100% x (Is) 20100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 3 Yes 20 100% x (Is) 20 100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes No No Yes 200800% x (In) No Yes 200 800% x (In) Yes Yes 200800% x (In) Yes Yes 200800% x (In) 100 ms No No 200800% x (In) No Inst300 ms No 150 800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 150800% x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No Yes 0.51.0 (In) 1 12 seconds No Yes No No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 Seconds Yes No No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 Seconds Yes 0.51.0 x Ir LS, LSG Yes Yes LSI, LSIG Yes Yes LSI, LSIG, LSI(A) Yes Yes LSI(A), LISG Yes Yes N 400A1200A 50, 65, 100 (kA) N 400A1200A 50, 65, 100 (kA) N 400A1200A 50, 65, 100 (kA) N 400A1200A 50, 65, 100 (kA) Digitrip RMS 310 Yes Yes Digitrip OPTIM 550 Yes Yes

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-257

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-258 Trip Unit Type System Monitoring Digital display Current Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eaton PowerNet Testing Testing method Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting Notes By OPTIMizer/BIM. 2 Eatons PowerNet kit.
1

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

N-Frame Digitrip, continued


Digitrip RMS 310 Digitrip OPTIM 550 Digitrip OPTIM 1050

No No No No No

No No No No No

Yes 1 Yes No No No

Yes 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes

No

No

No 2

Yes

Test set

Test set

OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet

OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

ND Frame
Number of Poles 2, 3 4 Width 8.25 (209.6) 11.13 (282.6) Height 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4) Depth 5.50 (139.7) 5.50 (139.7)

ND-Frame, Two- and Three-Pole


Front View Front Cover Cutout 3.44 (87.3)
1.72 (43.6)

Side View

2 2 2 2

0.25 R (6.4 R) C Handle L 16.00 (406.4)

1.91 (48.4)

C Handle L 0.19 R (4.8 R)

ON/I

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3.68 (93.2)
1.50 (38.1)

OFF/O

3.19 (80.9)

6.38 (161.9) 8.25 (209.6) 5.50 (139.7)

Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) ND Frame


Complete Breaker Breaker Type ND, HND, NDC, NDU Two-Pole 37 (16.8) Three-Pole 45 (20.4) Four-Pole 58 (26.3)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-259

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-260

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Typical R-Frame Breaker

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-261 V4-T2-262 V4-T2-279 V4-T2-280 V4-T2-283 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

R-Frame (8002500 Amperes)


Product Description

Eaton R-Frame circuit breakers are available as frame (which includes trip unit), rating plug and terminals All R-Frame circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed use

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Circuit Breaker/Frame

RD 3 16 T32 W
Circuit Breaker/ Frame Type RD RDC CRD 2 CRDC 2 Number of Poles 3 = 3 poles 4 = 4 poles W P R K = = = = Suffix Without terminals 100% protected neutral pole Ground fault remote (310 only) Molded case switch

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Circuit Breaker/Frame Ampere Rating 16 = 1600 amperes 20 = 2000 amperes 25 = 2500 amperes

T32 T53 T65 T86 T96 T106 T107

Trip Type 1 = Digitrip RMS 310 LSI = Digitrip RMS 510 LS = Digitrip RMS 610 LSG = Digitrip RMS 810 LSIG = Digitrip RMS 910 LSIG = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIG = Digitrip OPTIM 1050 LSIA

Notes 1 For complete list of available trip types, refer to Pages V4-T2-262 to V4-T2-276. 2 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-261

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-262 2500 RD325T33W 2000 RD320T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Product Selection
Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (Flat Response) LS Catalog Number LSI LSG 1 LSIG 1 Ampere Rating Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 2 RD316T33W RD316T32W RD316T35W RD316T36W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 RD320T32W RD320T35W RD320T36W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 RD325T32W RD325T35W RD325T36W 1200 1250 1600 2000 2500 Notes 1 Add R to catalog number for ground fault remote indication compatibility, for example, RD316T35RW. 2 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T 25RES16T 25RES20T 25RES25T Adjustable settings are: 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500 A25RES25T1 Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
Adjustable Rating Plug

Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (Flat Response) LS Catalog Number LSI LSG 1 LSIG 1 Ampere Rating Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

Four-Pole 2 Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 3 RD416T33W RD416T32W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 2000 RD420T33W RD420T32W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 2500 RD425T33W RD425T32W 1200 1250 1600 2000 2500 Notes 1 Add R to catalog number for ground fault remote indication compatibility, for example, RD316T35RW. 2 Unprotected right pole neutral. Add P to catalog number for 100% protected right pole neutral, for example, RD416T33PW. 3 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T 25RES16T 25RES20T 25RES25T Adjustable settings are: 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500 A25RES25T1 Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-263

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-264 2500 RDC325T33W 2000 RDC320T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (Flat Response) LS Catalog Number LSI LSG 1 LSIG 1 Ampere Rating Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 2 RDC316T33W RDC316T32W RDC316T35W RDC316T36W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 RDC320T32W RDC320T35W RDC320T36W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 RDC325T32W RDC325T35W RDC325T36W 1200 1250 1600 2000 2500 Notes 1 Add R to catalog number for ground fault remote indication compatibility, for example, RDC316T35RW. 2 For SCR application, use 2000 ampere frame. 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T 25RES16T 25RES20T 25RES25T Adjustable settings are: 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500 A25RES25T1 Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1 Adjustable Rating Plug

Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs, continued
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (Flat Response) LS Catalog Number LSI LSG 1 LSIG 1 Ampere Rating Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

Four-Pole 2 High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 3 RDC416T33W RDC416T32W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 2000 RDC420T33W RDC420T32W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 2500 RDC425T33W RDC425T32W 1200 1250 1600 2000 2500 Notes 1 Add R to catalog number for ground fault remote indication compatibility, for example, RDC316T35RW. 2 Unprotected right pole neutral. Add P to catalog number for 100% protected right pole neutral, for example, RDC416T33PW. 3 For SCR application use 2000 ampere frame. 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T 25RES12T 25RES125T 25RES16T 25RES20T 25RES25T Adjustable settings are: 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500 A25RES25T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-265

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-266 2000 3 2000 3 CRD320T33W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

100% Rated Digitrip RMS 310 Electronic Circuit Breakers


Circuit Breaker Frame Only L Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (By Adjustable Rating Plug) S Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Fixed Short Delay Time (I2t Response) or Adjustable Short Delay Time (Flat Response) I Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup by Setting Short Delay Time to Instantaneous G Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time (Flat Response) LS Catalog Number LSI LSG 1 LSIG 1 Ampere Rating Digitrip RMS 310 Rating Plug Only Adjustable Rating Plug

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Adjustable Ampere Ratings

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 2 CRD316T33W CRD316T32W CRD316T35W CRD316T36W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 CRD320T32W CRD320T35W CRD320T36W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 2 CRDC316T33W CRDC316T32W CRDC316T35W CRDC316T36W 800 1000 1200 1250 1400 1500 1600 CRDC320T33W CRDC320T32W CRDC320T35W CRDC320T36W 1000 1200 1250 1400 1600 2000 Notes 1 Add R to catalog number for ground fault remote indication compatibility, for example, CRD316T35RW. 2 For SCR application use 2000 ampere frame. 3 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1 16RES08T 16RES10T 16RES12T 16RES125T 16RES14T 16RES15T 16RES16T 20RES10T 20RES12T 20RES125T 20RES14T 20RES16T 20RES20T Adjustable settings are: 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000 A20RES20T1 Adjustable settings are: 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 A16RES16T1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

Digitrip RMS 510 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only

Rated Current (In)

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T51W RD316T53W RD316T52W RD316T54W RD316T55W RD316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T51W RD320T53W RD320T52W RD320T54W RD320T55W RD320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T51W RD325T53W RD325T52W RD325T54W RD325T55W RD325T56W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T51W RDC316T53W RDC316T52W RDC316T54W RDC316T55W RDC316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T51W RDC320T53W RDC320T52W RDC320T54W RDC320T55W RDC320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T51W RDC325T53W RDC325T52W RDC325T54W RDC325T55W RDC325T56W 1600 2000 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-267

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-268 2000 1 CRDC320T51W 2000 1 CRD320T51W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

100% Rated Digitrip RMS 510 Circuit Breakers


Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I 2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only

Rated Current (In)

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T51W CRD316T53W CRD316T52W CRD316T54W CRD316T55W CRD316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T53W CRD320T52W CRD320T54W CRD320T55W CRD320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T53W CRDC316T52W CRDC316T54W CRDC316T55W CRDC316T56W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T53W CRDC320T52W CRDC320T54W CRDC320T55W CRDC320T56W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Note 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

Digitrip RMS 610 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only

Rated Current (In)

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T61W RD316T63W RD316T62W RD316T64W RD316T65W RD316T66W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T61W RD320T63W RD320T62W RD320T64W RD320T65W RD320T66W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T61W RD325T63W RD325T62W RD325T64W RD325T65W RD325T66W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T61W RDC316T63W RDC316T62W RDC316T64W RDC316T65W RDC316T66W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T61W RDC320T63W RDC320T62W RDC320T64W RDC320T65W RDC320T66W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T61W RDC325T63W RDC325T62W RDC325T64W RDC325T65W RDC325T66W 1600 2000 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-269

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-270 2000 1 CRDC320T61W 2000 1 CRD320T61W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

100% Rated Digitrip RMS 610 Circuit Breakers


Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only

Rated Current (In)

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T61W CRD316T63W CRD316T62W CRD316T64W CRD316T65W CRD316T66W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T63W CRD320T62W CRD320T64W CRD320T65W CRD320T66W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T61W CRDC316T63W CRDC316T62W CRDC316T64W CRDC316T65W CRDC316T66W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T63W CRDC320T62W CRDC320T64W CRDC320T65W CRDC320T66W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Note 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

Digitrip RMS 810 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I 2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only

Rated Current (In)

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T81W RD316T83W RD316T82W RD316T84W RD316T85W RD316T86W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T81W RD320T83W RD320T82W RD320T84W RD320T85W RD320T86W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T81W RD325T83W RD325T82W RD325T84W RD325T85W RD325T86W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T81W RDC316T83W RDC316T82W RDC316T84W RDC316T85W RDC316T86W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T81W RDC320T83W RDC320T82W RDC320T84W RDC320T85W RDC320T86W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T81W RDC325T83W RDC325T82W RDC325T84W RDC325T85W RDC325T86W 1600 2000 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-271

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-272 2000 1 CRDC320T81W 2000 1 CRD320T81W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

100% Rated Digitrip RMS 810 Circuit Breakers


Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only

Rated Current (In)

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T81W CRD316T83W CRD316T82W CRD316T84W CRD316T85W CRD316T86W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T83W CRD320T82W CRD320T84W CRD320T85W CRD320T86W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T81W CRDC316T83W CRDC316T82W CRDC316T84W CRDC316T85W CRDC316T86W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T83W CRDC320T82W CRDC320T84W CRDC320T85W CRDC320T86W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Note 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

Digitrip RMS 910 Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I 2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only

Rated Current (In)

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T91W RD316T93W RD316T92W RD316T94W RD316T95W RD316T96W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T91W RD320T93W RD320T92W RD320T94W RD320T95W RD320T96W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T91W RD325T93W RD325T92W RD325T94W RD325T95W RD325T96W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T91W RDC316T93W RDC316T92W RDC316T94W RDC316T95W RDC316T96W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T91W RDC320T93W RDC320T92W RDC320T94W RDC320T95W RDC320T96W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T91W RDC325T93W RDC325T92W RDC325T94W RDC325T95W RDC325T96W 1600 2000 2500 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R25A160 RP6R25A200 RP6R25A250

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-273

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-274 2000 1 CRDC320T91W 2000 1 CRD320T91W Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers The NEC allows the breaker to be rated at 100% of its frame size in an assembly, provided that 90C wire is applied at 75C ampacity. Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

100% Rated Digitrip RMS 910 Circuit Breakers


Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G LI Catalog Number Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I 2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LS LSI LIG LSG LSIG Digitrip Rating Plug Only

Rated Current (In)

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T91W CRD316T93W CRD316T92W CRD316T94W CRD316T95W CRD316T96W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T93W CRD320T92W CRD320T94W CRD320T95W CRD320T96W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T91W CRDC316T93W CRDC316T92W CRDC316T94W CRDC316T95W CRDC316T96W 800 1000 1000 1200 CRDC320T93W CRDC320T92W CRDC320T94W CRDC320T95W CRDC320T96W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Note 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200 RP6R16A080 RP6R16A100 RP6R16A120 RP6R16A160 RP6R20A100 RP6R20A120 RP6R20A160 RP6R20A200

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2
Fixed Rating Plug

Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

Digitrip OPTIM Electronic Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs


Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G A Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG 1050 Catalog Number Ampere Rating Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

LSIA 1050 Catalog Number

Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RD316T107W RD316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RD320T107W RD320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RD325T107W RD325T106W 1600 2000 2500 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 RDC316T107W RDC316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 RDC320T107W RDC320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 2500 RDC325T107W RDC325T106W 1600 2000 2500 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200 ORPR25A160 ORPR25A200 ORPR25A250 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200 ORPR25A160 ORPR25A200 ORPR25A250

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-275

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-276 2000 1 2000 1 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs Order as individual components: breaker frame (which includes trip unit) and rating plug.

100% Rated 600 Volts AC Digitrip OPTIM Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Rating Plugs
Circuit Breaker Frame Only L S I G A Adjustable Long Delay Pickup (Ir) with Adjustable Long Delay Time Adjustable Short Delay Pickup with Adjustable Short Delay Time (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Instantaneous Pickup Adjustable Ground Fault Pickup with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) Adjustable Ground Fault Alarm with Adjustable Ground Fault Time Delay (I2t or Flat Response) LSIG 1050 Catalog Number Ampere Rating Digitrip OPTIM Rating Plug Only

LSIA 1050 Catalog Number

Fixed Rating Plug Catalog Number

Three-Pole Standard Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 65 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRD316T107W CRD316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRD320T107W CRD320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 600 Vac Rated 100 kAIC at 480 Vac 1600 CRDC316T107W CRDC316T106W 800 1000 1200 1600 CRDC320T107W CRDC320T106W 1000 1200 1600 2000 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200 ORPR16A080 ORPR16A100 ORPR16A120 ORPR16A160 ORPR20A100 ORPR20A120 ORPR20A160 ORPR20A200

Molded Case Switches Refer to Eaton for UL listed, series tested Molded Case Switch application data. Type RDHigh Instantaneous (K)
Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1600 2000 Complete without Terminals Three-Pole Catalog Number RD316WK RD320WK Four-Pole Catalog Number RD416WK RD420WK

Notes 1 Includes B2016RDL rear connectors. Molded case switch may trip above 17,500 amperes.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Line and Load Terminals Line and load terminals provide wire connecting capabilities for specific ranges of continuous current ratings and wire types. All terminals comply with Underwriters Laboratories Standards UL 486A and UL 486B and CSA C22.2 No. 65M. Unless otherwise specified, R-Frame circuit breaker line load terminals are shipped separately for field installation. Ordering Information R-Frame circuit breakers have Cu/AI terminals as standard and Cu only terminals as an option. Specify if factory installation is required.

Line and Load Terminals


Maximum Breaker Amperes Wire Terminals 1600 1600 2000 Aluminum Copper Aluminum Cu/AI Cu Cu/AI English English English 5001000 (4) 1600 (4) 2600 (6) 300500 50300 35300 TA1600RD T1600RD TA2000RD 1 Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG/kcmil Wire Range/ No. Conductors Metric Wire Range mm2 Catalog Number

2 2 2 2 2
2

Hardware

Rear Connectors 2000 2000 2500 Copper Copper Copper English English English B2016RD B2016RDL

B2500RD 3

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Catalog Number includes bus connection, terminals and hardware for either line side or load side of three-pole breaker. 2 For use with 100% rated 1600A and 2000A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 100% rated device is ordered. 3 For use with 2500A frame. Do not order separately unless for replacement purposes. Included in breaker carton when 2500A breaker is ordered.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-277

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-278

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Mounting Hardware
Breaker Line/Load Conductors

TA2000RD

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2
Neu.

Accessories
Allowable Accessory Combinations Different combinations of accessories can be supplied, depending on the types of accessories and the number of poles in the circuit breaker.

RD Frame Accessories
Description Internal Accessories 1 Alarm lockout (Make/Break) Alarm lockout (2Make/2Break) Auxiliary switch (2A, 2B) Auxiliary switch (4A, 4B) Shunt tripstandard Shunt triplow energy Undervoltage release mechanism Accessory terminal block 2 External Accessories Base mounting hardware Padlockable handle lock hasp Key interlock kit Walking beam interlock Electrical (motor) operator Handle mechanisms Handle extension 3 Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit (310 only) OPTIM System Components Breaker interface module (BIM) Digitrip OPTIMizer Auxiliary power module Modifications (Refer to Eaton) Special calibration Moisture fungus treatment Freeze-tested circuit breakers Marine/naval application Legend Applicable in indicated pole position Accessory available/modification available Notes 1 All accessories mount in the RH cavity which will accept one each shunt trip, UVR, auxiliary switch and alarm switch. 2 Mounts outside breaker. 3 Included with breaker. V4-T2-123 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-340 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-345 V4-T2-346 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-357 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-305 V4-T2-305 V4-T2-305 V4-T2-305 V4-T2-313 V4-T2-314 V4-T2-321 V4-T2-322 Reference Page Three-Pole Left Center Right Four-Pole Left Center Right

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-279

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-280

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Technical Data and Specifications

UL 489/CSA Interrupting Capacity Ratings


Circuit Breaker Type RD CRD 2 RDC CRDC 2 Number of Poles 3, 4 3 3, 4 3

Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 125 125 200 200 277 480 65 65 100 100 600 50 50 65 65

IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings


Circuit Breaker Type RD Icu Ics RDC Icu Ics 3, 4 3, 4 200 100 3, 4 3, 4 135 100 Number of Poles

Interrupting Capacity (kA Symmetrical Amperes) Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 415 690

70 50

25 13

100 50

35 18

Notes 1 Utilization Category A circuit breakers. 2 100% rated breakers. See Page V4-T2-281 for Trip Unit Specifications.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2
Digitrip OPTIM 1050 Yes

Specifications

R-Frame Digitrip
Trip Unit Type rms sensing Breaker Type Frame Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480 volts Protection Ordering options Fixed rated plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long Delay Protection (L) Adjustable rating plug (In) Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t Long delay time I4t Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short Delay Protection (S) Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t Short delay time flat Short delay time zone selective interlocking Instantaneous Protection (I) Instantaneous pickup Discriminator Instantaneous override Ground Fault Protection (G) Ground fault alarm 5 Ground fault pickup
5

Digitrip RMS 310 Yes Yes

Digitrip RMS 510 Yes

Digitrip RMS 610 Yes

Digitrip RMS 810 Yes

Digitrip RMS 910 Yes

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA)

R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA)

R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA)

R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA)

R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA)

R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA)

R 8002500A 65, 100 (kA)

LS, LSG Yes Yes

LSI, LSIG Yes Yes

LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes

LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes

LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes

LI, LS, LSI, LIG, LSG, LSIG Yes Yes

LSI(A), LISG Yes Yes

Yes 0.51.0 (In) 12 seconds No Yes No


1

Yes 0.51.0 (In) 12 seconds No Yes No


1

No 0.51.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes No

No 0.51.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes

No 0.51.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes

No 0.5 1.0 x (In) 224 seconds No Yes 0.85 x Ir 200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes

No 0.41.0 x (In) 224 seconds 15 Seconds Yes 0.5-1.0 x Ir 150-800% x (Ir) 23 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes

200800% x (In) 2 100 ms No No

200800% x (In) 2 No Inst300 ms No

200600% S1 and S2 x (Ir) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes

No No Yes

200800% x (In) No Yes

200600% M1and M2 x (In) Yes 4 Yes

200600% M1and M2 x (In) Yes 4 Yes

200600% M1and M2 x (In) Yes 4 Yes

200600% M1and M2 x (In) Yes 4 Yes

200800% x (In) 3 Yes Yes

No 2001200A No Inst500 ms No Yes

No 2001200A No Inst500 ms No Yes

No 25100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes

No 25-100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes

No 25100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100 500 ms Yes Yes

No 25100% x (Is) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes

25100% x (In) 25100% x (In) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes

Ground fault delay I2t Ground fault delay flat Ground fault zone selective interlocking Ground fault thermal memory Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In

Notes 1 Adjust by rating plug. 2 Except 2500 ampere frame is 200600%. 3 Varies by frame. 4 LS/LSG only. 5 Not to exceed 1200 amperes.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-281

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-282 Trip Unit Type System Diagnostics Status LEDs Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts System Monitoring Digital display Current Voltage Power and energy Power qualityharmonics Power factor Communications Eaton PowerNet Testing Testing method

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

R-Frame Digitrip, continued


Digitrip RMS 310 Digitrip RMS 510 Digitrip RMS 610 Digitrip RMS 810 Digitrip RMS 910 Digitrip OPTIM 1050

Yes No No Yes 1

Yes No No Yes 1

Yes Yes No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

No No No No No No

Yes Yes No No No No

Yes Yes No Yes No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes 2 Yes No Yes Yes Yes

Yes (over Yes Eaton PowerNet only)

No

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Test set

Test set

Integral

Integral

Integral

Integral

OPTIMizer, BIM, PowerNet

Legend BIM = Breaker Interface Module (A) = GF Alarm Is = Sensor Rating In = Rating Plug Ir = Long Delay Pickup Setting x In Notes 1 Optional. Add suffix R to catalog number. 2 By OPTIMizer/BIM.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions and Weights


Dimensions in Inches (mm) RD Frame
Number of Poles 3 4 Width 15.50 (393.7) 20.00 (508.0) Height 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4) Depth 9.75 (247.7) 9.75 (247.7)

RD-Frame, Three-Pole, 1600 and 2000 Amperes


Front View 11.13 (0.4) Dia. (4 Holes) Use 4, 0.38 (Mil) Dia. Bolts for Mounting Breaker 15.50 (393.7) Side View 9.00 (228.6)

7.25 (184.2)

14.50 (368.3)

2 2 2 2
16.00 (406.4)

C Breaker L 5.09 (129.4) 9.69 (246.1) 7.75 (196.9) C Handle L 15.00 (381.0)
Push To Trip

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

6.65 (166.7)

12.91 (327.8)

0.16 (4.0) R Typ.

Approximate Shipping Weight in Lbs (kg) RD Frame


Complete Breaker Breaker Type 1600 Amperes RD, CRD 1, RDC, CRDC 1 2000 Amperes RD, RDC CRD, CRDC 2500 Amperes RD, RDC 135 (61.2) 182 (82.6) 102 (46.3) 130 (59.0) 135 (61.2) 175 (79.4) 102 (46.3) 135 (61.2) Three-Pole Four-Pole

Note 1 No four-pole for CRD and CRDC.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-283

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-284 Motor Circuit Protectors

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-285 V4-T2-286 V4-T2-287 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)


Product Description
Designated as Eatons Types GMCP and HMCP, the instantaneous-only motor circuit protector (MCP) is available in ratings from 3A to 1200A for motor starter sizes 0 through 8. An innovative design of internal components allows higher MCP-starter combination interrupting ratings. The MCP is marked to permit proper electrical application within the assigned equipment ratings.

Standards and Certifications


The MCP is designed to comply with the applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5.1, and International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 157-1. The MCP is a recognized component (UL File E7819) and complies with the applicable requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489. It is also designed to comply with the applicable requirements of Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5.1, International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 157-1, and nameplates bear the CE marking.

Note: Interrupting ratings are dependent on starter it is used with.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers or trip units. Motor Circuit Protector

HMCP 003 A0 C
Motor Circuit Protective Type HMCP = 3 poles HM2P = 2 poles 1 HMCPS = 3 poles Continuous Ampere Rating 003 007 015 025 030 050 070 100 150 250 400 Magnetic Trip Range/ NEMA Starter Size 930/0 2170/0 45150/0 4060/0 90300/1 80120/2 50500/2 115170/2 210700/2 160240/3 3001000/3 4501500/4 7502500/4 350700/5 450900/5 5001000/5 6251250/5 7501500/5 8751750/5 10002000/5 11252250/5 12502500/5 15003000/5 17503500/5 20004000/5 22504500/5 18006000/6 (electronic) 5002500/6 (electronic) 10004000/6 (electronic) 16006400/7 (electronic) 24009600/8 (electronic) Suffix Non-aluminum terminals Without terminals Load terminals only Line terminals only Stainless steel terminals (150A frame only) No Suffix: Standard terminals on line and load C = W= X = Y = S =

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

600

800 1200

A0 = C0 = E0 = D0 = H1 = G2 = K2 = J2 = M2 = L3 = R3 = T4 = U4 = A5 = C5 = D5 = F5 = G5 = J5 = K5 = L5 = W5 = N5 = R5 = X5 = Y5 = L6 = X6 = Y6 = X7 = Y8 =

Motor Circuit Protector

GMCP 003 A0 C
Motor Circuit Protective Device GMCP = 3 poles 003 007 015 030 050 060 063 Note 1 On J- and K-Frame HMCPs only. Continuous Ampere Rating Magnetic Trip Range/NEMA Starter Size A0 = 1530/0 C0 = 3570/0 E0 = 75150/0 H1 = 150300/1 K2 = 250500/2 J2 = 300600/2 M2 = 320630/2 Suffix C = Non-aluminum terminals

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-285

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
3 63 3 60 2 50 1 30 0 15 0 7

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Product Selection
G-Frame 480 Vac Maximum, 600Y/347 Vac
NEMA Starter Size 0 Continuous Amperes 3 Cam Setting A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B C D E F A B D E F Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 1.11.2 1.31.5 1.61.7 1.81.9 2.02.2 2.32.5 2.63.1 3.23.6 3.73.9 4.34.7 4.85.2 5.35.7 5.76.8 6.97.9 8.09.1 9.210.3 10.411.4 11.512.6 11.513.7 13.816.0 16.118.3 18.420.6 20.722.9 23.025.2 19.322.9 23.026.8 26.930.6 30.734.5 34.638.3 38.442.1 23.127.5 27.732.2 32.336.7 36.941.4 41.546.0 46.250.5 24.232.1 29.134.8 38.846.4 43.648.9 48.553.7 MCP Trip Setting 15 18 21 24 27 30 35 42 49 56 63 70 75 90 105 120 135 150 150 180 210 240 270 300 250 300 350 400 450 500 300 360 420 480 540 600 320 380 500 570 630 GMCP063M2C GMCP060J2C GMCP050K2C GMCP030H1C GMCP015E0C GMCP007C0C MCP Catalog Number GMCP003A0C

Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. All GMCP 363A come with line and load steel body terminals for Cu only wire. Refer to Page V4-T2-130 under Optional Terminal Types. UL recognized and CSA approved.

V4-T2-286

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2

Accessories
Modifications for GMCP Internal accessories must be factory installed. Internal Accessories 1
Electrical Ratings Type Accessory Shunt trip 2 Shunt trip
2

Volts 120 240 240 240 240 240

Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

Amperes 1.1 2.1 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0

Contact Arrangement 1A/1B 2A/2B Make/Break 1A/1B Make/Break

Factory Suffix S5 S6 A3 A6 B3 B13

Style Number 1373D62G18 1373D62G19 1288C74G03 1288C73G03 1288C75G03 1288C76G09

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Auxiliary switch 3 Auxiliary switch 3 Alarm switch 3 Auxiliary switch/alarm switch combination 3

External Mounted Accessories


Description Lock dog (non-padlockable) Mounting hardware DIN rail adapter 4 Number Units in Package 1 1 10 Style Number 1294C01H01 624B375G23 1225C79G02

Vari-Depth Handle Mechanism 5


Description For Type 1 use For Type 3R, 4X, 12 use Close coupled black with gray handle Close coupled red with yellow handle Catalog Number HRGMV11L HRGMV14L HRGMC10 HRGMC30

Modifications for HMCP See Internal Accessories starting on Page V4-T2-302.


Notes 1 Only one accessory may be installed in GMCP. 2 LH only. 3 RH only. 4 For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 15 mm per DIN EN50022. 5 For use with GMCP only. No UVR available on GMCP.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-287

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-288 2 50 1 30 0 15 0 7

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

F-Frame 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum


Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 0.690.91 0.921.0 1.11.2 1.31.5 1.61.7 1.81.9 2.02.2 2.32.5 1.52.0 2.12.5 2.63.1 3.23.6 3.73.9 4.34.7 4.85.2 5.35.7 3.44.5 4.65.6 5.76.8 6.97.9 8.09.1 9.210.3 10.411.4 11.5 12.6 6.99.1 9.211.4 11.513.7 13.816.0 16.118.3 18.420.6 20.722.9 23.025.2 11.515.2 15.319.1 19.222.9 23.026.8 26.930.6 30.74.5 34.638.3 38.442.1 MCP Trip Setting
2

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued


Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 16.121.4 21.5 26.8 26.9 32.2 32.337.5 37.642.9 43.048.3 48.453.7 53.859.1 23.030.6 30.738.3 38.446.0 46.153.7 53.8 61.4 61.5 69.1 69.276.8 76.984.5 34.646.0 46.157.5 57.669.1 69.280.6 69.280.6 80.792.2 92.3103.7 103.8115.2 115.3126.7 57.0 75.0 76.095.0 96.0114.0 115.0130.7
3 3 3 3

NEMA Starter Size 0

Cont. Amps 3

Cam Setting A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H

MCP Catalog Number HMCP003A0C

NEMA Starter Size 2

Cont. Amps 70

Cam Setting A B C D E F G H

MCP Trip Setting


2

MCP Catalog Number HMCP070M2C

9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

210 280 350 420 490 560 630 700 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 450 600 750 900 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500

HMCP007C0C

100

A B C D E F G H

HMCP100R3C

HMCP015E0C

150

A B C D D E F G

HMCP150T4C

HMCP030H1C 4 150

H A B C D E F G

HMCP150U4C

HMCP050K2C

Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate Cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 3 Settings above 130 amperes are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. HMCP 3100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCP 150A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Special Low Magnetic Protection Application MCP 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum
Cont. Amps 25 Cam Setting A B D E F G H 50 A B C D E F G H 70 A B C D E F G H 100 A B C D E F G H MCP Trip Setting 1 40 43 49 52 55 58 60 80 87 93 98 103 109 115 120 115 122 130 139 145 153 160 170 160 174 185 196 207 218 229 240 HMCP100L3C HMCP070J2C HMCP050G2C MCP Catalog Number HMCP025D0C

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. HMCP 25100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-289

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-290 2 50 1 30 0 15 0 7 NEMA Starter Size 0

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

MCPs for Application with Motor Starters Equipped with Electronic Overload Relays 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum
Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 0.690.91 0.921.0 1.11.2 1.31.5 1.61.7 1.81.9 2.02.2 2.32.5 1.52.0 2.12.5 2.63.1 3.23.6 3.73.9 4.34.7 4.85.2 5.35.7 3.44.5 4.65.6 5.76.8 6.97.9 8.09.1 9.210.3 10.411.4 11.512.6 6.99.1 9.211.4 11.513.7 13.816.0 16.118.3 18.420.6 20.722.9 23.025.2 11.515.2 15.319.1 19.222.9 23.026.8 26.930.6 30.734.5 34.638.3 38.442.1 MCP Trip Setting
2

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued


MCP Catalog Number HMCPS003A0C NEMA Starter Size 3 Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 23.030.6 30.738.3 38.446.0 46.153.7 53.861.4 61.569.1 69.276.8 76.984.5 34.646.0 46.157.5 57.669.1 69.280.6 80.792.2 92.3103.7 103.8115.2 115.3126.7 57.075.0 76.095.0 96.0114.0 115.0130.7
3 3 3 3

Cont. Amps 3

Cam Setting A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H

Cont. Amps 100

Cam Setting A B C D E F G H

MCP Trip Setting


2

MCP Catalog Number HMCPS100R3C

9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500

300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 2250 2500

HMCPS007C0C

150

A B C D E F G H

HMCPS150T4C

HMCPS015E0C

150

A B C D E F G H

HMCPS150U4C

HMCPS030H1C

Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 3 Settings above 130A are for special applications. NEC Article 430.110(a) requires the ampere rating of the disconnecting means to be not less than 115% of the motor full load ampere rating. HMCP 25100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCPS 3100A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T100FB. HMCPS 150A come with line and load steel body terminals, 3T150FB.

HMCPS050K2C

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
HMCP250K5C

J-Frame 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum


Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 27.030.7 30.833.8 33.936.9 37.040.3 40.443.8 43.946.9 47.050.7 47.050.7 47.050.7 34.738.8 38.943.4 43.547.6 47.752.2 52.356.5 56.660.7 60.864.9 65.069.2 69.373.5 38.543.4 43.548.0 48.153.0 53.157.6 57.762.3 62.467.3 67.471.9 72.076.9 77.081.6 48.153.8 53.959.9 60.066.1 66.272.3 72.478.4 78.583.8 83.989.9 90.096.1 96.2102.0 57.764.6 64.771.9 72.079.2 79.386.5 86.693.8 93.9101.1 101.2108.4 108.5115.3 115.4122.4 MCP Trip Setting
2

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued


Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 67.475.3 75.483.8 83.992.3 92.4100.7 100.8109.2 109.3117.6 117.7126.1 126.2134.6 134.7142.8 77.086.6 86.696.1 96.2105.7 105.8115.3 115.4124.9 125.0134.6 134.7144.2 144.3153.8 153.9163.3 86.697.3 97.4108.4 108.5118.8 118.9129.9 130.0140.7 140.8151.5 151.6162.3 162.4173.0 173.1183.6 96.2108.0 108.1119.9 120.0132.3 132.4144.2 144.3156.1 156.2168.0 168.1179.9 180.0192.3 192.4204.0 MCP Trip Setting
2

NEMA Starter Size 4

Cont. Amps 250

Cam Setting A B C

MCP Catalog Number 3 HMCP250A5C

NEMA Starter Size 5

Cont. Amps 250

Cam Setting A B C D E F G H I

MCP Catalog Number 3 HMCP250J5C

350 400 440 480 525 570 610 660 700 450 505 565 620 680 735 790 845 900 500 565 625 690 750 810 875 935 1000 625 700 780 860 940 1020 1090 1170 1250 750 840 935 1030 1125 1220 1315 1410 1500

875 980 1090 1200 1310 1420 1530 1640 1750 1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 1625 1750 1875 2000 1125 1265 1410 1545 1690 1830 1970 2110 2250 1250 1405 1560 1720 1875 2030 2185 2340 2500

250

D E F G H I

250

A B C D E F G H I

HMCP250C5C

250

A B C D E F G H I

2 2 2 2 2 2

250

A B C D E F G H I

HMCP250D5C

250

A B C D E F G H I

HMCP250L5C

2 2 2 2 2

250

A B C D E F G H I

HMCP250F5C

250

A B C D E F G H I

HMCP250W5C

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

250

A B C D E F G H I

HMCP250G5C

Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 times the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 times setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place of HMCP. All HMCP and HM2P 250A come with line and load steel body terminals, T250KB. (With suffix C, without C comes with TA250KB.)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-291

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-292 5 400 5 400 5 400 5 400 5 400

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

K-Frame 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum


Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 27.030.7 30.833.8 33.936.9 37.040.3 40.443.8 43.946.9 47.050.7 50.853.8 53.957.2 38.543.4 43.548.0 48.153.0 53.157.6 57.762.3 62.467.3 67.471.9 72.076.9 77.081.6 48.153.8 53.959.9 60.066.1 66.272.3 72.478.4 78.583.8 83.989.9 90.096.1 96.2102.0 57.764.6 64.771.9 72.079.2 79.386.5 86.693.8 93.9101.1 101.2108.4 108.5115.3 115.4122.4 67.475.3 75.483.8 83.992.3 92.4100.7 100.8109.2 109.3117.6 117.7126.1 126.2134.6 134.7142.8 MCP Trip Setting
2

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued


Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 77.086.5 86.696.1 96.2105.7 105.8115.3 115.4124.9 125.0134.6 134.7144.2 144.3153.8 153.9163.3 86.697.3 97.4108.4 108.5118.8 118.9129.9 130.0140.7 140.8151.5 151.6162.3 162.4173.0 173.1183.6 96.2108.0 108.1119.9 120.0132.3 132.4144.2 144.3156.1 156.2168.0 168.1179.9 180.0192.3 192.4204.0 115.4129.9 130.0144.2 144.3158.4 158.5173.0 173.1187.6 187.7201.9 202.0216.1 216.2230.7 230.8244.9 MCP Trip Setting
2

NEMA Starter Size 4

Cont. Amps 400

Cam Setting A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I A B C D E F G H I

MCP Catalog Number 3 HMCP400A5C

NEMA Starter Size 5

Cont. Amps 400

Cam Setting A B C

MCP Catalog Number 3 HMCP400K5C

350 400 440 480 525 570 610 660 700 500 565 626 690 750 810 875 935 1000 625 700 780 860 940 1020 1090 1170 1250 750 840 935 1030 1125 1220 1315 1410 1500 875 980 1090 1200 1310 1420 1530 1640 1750

1000 1125 1250 1375 1500 1625 1750 1875 2000 1125 1265 1410 1545 1690 1830 1970 2110 2250 1250 1405 1560 1720 1875 2030 2185 2340 2500 1500 1690 1875 2060 2250 2440 2625 2810 3000

HMCP400A5C

D E F G H I

HMCP400D5C

400

A B C D E F G H I

HMCP400L5C

HMCP400F5C

400

A B C D E F G H I

HMCP400W5C

HMCP400G5C

400

A B C D E F G H I

HMCP400N5C

HMCP400J5C

Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place of HMCP. All HMCP and HM2P 400A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with suffix C as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2
MCP Trip Setting 1800 2400 3000 3600 4200 4800 5400 6000 500 600 800 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 HMCP600Y6W HMCP600X6W MCP Catalog Number HMCP600L6W

L-Frame 600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc Maximum, continued


Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 134.7151.5 151.6168.4 168.5185.3 185.4201.9 202.0218.8 218.9235.7 235.8252.6 252.7269.2 269.3285.7 153.9173.0 173.1192.3 192.4211.5 211.6230.7 230.8249.9 250.0269.2 269.3288.4 288.5307.6 307.7326.9 173.1194.5 194.6216.1 216.2237.6 237.7259.5 259.6281.1 281.2302.6 302.7324.1 324.2346.1 346.2368.1 MCP Trip Setting
2

600 Vac Maximum

NEMA Starter Size 5

Cont. Amps 400

Cam Setting A B C D E F G H I

MCP Catalog Number 3 HMCP400R5C

NEMA Starter Size 6

Cont. Amps 600

Cam Setting A B C D E F G H

Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 1 138.5184.5 184.6230.7 230.8276.8 276.9323.0 323.1369.1 369.2415.3 415.4461.4 461.5507.7 38.546.1 46.261.4 61.576.8 76.996.1 96.2115.3 115.4153.7 153.8192.2 192.3230.7 76.996.1 96.2115.3 115.4153.7 153.8192.2 192.3230.7 230.8269.1 269.2307.6 307.7346.1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1750 1970 2190 2410 2625 2845 3065 3285 3500 2000 2250 2500 2750 3000 3250 3500 3750 4000 2250 2530 2810 3090 3375 3655 3935 4215 4500

6 HMCP400X5C

600

A B C D E F G H

400

A B C D E F G H I

600

A B

400

A B C D E F G H I

HMCP400Y5C

C D E F G H

Notes 1 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13 x the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13 x setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used. 2 For DC applications, actual trip levels are approximately 40% higher than values shown. 3 Three-pole catalog numbers shown. Two-pole catalog numbers begin with HM2P in place of HMCP. 4 Equipped with electronic trip device. All HMCP and HM2P 400A come with aluminum body terminals, 3TA400K. Catalog numbers with suffix C as shown above come with copper body terminals 3T400K. All HMCP 600A come without terminals. For terminals, see Page V4-T2-227.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-293

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-294 8 1200

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

N-Frame 600 Vac Maximum


NEMA Starter Size 7 Cont. Amps 800
1

Cam Setting A B C D E F G A B C D E F G

Motor Full Load Current Amperes (FLA) 2 123.1184.5 184.6246.1 246.2307.6 307.7369.1 369.2430.7 430.8492.2 492.3553.7 184.6276.8 276.9369.1 369.2461.4 461.5553.7 553.8646.1 646.2738.4 738.5830.7

MCP Trip Setting 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 5600 6400 2400 3600 4800 6000 7200 8400 9600

MCP Catalog Number HMCP800X7W

HMCP12Y8W

Notes 1 Equipped with electronic trip device. 2 Motor FLA ranges are typical. The corresponding trip setting is at 13X the minimum FLA value shown. Where a 13X setting is required for an intermediate FLA value, alternate cam settings and/or MCP ratings should be used.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-296 V4-T2-296 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)


Product Description
Motor protection circuit breakers (MPCBs) provide UL 489 branch circuit protection, UL 508 and CSA C22.2 No. 14 motor protection, and meet IEC 60947-2 and 50947-4 requirements. Typical branch motor loads are protected by three-component starters, consisting of breaker, contactor and overload relay, or fuse, contactor and overload relay. The MPCB application-specific protection eliminates the need for motor overload relay found in the traditional three-component starter assembly. The branch motor load protection is simplified to an MPCB and contactor, reducing both space requirements and heat generation in customer panels. Protection is provided by application-specific electronic trip units. The electronic trip unit provides typical motor overload relay functionality and short-circuit protection against potential phase-tophase or phase-to-ground faults.

2
Phase loss protection Active when the maximum phase current is greater than 50% of FLA setting Breaker will trip when minimum phase current is 25% or less than the maximum phase current Time delay of 1 or 2 seconds before breaker trips Thermal memory to prevent immediate restart after overload trip to allow motor to cool down The MPCB is based on the Series C F-Frame. Accessories for standard Series C breakers apply to the MPCB. Unlike Motor Circuit Protectors (MCPs), MPCBs are UL 489 listed with 35 kA and 65 kA interruption ratings.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Disconnecting means Branch circuit short-circuit protection Overload protection Class 5, 10, 15 and 20 Phase unbalance protection FDMP breaker trips when there is a 40% difference between any phase compared to the calculated three-phase average

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-295

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-296

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Product Selection
FDMP and HFDMP
35 kA Without Phase Unbalance, Class 10 Motor Protection Only FDMP3080L FDMP3100L FDMP3160L FDMP3205L 35 kA With Phase Unbalance and Adjustable Motor Class Protection FDMP3080JL FDMP3100JL FDMP3160JL FDMP3205JL 65 kA Without Phase Unbalance, Class 10 Motor Protection Only HFDMP3080L HFDMP3100L HFDMP3160L HFDMP3205L 65 kA With Phase Unbalance and Adjustable Motor Class Protection HFDMP3080JL HFDMP3100JL HFDMP3160JL HFDMP3205JL

Continuous Amperes 80 100 160 205

FLA le Dial Setting


Continuous Amperes 80 100 160 205 A 40 80 100 160 B 50 115 170 C 60 90 130 180 D 70 145 195 E 80 100 160 205 F G H

Technical Data and Specifications


Specifications
Feature Interruption rating at 240V Interruption rating at 480V Interruption rating at 600V Icu/Ics at 240V Icu/Ics at 415V 100% rated FLA range (A) Motor class protection Phase unbalance protection (current)active for phase current >0.5 FLA setting Phase loss protection (current)active for phase current >0.5 FLA setting Thermal memory protection High load indicator Pre-detection relays Internal accessories FDMP 65 kA 35 kA 18 kA 65 kA/33 kA 1 35 kA/18 kA 1 No 40205 5, 10, 15, 20 40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds Min. phase 0.25 max. phase for 1 second Yes Factory installed Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR Notes 1 IEC ratings available only on FWMP and HFWMP. For additional breaker solutions, see Page V4-T2-86. HFDMP 100 kA 65 kA 25 kA 100 kA/50 kA 1 65 kA/33 kA 1 No 40205 5, 10, 15, 20 40% delta (single-phase): (three-phase avg.) for 5 seconds Min. phase 0.25 max. phase for 1 second Yes Factory installed Aux. alarm, shunt trip, UVR

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-333

Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04)


Product Description
Eatons Type ELC current limiter attachment for the MCP is designed to provide increased interrupting capacity. The combination may be used for the application up to 200,000A symmetrical at 600 Vac, making the MCP suitable for use in network distribution systems or other applications where unusually high fault currents are available. The current limiter connects to the load end of the MCP and is provided with terminals suitable for copper or aluminum conductors. (See table at right.) Limiters are coordinated with the MCP so that normal fault currents are interrupted automatically by the MCP without any damage to the limiter. Only the rare very high fault is opened by the limiter. Faults that are interrupted by the limiter also magnetically trip the MCP, opening all three poles, preventing singlephase operation. Each of the three poles of the Type ELC limiter is equipped with an indicator that extends when a fault is interrupted by the limiter.

Product Selection
Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment

2
ELC Current Limiter Attachment
MCP Rating (Amperes) 3 7 15 30 50 100 150 Catalog Number ELC3003R ELC3007R ELC3015R ELC3030R ELC3050R ELC3100R ELC3150R

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Technical Data and Specifications


Type ELC Current Limiter Terminal Wire Sizes 1
Type ELC Current Limiter Maximum Amperes Standard Aluminum Terminals 50 100 150 Non-Standard Terminals (Steel) 50 100 150 142 2 2.535 142 14/0 14/0 2.535 5095 5095 Wire Range AWG Metric (mm2)

Notes 1 Terminal wire connectors are UL listed for standard stranded wire sizes as defined in UL 486A or UL 486B. 2 Optional on special order for copper cable only. All HMCP 800A and 1200A come without terminals. For terminals, see Page V4-T2-227.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-297

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-298

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-299 V4-T2-301 V4-T2-333

Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module


Product Overview
Power demand continues to grow in new and existing facilities. To meet increased demand, larger utility supplies, spot networks and large facility transformers are installed. The increased capacity of the electrical source results in increased fault currents in excess of 100 kA short-circuit protection. Eaton manufactures non-fused current limiting modules with interrupting capacities up to 200 kA at 600 Vac. Unlike fused current limiters with a one-time use, a current limiter module provides an automatic reset of the module after a short-circuit event. Resetting the moldedcase circuit breaker is the only action required to restore critical power to the system; there is no time wasted with sourcing the correct replacement fuses or module to bring the system back online.

Product Description
The current limiting breaker modules use a unique contact design to enhance the system protection similar to that of the circuit breaker. When high short-circuit current is flowing through the contacts of these modules, the design results in very high interrupting capacities and improved current limiting characteristics.

Features and Benefits


Superior system protection:

Standards and Certifications


Application Description
High-performance breakers are most commonly applied when very high fault levels are available and with applications where the current limiting capability is used upstream of the final load to limit current. Typical loads include lighting, power distribution, and motor control applications.

Auto reset improves system uptime and eliminates the need for finding replacement parts No fuses to replace, reducing the overall cost of ownership and the waste created by fuses Overloads, by using inverse time current tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker Low-level short circuits, by using instantaneous and/or short-time delay tripping characteristics of the molded-case circuit breaker High-level short circuits, by using ultra-high-speed, blow-apart contacts of the current limiting module in series with the circuit breaker contacts Let-through currents, by improved opening speed of the contacts, the resultant rapid rise of arc voltage introduces impedance into the system

UL 489 CSA C22.2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection

Series C High Performance Ratings


Type FDC 3P thermal-magnetic Product Breaker only With limiter Amperes 15225 40200 480 Vac (UL) 100 200 600 Vac (UL) 35 200

FD Frame

FD IC Rating200 kAIC at 600 Vac 1


Ampere Rating Thermal-Magnetic 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 FDC3040Q01 FDC3045Q01 FDC3050Q01 FDC3060Q01 FDC3070Q01 FDC3080Q01 FDC3090Q01 FDC3100Q01 FDC3110Q01 FDC3125Q01 FDC3150Q01 FDC3175Q01 FDC3200Q01 FDC3040Q02 FDC3045Q02 FDC3050Q02 FDC3060Q02 FDC3070Q02 FDC3080Q02 FDC3090Q02 FDC3100Q02 FDC3110Q02 FDC3125Q02 FDC3150Q02 FDC3175Q02 FDC3200Q02 Breaker with Line Side Mounted Current Limiter 2 Breaker with Load Side Mounted Current Limiter 3

Notes 1 Line and load terminal included. 2 Two interphase barriers provided, mounted on line end of limiter, catalog number FJ1PBK. 3 Four interphase barriers provided, (2) line end of breaker, (2) load end of limiter.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-299

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-300

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Limiter Terminals
Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Wire Type Metric Wire Range mm2 AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors Catalog Number

Standard Pressure Type Terminals 250 Aluminum Cu/Al 10185 #8350 (1) TA250FJ 1

Breaker Load Terminals (For Line Mounted Limiters Only)


Maximum Breaker Amperes Terminal Body Material Wire Type AWG Wire Range Metric Wire Range mm2 Package of Three Terminals Catalog Number

Standard Pressure Type Terminals 100 225 Steel Aluminum Cu/AI Cu/AI 141/0 44/0 2.550 2595 3T100FB 3TA225FD

Note 1 Load side breaker terminations included for units configured with line mounted limiters.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Assembled Breaker and Current Limiting Module
Frame FD + limiter Height 12.06 (306.3) Width 4.13 (104.9) Depth 3.39 (86.1) Weight in lbs (kg) 8.50 (3.86)

FD-Frame With Current Limiter Module

4.12 (104.6)

4.13 (104.9)

12.06 (306.3)

2 2
3.96 (100.5) 3.39 (86.1)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

3.34 (84.8)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-301

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Series C Internal Accessories

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-304 V4-T2-323 V4-T2-333

Internal Accessories
Product Overview
Alarm Switch For remote indication of automatic trip operation. Does not function with manual switching; however, it will operate when either a shunt trip or undervoltage release is operated. A make contact closes and a break contact opens when the alarm/lockout switch operates. The switch automatically resets when the circuit breaker is reset. Auxiliary Switch The auxiliary switch provides circuit breaker contact status information by monitoring the position of the molded cross bar that contains the moving contact arms. The auxiliary switch is used for remote indication and interlock system verification, and consists of one or two SPDT switches housed in a plug-in module. Each SPDT switch has one a and one b contact. When the circuit breaker contacts are open, the a contact is open and the b contact is closed. Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Each catalog number listed in tables on Pages V4-T2-307 and V4-T2-308 includes one auxiliary switch and one alarm switch. In an auxiliary switch ASL switch combination, the auxiliary switch is always mounted on the side of the plug-in module next to the center pole of the circuit breaker. Shunt Trip The shunt trip provides remote controlled tripping of the circuit breaker. The shunt trip consists of an intermittent rated solenoid with a tripping plunger and a cutoff switch assembled to a plug-in module. When required for ground fault protection applications, certain AC rated shunt trips, as noted in the electrical rating table, are suitable for operation at 55 percent of rated voltage. Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates. Low Energy Shunt Trip Low energy shunt trip devices are designed to operate from low energy output signals from dedicated current sensors typically applied in ground fault protection schemes. However, with a proper control voltage source, they may be applied in place of conventional trip devices for special applications. Flux paths surrounding permanent magnets used in the shunt trip assembly hold a charged spring poised in readiness to operate the circuit breaker trip mechanism. When a 100 microfarad capacitor charged to 28 Vdc is discharged through the shunt trip coil, the resultant flux opposes the permanent magnet flux field, which releases the stored energy in the spring to trip the circuit breaker. As the circuit breaker resets, the shunt trip reset arm is actuated by the circuit breaker handle, resetting the shunt trip. The plug-in module is mounted in retaining slots in the top of the trip unit. Coil is intermittent-rated only. Cutoff provisions required in control circuit.

V4-T2-302

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Undervoltage Release Mechanism The undervoltage release mechanism monitors a voltage (typically a line voltage) and trips the circuit breaker when the voltage falls to between 70 and 35 percent of the solenoid coil rating. The undervoltage release mechanism consists of a continuous rated solenoid with a plunger and tripping lever mounted in a plug-in module. The tab on the tripping lever resets the undervoltage release mechanism when normal voltage has been restored and the circuit breaker handle is moved to the reset (or OFF) position. With less than pickup voltage applied to the undervoltage release mechanism, the circuit breaker contacts will not touch when a closing operation is attempted.
Note: Undervoltage release mechanism accessories are not designed for, and should not be used as, circuit interlocks.

Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame) (For fixed-mounted configuration.) Internal accessory wiring leads are normally supplied with pigtail leads (18 AWG) that exit from the right side of the circuit breaker. Where specified, fixed-mounted accessory terminal blocks are available. A maximum of one 24-point terminal block can be installed on the right side of the circuit breaker for the internal accessories. For convenience in determining the appropriate number of terminal block points required, refer to Page V4-T2-303.

PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 only) K-, L- and N-Frames Eatons PowerNet Communications Kit can be ordered to add PowerNet communications to an existing OPTIM 550 breaker in the field. An 18-inch (457.2 mm) wiring pigtail is routed to the rear of the breaker: two wires for PowerNet and two wires for 24 Vdc (45 mA load). It is recommended that the power supply be an isolated high quality unit.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-303

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-304

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Product Selection
Alarm Switch
Alarm Switch

G-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only) 1


Electrical Ratings Volts Frequency Amperes Contact Arrangement Factory Suffix Catalog Number 234

Make Break

Alarm Switch 240 50/60 Hz 6 1 Make/1 Break B3 1288C75G03

Alarm Switch Auxiliary Switches Combination 240 50/60 Hz 6 1 Make/1 Break and 1A/1B B13 1288C76G09

F-Frame Alarm Switch 1


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Contacts (Make and Break) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 7 Right 2 Left 7 Right 1 (Make only) Single-pole Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 B09 B12 B15 8 Rear 6 Suffix Number B02 B06 B10 B13 Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 B11 B14 Catalog Number A1L1LPK A1L1RPK A2L1LPK A2L1RPK Catalog Number A1L1LTK A1L1RTK A2L1LTK A2L1RTK Terminal Block Factory Installation Kit 5

F-Frame HMCP Alarm Switch 1


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Contacts (Make and Break) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 7 Right 2 Left 7 Right Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 B09 B12 Rear 6 Suffix Number B02 B06 B10 B13 Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 B11 B14 Catalog Number MA1L1LPK MA1L1RPK MA2L1LPK MA2L1RPK Catalog Number MA1L1LTK MA1L1RTK MA2L1LTK MA2L1RTK Terminal Block Factory Installation Kit 5

J-Frame and HMCP (J) Alarm Switch


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Contacts (Make and Break) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left j Right Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 Rear 7 Suffix Number B02 B06 Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 Catalog Number A1L2LPK A1L2RPK Catalog Number A1L2LTK A1L2RTK 6 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 9 Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block

Notes 1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. 2 Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads,18 AWG (160.010). 3 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. 4 Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker. 5 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation. 6 Standard pigtail lead exit location. 7 Standard mounting location. 8 Factory installation only. Leads exit load end of circuit breaker. 9 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. j Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
1

K-Frame and HMCP (K) Alarm Switch


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Sets of Contacts (1M and 1B) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 3 Right 4 2 Left 3 Right 4 Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 B09 B12 Rear 2 Suffix Number B02 B06 B10 B13 Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 B11 B14 Catalog Number A1L3LPK A1L3RPK A2L3LPK A2L3RPK Catalog Number A1L3LTK A1L3RTK A2L3LTK A2L3RTK Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Terminal Block

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Alarm Switch


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Sets of Contacts (1M and 1B) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 3 Right 2 Left
3

Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1 Terminal Block Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 B11 B14 Catalog Number A1L4LPK A1L4RPK A2L4LPK A2L4RPK Catalog Number A1L4LTK A1L4RTK A2L4LTK A2L4RTK Pigtail Leads Terminal Block

Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 B09 B12

Rear 2 Suffix Number B02 B06 B10 B13

Right

N-Frame and HMCP (N) Alarm Switch


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Sets of Contacts (1M and 1B) 1 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 3 2 Left Right 3 Same Side Suffix Number B01 B05 B09 B12 Rear 2 Suffix Number B02 B06 B10 B13 Opposite Side Suffix Number B03 B07 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number B04 B08 B11 B14 Catalog Number A1L5LPK A1L5RPK A2L5LPK A2L5RPK Catalog Number A1L5LTK A1L5RTK A2L5LTK A2L5RTK Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 5 Pigtail Leads Terminal Block

R-Frame Alarm Switch (RH Only)


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts (Make and Break) 1 2 Suffix Number 6 B05 B12 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 5 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number 6 A1L6RPK A2L6RPK

Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation on interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 2 Standard mounting location. 3 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 4 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 5 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 6 A maximum of three ASL plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-305

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-306 2

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Auxiliary Switch
Auxiliary Switch

G-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)


Electrical Ratings Volts 240 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz Amperes 6 6 Contact Arrangement 1a/1b 2a/2b Factory Suffix A3 A6 Catalog Number 12 1288C74G03 1288C73G03

a b

240

F-Frame and HMCP (F) Auxiliary Switch


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Left 5 Left
5

Factory Installation Kit 4 Terminal Block Opposite Side Suffix Number A03
7

Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X1PK E1X1PK A1X1PK A2X1LPK E2X1LPK A2X1RPK E2X1RPK

Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X1LTK A1X1RTK 8 A2X1LTK A2X1RTK 8

Same Side Suffix Number A01 A15 A05 A18 A09 A21 7 A12 A23 7
7 7

Rear 3 Suffix Number A02 A16 A06 A19 A10 A22 7 A13 A24 7
7

Same Side Suffix Number A04

A17 A07 A20

A08

Right or Neutral 6 Right or Neutral Left 5 Left 5 Right or Neutral 6 Right or Neutral 6
6

A11 A14

F-Frame with Electronic Trip Unit Auxiliary Switch 9


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Right Same Side Suffix Number A30 Rear Suffix Number A31 Opposite Side Suffix Number A32 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X1RPKFDE Terminal Block Catalog Number Factory Installation Kit 4

J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right k 2 Left Right k Same Side Suffix Number A01 A05 A09 A12 Rear 3 Suffix Number A02 A06 A10 A13 Opposite Side Suffix Number A03 A07 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number A04 A08 A11 A14 Field Mounted Factory Installation Kit j Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X2PK A1X2PK A2X2PK A2X2PK Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X2LTK A1X2RTK 4 A2X2LTK A2X2RTK 4

Notes 1 Includes 24-inch external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (160.010). 2 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. Suitable for mounting in right pole only of two- or three-pole breaker. 3 Standard pigtail lead exit location. 4 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories; for field installation. 5 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 6 Not for use on F-Frame with electronic trip unit. 7 125 volts (max.), 50/60 Hz switch for use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum. 8 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 9 Only for use on three-pole F-Frame breakers with electronic trip unit. j Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation or interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. k Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
1

K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 2 Left Right Right 3 Left Right 3
23 23

Field Mounted Factory Installation Kit Terminal Block Opposite Side Suffix Number A03 A07 Same Side Suffix Number A04 A08 A11 A14 A15 A16 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X3PK A1X3PK A2X3PK A2X3PK 1482D28G10 67 A3X3LPK A3X3RPK Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X3LTK A1X3RTK A2X3LTK A2X3RTK A3X3LTK A3X3RTK 4
4 4

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Same Side Suffix Number A01 A05 A09 A12 A21 A18 A17

Rear 2 Suffix Number A02 A06 A10 A13 A22

L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 2 2 Left Right 2 3 Left Right 2 Same Side Suffix Number A01 A05 A09 A12 A18 A17 Rear 2 Suffix Number A02 A06 A10 A13 Opposite Side Suffix Number A03 A07 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number A04 A08 A11 A14 A15 A16 Field Mounted Factory Installation Kit 1 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X4PK A1X4PK A2X4PK A2X4PK A3X4PK A3X4PK Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X4LTK A1X4RTK 4 A2X4LTK A2X4RTK 4 A3X4LTK A3X4RTK 4

N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Contacts A and B 1 Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 2 2 Left Right 2 3 Left Right 2 Same Side Suffix Number A01 A05 A09 A12 A18 A17 Rear 2 Suffix Number A02 A06 A10 A13 Opposite Side Suffix Number A03 A07 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number A04 A08 A11 A14 A15 A16 Field Mounted Factory Installation Kit 1 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number A1X5PK A1X5PK A2X5PK A2X5PK A3X5LPK A3X5RPK Terminal Block Catalog Number A1X5LTK A1X5RTK 4 A2X5LTK A2X5RTK 4 A3X5LTK A3X5RTK 4

R-Frame Auxiliary Switch (RH Only)


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Contacts A and B 2 4 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Suffix Number 5 A12 A19 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number 5 A2X6RPK A4X6RPK

Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 5 A maximum of two auxiliary switches (any combination of 2a/2b or 4a/4b plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker. 6 This option is not field installable. 7 Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-307

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-308 Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination F-Frame Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 2 Right Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 Rear 2 Suffix Number C02 C05 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 Catalog Number AAL1LPK AAL1RPK Catalog Number AAL1LTK AAL1RTK 3 Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Factory Installation Kit 1

a b

F-Frame HMCP Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left 3 Right Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 Rear 2 Suffix Number C02 C05 Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 Catalog Number MAAL1LPK MAAL1RPK Catalog Number MAAL1LTK MAAL1RPK Pigtail Leads Terminal Block Factory Installation Kit 1

J-Frame and HMCP (J) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Sets of Contacts (1A and 1B) (1M1B) 1 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 3 Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 Rear 5 Suffix Number C02 C05 Opposite Side Suffix Number Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 Catalog Number AAL2LPK AAL2RPK Catalog Number AAL2LTK AAL2RTK 3 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 4 Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Terminal Block

K-Frame and HMCP (K) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location Number of Sets of Contacts (1A and 1B) (1M1B) 1 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 56 Right Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 C07 Rear 5 Suffix Number C02 C05 C08 Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 Catalog Number AAL3LPK AAL3RPK 7 1482D28G09 89 Catalog Number AAL3LTK AAL3RTK Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 4 Pigtail Leads Terminal Block

Notes 1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation. 2 Standard mounting location. 3 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers 4 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation of interchangeable trip unit breakers under E64983. 5 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole. 7 Will not install on OPTIM Trip (RH). 8 Available on the OPTIM 550 only. Communications are not available with this option. 9 This option is not field installable.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
1

L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Sets of Contacts 1A, 1B and 1 Make/1 Break 2A, 2B and 1 Make/1 Break 3A, 3B and 1 Make/1 Break Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 2 Left Right 2 Left Right 2 Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 C07 C10 C14 C15 Rear 2 Suffix Number C02 C05 C08 C11 Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 C12 C13 Catalog Number AA114LPK AA114RPK AA214LPK AA214RPK AA314LPK AA314RPK Catalog Number AA114LTK AA114RTK 3 AA214LTK AA214RTK 3 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Terminal Block

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

N-Frame and HMCP (N) Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457 mm) Pigtail Leads Number of Sets of Contacts 1A, 1B and 1 Make/1 Break 2A, 2B and 1 Make/1 Break Mounting Location (Pole) Left Right 2 Left Right 2 Same Side Suffix Number C01 C04 C07 C10 Rear 2 Suffix Number C02 C05 C08 C11 Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number C03 C06 C12 C13 Catalog Number AA115LPK AA115RPK AA215LPK AA215RPK Catalog Number AA115LTK AA115RTK 3 AA215LTK AA215RTK 3 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1 Pigtail Leads Terminal Block

Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 Not for use on four-pole circuit breaker.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-309

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-310

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Shunt Trip

Shunt Trip

G-Frame Shunt Trip (LH Three-Pole Only)


Electrical Ratings Volts Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC 60 Hz Amperes 1.1 2.1 2.8 5.7 Suffix Number S1 S2 S3 S4 S7 Catalog Number 1373D62G01 1373D62G02 1373D62G15 1373D62G16 1373D62G20

ST

120 240 12 24 24

F-Frame and HMCP (F) Shunt Trip


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads 2 Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 48127 Vac or 4860 Vdc 4 208380 Vac or 110127 Vdc 415600 Vac or 220250 Vdc S01 S05 S09 S13 S02 S06 S10 S14 S03 S07 S11 S15 S04 S08 S12 S16 SNT1LP03K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP12K SNT1LP18K SNT1LT03K SNT1LT08K SNT1LT12K SNT1LT18K Suffix Number Rear 3 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Terminal Block Factory Installation Kit 1

Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 5 1224 Vac or Vdc 48127 Vac or 4860 Vdc 4 208380 Vac or 110127 Vdc 415600 Vac or 220250 Vdc S17 S21 S25 S29 S18 S22 S26 S30 S19 S23 S27 S31 S20 S24 S28 S32 SNT1RP03K SNT1RP08K SNT1RP12K SNT1RP18K SNT1RT03K 6 SNT1RT08K 6 SNT1RT12K 6 SNT1RT18K 6

Notes 1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation. 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 3 Standard pigtail lead exit location. 4 120 Vac marked suitable for ground fault protection devices. 5 Standard mounting location. 6 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
1

J-Frame and HMCP (J) Shunt Trip


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 3 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac S41 S49 S09 S13 S17 S42 S50 S10 S14 S18 S43 S51 S11 S15 S19 S44 S52 S12 S16 S20 SNT2P04K SNT2P06K SNT2P11K SNT2P14K SNT2P18K SNT2T04K SNT2T06K SNT2T11K SNT2T14K SNT2T18K Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Terminal Block

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 3 S45 S53 S29 S33 S37 S46 S54 S30 S34 S38 S47 S55 S31 S35 S39 S48 S56 S32 S36 S40 SNT2P04K SNT2P06K SNT2P11K SNT2P14K SNT2P18K SNT2T04K 4 SNT2T06K 4 SNT2T11K 4 SNT2T14K 4 SNT2T18K 4

380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac

K-Frame and HMCP (K) Shunt Trip


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 3 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac S41 S49 S09 S13 S17 S42 S50 S10 S14 S18 S43 S51 S11 S15 S19 S44 S52 S12 S16 S20 SNT3P04K SNT3P06K SNT3P11K SNT3P14K SNT3P18K SNT3T04K SNT3T06K SNT3T11K SNT3T14K SNT3T18K Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1 Pigtail Leads Terminal Block

Right- or Neutral-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 56 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac or Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 3 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac S45 S53 S29 S33 S37 S46 S54 S30 S34 S38 S47 S55 S31 S35 S39 S48 S56 S32 S36 S40 SNT3P04K SNT3P06K SNT3P11K SNT3P14K SNT3P18K SNT3T04K
4

SNT3T06K 4 SNT3T11K 4 SNT3T14K 4 SNT3T18K 4

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 Suitable for use with Class 1 ground fault sensing element. 4 Not for use on four-pole circuit breakers. 5 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-311

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-312 Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

L-, HMCP (L) and (M) Frames and Shunt Trip


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1

Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 4860 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac Right-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 3 1224 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 4860 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac S21 S25 S88 S29 S45 S33 S37 S22 S26 S89 S30 S46 S34 S38 S23 S27 S90 S31 S47 S35 S39 S24 S28 S32 S48 S36 S40 SNT4RP03K SNT4RP05K SNT4RP23K SNT4RP11K SNT4RP26K SNT4RP14K SNT4RP18K SNT4RT03K SNT4RT05K SNT4RT23K SNT4RT11K SNT4RT26K SNT4RT14K SNT4RT18K S01 S05 S85 S09 S41 S13 S17 S02 S06 S86 S10 S42 S14 S18 S03 S07 S87 S11 S43 S15 S19 S04 S08 S12 S44 S16 S20 SNT4LP03K SNT4LP05K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP11K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP18K SNT4LT03K SNT4LT05K SNT4LT23K SNT4LT11K SNT4LT26K SNT4LT14K SNT4LT18K

Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) three-pole trip units only.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
1

N-Frame and HMCP (N) Shunt Trip


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC/DC Ratings 2 924 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 110240 Vac 3 110125 Vdc 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac 4860 Vdc S01 S05 S09 S41 S13 S17 S21 S02 S06 S10 S42 S14 S18 S22 S03 S07 S11 S43 S15 S19 S23 S04 S08 S12 S44 S16 S20 S24 SNT5LP03K SNT5LP05K SNT5LP11K SNT5LP26K SNT5LP14K SNT5LP18K SNT5LP23K SNT5LT03K SNT5LT05K SNT5LT11K SNT5LT26K SNT5LT14K SNT5LT18K SNT5LT23K Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

R-Frame Shunt Trip (RH Only)


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) 24 Vac or Vdc 4860 Vac 110240 Vac 380440 Vac or 220250 Vdc 480600 Vac 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc Suffix Number 4 S21 S25 S29 S33 S37 S88 S45 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Catalog Number 4 SNT6P03K SNT6P05K SNT6P11K SNT6P14K SNT6P18K SNT6P23K SNT6P26K
1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. 4 A maximum of two shunt trip plug-in modules may be installed in a circuit breaker.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-313

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-314

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Low Energy Shunt Trip Ordering Information Select shunt trip catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Shunt trip coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown. Electrical ratings are also shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates.
Low Energy Shunt Trip

F-, J-, K-, L-, M-, N- and R-Frames and HMCPs Low Energy Shunt Trip 1
Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 2 Terminal Block Same Side Pigtail Leads Suffix Number Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number

UV

Mounting Positions (Pole) F-Frame Left Right 3 J-Frame Left Right


3

Same Side Rear 3 Suffix Number Suffix Number

Opposite Side Suffix Number

NO1 NO5

NO2 NO6

NO3 NO7

NO4 NO8

LST1LPK 4 LST1RPK 4

LST1LTK 4 LST1RTK 4

NO1 NO5

NO2 NO6

NO3 NO7

LST2LPK LST2RPK

K-Frame Left 3 Right 56 NO1 NO5 NO2 NO6 NO3 NO7 LST3LPK LST3RPK

L- and M-Frames Left Right N-Frame Left 3 R-Frame Right NO1 LST6RPK NO1 NO2 NO3 LST5LPK NO1 NO5 NO2 NO6 NO3 NO7 LST4LPK LST4RPK

Notes 1 Cutoff provisions required in control circuit. 2 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 3 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 4 For F-Frame HMCP, add an M to beginning of catalog number. Field Installation Kit referenced for factory use only, not UL listed for field installation. 5 For use with thermal-magnetic trip units only. 6 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Factory Suffix T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9 T10 T11 T12

Undervoltage Release Mechanism Ordering Information Select handle reset undervoltage release mechanism catalog number for the voltage within the indicated voltage range. Undervoltage release mechanism coils are designed to be applied at specific AC or DC voltages within the voltage range shown on applicable circuit breaker accessory nameplates.
Undervoltage Release Mechanism

G-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (LH Three-Pole Only)


Electrical Ratings Volts (AC Only) Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 50/60 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz Amperes 0.05 0.22 0.11 0.10 0.049 0.026 0.025 0.024 0.015 0.013 0.012 0.01 Style Numbers 123 1373D62G03 1373D62G04 1373D62G05 1373D62G06 1373D62G07 1373D62G08 1373D62G09 1373D62G10 1373D62G11 1373D62G12 1373D62G13 1373D62G14

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

UV

120 24 48 60 110 208 220 240 380 415 440 480

Notes 1 Includes 24-inch (609.6 mm) external pigtail leads, 18 AWG (160.010). 2 A maximum of two internal accessories may be mounted in a three-pole circuit breaker. 3 Suitable for mounting in left pole only of three-pole breaker. G-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-315

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-316 Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

F-Frame Factory Mounted (For F-Frame Breaker and F-Frame HMCP) Undervoltage Release Mechanism
Connection Type and Location 18-Inch Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number Rear 1 Suffix Number Opposite Side Suffix Number Terminal Block Same Side Suffix Number

Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac U01 U05 U37 U97 U13 U17 U21 U25 U02 U06 U38 U98 U14 U18 U22 U26 U03 U07 U39 U99 U15 U19 U23 U27 U04 U08 U40 U100 U16 U20 U24 U28

Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 23 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc U29 U33 U37 U97 U41 U45 U30 U34 U38 U98 U42 U46 U31 U35 U39 U99 U43 U47 U32 U36 U40 U100 U44 U48 U49 U53 U85 U101 U61 U65 U69 U73 U50 U54 U86 U102 U62 U66 U70 U74 U51 U55 U87 U103 U63 U67 U71 U75 U52 U56 U88 U104 U64 U68 U72 U76

Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 23 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc U77 U81 U85 U101 U89 U93 U78 U82 U86 U102 U90 U94 U79 U83 U87 U103 U91 U95 U80 U84 U88 U104 U92 U96

Notes 1 Standard pigtail lead exit location. 2 Standard mounting location. 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

F-Frame Field Mounted Undervoltage Release Mechanism


F-Frame Breaker Factory Installation Kits Pigtail Leads Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac UVH1LP02K UVH1LP03K UVH1LP22K UVH1LP24K UVH1LP08K UVH1LP11K UVH1LP15K UVH1LP18K UVH1LT02K UVH1LT03K UVH1LT22K UVH1LT24K UVH1LT08K UVH1LT11K UVH1LT15K UVH1LT18K MUVH1LP02K MUVH1LP03K MUVH1LP22K MUVH1LP24K MUVH1LP08K MUVH1LP11K MUVH1LP15K MUVH1LP18K MUVH1LT02K MUVH1LT03K MUVH1LT22K MUVH1LT24K MUVH1LT08K MUVH1LT11K MUVH1LT15K MUVH1LT18K Catalog Number
1

F-Frame Breaker HMCP Terminal Block Catalog Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number

Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 23 12 Vac 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac 525600 Vac Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc UVH1LP20K UVH1LP21K UVH1LP22K UVH1LP24K UVH1LP26K UVH1LP28K UVH1LT20K UVH1LT21K UVH1LT22K UVH1LT24K UVH1LT26K UVH1LT28K MUVH1LP20K MUVH1LP21K MUVH1LP22K MUVH1LP24K MUVH1LP26K MUVH1LP28K MUVH1LT20K MUVH1LT21K MUVH1LT22K MUVH1LT24K MUVH1LT26K MUVH1LT28K UVH1RP02K UVH1RP03K UVH1RP22K UVH1RP24K UVH1RP08K UVH1RP11K UVH1RP15K UVH1RP18K UVH1RT02K UVH1RT03K UVH1RT22K UVH1RT24K UVH1RT08K UVH1RT11K UVH1RT15K UVH1RT18K MUVH1RP02K MUVH1RP03K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RP24K MUVH1RP08K MUVH1RP11K MUVH1RP15K MUVH1RP18K MUVH1RT02K MUVH1RT03K MUVH1RT22K MUVH1RT24K MUVH1RT08K MUVH1RT11K MUVH1RT15K MUVH1RT18K

Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 23 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc UVH1RP20K UVH1RP21K UVH1RP22K UVH1RP22K UVH1RP26K UVH1RP28K UVH1RT20K UVH1RT21K UVH1RT22K UVH1RT22K UVH1RT26K UVH1RT28K MUVH1RP20K MUVH1RP21K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RP22K MUVH1RP26K MUVH1RP28K MUVH1RT20K MUVH1RT21K MUVH1RT22K MUVH1RT22K MUVH1RT26K MUVH1RT28K

Notes 1 Not listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation. 2 Standard mounting location. 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-317

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-318 Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

J-Frame and HMCP (J) Undervoltage Release Mechanism


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Suffix Number Terminal Block 1 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block 3 Catalog Number Suffix Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 2

Opposite Side Same Side

Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 4 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U05 U09 U13 U17 U21 U25 U06 U10 U14 U18 U22 U26 U07 U11 U15 U19 U23 U27 U08 U12 U16 U20 U24 U28 UVH2LP02K UVH2LP03K UVH2LP05K UVH2LP08K UVH2LP11K UVH2LP15K UVH2LT02K UVH2LT03K UVH2LT05K UVH2LT08K UVH2LT11K UVH2LT15K

Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 3 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U37 U41 U45 U49 U53 U57 U38 U42 U46 U50 U54 U58 U39 U43 U47 U51 U55 U59 U40 U44 U48 U52 U56 U60 UVH2RP02K UVH2RP03K UVH2RP05K UVH2RP08K UVH2RP11K UVH2RP15K UVH2RT02K UVH2RT03K UVH2RT05K UVH2RT08K UVH2RT11K UVH2RT15K

Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 4 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T01 T05 T09 T13 T17 T02 T06 T10 T14 T18 T03 T07 T11 T15 T19 T04 T08 T12 T16 T20 UVH2LP20K UVH2LP21K UVH2LP23K UVH2LP26K UVH2LP28K UVH2LT20K UVH2LT21K UVH2LT23K UVH2LT26K UVH2LT28K

Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 3 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T21 T25 T29 T33 T37 T22 T26 T30 T34 T38 T23 T27 T31 T35 T39 T24 T28 T32 T36 T40 UVH2RP20K UVH2RP21K UVH2RP23K UVH2RP26K UVH2RP28K UVH2RT20K UVH2RT21K UVH2RT23K UVH2RT26K UVH2RT28K

Notes 1 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton. 2 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 3 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breakers. 4 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

K-Frame and HMCP (K) Undervoltage Release Mechanism


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Suffix Number Terminal Block Opposite Side Same Side Suffix Number Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits
1

Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 2 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U05 U09 U13 U17 U21 U25 U06 U10 U14 U18 U22 U26 U07 U11 U15 U19 U23 U27 U08 U12 U16 U20 U24 U28 UVH3LP02K UVH3LP03K UVH3LP05K UVH3LP08K UVH3LP11K UVH3LP15K UVH3LT02K UVH3LT03K UVH3LT05K UVH3LT08K UVH3LT11K UVH3LT15K

Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 345 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U37 U41 U45 U49 U53 U57 U38 U42 U46 U50 U54 U58 U39 U43 U47 U51 U55 U59 U40 U44 U48 U52 U56 U60 UVH3RP02K UVH3RP03K UVH3RP05K UVH3RP08K UVH3RP11K UVH3RP15K UVH3RT02K UVH3RT03K UVH3RT05K UVH3RT08K UVH3RT11K UVH3RT15K

Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 2 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T01 T05 T09 T13 T17 T02 T06 T10 T14 T18 T03 T07 T11 T15 T19 T04 T08 T12 T16 T20 UVH3LP20K UVH3LP21K UVH3LP23K UVH3LP26K UVH3LP28K UVH3LT20K UVH3LT21K UVH3LT23K UVH3LT26K UVH3LT28K

Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 345 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T21 T25 T29 T33 T37 T22 T26 T30 T34 T38 T23 T27 T31 T35 T39 T24 T28 T32 T36 T40 UVH3RP20K UVH3RP21K UVH3RP23K UVH3RP26K UVH3RP28K UVH3RT20K UVH3RT21K UVH3RT23K UVH3RT26K UVH3RT28K

Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories, for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 For use with KT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker. 5 Breakers with K-Frame OPTIM 550 can only accept accessories in left pole.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-319

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-320 Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

L-, HMCP (L) and (M)-Frames and Undervoltage Release Mechanism


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Suffix Number Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number Suffix Number Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 1

Opposite Side Same Side

Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 2 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U05 U09 U13 U17 U21 U25 U06 U10 U14 U18 U22 U26 U07 U11 U15 U19 U23 U27 U08 U12 U16 U20 U24 U28 UVH4LP02K UVH4LP03K UVH4LP05K UVH4LP08K UVH4LP11K UVH4LP15K UVH4LT02K UVH4LT03K UVH4LT05K UVH4LT08K UVH4LT11K UVH4LT15K

Right-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 34 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U37 U41 U45 U49 U53 U57 U38 U42 U46 U50 U54 U58 U39 U43 U47 U51 U55 U59 U40 U44 U48 U52 U56 U60 UVH4RP02K UVH4RP03K UVH4RP05K UVH4RP08K UVH4RP11K UVH4RP15K UVH4RT02K UVH4RT03K UVH4RT05K UVH4RT08K UVH4RT11K UVH4RT15K

Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 2 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T01 T05 T09 T13 T17 T02 T06 T10 T14 T18 T03 T07 T11 T15 T19 T04 T08 T12 T16 T20 UVH4LP20K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP23K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP28K UVH4LT20K UVH4LT21K UVH4LT23K UVH4LT26K UVH4LT28K

Right-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 34 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T21 T25 T29 T33 T37 T22 T26 T30 T34 T38 T23 T27 T31 T35 T39 T24 T28 T32 T36 T40 UVH4RP20K UVH4RP21K UVH4RP23K UVH4RP26K UVH4RP28K UVH4RT20K UVH4RT21K UVH4RT23K UVH4RT26K UVH4RT28K

Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 For use with LT (thermal-magnetic) trip units only. 4 Not for use on right pole of four-pole circuit breaker.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

N-Frame and HMCP (N) Undervoltage Release Mechanism


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Same Side Voltage Rating (AC Freq. = 50/60 Hz) Suffix Number Rear 2 Suffix Number Suffix Number Terminal Block Pigtail Leads Catalog Number Terminal Block Catalog Number Suffix Number Opposite Side Same Side Field Mounted Field Installation Kits
1

Left-Pole Mounting AC Ratings 2 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380480 Vac U05 U09 U13 U17 U21 U25 U06 U10 U14 U18 U22 U26 U07 U11 U15 U19 U23 U27 U08 U12 U16 U20 U24 U28 UVH5LP02K UVH5LP03K UVH5LP05K UVH5LP08K UVH5LP11K UVH5LP29K UVH5LT02K UVH5LT03K UVH5LT05K UVH5LT08K UVH5LT11K UVH5LT29K

Left-Pole Mounting DC Ratings 2 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110127 Vdc 220250 Vdc T01 T05 T09 T13 T17 T02 T06 T10 T14 T18 T03 T07 T11 T15 T19 T04 T08 T12 T16 T20 UVH5LP20K UVH5LP21K UVH5LP23K UVH5LP26K UVH5LP28K UVH5LT20K UVH5LT21K UVH5LT23K UVH5LT26K UVH5LT28K

R-Frame Undervoltage Release Mechanism (RH only)


Factory Mounted Connection Type and Location 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Leads Voltage Rating (AC Frequency = 50/60 Hz) 12 Vac 24 Vac 4860 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 380500 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 4860 Vdc 110125 Vdc 220250 Vdc Suffix Number 4 U37 U41 U45 U49 U53 U57 T21 T25 T29 T33 T37 Field Mounted Field Installation Kits 3 Pigtail Leads Catalog Number 4 UVH6RP02K UVH6RP03K UVH6RP05K UVH6RP08K UVH6RP11K UVH6RP29K UVH6RP20K UVH6RP21K UVH6RP23K UVH6RP26K UVH6RP28K

Notes 1 Listed with Underwriters Laboratories for field installation under E64983. 2 Standard mounting locationleads exit rear of breaker. 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 4 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-321

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-322 Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame)

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Accessory Terminal Block (R-Frame) R-Frame Accessory Terminal Block 1


Factory Installed Suffix Number Q01 Field Mounted Catalog Number TBRDK

Number of Control Wires for Each Internally Mounted Accessory


Type of Accessory Auxiliary switch Alarm (Signal)/ Lockout switch Shunt trip Low energy shunt Undervoltage release mechanism Number of Contacts per Single Accessory 2a/2b 4a/4b 1m/1b 2m/2b N/A N/A N/A Required Number of Wires 6 12 6 12 2 2 2

PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits (OPTIM 550 Only) K-, L- and N-Frames
PowerNet and Zone Interlock Kits

PowerNet Interlock Kit 2


Circuit Breaker K-Frame L-Frame N-Frame Factory Install Suffix PN PN PN Catalog Number ICK550K ICK550L ICK550N

Zone Interlock/Ground Kit 23


Circuit Breaker K-Frame L-Frame N-Frame Factory Install Suffix ZG ZG ZG Catalog Number ZGK550K ZGK550L ZGK550N

PowerNet and Zone Interlock/Ground Kit 23


Circuit Breaker K-Frame L-Frame N-Frame Factory Install Suffix ZGP ZGP ZGP Catalog Number ZGPK550K ZGPK550L ZGPK550N

Notes 1 One 24-point accessory terminal block provided with circuit breaker when ordered factory installed or shipped from warehouse as separate item when ordered for field installation. See Digitrip RMS master connection diagram (IL 29C714). 2 Installation of these kits restrict any other attachments from being installed in the RH pole. 3 Includes a ground fault alarm signal that can drive the ground fault alarm unit (catalog number GFAU).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2
Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500

Technical Data and Specifications


Alarm Switch F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12
Maximum Voltage Frequency Maximum Current Amperes Dielectric Withstand Voltage

L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 67


Maximum Voltage 600 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50
3

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Multi-Pole Circuit Breakers 600 125 250 50/60 Hz DC DC 6 0.50 3 0.25


3

2500 2500 2500

125 250

2500 2500

0.25 3
8

Single-Pole Circuit Breakers 125/250 28 28 50/60 Hz DC DC 63 33 54 2000 2000 2000

N-Frame Electrical Rating Data


Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC

Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 3 0.25 3

Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500

J-Frame Electrical Rating Data


Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC

56

Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 3 0.25 3

Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500

R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 9j


Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 3 0.25 3 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500

K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 67


Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 3 0.25 3 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500

Notes 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 3 Non-inductive load. 4 Inductive (L/R = 0.026). 5 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 7 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 8 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. i Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. j Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-323

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-324

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Auxiliary Switch F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12


Maximum Voltage 125 3 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 1 6 0.50 4 0.25 4 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500 2500

L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 2


Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 4 0.25 4 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500

N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 26 J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12


Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 4 0.25 4 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500 Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 4 0.25 4 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500

R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 78 K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 25


Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 4 0.25
4

Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500

Maximum Voltage 600 125 250

Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC

Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 4 0.25 4

Notes 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 3 For use in electronic circuit of 100 micro amperes and 15 Vdc minimum. 4 Non-inductive load. 5 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 6 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 7 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 8 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are red, black and blue.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500

Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 12
Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50
3

L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 52


Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2200 2200 Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50
3

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

2500 2500

0.25 3

0.25 3

J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 24


Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 3 0.25
3

N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 62


Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500 Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 3 0.25 3 Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500

K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 25


Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6 0.50 3 0.25
3

Dielectric Withstand Voltage 2500 2500 2500

Notes 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). 3 Non-inductive load. 4 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 5 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 6 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-325

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-326

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Shunt Trip F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 123


50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 525 550 600 Minimum Operating Voltage 6.75 6.75 36 36 156 156 156 156 156 156 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 VA 75 300 92 140 480 570 640 180 200 240 610 130 330 380 450 530 590 DC Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 127 220 250 Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 36 36 77 77 77 VA 100 400 100 160 55 66 71 72 110 140

K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 678


50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 5 120 5 127 5 208 5 220 5 240 380 400 415 440 480 525 550 600
5

DC Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 60 60 60 60 60 60 285 285 285 285 360 360 360 360 VA 45 200 830 1280 100 120 140 420 470 550 95 108 120 136 40 50 50 70 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Minimum Operating Voltage 8.4 8.4 77 77 77 154 154 154 154 VA 35 170 710 1105 110 130 140 41 54

J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 124


50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 5 120 5 127 5 208
5

DC Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 36 36 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 285 285 285 285 360 360 360 360 VA 31 173 686 1014 66 84 102 354 396 432 180 200 240 610 34 42 50 60 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 110 120 125 127 Minimum Operating Voltage 8.4 8.4 33.6 33.6 77 77 77 77 154 154 154 154 VA 50 247 1094 1698 112 138 150 40 58

Notes 1 Average unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time: 18 milliseconds. 3 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 4 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 5 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. 6 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 7 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 8 milliseconds. 8 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.

220 5 240 5 380 400 415 440 480 525 550 600

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
Minimum Operating Voltage 16.8 33.6 33.6 77 77 77 154 VA 170 710 1150 110 130 140 41 54

L- and M-Frame Electrical Rating Data 123


50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 4 120
4

N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 125


50/60 Hz DC Minimum Operating Voltage 16.8 33.6 33.6
4

DC Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 34 34 60 60 60 60 60 60 266 266 266 266 336 336 336 336 VA 45 200 830 1280 100 120 140 420 470 550 95 108 120 136 40 50 50 70 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Minimum Operating Voltage 9 9 34 34 77 77 77 77 154 VA 35 170 710 1105 110 130 140 41 54

Supply Voltage 24 48 60 110

VA 200 830 1280 100 120 140 420 470 550 95 108 120 136 40 50 50 70

Supply Voltage 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

60 60 60 60 60 60 266 266 266 266 336 336 336 336

120 4 127 4 208 4 220 4 240 4 380 400 415 440 480 525 550 600

127 4 208 4 220 4 240 4 380 400 415 440 480 525 550 600

Notes 1 Approximate unlatching time: 6 milliseconds. 2 Approximate total circuit breaker contact opening time: 18 milliseconds. 3 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations. 4 Supply voltages suitable for use with Class 1 GFP devices. Marking label included with accessory kits. 5 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-327

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-328 23/23K 26/26K 18/18K 14/14K Suffix Number 03/03K Voltage (V) 24 24 05/05K 4860 4860 11/11K 3 110240 110240 110240 110240 110240 110240 380440 380440 380440 220250 220250 480600 480600 480600 480600 4860 4860 110125 110125 110125

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

R-Frame Electrical Rating Data 123456


Application Ratings Frequency (Hz) 50/60 DC 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 DC DC 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 DC DC DC DC DC Electrical Operating Ratings Supply Voltage (V) 24 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 220 250 480 525 550 600 48 60 110 120 125 Minimum Operating Voltage (V) 16.8 16.8 34.0 34.0 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 60.5 266.0 266.0 266.0 154.0 154.0 336.0 336.0 336.0 336.0 34.0 34.0 77.0 77.0 77.0 Ip (A) 36.1 36.1 13.1 17.2 4.2 4.5 4.6 7.9 8.5 8.7 4.5 5.0 5.3 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.8 Irms at 0.250s (A) 16.5 2.4 2.7 9.8 11.6 3.3 3.6 3.8 Irms at 0.033s (A) 25.5 9.2 12.2 3.0 3.2 3.3 5.6 6.0 6.1 3.2 3.6 3.7 0.4 0.5 0.5 0.6 VA 612 396 450 740 330 390 430 1170 1370 1470 1220 1500 1640 530 680 200 270 280 360 470 700 370 440 480 One Minute Dielectric Withstand Voltage (V) 1050 1050 1120 1120 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480 1480 1880 1880 1880 1500 1500 2200 2200 2200 2200 1120 1120 1250 1250 1250

Notes 1 Approximate unlatching time of 6 milliseconds. 2 Average circuit breaker contact total opening time approximately 62 milliseconds, at rated voltage. 3 Endurance: 500 electrical operations and 2500 mechanical operations. 4 Shunt trip can be operated up to a maximum of six times per minute. 5 Maximum operating voltage110% of maximum voltage range rating. 6 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are yellow and white.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Undervoltage Release Mechanism F-Frame Electrical Rating Data 1


50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 525 550 600 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 210.0 210.0 210.0 Maximum 6.3 6.3 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 367.0 367.0 367.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 7.6 7.6 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 446.0 446.0 446.0 VA 1.3 2.5 1.4 1.2 1.9 1.3 1.5 1.7 2.2 2.4 2.9 2.9 3.5 3.9 4.6 4.3 4.8 5.8 DC Supply Voltage 12 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 2.8 2.8 1.6 1.3 2.0 1.5 1.7 1.9 2.6 3.4

J-Frame Electrical Rating Data 23


50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 DC Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 4000 mechanical operations. 2 Endurance: 6000 electrical operations plus 2000 mechanical operations. 3 For electrical rating data for manual, automatic and electrical reset undervoltage release mechanisms, refer to Eaton.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-329

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-330 50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

K-Frame Electrical Rating Data 1


DC Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0

Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0

L- and M-Frames Electrical Rating Data 1


50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 440 480 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 DC Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0

Note 1 Endurance: 5000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

N-Frame Electrical Rating Data 1


50/60 Hz Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 127 208 220 240 380 415 480 500 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 175.0 175.0 175.0 175.0 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 VA 1.9 3.9 2.5 3.8 1.8 2.1 2.4 2.7 3.1 3.8 3.4 4.0 4.6 5.4 DC Supply Voltage 12 24 48 60 110 120 125 220 220 250 Dropout Voltage Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.6 33.6 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage Maximum 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 VA 1.6 3.1 2.0 3.1 1.6 1.9 2.2 3.1 4.0

Note 1 Endurance: 3000 electrical operations plus 1000 mechanical operations.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-331

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-332 28/28K 220250 Catalog Suffix 20/20K 21/21K 23/23K Application Ratings Voltage (V) 12 24 4860 11/11K 208240 Application Ratings Catalog Suffix 02/02K 03/03K 05/05K Voltage (V) 12 24 4860

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

R-Frame AC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings 12


Electrical Operating Ratings Supply Voltage (V) 12 24 48 60 08/08K 110127 110 120 127 208 220 240 29/29K 380500 380 415 440 480 500 Dropout Voltage (V) Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 44.5 44.5 44.5 84.0 84.0 84.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 168.0 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.5 33.5 77.0 77.0 77.0 145.6 145.6 145.6 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 266.0 Pickup Voltage (V) Max. 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 176.8 176.8 176.8 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 323.0 Approximate Operating Time (ms) Minimum UVR Response 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Initiation Circuit Breaker Contact Separation 4 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 Maximum Circuit Breaker Contact Opening 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 Dielectric Withstand Voltage (V) 5 1024 1048 1120 1120 1254 1254 1254 1480 1480 1480 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

VA 2.3 3.1 3.4 6.0 3.3 3.6 3.8 4.2 6.6 7.2 3.8 8.3 8.8 9.6 10.0

R-Frame DC Undervoltage Release Mechanism (Handle Reset) Ratings 12


Electrical Operating Ratings Supply Voltage (V) 12 24 48 60 26/26K 110127 110 120 125 220 250 Dropout Voltage (V) Minimum 4.2 8.4 21.0 21.0 43.8 43.8 43.8 87.5 87.5 Maximum 8.4 16.8 33.5 33.5 77.0 77.0 77.0 154.0 154.0 Pickup Voltage (V) Max. 10.2 20.4 40.8 40.8 93.5 93.5 93.5 187.0 187.0 Approximate Operating Time (ms) Minimum UVR Response 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Initiation Circuit Breaker Contact Separation 4 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 Maximum Circuit Breaker Contact Opening 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 77 Dielectric Withstand Voltage (V) 5 1024 1048 1120 1120 1250 1250 1250 1500 1500

VA 3.4 4.3 4.8 7.2 3.3 3.6 3.8 6.6 7.5

Notes 1 Endurance: 500 electrical operations plus 2500 mechanical operations. 2 Pigtail wire size: 18 AWG (0.82 mm2). Leads are orange and brown. 3 UVR will override a momentary voltage dip up to the response time shown. 4 Unlatching occurs 1 millisecond before circuit breaker contacts begin to separate. 5 For 1 minute.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
Page V4-T2-123 V4-T2-124 V4-T2-125 V4-T2-129 V4-T2-143 V4-T2-160 V4-T2-168 V4-T2-195 V4-T2-221 V4-T2-232 V4-T2-260 V4-T2-284 V4-T2-295 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-298 V4-T2-302 V4-T2-337 V4-T2-360 V4-T2-361 V4-T2-362

Series C External Accessories

Contents
Description
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J-Frame (70250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment (Size 04) . . . . . Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module. . . . . . . . . . . Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . External Accessories Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

External Accessories
Product Overview
End Cap Kit The end cap kit slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The end cap kit is available with English and metric thread sizes. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819. Keeper Nut The keeper nut slides onto the line or load conductor of the circuit breaker and acts as a threaded adapter for the conductor to accept a ring terminal or other bolt-on connector. The keeper nut is available with English and metric thread sizes. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. (Field installation only.) Listed per UL File E7819. L-, M-, N-Frames Not required. Terminals are threaded. J-Frame Plug Nut The plug nut is used in applications where screwconnected ring-type terminals are preferred to connect cables to circuit breaker conductors. The plug nut is press-fit into the opening in the circuit breaker terminal conductor. Screws and washers are supplied by customer. Terminal Adapter Control Wire Terminal Kit The control wire terminal kit provides a means to tap off control power from a main disconnect, using the provided male end of a quick disconnect. For use with steel or stainless steel terminals only.
Note: Terminal Kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover.

2 2
Multiwire Connectors Eatons field-installed multiwire connectors for the load side (OFF) end terminals, are used to distribute the load from the circuit breaker to multiple devices without the use of separate distribution terminal blocks. Multiwire lug kits include mounting hardware, insulators and tin-plated aluminum connectors to replace three mechanical load lugs. UL listed as used on the load side (OFF) end. Terminal Shields Terminal shields provide protection against accidental contact with live line side terminations. Terminal shields are fabricated from high dielectric insulating material and fasten over the front terminal access openings. Small openings in the shields provide limited access to the terminals for tightening connectors. (Field installation only.)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-333

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Terminal End Covers The terminal end covers are designed for use in motor control center applications where, because of confined spaces, line side conductors are normally custom fitted. The molded end covers are made of high dielectric glasspolyester and slide over the line ends of the circuit breaker. Close fitting conductor openings are molded into the end covers. The end cover and circuit breaker case fit together to form terminal compartments that isolate discharged ionizing gases during circuit breaker tripping. Terminal end covers are available with two conductor opening diameters, 0.25-inch (6.4 mm) and 0.41inch (10.4 mm), and are listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) Interphase Barriers The interphase barriers provide additional electrical clearance between circuit breaker poles for special termination applications. The barriers are high dielectric insulating plates that are installed in the molded slots between the terminals. (Field installation only.) Two per package. Base Mounting Plate Suitable for mounting six single-pole circuit breakers. DIN Rail Adapter For use with standard 35 mm DIN rail such as, 35 x 7.5 or 35 x 15 mm per DIN EN50022. Adapter mounting screws included are for use with twoand three-pole circuit breakers. Adapters for singlepole circuit breakers clip into the base molding. Key Operated Attachment Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable) Non-Padlockable Handle Block The non-padlockable handle block secures the circuit breaker handle in either the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the
V4-T2-334

handle block holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The device is positioned over the circuit breaker handle and secured by a setscrew to deter accidental operation of the circuit breaker handle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) Padlockable Handle Padlockable Handle Lock The device is positioned in the cover opening to prevent handle movement. Will accommodate one 5/16-inch (8 mm) padlock. Snap-on Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp The snap-on padlockable handle lock allows the handle to be locked in the OFF or ON position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) This device was designed for use on the single-pole circuit breaker, but may be used on one-, two-, threeand four-pole styles. The handle lock snaps onto the escutcheon area of the handle with an optional retaining screw for added secureness. The handle lock will accommodate one padlock with a 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackle. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.) Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp The padlockable handle lock hasp allows the handle to be locked in the ON or OFF position. (Trip-free operation allows the circuit breaker to trip when the handle lock holds the circuit breaker handle in the ON position.) The hasp mounts on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline. The cover is predrilled on both sides of the operating handle so that the hasp can be mounted on either side of the handle. The hasp will accommodate up to three padlocks with 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) shackles, one per circuit breaker. Listed per UL File E7819. (Field installation only.)

Cylinder Lock The cylinder lock internally blocks the trip bar in the tripped position to prevent the circuit breaker from being switched to ON. The cylinder lock is factory installed in the left pole only of the circuit breaker cover. Other internally mounted accessories cannot be installed in the same pole as the cylinder lock. (Factory installation only.) Key Interlock Kit (Lock Not Included) The key interlock is used to externally lock the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. When the key interlock is locked, an extended deadbolt blocks movement of the circuit breaker handle. Uniquely coded keys are removable only with the deadbolt extended. Each coded key controls a group of circuit breakers for a given specific customer installation. The key interlock assembly is Underwriters Laboratories listed for field installation under UL File E7819 and consists of a mounting kit and a purchaser supplied deadbolt lock. The mounting kit comprises a mounting plate, which is secured to the circuit breaker cover in either the left- or right-pole position, key interlock mounting screws, and a wire seal. Specific mounting kits are required for individual key interlock types. Sliding Bar Interlock The sliding bar interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent three-pole circuit breakers. It is installed on the enclosure cover between the circuit breakers. When the sliding bar interlock handle is moved from one side to the other, a bar extends to alternately block movement of the circuit breaker handles and prevents both circuit breakers from being switched to ON at the same time. Sliding bar interlocks are not UL listed. (Field installation only.)

Walking Beam Interlock The walking beam Interlock provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent circuit breakers of the same pole configuration. The walking beam interlock mounts on a bracket behind and between the circuit breakers. A plunger on each end of the beam is inserted through an access hole in the back plate and base of each circuit breaker. The walking beam interlock prevents both circuit breakers from being switched ON at the same time. If a walking beam interlock is installed, the wiring troughs in the back of the circuit breaker case are blocked by the plungers and cannot be used for cross wiring. Factory modified circuit breakers are required for this application. UL File E38116. Electrical Operator The electrical (solenoid) operator is a single solenoid mechanism that enables local and remote circuit breaker ON, OFF, and reset switching. The electrical operator is mounted on the circuit breaker cover within the trimline of the circuit breaker. The electrical operator uses a unique bi-stable latch that allows the device to operate using one solenoid. The accessory provides high-speed switching with a maximum operating time of 5 cycles (80 mS), making it suitable for generator synchronizing applications. Means are provided for remote electrical operation and for local manual operation. A special slide includes provisions for padlocking the circuit breaker handle in the OFF position. The slide will accept three padlock shackles with a maximum diameter of 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) each. An interlock electrically disconnects the solenoid when the electrical operator cover is removed. The rating data tables provide electrical rating data for the electrical (solenoid) operator.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-335

The electrical (motor) operator allows the circuits breaker to be opened, closed or reset remotely. It also has a lock-off capability and provisions for manual operation. The electrical (motor) operator contains a reversible motor connected to a ball screw. The ball screw drives the circuit breaker handle. Limit switches and relays are used to control the motor. Plug-In Adapters Plug-in adapters simplify installation and front removal of circuit breakers. Individual line and load plug-in adapters are available for rear connection applications on two-, three-, and four-pole circuit breakers. Common mounting plates for lineand load-end adapters are available. One plug-in adapter kit is required for line-end and one for load-end. Plug-in adapters are UL approved unless otherwise noted. Rear Connecting Studs Rear connecting studs are available in several sizes to accommodate specific fixedmounted circuit breaker applications. Each rear connecting stud assembly consists of one stud and one tube. To maintain proper clearances between poles, select alternate long and short stud assemblies for circuit breakers with more than one pole. One assembly is required for line-end and one for load-end of each pole. Tubes must be ordered separately. Connecting studs are available only with English thread sizes.
Note: Not UL listed.

Panelboard connecting straps are available to meet the needs of most standard panelboard applications. Style numbers for mounting brackets for CDP panelboard installations are also included.
Note: Not UL listed. Refer to panelboard manufacturer for compatibility.

Handle Mechanisms Handle mechanisms are used to operate molded case circuit breakers, molded case switches and motor circuit protectors. They are available in three basic configurations flange mounted, through-thedoor and direct (closecoupled)providing safe, dependable operation and ease of installation.

environments. Flex Shaft comes preset from the factory, requiring only minor field adjustments on installation, which takes about 10 minutesa significant time savings compared to installation of other types of flange handle mechanisms. The Flex Shaft mechanism also takes up less interior enclosure space than competitive designs and the handle fits standard flange cutouts. Flex Shaft handle can be remotely mounted from breaker, where an operator can use it by funneling the cable through conduit. The Type C371 circuit breaker operating mechanisms are designed for installation in control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective devices are required. All circuit breaker mechanisms are suitable for right-hand mounting. Auxiliary contacts are not available for mounting on operating mechanisms. Where required, have them installed in circuit breaker. Type C371 is UL listed under File E62635. Flex Shaft is UL listed under File E64983 and meets CSA requirements.

Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary, are UL listed and meet CSA requirements. Universal Rotary also meets IEC947-1/2 for international compliance. Rotary UL File Number is E64983. Type 4/4X handles are similar to standard handles except they include an internal neoprene gasket. Type 4/4X handle style number is 6648C22G03. Due to gasketing effect between the handle and the housing, the handle may not indicate a tripped position. Universal Rotary F-Frame Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Direct (close-coupled) handle mechanisms mount directly to the circuit breaker. They are used in shallow enclosures where the standard variable depth Through-the-door type mechanism is not practical or cannot be used. They are typically for applications where high volume, standardized enclosures are being fabricated. The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism can be used on F- through R-Frames. The G Direct is available with a black or the yellow handle, and with or without a shroud. It is suitable for use with NEMA 1 enclosures. It is for use only with the G-Frame (GD, GC, GHC, GMCP). An escutcheon ring and interlock clip are provided as standard. The standard design includes a lock-off feature. The Universal Direct handle mechanism is UL 489 listed, IEC947-1/2 and meets CSA requirements. The Euro IEC Direct handle mechanism is IEC-240-1. G Direct is UL listed and meets CSA requirements. Handle Extension Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately.

Flange mounted: Flex Shaft C371 Through-the-door: Series C Rotary Universal Rotary Direct (close-coupled): Universal Direct Euro IEC G Direct

Handle mechanisms are typically used on enclosed circuit breakers, control panels and motor control centers in many different applications. Eaton has a handle mechanism for virtually any need. Flange Mounted Handle Mechanisms Flange mounted handle mechanisms mount on the flange of an enclosure door. The Flex Shaft is an extra heavy-duty mechanism that includes a flexible shaft in various lengths, 3 feet (0.9m) through 10 feet (3m) for use with various size enclosures. The Flex Shaft handle will accept up to three padlock shackles, each with a maximum diameter of 3/8-inch (9.5 mm). Can be used with NEMA 1, 3R and 12 fabricated enclosures. An optional handle is available for Flex Shaft that is suitable for use with NEMA 4 and 4X

Panelboard Connecting Straps Panelboard connecting straps are used to connect the circuit breaker terminals to the panelboard bus. The panelboard connecting straps are available with various ratings for outside and center poles. (Field installation only.)

Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms Eatons through-the-door handle mechanisms mount on the front of an enclosure or cabinet door and externally operate the circuit breaker via a variable depth shaft or a linear operator (Type MC). Each rotary type handle mechanism includes a handle, base operating mechanism and shaft that can be cut to various lengths. Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary handle mechanisms are for use with molded case circuit breakers (G, F, J, K, L, MDL), molded case switches and motor circuit protectors.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-336

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Type LFD Current Limiter The LFD current limiter is an accessory that bolts to the load end of a standard FDB or FD thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, providing 200,000A interrupting capacity at up to 600 Vac. LFD current limiters for thermal-magnetic and electronic circuit breakers are listed with Underwriters Laboratories under File E47239. Ground Fault Alarm Unit The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through NFrame. IQ Energy Sentinel The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability. The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on threephase, four-wire systems, or single-phase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C. For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178.

Potential Transformer Module The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units. Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit The solid-state (electronic) portable test kit provides verification of performance of all ratings of Digitrip 310 electronic trip units installed in circuit breakers while in service under varying load and/or phase imbalance. The test kit operates on 120-volt, 50/60 Hz power; it includes complete instructions and test times for testing long time, short time/instantaneous operation and optional ground fault operation of the circuit breaker. Breaker Interface Module (BIM) The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24 Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eatons specifications. The BIM is a member of Eatons PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units,

Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software. Digitrip OPTIMizer The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the Copy and Download commands. Setting up multiple OPTIM trips can be finished in minutes and with no errors. An Auxiliary Power Module connection provides a trip test when control power is not present at the breaker. The OPTIMizer is supplied as a standard package to include the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional. Auxiliary Power Module The auxiliary power module is a power supply requiring 120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that provides a 32 Vdc output. The auxiliary power module provides control power for testing an OPTIM trip unit when other means of control power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary power module connects into the top of the Digitrip OPTIMizer via a keyed receptacle. The main application for the auxiliary power module would be for the testing of a standalone non-communicating OPTIM breaker that ordinarily would not have control power.

Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display The Cause of Trip Display can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides breaker information through an LCD screen, such as cause of trip, phrase current, ground current and low loads. The display is ideal for troubleshooting common trips such as ground fault, long delay, and instantaneous/short delay. The DIGIVIEW version will provide a local display at the breaker without additional wiring by connecting directly onto the trip unit. The DIGIVIEWR06 version has a 6 foot cable that allows users to mount the display on the outside of an enclosure door and connect to the trip unit that is contained inside the enclosure. Cause of Trip LED Module The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset.
Note: The OPTIMizer can work off of 32 Vdc control power, although 24 Vdc is the standard on OPTIM breakers.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection
Termination HardwareEnd Cap Kit
End Cap Kit

End Cap Kit


Thread Type Two-Pole F-Frame (225A) Imperial Metric Three-Pole F-Frame (225A) Imperial Metric Four-Pole F-Frame (225A) Imperial Metric Three-Pole J-Frame Imperial Metric Four-Pole J-Frame Imperial Metric Three-Pole K-Frame Imperial Metric Four-Pole K-Frame Imperial Metric Three-Pole L-Frame Imperial Metric Four-Pole L-Frame Imperial Metric 0.31218 M8 KPEK44 KPEKM44 0.312-18 M-8 KPEK4 KPEKM4 0.31218 M8 KPEK34 KPEKM34 0.31218 M8 KPEK3 KPEKM3 0.31218 M8 KPEK24 KPEKM24 0.31218 M8 KPEK2 KPEKM2 1032 M5 KPEK14 KPEKM14 1032 M5 KPEK1 KPEKM1 1032 M5 KPEK12 KPEKM12 Thread Size Catalog Number

Termination HardwareKeeper Nut


F-Frame Keeper Nut

F-Frame Keeper Nut


Thread Type Imperial Metric Thread Size 1032 M5 Catalog Number Package of 12 (Priced Individually) KPR1A KPR1AM

K-Frame Keeper Nut

K-Frame Keeper Nut


Thread Type Imperial Thread Size 0.37516 Line/Load End Line Load Metric M8 Line Load Note L-, M-, N-Frames not required. Terminals are threaded. Catalog Number Package of 3 KPR3A KPR3B KPR3AM KPR3BM

2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-337

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-338 K-Frame Terminal Adapter

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Termination Hardware
J-Frame Plug Nut

J-Frame Plug Nut


Thread Type Imperial Metric Thread Size 0.25020 M6 Catalog Number Package of 6 PLN2 PLN2M

K-Frame Terminal Adapter 1


Line/Load End Line and load Catalog Number TAD3

F-Frame Ordering Information Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually.


F-Frame Kit

F-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit 2


Description Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs. Maximum Amperes 150 225 Catalog Number FCWTK FCWTK225

J- and K-Frame Ordering Information Terminals must be ordered separately. Priced individually.
J- and K-Frame Kit

J- and K-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit


Description Package of 12 control wire terminal tangs. Catalog Number KCWTK

L-Frame Control Wire Terminal Kit


AWG Wire Range/Number Conductors Al/Cu (2) 3/0350 kcmil Cu (2) 250350 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 400500 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 400500 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 400500 kcmil Metric Wire Range mm2 95150 120250 185240 185240 185240 Catalog Number TA602LDCW 3 T602LDCW 3 2TA603LDKCW 45 3TA603LDKCW 46 4TA603LDKCW 47

Notes 1 K-Frame terminal adapter for use in replacing LB/DA breakers. 2 Not for use with T250KB terminals. 3 Individually packed. 4 Terminal kits contain one terminal for each pole and one terminal cover. 5 Two-pole kit. 6 Three-pole kit. 7 Four-pole kit.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Termination Hardware G-Frame Control Wire Terminal


Description Control wire terminal (kit of 12) Catalog Number 5652B38G01 Catalog Number GCWTK

Multiwire Connectors

Multiwire Connectors Ordering Information (Package of 3)


Maximum Amperes G-Frame 1 100 3 6 F-Frame 225 3 6 J-Frame 250 3 6 K-Frame 400 3 6 142/0 143 3TA400K3K 3TA400K6K 142 146 3TA250J3K 3TA250J6K 142 146 3TA150F3K 3TA150F6K 142 146 3TA100G3K 3TA100G6K Wires per Terminal Wire Size Range AWG Cu Kit Catalog Number

Base Mounting Hardware Ordering Information Hardware for surface mounting of circuit breakers is supplied only on request. Hardware consists of mounting screws and lockwashers. Order hardware for circuit breaker pole configurations as required. Mounting Hardware
Screw Length in Inches (mm) G-Frame 0.13832 x 2.63 (3.5 x 66.7 mm) Std. 0.13832 x 3.00 (3.5 x 76.2 mm) 624B375G23 8703C80G05 Catalog Number

Note 1 GD breakers require special tapping for multiwire lugs, as described in the IL or use with standard aluminum collars.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-339

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-340

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Imperial Thread Mounting Hardware


Number of Poles F-Frame 1 0.164-32 x 3.188-inch pan-head steel screws, lockwashers and clamps Individual Group 1 2 3, 4 J-Frame 2, 3, 4 K-Frame 2, 3, 4 L-Frame 2, 3, 4 M-Frame 2, 3 N-Frame 2, 3, 4 R-Frame Supplied by customer 0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH5 0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers Individual BMH5 0.250-20 x 1.5 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers Individual BMH4 0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH3 0.250-20 x 2.75 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH2 0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers 0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual Individual 624B375G01 624B375G02 4218B80G01 BMH1 Description Type of Mounting Catalog Number

Metric Thread Mounting Hardware


Number of Poles F-Frame 1 M40.7 x 80 mm pan-head steel screws, lockwashers, and clamps Individual Group 1 2 3, 4 J-Frame 2, 3, 4 K-Frame 2, 3, 4 L-Frame 2, 3 M-Frame 2, 3 N-Frame 2, 3 R-Frame Supplied by customer Note 1 One set of hardware for two circuit breakers. Individual BMH5M Individual BMH5M Individual BMH4M M60.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH3M M60.7 x 70 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual BMH2M M40.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers M40.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Individual Individual 4218B80G09 4218B80G10 4218B80G11 BMH1M Description Type of Mounting Catalog Number

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Terminal Shields G-Frame Terminal Shield


Number Units in Package 10 Catalog Number GTSK3

F-Frame

F-Frame Terminal Shield


Standard (Package of 10) (Priced Individually) Number of Poles 1 2 3 4 Location Line Line Line Line Catalog Number 625B229G06 625B229G07 625B229G08 625B229G09 SpecialFor Use When Electrical Operator is Mounted on Circuit Breaker Catalog Number 4210B95G01 4210B95G02

J-Frame

J-Frame Terminal Shield


Number of Poles 2, 3 4 2, 3 4 Location Line End Line End Load End Load End Catalog Number (Package of 10) 1266C07G01 6631C01G01 6641C16G01 6641C16G02

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-341

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-342 M-Frame L-Frame K-Frame 2, 3 4 3

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

K-Frame Terminal Shield


Number of Poles Location Line Line Load Catalog Number (Package of 10) TS33LN TS34LN TS33LD

Interphase Barriers Ordering Information Two per package.


Interphase Barrier

Interphase Barriers
Frame F J, K L M Catalog Number IPB1 IPB3 IPB4 IPB4 IPB5

L-Frame Terminal Shield


Catalog Number (Package of 1) 314C420G05

Base Mounting Plate


Base Mounting Plate

Base Mounting Plate G-Frame GD/GHC


Number of Units in Package Catalog Number 207B513G01

M-Frame Terminal Shield


Catalog Number (Package of 1) 208B966G01

DIN Rail Adapter


DIN Rail Adapter

DIN Rail Adapter G-Frame GD/GHC


Number of Poles 1, 2 3 Number of Units in Package 10 10 Catalog Number 1225C79G01 1225C79G02 1

N-Frame Terminal Shield


Catalog Number (Package of 1) NTS3K

Key Operated Attachment


Key Operated Attachment

Key Operated Attachment G-Frame GD/GHC


Number of Units in Package 10 Catalog Number GKOA

Terminal End Covers Ordering Information The terminal end cover is available for three-pole circuit breakers only. Two conductor opening sizes are available. Specify quantity (one per circuit breaker) when ordering.
F-Frame

Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable)


Lock Dog (NonPadlockable)

Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable) G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB/GMCP


Number of Units in Package 1 Catalog Number 1294C01H01

F-Frame Terminal End Covers


Conductor Opening Diameter in Inches (mm) 0.25 (6.35 mm) 0.41 (10.41 mm) Catalog Number TEC1 TEC2

Note 1 For use on three-pole breakers only.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2

Non-Padlockable Handle Block


Non-Padlockable Handle Block

Non-Padlockable Handle Block


Frame F J, K L, M, N Catalog Number LKD1 LKD3 LKD4

Padlockable Handle
Padlockable Handle

Padlockable G-Frame GD/GHC/GHB


Number of Units in Package 10 10 10 Catalog Number 1 1223C77G03 1223C77G05 2 1223C77G06 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Padlockable Handle Lock


Padlockable Handle Lock

Padlockable Handle Lock


Frame G J, K Catalog Number GPHBOFF PHB3

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp


Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp

Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp


Frame F Catalog Number PHL1

Notes 1 Accepts 0.285 Lock Shank. 2 Padlockable in the OFF position only.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-343

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-344 Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp


Description F-Frame Single-pole breakers Two-, three- and four-pole breakers For left side mounting For right side mounting J, K-Frames Two-, three- and four-pole breakers For left side mounting For right side mounting L-Frame (Side Mounted) Side Mounted Lock ON or OFF Lock OFF only (left-hand mount) L-Frame (Top Mounted) Lock ON or OFF Lock OFF only M-Frame Lock ON or OFF Lock OFF only (left-hand mount) M-Frame (Vertical Mounting) Lock ON/OFF Lock OFF only N-Frame Side mounted Top mounted (ON/OFF) Top mounted (OFF only) R-Frame Lock ON/OFF Lock OFF only HLK6 HLK6OFF 1 PLK5 PLK5S PLK5SOFF 1 HLK4S HLK4SOFF HLK4 HLK4LOFF 1 HLK4S HLK4SOFF 1 HLK4 HLK4LOFF 1 PLK3 PLK3LOFF 1 PLK3ROFF 1 PHL1 PLK1 PLK1LOFF PLK1ROFF Catalog Number

Cylinder Lock
Cylinder Lock

Cylinder Lock
Frame F, J, K Catalog Number Order by description

Note 1 For padlockable handle lock hasp to padlock handle in OFF position only, order either catalog number.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Key Interlock Kit Ordering Information Key interlock mounting kits are for field installation only. Select mounting kit catalog numbers to match type of lock used. Key interlocks are supplied by customer.
Key Interlock Kit

Key Interlock Kit


Lock Manufacturer F-Frame Lock Type Bolt Projection in Withdrawn Position in Inches (mm) Kit Catalog Number

photo

position

Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1 J, K-Frames Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1 L-, M-, N-Frames Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1 R-Frame Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1 JG-Frame Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1 LG-Frame Superior Kirk Square D Castell 1

B-4003-1 F SF K or QK

0.38 (9.5) 0.38 (9.5) None 0.38 (9.5)

KYK1 KYK1 KYK1 CTK1

B-4003-1 F SF K or QK

0.38 (9.5) 0.38 (9.5) None 0.38 (9.5)

KYK3 KYK3 KYK3 CTK3

B-4003-1 F SF K or QK

0.38 (9.5) 0.38 (9.5) None 0.38 (9.5)

KYK4 KYK4 KYK4 CTK4

B-4003-1 F SF K or QK

1.0 (25.4) 1.0 (25.4) 1.0 (25.4) 1.0 (25.4)

KYK6 KYK6 KYK6 CTK6

B-4003-1 F SF K or QK

0.38 (9.5) 0.38 (9.5) None 0.38 (9.5)

KYKJG KYKJG KYKJG CTKJG

B-4003-1 F SF K or QK

0.38 (9.5) 0.38 (9.5) None 0.38 (9.5)

KYKLG KYKLG KYKLG CTKLG

Note 1 When ordering Castell Interlock, it is necessary for customer to specify that the mounting bolt holes must be 10 mm in diameter

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-345

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-346

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Sliding Bar Interlock Ordering Information The sliding bar interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent threepole circuit breakers with circuit breakers centerline
Sliding Bar Interlock

spacing as indicated in table and enclosure front panel thickness of 1/8 or 3/16 inch (3.2 or 4.8 mm). (For field installation only.)

Sliding Bar Interlock


Frame F J K L, M N Centerline Spacing in Inches (mm) 4.19 (106.4) 4.38 (111.3) 5.75 (146.0) 8.50 (215.9) 8.50 (215.9) Catalog Number SBK1 SBK2 SBK3 SBK4 SBK5

Walking Beam Interlock Ordering Information The walking beam interlock is available for mounting between two adjacent circuit breakers spaced 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) apart and having the same pole configuration. The two circuit breakers must be factory modified to accept the walking beam interlock assembly (suitable for use with either two-, three- or four-pole circuit breakers).
Walking Beam Interlock

With properly modified circuit breakers, the walking beam interlock is suitable for field installation. Order circuit breakers specifying modification for walking beam (20% price adder) and select walking beam interlock from table below. Circuit breakers and walking beam interlock are boxed and shipped separately.

Walking Beam Interlock


Frame F K L, M N R1 Note 1 Three-pole only. Catalog Number WBL1 WBL3 WBL4A WBL5 WBL6

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-347

Electrical Operator F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator


Terminal Block Voltage 120 240 Frequency AC AC Catalog Number EOP1T07 EOP1T11 18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead Catalog Number EOP1P07 EOP1P11

F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator 1


18-Inch (457.2 mm) Pigtail Lead Voltage 120 24 125 208240 220250 Frequency 50/60 Hz AC DC DC 50/60 Hz DC Catalog Number MOPFD120C MOPFD24D MOPFD120C MOPFD240C MOPFD240C

J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator


Terminal Block Operating Voltage 120 240 Frequency 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz AC Catalog Number EOP2T07 EOP2T11

K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator


Terminal Block Operating Voltage 120 240 Frequency 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz AC Catalog Number EOP3MT07 EOP3MT11

K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Base Mounting Kit


Frame K Catalog Number BBMK3

L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator (310 and OPTIM)


Terminal Block Operating Voltage 120 208 240 480 125 24 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC Catalog Number EOP4MT07 EOP4MT11 EOP4MT11A EOP4MT15 EOP4MT26 EOP4MT21

Note 1 Motor operators MOP1P07, MOP1P03DC, MOP1P05DC and MOP1P07DC are replaced by MOPFD motor operators listed in table.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-348 Mounting plate Operating Voltage 120 208 240 480 24 48 125

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator


Pigtail Leads Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC Catalog Number EOP5T07 EOP5T09 EOP5T11 EOP5T15 EOP5T21 EOP5T22 EOP5T26

R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator


Factory-Installed Terminal Block Operating Voltage 120 240 48 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC Catalog Number EOP6T08K EOP6T11K EOP6T21K

Plug-In Adapters F-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)


Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 100225 Mounting plate Two-Pole Catalog Number 1480D13G01 176C511H01 Three-Pole Catalog Number 1480D13G02 507C047H01 Four-Pole Catalog Number 1480D13G07 1

J-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)


Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 250 Two-Pole Terminal End Line Load One line and one load Catalog Number 1260C86G05 1260C86G07 506C144G27
2

Three-Pole Catalog Number 1260C86G06 1260C86G08 506C144G28 PMP23

Four-Pole Catalog Number 1231C67G01 1231C67G02

K-Frame Ordering Information (Flat Bar Type)600 Vac Maximum


Two-Pole Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 400 Mounting plate Catalog Number PAD32
2

Three-Pole Catalog Number PAD33 PMP33

Four-Pole Catalog Number

Notes 1 100 ampere maximum. 2 Use three-pole mounting plate for two-pole circuit breaker.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

L-Frame (Threaded Stud Type)


Two-Pole Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 600 (threaded stud type) 600 (flat bar type) Mounting plate Catalog Number 506C059G03 1288C19G01 504C824H01 Three-Pole Catalog Number 506C059G04 1288C19G02 504C824H01 Four-Pole Catalog Number PAD44 6636C55H01

M-Frame (Flat Bar Type)600 Vac Maximum


Two-Pole Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 800 Mounting plate Catalog Number 2614D53G05 1290C73H01 Three-Pole Catalog Number 2614D53G06 1290C73H01

N-Frame (Flat Bar Type)


Two-Pole Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 1200 Mounting plate Catalog Number 2614D53G03 1290C73H01 Three-Pole Catalog Number 2614D53G04 1290C73H01

Plug-In Adapters
Frame FD FD JD KD LD LD Number of Poles 3 4 3 3 3 4 Standard Certification IEC IEC IEC IEC IEC IEC Catalog Number PAD3F PAD4F PAD3JD PAD3K PAD3LD PAD4LD

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-349

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-350

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Rear Connecting Studs F-Frame 1


Stud Ampere Rating Stud Catalog Number Tube Catalog Number

L-Frame Ordering Information


Stud Catalog Number 314C960G07 314C960G08 32B9446H20 32B9446H21 32B9446H22 32B9446H23 32B9446H24 32B9446H25 32B9446H26 32B9446H27 314C960G09

For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A long 100A long 100A long 100A long 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02

M-Frame Ordering Information 1


Stud Ampere Rating 225 400 400 Stud Catalog Number 314C960G01 314C960G04 314C960G05 314C960G06 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09 314C960G10 314C960G11 314C960G12

For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A long 225A long 225A long 225A long 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883H06 374D883H07 374D883H08 374D883H09 374D883H10 374D883H11 374D883H12 374D883H13

400 600 600 600 800 800 800

N-Frame Ordering Information 1 J-Frame 1


Stud Ampere Rating 250A short 250A short 250A short 250A long 250A long 250A long Stud Catalog Number 5010D23G01 5010D23G01 5010D23G01 5010D23G02 5010D23G02 5010D23G02 Tube Catalog Number 456D983H05 456D983H06 456D983H07 5010D23H05 5010D23H06 5010D23H07 Note 1 Not UL listed. Stud Ampere Rating 800 800 800 1200 1200 Stud Catalog Number 623B222G01 623B222G02 623B222G03 373B375G04 373B375G03

K-Frame 1
Stud Ampere Rating 400A short 400A short 400A short 400A long 400A long 400A long Stud Catalog Number 6642C14G02 6642C14G04 6642C14G06 6642C14G03 6642C14G05 6642C14G07 Standard Tube Catalog Number 313C909H17 313C909H18 313C909H19 313C909H20 313C909H21 313C909H22

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Panelboard Connecting Straps F-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps


Bus Spacing in Inches (mm) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 2.75 (69.9) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) 3.50 (88.9) Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 50 100 150 50 100 150 Pole Connector Type Center Catalog Number 673B142G02 673B142G02 673B142G04 1253C72G01 1253C73G03 1253C73G01 Outside Catalog Number 673B142G09 673B142G10 673B142G03 1253C72G03 1253C73G06 1253C73G05

F-Frame Mounting Bracket


Number of Poles 2 3 Catalog Number 624B600H02 624B600H01

J-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps


Bus Spacing in Inches (mm) 3.50 (88.9) Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 250 Pole Connector Type Center Catalog Number 2600D26G01 Outside Catalog Number 2600D26G02

K-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps


Bus Spacing in Inches (mm) 3.50 (88.9) Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 400 Pole Connector Type Center Catalog Number 4212B78G02 Outside Catalog Number 4212B77G01

K-Frame Mounting Bracket


Number of Poles 2, 3 Catalog Number 208B264H01

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-351

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-352 Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 600 Center Catalog Number

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

L-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps


Pole Connector Type Outside Catalog Number 506C052G01

624B609G01

L-Frame Mounting Bracket


Number of Poles 2, 3 Catalog Number 208B297H01

M-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps


Bus Spacing in Inches (mm) 3.50 (88.9) Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 800 Pole Connector Type Connector Type Short Medium Long Catalog Number 314C996G01 314C996G02 314C996G03

M-Frame Mounting Bracket


Catalog Number 315C270H01

N-Frame Panelboard Connecting Straps


Bus Spacing in Inches (mm) 3.50 (88.9) Continuous Current Rating (Amperes) 1200 Pole Connector Type Connector Type Short Medium Long Catalog Number 505C606G04 505C606G05 505C606G06

N-Frame Mounting Bracket (Four Required)


Catalog Number 315C270H01

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2
10 (3.0) Catalog Number F1S10C F1S10CD F2S10C F3S10C F4S10C F5S10C F7S10C

Handle Mechanisms Flex Shaft


Flexible Shaft Length in Feet (m) 3 (0.9) Breaker Frame G1 F F (dual) J K L and MDL N R MD, MDS (old) Catalog Number F0S03C F1S03C F1S03CD F2S03C F3S03C 4 (1.2) Catalog Number F0S04C F1S04C F1S04CD F2S04C F3S04C F4S04C F5S04C F6S04 F7S04 5 (1.5) Catalog Number F0S05C F1S05C F1S05CD F2S05C F3S05C F4S05C F5S05C F6S05 F7S05 6 (1.8) Catalog Number F0S06C F1S06C F1S06CD F2S06C F3S06C F4S06C F5S06C F6S06 F7S06 7 (2.1) Catalog Number F1S07C F1S07CD F2S07C F3S07C 8 (2.4) Catalog Number F1S08C F1S08CD F2S08C F3S08C 9 (2.7) Catalog Number F1S09C F1S09CD F2S09C F3S09C

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Suitable for GC/GD MCCB; not suitable for GMCP. Type 4/4X handle mechanisms are available. Add Suffix X to complete catalog number. Add Suffix I to complete catalog number for IEC handle. Original narrow handle design (No C Suffix) is available. Remove C from catalog number. When selecting the length of shaft, ensure minimum bending radius of 4 inches (101.6 mm) (5 inches, 12.7 mm for L-, N- and R-Frames) is maintained to operate properly. The standard method of shipment includes the mechanism preset at the factory; however, minor field adjustments may be required. Dual breakers operator available on F-Frame only. Only the F, J and K can mount LH and RH all other RH only.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-353

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-354 2501200

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Type C371
Variable Depth Mounting Range Min/Max 12 6.5016 (165.1406.4) 6.5016.63 (165.1422.4) 6.5016.63 (165.1422.4) 8.5022 (215.9558.8) 8.7522 (222.3558.8) 9.7522 (247.7558.8) Operating Mechanism Only 3 Catalog Number C371E C371F C371F C371G C371K C371K Operating Mechanism w/ 4-Inch Handle For NEMA 112 EnclosureFor NEMA 4/4X Enclosure Catalog Number C371E1 C371F5 C371F5 C371G5 C371K5 C371K5 Catalog Number C371E2 C371F6 C371F6 C371G6 C371K6 C371K6

Circuit Breaker or Motor Circuit Protector HMCP and Series C EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED HMCP and Series C HJD, JD, JDB, JDC HMCP and Series C DK, HKD, KD, KDB Series C HLD, LD, LDC Series C MD, MDS (No MDL) Series C HND, ND, NDC

Frame Size 150 250 400 600 800 1200

Handle Only
Circuit Breaker Frame Size (Amperes) 150 NEMA Enclosure Type 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X Operating Handle Length 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) Catalog Number C371H1 C371H2 C371H3 C371H4 C371H5 C371H6 C371H7 C371H8

Channel Support Kit (Rod Not Supplied) For use to prevent bending of the operating handle mounting surface. This is especially useful when the operating handle is mounted on a channel in a multi-door enclosure.
Amperes 6001200 Catalog Number C371CS6

Connecting Rods 4
Application Disconnect switches (30, 60, 100, 200A sizes) Circuit breakers (150, 250, 400A sizes) Circuit breakers (600, 800, 1200A sizes) Notes 1 For increased maximum allowable depth, see connecting rods left. 2 Dimensions shown are from panel flange surface. 3 Does not include handle. 4 Increase maximum allowable depth by 5 inches (127 mm). Catalog Number C371CS1 C371CS1 C371CS2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2
IEC IP66 56

Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms


Series C Rotary

Series C Rotary Ordering Information


Shaft Length Inches (mm) F-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) J-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) K-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) L- and MDL-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) MD/MDS 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) N-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 16.00 (406.4) 24.00 (609.6) HM5R06 HM5R12 HM5R16 HM5R24 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C23G08 6648C23G08 6648C23G08 6648C23G08 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 WHM5R06 WHM5R12 WHM5R16 WHM5R24 WHM5R06X WHM5R12X WHM5R16X WHM5R24X HM7R06 HM7R12 HM7R16 HM7R24 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C22G21 6648C23G17 6648C23G17 6648C23G17 6648C23G17 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 HM4R06 HM4R12 HM4R16 HM4R24 6648C22G11 6648C22G11 6648C22G11 6648C22G11 6648C23G19 6648C23G19 6648C23G19 6648C23G19 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 WHM4R06 WHM4R12 WHM4R16 WHM4R24 WHM4R06X WHM4R12X WHM4R16X WHM4R24X HM3R06 HM3R12 HM3R16 HM3R24 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C23G25 6648C23G25 6648C23G25 6648C23G25 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 WHM3R06 WHM3R12 WHM3R16 WHM3R24 WHM3R06X WHM3R12X WHM3R16X WHM3R24X HM2R06 HM2R12 HM2R16 HM2R24 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C22G01 6648C23G21 6648C23G21 6648C23G21 6648C23G21 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 WHM2R06 WHM2R12 WHM2R16 WHM2R24 WHM2R06X WHM2R12X WHM2R16X WHM2R24X HM1R06 HM1R12 HM1R16 HM1R24 6648C22G25 6648C22G25 6648C22G25 6648C22G25 6648C23G11 6648C23G11 6648C23G11 6648C23G11 4217B37G08 4217B37G05 4217B37G06 4217B37G07 WHM1R06 WHM1R12 WHM1R16 WHM1R24 WHM1R06X WHM1R12X WHM1R16X WHM1R24X Complete Catalog Number 1 Separate Catalog Number Standard Handle 2 Breaker Mechanism 3 Shaft 4 Catalog Number IEC IP65 56

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Complete catalog number includes the standard handle, mechanism, shaft and support brace/bracket. 2 Handle is designed suitable for NEMA Types 1, 3R and 12 enclosures. Use style number 6648C22G03 for Type 4/4X handle or add X Suffix to complete catalog number. Handle is cast aluminum. 3 Breaker mechanism includes a shaft support bracket and its parts. Shaft is.50-inch (12.7 mm). 4 Longer shafts,16-inch (406.4 mm) and 24-inch (609.6 mm), include an adjustable support extension. 5 IEC handle mechanism supplied with metric thread mounting hardware. 6 Complete catalog number includes a handle, mechanism and shaft.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-355

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-356 Universal Rotary F-Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Universal Rotary F-Frame Features Comparison of Series C Rotary and Universal Rotary Handle Mechanism
NEMA Enclosure Type Number Handle of Poles 1 3R 12 4/4X 1 Lock-Off 2 X X X X X X X X International Handle Indication: Markings ON/OFF TRIPPED/RESET ON (I) OFF (O) X X X X Handle Material Metal Molded plastic Available Handle Colors Black Yellow/Red/Black Handle Rotation 45 deg. 90 deg. Shaft Lengths (Inches) 6, 12, 16, 24 6, 12, 24

Rotary Series C rotary Universal rotary

Series C Universal Rotary 3


Shaft Length in Inches (mm) G-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) F-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) J-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) K-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) L-Frame 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) 6.00 (152.4) 12.00 (304.8) Black Black Red Red LHMVD06B LHMVD12B LHMVD06R LHMVD12R Black Black Red Red KHMVD06B KHMVD12B KHMVD06R KHMVD12R Black Black Red Red JHMVD06B JHMVD12B JHMVD06R JHMVD12R Black Black Red Red FHMVD06B FHMVD12B FHMVD06R FHMVD12R Black Black Red Red GHMVD06B GHMVD12B GHMVD06R GHMVD12R Handle Color Complete Catalog Number

Series C G-Frame Vari-Depth Handle Mechanism (Not Shown)


For Use With Enclosure NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R/12/4X NEMA 3R/12/4X NEMA 1 NEMA 1 NEMA 3R/12/4X NEMA 3R/12/4X Breaker GC/GHC/GD GC/GHC/GD GC/GHC/GD GC/GHC/GD GMCP GMCP GMCP GMCP Handle Color Black Black Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow Black Yellow Complete Catalog Number HRGCV11L HRGCV31L HRGCV14L HRGCV34L HRGMV11L HRGMV31L HRGMV14L HRGMV34L

Notes 1 Type 4/4X application requires special handle. See Ordering Information. 2 All rotary handle mechanisms include a handle Lock Off to prevent turning the breaker ON while in the OFF position. 3 Only available as complete handle mechanism. Parts not sold separately.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms

Euro IEC Direct


Black Handle Frame F J K L and M N R Catalog Number HMCC1B HMCC2B HMCC3B HMCC4B HMVD5B HMVD6B Red Handle Catalog Number HMCC1R HMCC2R HMCC3R HMCC4R

G Direct 1
Black Handle With Shroud Frame GD/GHC GMCP Catalog Number HRGCC1S HRGMC1S Without Shroud Catalog Number HRGCC10 HRGMC10 Yellow Handle With Shroud Catalog Number HRGCC3S HRGMC3S Without Shroud Catalog Number HRGCC30 HRGMC30

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Handle Extension
Handle Extension

Handle Extension 23
Frame J, K L, M N R Style Number HEX3 HEX4 HEX5 HEX6

Notes 1 Suitable for use on two- or three-pole G-Frame. 2 Handle extension is not included with J, K, L, M and N-Frame breakers. It must be purchased separately. 3 Handle extension is included with breaker with R-Frame breakers.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-357

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-358

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Type LFD Current Limiter The LFD current limiter is an accessory that bolts to the load end of a standard FDB or FD thermal-magnetic and electronic circuit breaker, providing 200,000A
Type LFD Current Limiter

interrupting capacity at up to 600 Vac. LFD current limiters for thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are listed with Underwriters Laboratories under File E47239.

Type LFD Current Limiter


Circuit Breaker Rating Amperes 1570 80160 Catalog Number LFD3070R LFD3150R

Potential Transformer Module The potential transformer module is required for the Digitrip OPTIM 1050 to provide a voltage input to allow the trip unit to monitor power and energy as well as power factor. The potential transformer module is a 6 VA transformer with a primary voltage input of up to 600 volt
Potential Transformer Module

line to line. Three 0.1 ampere fuses are provided on the primary of the transformer and can be used for isolation purposes during dielectric testing. The device is normally panel mounted and can feed up to 16 OPTIM trip units.

Potential Transformer Module


Description Potential transformer module Catalog Number DOPTMLN

Ground Fault Alarm Unit The ground fault alarm unit is a remotely mounted device with a combination indicating light/test button that will light when the breaker trips or alarms on ground fault. The ground fault alarm unit requires a separate 120 Vac power source to power the
Ground Fault Alarm Unit

light and the internal relay, which has 1NO and 1NC contacts for remote indication. The ground fault alarm unit can be panel mounted for ordering with an optional face mounting bracket. For use on Digitrip 310 only, K- through N-Frame.

GF Alarm Unit
Description Ground fault alarm unit Face mounting bracket Catalog Number GFAU 1264C67G01

Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit The solid-state (electronic) 50/60 Hz power; it includes portable test kit provides complete instructions and verification of performance of test times for testing long all ratings of Digitrip 310 time, short time/ electronic trip units installed instantaneous operation in circuit breakers while in and optional ground fault service under varying load operation of the circuit and/or phase imbalance. The breaker. test kit operates on 120-volt, Portable Test Kit
Description Solid-state (electronic) portable test kit Catalog Number STK2

IQ Energy Sentinel The IQ Energy Sentinel is a highly accurate, microprocessor-based, breaker-mounted device designed to monitor power and energy readings. It represents an alternative to watt meters, watt-hour meters, and watt demand meters. Key advantages include savings in space, lower installation costs, and remote monitoring capability.

The IQ Energy Sentinel mounts on the load side of a Series C F-Frame (150 ampere) circuit breaker. It can be applied on three-phase, four-wire systems, or singlephase, three-wire systems with voltage connected through Phases A and C. For more information, see Descriptive Bulletin 8178.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Breaker Interface Module (BIM) The Breaker Interface Module (BIM) is a panel mounted user interface device that is mounted on the front of an electrical assembly or at a remote location. The BIM is used to access, configure, test and display information for OPTIM trip units and other devices. The BIM consists of four display windows, eight function buttons, 18 LEDs, and a graphical time/current curve to provide breaker status, operational information, protection status and energy monitoring. A 24
Breaker Interface Module (BIM)

Vdc power supply is required to provide power to the BIM. This is supplied by the switchboard builder to Eatons specifications. The BIM is a member of Eatons PowerNet family of communicating devices that connects OPTIM trip units, Digitrip RMS 810/910 trip units and energy sentinels as a subnetwork system. The BIM can also be connected to a main network via a PONI module to PowerNet software.

Auxiliary Power Module The auxiliary power module is a power supply requiring 120 Vac input at 50 or 60 Hz that provides a 32 Vdc output. The auxiliary power module provides control power for testing an OPTIM trip unit when other means of control power is not available or for continuous OPTIMizer operation versus temporary with a battery. The auxiliary
Auxiliary Power Module

power module connects into the top of the Digitrip OPTIMizer via a keyed receptacle. The main application for the auxiliary power module would be for the testing of a standalone non-communicating OPTIM breaker that ordinarily would not have control power.

Auxiliary Power Module


Catalog Number PRTBAPMDV

Breaker Interface Module (BIM)


Catalog Number BIMII

Digitrip OPTIMizer The Digitrip OPTIMizer is a hand-held programmer that is used to access, configure, test and display information from OPTIM trip units. The OPTIMizer plugs into the front of an OPTIM trip unit via an eight-pin telephone jack and is powered by a nine-volt battery or the auxiliary power module. One highlighted feature is the Copy and Download commands. Setting up multiple OPTIM trips can be finished in minutes and with no errors. An Auxiliary Power Module connection provides a trip test when control power is not present at the breaker. The OPTIMizer is supplied as a standard package to include
Digitrip OPTIMizer

the programmer, the eightpin connection cord, battery and carrying case. The auxiliary power module is optional.
Note: 24 Vdc Power Supply A 24 Vdc power supply is required for all Digitrip OPTIM trip units that are required to communicate either on the main Eaton PowerNet network or as a subnetwork to a BIM. The breakers load is 45 mA of current. Typically one power supply is required per switchboard and can provide control power to a BIM and the OPTIM trip units. The 24 Vdc power supply should be an isolated high quality power supply with a CE label, and is normally provided by the switchboard manufacturer to Eatons recommendations.

Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display The Cause of Trip Display can The DIGIVIEW version will be field-installed on any provide a local display at the Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. breaker without additional The device provides breaker wiring by connecting directly information through an LCD onto the trip unit. The screen, such as cause of trip, DIGIVIEWR06 version has a phrase current, ground 6 foot cable that allows users current and low loads. The to mount the display on the display is ideal for outside of an enclosure door troubleshooting common and connect to the trip unit trips such as ground fault, that is contained inside the long delay, and enclosure. instantaneous/short delay. Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display
Catalog Number DIGIVIEW DIGIVIEWR06

Digitrip OPTIMizer
Catalog Number OPTIMizerstandard package

Cause of Trip LED Module The Cause of Trip LED Module can be field-installed on any Digitrip RMS 310+ trip unit. The device provides a cause of trip indication via LED. The Cause of Trip LED Module connects directly onto the trip unit. When the

breaker trips, the module indicates the cause of trip (long delay, short delay, instantaneous and ground) via LED indication. The module is reset after the breaker is reset.

Cause of Trip LED Module


Catalog Number TRIP-LED

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-359

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-360

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Accessories
Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame) NEMA 12 Safety Door Hardware for Flex Shaft and C371 1
Handle Length in Inches (mm) 4 (101.6) 6 (152.4) Roller Latch 3 Catalog Number 2 C361KJ4 C361KJ6 C361KR

Series C Rotary Accessories As an option, an auxiliary switch is offered so that the control panel builder may electrically indicate the status of the breaker.

This accessory would be mounted on the mechanism and comes with 24-inch (609.6 mm) pigtail leads.

Series C Auxiliary Switch


Catalog Number 5108A61G01 Notes 1 Customer: Consult with box manufacturer for correct door hardware and any adapters required for assembly. 2 The 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch (6.35 x 12.7 mm) standard mill rectangular locking bar is not supplied with these kits. 3 Third roller latch for use with 4- or 6-inch (101.6 or 152.4 mm) handle when 3 point latching is required.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fuse Amperes 6 4

Technical Data and Specifications


Electrical Operator F-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 12
Voltage 3 120 240 Frequency 50/60 Hz AC 50/60 Hz AC Inrush Current Amperes 10 5 Maximum Operating Time 5 cycles (80 ms) 5 cycles (80 ms) Fuse Amperes 4 3 2

L- and M-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data


168j

Operating Voltage 3 120 AC 208 AC 240 AC

Inrush Current Amperes 31 13 12 21 50

F-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data 2567


Voltage 3 120 24 48 125 Frequency AC DC DC DC Inrush Current Amperes 2 5 3 2

125 DC 24 DC

N-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data 16kl


Operating Voltage 3 120 208 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC DC Inrush Current Amperes 31 21 19 50 80 21

J-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data 1689


Voltage 3 120 240 Inrush Current Amperes 30 16 Fuse Amperes 6 4

240 480 24 48 125

K-Frame Electrical (Solenoid) Operator Rating Data


Operating Voltage 3 120 240 Inrush Current Amperes 30 16 Fuse Amperes 6 4

1689

R-Frame Electrical (Motor) Operator Rating Data mnop


Operating Voltage q 120 240 48 24 Frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz DC DC Motor Inrush Current Amperes 40 27 53 58

Notes 1 UL listed under UL File E64983. 2 The electrical operator design is endurance tested for 8000 electrical operations. 3 Tolerance: +10%, 15% of nominal voltage. 4 Use current-limiting type fuse where required. 5 UL listed under UL File E64124. 6 Frequency: 50/60 Hz. 7 Maximum operating time: 3 seconds max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. 8 The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 6000 electrical operations. 9 Maximum operating time: 5 cycles (80 mS). j Maximum operating time: 12 cycles. k The electrical operator design has been endurance tested for 2,500 electrical operations. l Maximum operating time: 12 cycles max. Operator is an intermittent duty device. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. m Operator is an intermittent duty service. The safe duty cycle (OFF to ON to OFF) should not exceed one per minute. n Electric Operating time at rated voltage; (a) To turn breaker ON1/2 second max. (b) To turn breaker OFF1/2 second max. o Motor operating temperature; Class A temperature limits apply. p A minimum 1 kVA power source is recommended for motor operation. q Applied voltage should be no less than 85% or no more than 110% of rated voltage. For OPTIM trip, OPEOPCK kit required.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-361

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-362

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Rear Connecting Studs F-Frame 1
Stud Ampere Rating Stud Catalog Number Panel Thickness A Tube Length B C Tube Catalog Number Dimensions D E F

For 15 to 100 Ampere Circuit Breakers 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A short 100A long 100A long 100A long 100A long 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G01 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02 451D874G02 1.00 (25.4) 0.69 0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.38 0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.25 0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.00 (25.4) 0.69 0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.38 0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.25 0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.06 (26.9) 1.38 (34.9) 1.69 (42.9) 2.00 (50.8) 3.44 (87.3) 3.75 (95.2) 4.06 (103.1) 4.38 (111.3) 32B9446H20 32B9446H21 32B9446H22 32B9446H23 32B9446H24 32B9446H25 32B9446H26 32B9446H27 6.13 (155.6) 6.13 (155.6) 6.13 (155.6) 6.13 (155.6) 3.63 (92.1) 3.63 (92.1) 3.63 (92.1) 3.63 (92.1) 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18 0.31 (7.9)18

For 110 to 225 Ampere Circuit Breakers 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A short 225A long 225A long 225A long 225A long 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G01 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 374D883G02 1.00 (25.4) 0.69 0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.38 0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.25 0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.00 (25.4) 0.69 0.94 (17.5 to 23.8) 0.38 0.63 (9.5 to 15.9) 0.25 0.31 (6.4 to 7.9) 1.06 (26.9) 1.38 (34.9) 1.69 (42.9) 2.00 (50.8) 3.44 (87.3) 3.75 (95.2) 4.06 (103.1) 4.38 (111.3) 374D883H06 374D883H07 374D883H08 374D883H09 374D883H10 374D883H11 374D883H12 374D883H13 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 7.50 (190.5) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14 0.44 (11.1)14

F-Frame
E B Mounting Panel

Breaker Mounting Surface

F Thread

.75 (19.1)
Note 1 Not UL listed.

.06 (1.5)

C D

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2
Tube Catalog Number 456D983H05 456D983H06 456D983H07 5010D23H05 5010D23H06 5010D23H07

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) J-Frame


Stud Ampere Rating 250A short 250A short 250A short 250A long 250A long 250A long Stud Catalog Number 5010D23G01 5010D23G01 5010D23G01 5010D23G02 5010D23G02 5010D23G02 Panel Thickness A 0.751.00 (19.125.4) 0.50 0.75 (12.719.1) 0.25 0.50 (6.412.7) 0.751.00 (19.125.4) 0.50 0.75 (12.719.1) 0.25 0.50 (6.412.7) Tube Length B 0.84 (21.4) 1.09 (27.7) 1.03 (26.2) C 3.88 (98.6) 4.13 (104.9) 4.38 (111.3)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1.59 (40.4) 0.59 (15.0) 0.06 (1.5) 0.31 (7.9) 18 Thread Do Not Use More Than 10 Ft Lbs Torque to Tighten Nuts Breaker Mounting Panel

6.66 (169.2) A 0.03 (0.7) C

0.50 (12.7) 13 Thread

2 2 2 2 2
E 3.66 (93.0) F 0.7516 (19.1406.4)

B 3.63 (92.2)

K-Frame 1
Stud Ampere Rating 400A short 400A short 400A short 400A long 400A long 400A long Stud Catalog Number 6642C14G02 6642C14G04 6642C14G06 6642C14G03 6642C14G05 6642C14G07 Panel Thickness A 0.751 (19.125.4) 0.50 0.75 (12.718.4) 0.25 0.5 (6.3512.7) 0.751 (19.125.4) 0.50 0.75 (12.718.4) 0.25 0.5 (6.3512.7) Tube Length B 0.84 (21.3) 1.09 (27.69) 1.03 (26.16) C 3.78 (96.0) 4.03 (102.4) 4.28 (108.7) Standard Tube Catalog Number 313C909H17 313C909H18 313C909H19 313C909H20 313C909H21 313C909H22 Dimensions D 6.58 (167.1)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

E Mounting Panel B

F Thread Breaker Mounting Surface

0.06 (1.5) 1.67 (42.4)


Note 1 Not UL listed.

C D

2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-363

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-364 2501200

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Flange Mounted Handle Mechanisms Type C371
Operating Mechanism Only Variable Depth Mounting Range Min/Max 12 6.516 (165.1406.4) 6.516.63 (165.1422.4) 6.516.63 (165.1422.4) 8.522 (215.9558.8) 8.7522 (222.3558.8) 9.7522 (247.7558.8) Operating Mechanism w/ 4-inch Handle For NEMA 112 Enclosure Catalog Number C371E C371F C371F C371G C371K C371K Catalog Number C371E1 C371F5 C371F5 C371G5 C371K5 C371K5 For NEMA 4/4X Enclosure Catalog Number C371E2 C371F6 C371F6 C371G6 C371K6 C371K6

Circuit Breaker or Motor Circuit Protector HMCP and Series C EHD, FDB, FD, FDC, HFD, ED HMCP and Series C HJD, JD, JDB, JDC HMCP and Series C DK, HKD, KD, KDB Series C HLD, LD, LDC Series C MD, MDS (No MDL) Series C HND, ND, NDC

Frame Size 150 250 400 600 800 1200

Handle Only
Circuit Breaker Frame Size (Amperes) 150 NEMA Enclosure Type 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X 1-3R-3-12 4/4X Operating Handle Length 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) Catalog Number C371H1 C371H2 C371H3 C371H4 C371H5 C371H6 C371H7 C371H8

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Series C

2.3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) L-Frame


Stud Length (A) 5.47 (138.9) 7.97 (202.4) 10.47 (265.9) Stud Catalog Number 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09

.44 (11.2)

A Insulators Washer Nut

Circuit Breaker Insulating Panel

Rear Connecting Stud

M-Frame
Stud Ampere Rating 225 400 400 400 600 600 600 800 800 800 Diameter and Thread 0.50 (12.7)13 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 Extension Back of Breaker 3.66 (93.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.0) Stud Catalog Number 314C960G01 314C960G04 314C960G05 314C960G06 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09 314C960G10 314C960G11 314C960G12

N-Frame
Stud Ampere Rating 800 800 800 1200 1200 Diameter and Thread 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.25 (31.8)12 1.25 (31.8)12 Extension Back of Breaker 5.5 (139.7) 8.0 (203.2) 10.5 (266.7) 5.5 (139.7) 10.5 (266.7) Stud Catalog Number 623B222G01 623B222G02 623B222G03 373B375G04 373B375G03

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-365

2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-366 GP, FP, KP, LP and MP Frames

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Definite Purpose

Contents
Description Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Line and Load Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Optional Line and Load Terminals . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online

Page V4-T2-367 V4-T2-367 V4-T2-369 V4-T2-369 V4-T2-369 V4-T2-369 V4-T2-369 V4-T2-370 V4-T2-371 V4-T2-372 V4-T2-372

Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breaker Family

Definite Purpose Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Optimized solution for HVAC/R and Pumping Applications.

Product Overview
GP, FP, KP, LP and MP Frames 15800 Amperes NEMA 480 Vac Eatons Definite Purpose molded case circuit breakers are available in three-pole configurations, and are designed to meet the specific requirements of HVAC/R and pumping applications. As with other members of Eatons family of molded case circuit breakers, Definite Purpose breakers provide high quality, reliability, unmatched performance and outstanding value. Eatons Definite Purpose breakers are rated from 15 800A and are available in five frame sizes. Each frame size has the same compact outside dimensions as Series C breakers. Additionally, Definite Purpose breakers have been rigorously tested to the UL 489 standard. They are assembled in an ISO certified facility. Trip Units and Terminals Definite Purpose breakers contain factory-sealed thermal-magnetic trip units. The GP-Frame breaker (15100A) includes line and load terminals and breaker mounting hardware. FP (15225A), KP (200 400A), LP (450600A) and MP (700800A) Frames ship standard without lugs or mounting hardware, offering additional flexibility. External Accessories Definite Purpose breakers use the same external accessories as Series C breakers: handle mechanisms, motor operators, lock-off devices, busbar extensions and multiple terminal arrangements. A full complement of terminals are available to customize Definite Purpose breakers as required.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Definite Purpose

2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection Guide

Electrical Characteristics

Breaker Type Amperage range Performance level Breaker capacity (kA rms) NEMA, UL, CSA 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Number of poles Maximum voltage (Vac) Thermal-magnetic

GPS 15100A S 65 22 3 480

FPS 15225A S 65 35 18 3 600

FPH 15225A H 100 65 25 3 600

KPS 200400A S 65 35 25 3 600

KPH 200400A H 100 65 35 3 600

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-367

2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-368 Breaker Type Amperage range Performance level Breaker capacity (kA rms) NEMA, UL, CSA

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Definite Purpose

Electrical Characteristics, continued

LPS 450600A S 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 65 35 25 3 600

LPH 450600A H 100 65 35 3 600

MPS 700800A S 65 50 25 3 600

MPH 700800A H 100 65 35 3 600

Number of poles Maximum voltage (Vac) Thermal-magnetic

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Definite Purpose

2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Features
Base Mounting Hardware Metric base mounting hardware is included with each breaker when choosing termination option L. English mounting hardware is available for field installation only. Base Mounting Hardware
Catalog Number Frame GP 1 FP KP LP MP English BMH1 BMH3 BMH4 BMH5 Metric BMH1M BMH3M BMH4M BMH5M

Line and Load Termination Line and Load Terminals Both line and load terminals are included with GP-Frame Definite Purpose breakers.
Breaker GP Termination Type Wire Awg Wire Range #141/0 Metric Wire Range (mm) 2.550 Wire Type Cu only Bolt Size English Bolt Size Metric Torque LbIn 45 Torque Nm 5.1 Catalog Number Included

Optional Line and Load Terminals


Maximum Amperes 100 100 100 100 200 225 225 KP 400 400 LP 500 600 MP 800 800 Awg Wire Range #14#10 #8 #6#4 #34/0 #34/0 #44/0 #6300 250500 (1) 3/0250 (2) 250350 (2) 400500 (2) 3/0400 (3) 500750 (2) Wire Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu only Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Catalog Number 3T100FB 2 3T100FB 2 3T100FB 2 3T100FB 2 3T150FB 2 3TA225FB 2 3TA225FDK 2 TA350K 3TA400K 2 TA602LD 3TA603LDK 2 TA800MA2 TA801MA Catalog Number with Control Wire Termination 3TA400KCW TA602LDCW 3TA603LDKCW TA800MA2CWT TA801MACWT

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Options
Optional Line and Load Terminals Compression terminals with hardware are available for a wide range of conductors. Field installation only.

Breaker FP

Notes 1 Base mounting hardware, is included with GP-Frame breakers. A separate catalog number is not required. 2 Package of three terminals.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-369

2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-370

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Definite Purpose

Catalog Number Selection

FP S 3 150 L
Frame Size GP = GP-Frame FP = FP-Frame KP = KP-Frame LP = LP-Frame MP = LP-Frame Options Interrupting Rating S = Standard H = High 1 Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole K = Molded case switch 2 L = Line and load terminals W = Without terminals or mounting hardware 1

GP-Frame 015 = 15A 020 = 20A 025 = 25A 030 = 30A 035 = 35A 040 = 40A 045 = 45A 050 = 50A 060 = 60A 070 = 70A 080 = 80A 090 = 80A 100 = 100A

FP-Frame 015 = 15A 020 = 20A 025 = 25A 030 = 30A 035 = 35A 040 = 40A 045 = 45A 050 = 50A 060 = 60A 070 = 70A 080 = 80A 100 = 100A 110 = 110A 125 = 125A 150 = 150A 175 = 175A 200 = 200A 225 = 225A

Ampere Rating KP-Frame LP-Frame 175 = 175A 450 = 450A 200 = 200A 500 = 500A 250 = 250A 600 = 600A 300 = 300A 400 = 400A

MP-Frame 700 = 700A 800 = 800A

Notes 1 Not available on GP-Frame. 2 When choosing a molded case switch, select the highest amperage rating for the frame and the standard interrupting rating.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Definite Purpose

2.4
2 2 2

Product Selection
Catalog Numbers When ordering Definite Purpose breakers, use the appropriate catalog numbers given below.

GP 100

GP-Frame/15100A
Three-Pole Frame/ Ampere Rating GP/15100A circuit breakers Catalog Number GPS3015 GPS3020 GPS3025 GPS3030 GPS3035 GPS3040 GPS3045 GPS3050 GPS3060 GPS3070 GPS3080 GPS3090 GPS3100 GP/100A molded case switch GPS3100K

FP 225

FP-Frame/15225A
Three-Pole Frame/ Ampere Rating FP/15225A circuit breakers Catalog Number FPS3015 FPS3020 FPS3025 FPS3030 FPS3035 FPS3040 FPS3045 FPS3050 FPS3060 FPS3070 FPS3080 FPS3100 FPS3110 FPS3125 FPS3150 FPS3175 FPS3200 FPS3225 FPH3015 FPH3020 FPH3025 FPH3030 FPH3035 FPH3040 FPH3045 FPH3050 FPH3060 FPH3070 FPH3080 FPH3100 FPH3110 FPH3125 FPH3150 FPH3175 FPH3200 FPH3225 FP/225A molded case switch FPS3225K

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-371

2.4
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-372 MP 800 LP 400 KP 250

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Definite Purpose

KP-Frame/200400A
Three-Pole Frame/ Ampere Rating KP/175400A circuit breakers Catalog Number KPS3175 KPS3200 KPS3250 KPS3300 KPS3400 KPH3175 KPH3200 KPH3250 KPH3300 KPH3400 KP/400A molded case switch KPS3400K

Accessories
End Cap Accessory Kit End caps for line and load conductor termination are optional with each breaker. End caps secure the conductor with a ring-type connector. The kit includes one end cap, three cap screws, three nuts and three lock washers. Series C Accessories For internal accessories, see Page V4-T2-302. For external accessories, see Page V4-T2-333. End Cap Accessory Kit

LP-Frame/450600A
Three-Pole Frame/ Ampere Rating LP/450600A circuit breakers Catalog Number LPS3450 LPS3500 LPS3600 LPH3450 LPH3500 LPH3600 LP/600A molded case switch LPS3600K

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) All dimensions are provided for guidance and should not be used for construction purposes unless approved. Contact Eaton for detailed outline drawings.

GP FP KP LP and MP Definite Purpose Frames , , ,


Breaker Type GP Width 3.00 (76.2) Height 4.88 (124.0) FP 4.13 (104.9) 6.00 (152.4) 3.38 (85.9) KP 5.49 (139.4) 10.12 (257.0) 4.31 (109.6) LP 8.25 (209.6) 10.75 (273.1) 3.81 (96.8) MP 8.25 (209.6) 16.00 (406.4) 4.06 (103.1)

MP-Frame/700800A
Three-Pole Frame/ Ampere Rating MP/700800A circuit breakers Catalog Number MPS3700 MPS3800 MPH3700 MPH3800 MP/800A molded case switch MPS3800K

Depth 2.63 (66.7)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
Page V4-T2-374 V4-T2-375 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-378 V4-T2-378 V4-T2-379 V4-T2-392 V4-T2-415 V4-T2-429 V4-T2-432

Engine Generator Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions and Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Learn Online Drawings Online

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Engine Generator Circuit Breakers


Product Description
Eatons engine generator molded case circuit breakers are designed specifically for application on diesel engine powered standby generators where high interrupting circuit breakers are not required. The JG through NG breakers are equipped with a special trip unit, that includes standard thermal (overload) protection and special low magnetic pickup range (FG includes a fixed thermalmagnetic pickup). The standard thermal trip unit provides overload protection for conductors per the National Electrical Code. The low magnetic pickup range is approximately two to five times the continuous rating and provides closer low-level short-circuit protection when applied on generators that have very low short-circuit capacity. This combination allows the user to customize the breaker to the generator output.

Application Description
Engine generator circuit breakers are suitable for reverse feed application.

Standards and Certifications


Engine generator molded case circuit breakers are designed to conform with the following standards:

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 489, Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures File E7819 Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 5, Service Entrance and Branch Circuit Breakers International Electrotechnical Commission Recommendations IEC 947-2, Circuit Breakers

Conformance with these standards satisfies most local and international codes, assuming user acceptability and simplified application.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-373

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-374

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Catalog Number Selection


This information is presented only as an aid to understanding catalog numbers. It is not to be used to build catalog numbers for circuit breakers.

FG breakers include both line and load side terminals

JG, KG, LG and NG breakers with W catalog number suffix do not include any terminals JG, KG, LG and NG breakers without W catalog number suffix include both line and load terminals

Contact Eaton for additional ratings and internal/external accessories Reverse feed

Circuit Breakers FG, JG, KG, LG and NG

FG 3 100 W
Frame FG Number of Poles 3 = Three-pole Trip Amperes 015 020 025 030 035 040 045 050 060 070 080 090 100 125 150 175 200 225 175 200 225 250 KG 300 350 400 LG 450 500 600 NG 700 800 900 1000 1200 Suffix W = Without terminals

JG

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2
Engine Generator Breaker 3

Product Selection
The following table lists FG through NG engine generator breakers with the maximum generator kVA and kW rating. Engine generator breakers are applied at 115% of the generator full load current rating (FLA). The maximum kW rating is based on threephase generators at 80% power factor.

Thermal-Magnetic
Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz Magnetic Pickup Range Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 350700 5001000 5001000 5001000 5001000 10002000 240 Vac kVA 1 5 7 9 11 13 14 16 18 22 25 29 32 36 40 45 54 63 72 81 63 63 72 72 81 81 90 90 108 108 126 126 144 kW 2 4 6 7 9 10 12 13 14 17 20 23 26 29 32 36 43 51 58 65 51 51 58 58 65 65 72 72 87 87 101 101 116 480 Vac kVA 1 11 14 18 22 25 29 32 36 43 51 58 65 72 79 90 108 126 144 162 126 126 144 144 162 162 181 181 217 217 253 253 289 kW 2 9 12 14 17 20 23 26 29 35 40 46 52 58 64 72 87 101 116 130 101 101 116 116 130 130 144 144 173 173 202 202 231 600 Vac kVA 1 14 18 23 27 32 36 41 45 54 63 72 81 90 99 113 135 158 181 203 158 158 181 181 203 203 226 226 271 271 316 316 361 kW 2 11 14 18 22 25 29 32 36 43 51 58 65 72 79 90 108 126 144 162 126 126 144 144 162 162 181 181 217 217 253 253 289

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Catalog Number FG3015 4 FG3020 4 FG3025 4 FG3030 4 FG3035 4 FG3040 4 FG3045 4 FG3050 4 FG3060 4 FG3070 4 FG3080 4 FG3090
4

FG3100 4 FG3110 4 FG3125 4 FG3150 4 FG3175


4

FG3200 4 FG3225
4

JG3175W 5 JG3175 4 JG3200W 5 JG3200 4 JG3225W 5 JG3225 4 JG3250W 5 JG3250 4 KG3300W 5 KG3300 4 KG3350W 5 KG3350 4 KG3400 4

Notes 1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating. 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor. 3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units. 4 Breaker includes line and load terminals. 5 Without terminals. The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-375

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-376

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Electronic
Maximum Generator Rating 60 Hz Magnetic Pickup Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 12505000 12505000 12505000 240 Vac kVA 1 162 181 217 253 289 325 361 433 kW 2 130 144 173 202 231 260 289 347 480 Vac kVA 1 325 361 433 505 578 650 722 867 kW 2 260 289 347 404 462 520 578 693 600 Vac kVA 1 406 451 542 632 722 812 903 1083 kW 2 325 361 433 505 578 650 722 867 Engine Generator Breaker 3 Catalog Number LG3450 4 LG3500 4 LG3600 4 NG3700 4 NG3800 4 NG3900 4 NG31000 4 NG31200 4

Notes 1 Breaker continuous current is based on 115% of the generator full load ampere rating. 2 Based on three-phase generators at 80% power factor. 3 FG, JG, KG include thermal-magnetic trip units, LG and NG include electronic trip units. 4 Breaker includes line and load terminals. The following catalog numbers have center tap studs for dual voltage applications: JG3070CT, JG3100CT, JG3125CT, KG3175CT, LG3300CTW.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2
Catalog Number 3T100FB 1 3TA225FD 1 TA250KB TA350K 3TA400K 1 3TA603LDK TA700NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Accessories Selection Guide and Ordering Information


Enclosures Type 1 General Purpose

Options and Accessories


Standard Terminals

Surface or flush mounting 151200 ampere range 600 Vac, 500 Vdc

Type 1 enclosed breakers are designed for use in commercial buildings, apartment buildings and other areas where a general purpose enclosure is applicable. The breaker is front operable and is capable of being padlocked in either the ON or OFF position. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed with Underwriters Laboratories as approved for service entrance application. Both surface and flush mounted enclosures are available. Type 3R Rainproof Surface Mounting

as a main disconnect and protective device for feeder circuits. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed by Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application. Type 12 Dustproof Surface Mounting

Breaker Frame FG FG JG KG KG LG NG NG NG

Max. Amp Rating 100 150 250 350 400 600 700 1000 1200

AWG Wire Range 141/0 44/0 4350 kcmil 250500 kcmil 3/0250 kcmil (2) 250500 kcmil (2) 1500 kcmil (2) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 4/0500 kcmil (4)

Metric Wire Range mm2 2.550 2595 25185 120240 95120 120240 50300 95185 120300

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

No knockouts or other openings 151200 ampere range 600 Vac, 500 Vdc

Interchangeable hubs (through 400 amperes) 151200 ampere range 600 Vac, 500 Vdc

This general purpose outdoor service center employs a circuit breaker inside a weatherproof sheet steel breaker enclosure to serve Enclosure Selection Data
Breaker Frame Amperes FG 15225 Enclosure Type Class Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 JG 175250 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 KG 300400 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 LG 450600 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 NG 7001200 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12

The Type 12 enclosure is designed in line with specifications for special industry applications where unusually severe conditions involving oil, coolant, dust and other foreign materials exist in the operating atmosphere. The handle padlocks in the OFF position and the cover is interlocked with the handle mechanism to prevent opening the cover with the circuit breaker in the ON position. Ratings through 1200 amperes are listed by Underwriters Laboratories as suitable for service entrance application.

Neutral Kits, Insulated and Groundable


Max. Enclosure Rating (Amperes) 100 250 400 600 1200 Main Lug Number Size Cu/Al (1) 141/0 (1) 6350 kcmil (1) 4750 kcmil or (2) 1/0250 kcmil (2) 250500 kcmil (3) 1/0 to 750 kcmil or (4) 1/0 to 750 kcmil Ground Lug Size Cu/Al (1) 141/0 (1) 4300 kcmil (1) 4300 kcmil (1) 4300 kcmil (1) 6250 kcmil Catalog Number INK100 INK250 INK400 INK600 INK1200

Internal Accessories Auxiliary Switch 2


1A-1B Breaker Frame FG 3 JG KG Factory Mounted A06 A06 A06 A06 A06 Field Kit Catalog Number A1X1PK A1X2PK A1X3PK A1X4PK A1X5PK Factory Mounted A13 A13 A13 A13 A13 2A-2B Field Kit Catalog Number A2X1RPK A2X2PK A2X3PK A2X4PK A2X5PK

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Catalog Number SFDN225 RFDN225 JFDN225 SJDN250 RJDN250 JJDN250 SKDN400 RKDN400 JKDN400 SLDN600 RLDN600 JLDN600 SNDN1200 RNDN1200 JNDN1200

LG NG

Shunt Trip 2
Breaker Frame FG 3 JG KG LG NG Rating 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc 1224 Vdc Factory Mounted S02 S42 S42 S02 S02 Field Kit Catalog Number SNT1LP03K SNT2P04K SNT3P04K SNT4LP03K SNT5LP03K

Notes 1 Package of three terminals. 2 Other accessories are available. Same as standard frame breakers. 3 Field installation on the FG Frame is not UL listed.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-377

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-378 Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 240 480 600

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Technical Data and Specifications


UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) 18,000 14,000 10,000

IEC 947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings


Volts AC (50/60 Hz) 220, 240 380, 415 660, 690 Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical Amperes) 18,000/ 9,000 14,000/ 7,000 18,000/ 9,000 14,000/ 7,000 10,000/5,000

Dimensions and Weights


Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Enclosure Selection Data
Breaker Frame Amperes FG 15225 Enclosure Type Class Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 JG 175250 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 KG 300400 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 LG 450600 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 NG 7001200 Type 1 Type 3R Type 12 Approx. Weight Lbs (kg) 15 (7) 19 (9) 18 (8) 31 (14) 40 (18) 37 (17) 53 (24) 60 (27) 53 (24) 81 (37) 84 (38) 81 (37) 178 (81) 175 (79) 170 (77) Conduit Sizes, Inches Catalog Number

A 23.25 (590.6) 25.66 (651.8) 25.66 (651.8) 34.70 (881.4) 37.50 (952.5) 37.53 (953.3) 38.81 (985.8) 41.69 (1058.9) 41.69 (1058.9) 45.88 (1165.4) 48.31 (1227.1) 48.31 (1227.1) 61.22 (1555.0) 63.59 (1615.2) 63.59 (1615.2)

B 8.41 (213.6) 8.84 (224.7) 8.84 (224.7) 10.92 (277.4) 11.56 (293.6) 11.56 (293.6) 11.06 (280.9) 11.75 (298.5) 11.75 (298.5) 14.31 (363.5) 14.91 (378.7) 14.91 (378.7) 21.44 (544.6) 22.00 (558.8) 22.00 (558.8)

C 6.28 (159.5) 9.31 (236.5) 9.31 (236.5) 7.20 (182.9) 10.22 (259.6) 10.22 (259.6) 10.94 (277.9) 14.06 (357.1) 14.06 (357.1) 12.38 (314.5) 15.50 (393.7) 15.50 (393.7) 15.41 (391.4) 17.63 (447.8) 17.63 (447.8)

D 18.75 (476.3) 24.28 (616.7) 24.28 (616.7) 30.00 (762.0) 35.77 (908.6) 35.77 (908.6) 34.00 (863.6) 39.90 (1013.5) 39.90 (1013.5) 46.56 (1182.6) 46.56 (1182.6) 46.56 (1182.6) 61.84 (1570.7) 61.84 (1570.7) 61.84 (1570.7)

E 1.20 (30.5) 1.70 (43.2) 1.70 (43.2) 1.88 (47.8) 1.94 (49.3) 1.94 (49.3) 2.28 (57.9) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1.91 (48.5) 1.92 (48.8) 1.92 (48.8) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0) 1.97 (50.0)

0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50 SFDN225 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1, 1.25, 1.50, 2, 2.50 RFDN225 0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3 0.25, 0.50, 2, 2.50, 3 JFDN225 SJDN250 RJDN250 JJDN250

0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 1.50, 2, 2.50, 3, 3.50 SKDN400 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 2.50, 3, 3.50 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4 0.25, 0.50, 0.75, 3, 3.50, 4 RKDN400 JKDN400 SLDN600 RLDN600 JLDN600 SNDN1200 RNDN1200 JNDN1200

Type 1 Surface Mounted


E B C

Type 3R Rainproof
E C

Type 12, 12K Dustproof


E C

ON A D A D OFF
A D ON OFF

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
Page V4-T2-373 V4-T2-381 V4-T2-382 V4-T2-389 V4-T2-390 V4-T2-391 V4-T2-392 V4-T2-415 V4-T2-429 V4-T2-432

Direct Current Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Direct Current Circuit Breakers


Product Description
DC (direct current) systems and applications are becoming commonplace as alternative energy sources have expanded and the number of DC devices and data centers using DC power has swelled. Eaton offers molded case circuit breakers and switches to meet circuit protection and switching requirements for a host of different DC end use requirements. Applications include UPS battery supply circuits, solar systems and electric vehicle charging, as well as commercial and industrial distribution. Current ratings are available from 15 to 2500A, with a full scale of voltage and interrupting ratings to address needs ranging from standard to the highest performance. Optional internal accessories provide remote tripping and indication of breaker status. The DC breaker family is UL 489 listed and exceeds the requirements in UL 489 Supplement SC for UPS applications. Eaton breakers may be applied in both ungrounded and select grounded applications, with poles connected in series to operate at the maximum voltages shown on Page V4-T2-380. To use DC circuit breakers on 600V grounded systems, three poles in series must be connected on the ungrounded leg. The HFDDC through HMDLDC DC breakers use the same internal and external accessories as their Series C or Series G AC frame equivalents. NBDC and PBDC use the same internal and external accessories as standard NB and PB breakers. Many of the Eaton AC molded case circuit breakers carry 250 Vdc ratings for ungrounded systems. Refer to Pages V4-T2-9 and V4-T2-125 for these interrupting tables.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-379

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-380

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Quick Reference Direct Current Circuit Breakers UL 489 Interrupting Capacity Ratings
Interrupting Capacity (kA) Volts DC 1 Circuit Breaker Type EGEDC EGSDC EGHDC HFDDC JGEDC JGSDC JGHDC HJDDC HKDDC LGEDC LGSDC LGHDC HLDDC HLDDC 3 HMDLDC NBDC PBDC Maximum Amperes 100 100 100 225 250 250 250 250 400 600 600 600 600 1200 800 1200 2500 125 10 35 42 42 35 42 50 42 42 22 22 50 42 42 42 42 42 Poles in Series 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 2 35 42 50 50 35 42 50 50 50 22 22 50 50 50 50 50 65 Poles in Series 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 500 35 50 65 600 42 35 50 65 42 42 35 50 65 35 35 50 65 Poles in Series 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 750 2 42 Poles in Series 4

IEC 60947-2 Interrupting Capacity Ratings


Circuit Breaker Type EGEDC EGSDC EGHDC JGEDC JGSDC JGHDC HJDDC LGEDC LGSDC LGHDC HLDDC HMDLDC Maximum Amperes 100 100 100 250 250 250 250 600 600 600 600 800 125 Volts DC Icu 10 35 42 22 22 42 22 22 42 Ics 10 35 42 22 22 42 22 22 42 Poles in Series 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 250 Volts DC Icu 10 35 42 22 22 42 22 22 42 Ics 10 35 42 22 22 42 22 22 42 Poles in Series 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 600 Volts DC Icu 20 20 20 Ics 10 10 10 Poles in Series 3 3 3

Notes 1 DC ratings apply to substantially non-inductive circuits. Time constants per UL 489. 2 EGEDC through HMDLDC have been tested up to 300 Vdc to allow for battery charging voltages. 750 Vdc is common in transportation applications. HFDDC, four-pole 750 Vdc is available up to 150A maximum. 300 Vdc and 750 Vdc are not UL 489 listed voltage ratings. 3 Four-pole frame with two-poles connected in parallel. See Page V4-T2-390 for series connection diagrams. Use NEC rated cable to connect/short poles in series as shown.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2

Catalog Number Selection


DC Circuit Breaker

HFDDC 3 150 W
Frame EGEDC = Series GE (100A max.) EGSDC = Series GE (100A max.) EGHDC = Series GE (100A max.) HFDDC = Series CF (225A max.) JGEDC = Series GJ (250A max.) JGSDC = Series GJ (250A max.) JGHDC = Series GJ (250A max.) HJDDC = Series CJ (250A max.) HKDDC = Series CK (400A max.) LGEDC = Series GL (600A max.) LGSDC = Series GL (600A max.) LGHDC = Series GL (600A max.) HLDDC = Series CL (1200A max.) HMDLDC = Series CM (800A max.) NBDC = NB (1200A max.) PBDC = PB (2500A max.) Number of Poles 1 = Single-pole 2 = Two-pole 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Trip Unit Ampere Rating 015 = 15A 020 = 20A 025 = 25A 030 = 30A 035 = 35A 040 = 40A 045 = 45A 050 = 50A 060 = 60A 070 = 70A 080 = 80A 090 = 90A 100 = 100A 110 = 110A 125 = 125A 150 = 150A 175 = 175A 200 = 200A 225 = 225A 250 = 250A 300 = 300A 350 = 350A 400 = 400A 450 = 450A 500 = 500A 600 = 600A 700 = 700A 800 = 800A 900 = 900A 1000 = 1000A 1200 = 1200A 1600 = 1600A 2000 = 2000A 2500 = 2500A Suffix Series C, NB and PB Frames K = Molded case switch L = Line and load terminals, F-Frame MW = 135% magnetic trip unit, without terminals W = Without terminals Series G Frames FFG = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, with terminals FFW = Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic trip unit, without terminals FAG = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, with terminals FAW = Fixed thermal, adjustable magnetic trip unit, without terminals KSG = Molded case switch, with terminals KSW = Molded case switch, without terminals

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-381

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-382

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Product Selection
Type EGEDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 500 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker with Terminals without Terminals Catalog Number EGEDC3025FFG EGEDC3030FFG EGEDC3035FFG EGEDC3040FFG EGEDC3045FFG EGEDC3050FFG EGEDC3060FFG EGEDC3070FFG EGEDC3080FFG EGEDC3090FFG EGEDC3100FFG Catalog Number EGEDC3025FFW EGEDC3030FFW EGEDC3035FFW EGEDC3040FFW EGEDC3045FFW EGEDC3050FFW EGEDC3060FFW EGEDC3070FFW EGEDC3080FFW EGEDC3090FFW EGEDC3100FFW

Type EGHDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 500 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker with Terminals without Terminals Catalog Number EGHDC3025FFG EGHDC3030FFG EGHDC3035FFG EGHDC3040FFG EGHDC3045FFG EGHDC3050FFG EGHDC3060FFG EGHDC3070FFG EGHDC3080FFG EGHDC3090FFG EGHDC3100FFG Catalog Number EGHDC3025FFW EGHDC3030FFW EGHDC3035FFW EGHDC3040FFW EGHDC3045FFW EGHDC3050FFW EGHDC3060FFW EGHDC3070FFW EGHDC3080FFW EGHDC3090FFW EGHDC3100FFW

Type EGSDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 500 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 Complete Circuit Breaker Complete Circuit Breaker with Terminals without Terminals Catalog Number EGSDC3025FFG EGSDC3030FFG EGSDC3035FFG EGSDC3040FFG EGSDC3045FFG EGSDC3050FFG EGSDC3060FFG EGSDC3070FFG EGSDC3080FFG EGSDC3090FFG EGSDC3100FFG Catalog Number EGSDC3025FFW EGSDC3030FFW EGSDC3035FFW EGSDC3040FFW EGSDC3045FFW EGSDC3050FFW EGSDC3060FFW EGSDC3070FFW EGSDC3080FFW EGSDC3090FFW EGSDC3100FFW

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2
Four-Pole Catalog Number HFDDC4015L HFDDC4020L HFDDC4025L HFDDC4030L HFDDC4035L HFDDC4040L HFDDC4045L HFDDC4050L HFDDC4060L HFDDC4070L HFDDC4080L HFDDC4090L HFDDC4100L HFDDC4110L HFDDC4125L HFDDC4150L

HFDDC

Type HFDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Circuit Breaker with Line and Load Terminals 1 Single-Pole Catalog Number HFDDC1015L HFDDC1020L HFDDC1025L HFDDC1030L HFDDC1035L HFDDC1040L HFDDC1045L HFDDC1050L HFDDC1060L HFDDC1070L HFDDC1080L HFDDC1090L HFDDC1100L HFDDC1110L HFDDC1125L HFDDC1150L Two-Pole Catalog Number HFDDC2015L HFDDC2020L HFDDC2025L HFDDC2030L HFDDC2035L HFDDC2040L HFDDC2045L HFDDC2050L HFDDC2060L HFDDC2070L HFDDC2080L HFDDC2090L HFDDC2100L HFDDC2110L HFDDC2125L HFDDC2150L HFDDC2175L HFDDC2200L HFDDC2225L Three-Pole Catalog Number HFDDC3015L HFDDC3020L HFDDC3025L HFDDC3030L HFDDC3035L HFDDC3040L HFDDC3045L HFDDC3050L HFDDC3060L HFDDC3070L HFDDC3080L HFDDC3090L HFDDC3100L HFDDC3110L HFDDC3125L HFDDC3150L HFDDC3175L HFDDC3200L HFDDC3225L

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type JGEDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Complete Breaker Catalog Number JGEDC3070FAG JGEDC3090FAG JGEDC3100FAG JGEDC3125FAG JGEDC3150FAG JGEDC3175FAG JGEDC3200FAG JGEDC3225FAG JGEDC3250FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 2 Catalog Number JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN JGEDC3250NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number JT3070FA JT3090FA JT3100FA JT3125FA JT3150FA JT3175FA JT3200FA JT3225FA JT3250FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 For breaker without terminals, replace "L" with "W" at end of catalog number. 2 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-383

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-384 HJDDC3250 JGHDC3250NN

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Type JGSDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Complete Breaker Catalog Number JGSDC3070FAG JGSDC3090FAG JGSDC3100FAG JGSDC3125FAG JGSDC3150FAG JGSDC3175FAG JGSDC3200FAG JGSDC3225FAG JGSDC3250FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN JGSDC3250NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number JT3070FA JT3090FA JT3100FA JT3125FA JT3150FA JT3175FA JT3200FA JT3225FA JT3250FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ

Type JGHDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Complete Breaker Catalog Number JGHDC3070FAG JGHDC3090FAG JGHDC3100FAG JGHDC3125FAG JGHDC3150FAG JGHDC3175FAG JGHDC3200FAG JGHDC3225FAG JGHDC3250FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN JGHDC3250NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number JT3070FA JT3090FA JT3100FA JT3125FA JT3150FA JT3175FA JT3200FA JT3225FA JT3250FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ T250FJ

Type HJDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F HJDDC3250F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number JT3070T JT3090T JT3100T JT3125T JT3150T JT3175T JT3200T JT3225T JT3250T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB TA250KB

Note 1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2

HKDDC3400

Type HKDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 42 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400 Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F HKDDC3400F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number KT3100T KT3125T KT3150T KT3175T KT3200T KT3225T KT3250T KT3300T KT3350T KT3400T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA300K TA350K TA350K TA350K 3TA400K

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

LGEDC3630NN

Type LGEDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 300 350 400 500 600 Complete Breaker Catalog Number LGEDC3250FAG LGEDC3300FAG LGEDC3350FAG LGEDC3400FAG LGEDC3500FAG LGEDC3600FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN LGEDC3630NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT4500FA LT3600FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK 3TA632LK 2 3TA632LK 2

Type LGSDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 300 350 400 500 600 Complete Breaker Catalog Number LGSDC3250FAG LGSDC3300FAG LGSDC3350FAG LGSDC3400FAG LGSDC3500FAG LGSDC3600FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN LGSDC3630NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT4500FA LT3600FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK 3TA632LK 2 3TA632LK 2

Notes 1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 2 Three-pole kit.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-385

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-386 HLDDC

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Type LGHDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 300 350 400 500 600 Complete Breaker Catalog Number LGHDC3250FAG LGHDC3300FAG LGHDC3350FAG LGHDC3400FAG LGHDC3500FAG LGHDC3600FAG Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN LGHDC3630NN Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3250FA LT3300FA LT3350FA LT3400FA LT4500FA LT3600FA Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK TA350LK 3TA632LK 2 3TA632LK 2

Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F HLDDC3600F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number LT3300T LT3350T LT3400T LT3450T LT3500T LT3600T Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD TA602LD 3TA603LDK 2

Type HLDDC DC Circuit Breakers Two-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 250 Vdc 34
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Complete Breaker Catalog Number HLDDC20600 HLDDC20700 HLDDC20800 HLDDC20900 HLDDC21000 HLDDC21200

Notes 1 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation. 2 Three-pole kit. 3 Includes breaker frame, trip unit and terminals. 4 Four-pole breaker with two poles wired in parellel.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2
Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2

HMDLDC3800F

Type HMDLDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 35 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800 Circuit Breaker Frame Only 1 Catalog Number HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F HMDLDC3800F Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit Catalog Number MT3300T MT3350T MT3400T MT3450T MT3500T MT3600T MT3700T MT3800T

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Type NBDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 50 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 700 800 900 1000 1200 Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Assembled without Terminals 2 Catalog Number NBDC3700MW NBDC3800MW NBDC3900MW NBDC31000MW NBDC31200MW Includes Magnetic Trip Unit Calibrated at 135% Included Included Included Included Included Standard Terminals Catalog Number TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Type PBDC DC Circuit Breakers Three-Pole High Interrupting Capacity 65 kAIC at 600 Vdc
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 1600 2000 2500 Complete Circuit Breaker Factory Assembled without Terminals 2 Catalog Number PBDC31600W PBDC32000W PBDC32500W Includes Magnetic Trip Unit Calibrated at 135% Included Included Included Standard Rear Connectors Catalog Number BA2000PB BA2000PB BA2500PB

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Includes frame and trip unit. Order terminals or connectors separately. 2 For complete breaker, order individual frame, trip unit and terminals for field installation.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-387

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-388 LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC Breaker Frame EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC HFDDC 100 20 100 225 JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC HJDDC HKDDC 250 250 225 350 400 400 630 630 HLDDC HMDLDC NBDC 500 600 600 800 700 800 900 1000 1200

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

DC Breaker Terminal Wire Ranges


Maximum Breaker Ampacity Terminal Body Material Wire Type Aluminum Steel Steel Aluminum Stainless steel Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors 141/0 1410 (1) 141/0 (1) 44/0 (1) 4350 (1) 4350 kcmil (1) 3350 kcmil (1) 250500 kcmil (1) 3/0250 kcmil (2) 2500 (1) 2500 kcmil (2) 2500 kcmil (2) 3/0350 kcmil (2) 400500 kcmil (2) 1500 kcmil (2) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (3) 4/0500 kcmil (4) Metric Wire Range mm2 2.550 2.54 (1) 2.550 (1) 2595 (1) 25185 (1) 25185 (1) 35185 (1) 120240 (1) 95120 (1) 35240 (1) 35240 (2) 35240 (2) 95150 (2) 185240 (2) 95185 (3) 95185 (3) 95185 (3) 95185 (3) 120240 (4) Number of Terminals Included 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Standard Terminal Catalog Number 3TA125EF 3T20FB 3T100FB 3TA225FD T250FJ TA250KB TA300K TA350K 3TA400K TA350LK TA632L 3TA632LK TA602LD 3TA603LDK TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1

Molded Case Switches Eatons DC molded case switches are used in applications requiring a compact, high-capacity disconnect. They are UL 489 listed and have automatic high instantaneous current protection. These devices do not provide overload protection. Molded Case Switches
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 Vdc Maximum 100 150 225 250 250 400 600 800 500 Vdc Maximum 100 250 Vdc Maximum 100 150 225 1200 50 50 50 50 2 2 2
1

With Line and Load Terminals Interrupting Capacity (Volts DC) Poles in Series Catalog Number

Without Line and Load Terminals Catalog Number

42 42 42 65 42 35 65 65 35 35

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

HFDDC3100KL HFDDC3150KL HFDDC3225KL JGKDC3250KSG HJDDC3250K HKDDC3400K LGKDC3400KSG LGKDC3630KSG HLDDC3600K HMDLDC3800K

HFDDC3100KW HFDDC3150KW HFDDC3225KW JGKDC3250KSW HJDDC3250KW HKDDC3400KW LGKDC3400KSW LGKDC3630KSW HLDDC3600WK HMDLDC3800WK

65

EGK3100KSG

EGK3100KSW

HFDDC2100KL HFDDC2150KL HFDDC2225KL HLDDC21200K 1

HFDDC2100KW HFDDC2150KW HFDDC2225KW HLDDC21200WK 1

Note 1 Four-pole frame with two-pole connected in parallel.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2

Accessories
Internal Accessories
Field Installation Kits JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC Factory Installation (HFDDC) EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC

Description Auxiliary switch 1A-1B 2A-2B Alarm switch 1 make/1 break

HFDDC 1

HJDDC

HKDDC

HLDDC

HMDLDC

NBDC

PBDC

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Right-Pole Mounting A06 A13 B06 A1X1PK A2X1RPK A1L1RPK AAL1RPK AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK A1X2PK A2X2PK A1L2RPK AAL2RPK A1X13PK A2X3PK A1L3RPK AAL3RPK A1X4PK A2X4PK A1L4RPK AA114RPK A1X4PK A2X4PK A1L4RPK AA114RPK 4980D16G05 4980D16G06 2602D32G14 2602D32G15

ALM1M1BEPK ALM1M1BJPK AUXALRMEPK AUXALRMJPK

Auxiliary and alarm combo 1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05 Left-Pole Mounting Shunt trip 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 120 Vac Undervoltage release 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 120 Vac U30 U34 U38 U42 U46 U14 UVH1LP20K UVH1LP21K UVH1LP22K UVH1LP26K UVH1LP28K UVH1LP08K UVR012DPK UVR024DPK UVR048DPK UVR125DPK UVR250DPK UVR120APK UVR012DPK UVR024DPK UVR048DPK UVR125DPK UVR250DPK UVR120APK UVH2LP20K UVH2LP21K UVH2LP22K UVH2LP26K UVH2LP28K UVH2LP08K UVH3LP20K UVH3LP21K UVH3LP22K UVH3LP26K UVH3LP28K UVH3LP08K UVH4LP20K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP22K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP28K UVH4LP08K UVH4LP20K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP22K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP28K UVH4LP08K 372D032G06 372D032G07 372D032G08 372D032G09 372D032G10 373D632G05 4976D85G11 4976D85G12 4976D85G13 4976D85G17 4976D85G18 5674D29G01 S02 S02 S06 S06 S10 S14 S06 SNT1LP03K SNT1LP03K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP12K SNT1LP18K SNT1LP12K SNT012CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT120CPK SNT012CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT120CPK SNT2P04K SNT2P04K SNT2P06K SNT2P06K SNT2P11K SNT2P14K SNT2P11K SNT3P04K SNT3P04K SNT3P06K SNT3P06K SNT3P11K SNT3P14K SNT3P11K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP11K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP11K 2606D58G14 2606D58G13 2606D58G12 2606D58G11 2606D58G10 2606D58G09 2060D58G05 2606D59G28 2606D59G27 2606D59G26 2606D59G25 2606D59G24 2606D59G23 2060D59G19

Note 1 F-Frame circuit breakers are factory sealed. Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker. Factory installation of accessories is available. Contact Eaton for assistance with part number configuration.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-389

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-390

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Wiring Diagrams
Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application 12

250 Vdc MaximumTwo Poles in Series

Load Load (A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection. Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.

500 Vdc or 600 Vdc MaximumThree Poles in Series


Load

Load

(A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.

Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.

750 Vdc MaximumFour Poles in Series

Load Load (A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.

Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.

Notes 1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC. 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) DC Breaker Dimensions
Frame EGEDC, EGSDC, EGHDC HFDDC Number of Poles 3 1 2 3 4 JGEDC, JGSDC, JGHDC HJDDC HKDDC LGEDC, LGSDC, LGHDC 600A Max. HLDDC 1200A Max. HLDDC HMDLDC NBDC PBDC 3 2, 3 2, 3 3 2, 3 4 2, 3 3 3 Width 3.00 (76.2) 1.38 (35.1) 2.75 (70.0) 4.13 (105.0) 5.50 (139.7) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (105.0) 5.50 (139.7) 5.48 (139.2) 8.25 (209.6) 11.00 (279.4) 8.25 (209.6) 8.25 (209.6) 12.06 (306.3) Height 5.50 (139.7) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 6.00 (152.4) 7.00 (177.8) 10.00 (254.0) 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) 10.75 (273.1) 10.75 (273.1) 16.00 (406.4) 16.00 (406.4) 22.06 (560.3) Depth 2.99 (75.9) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.38 (86.0) 3.57 (90.7) 4.06 (103.1) 4.10 (104.1) 4.09 (103.9) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 4.06 (103.1) 5.50 (139.7) 9.06 (230.1)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-391

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-392 E2 Mining Service Breakers

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Breakers Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T2-373 V4-T2-379 V4-T2-396 V4-T2-412 V4-T2-415 V4-T2-429 V4-T2-432

E2 Mining Service Breakers


Product Overview
State-of-the-art E2 mining service breakers incorporate the rigid specifications and testing procedures developed by a focus group led by engineers from several large coal companies and Eaton design engineers. Additionally, the performance of these breakers was proven and verified during hundreds of hours of field testing in harsh mine environments. E2 mining breakers are available in 600 Vac and l000Y/ 577 Vac. Interchangeable trip units can be used on either 600 or 1000 Vac frames. The E2 mining breaker family is designed especially for trailing cable application per MSHA 30 CFR 75. Field interchangeable electronic rms sensing trip units are available from 150 to 2000 amperes with instantaneous pickup settings conforming to the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges. E2 electronic trip units are the first to provide the mining industry with true rms sensing, made possible by the custom ASIC microprocessor in each electronic trip unit. E2 breakers are designed to be physically and electrically interchangeable with Classic Mining Service Breakers and supersede Series C Mining Service Breakers. The table to the right outlines direct replacements. 600 Vac Mining Breaker Replacement Chart
Classic FBM HFBM Series C FDBM FDM HFDM (mag. only) KAM KAMH LAM LAMH LCM LCMH MAM MAMH MCM MCMH NBM NBMH NCM NCMH JDM KDM KDM LDM LDM LDM LDM E2 E2F E2F E2F E2J E2K E2K E2L E2L E2L E2L E2M E2M E2M E2M E2N E2N E2N E2N

1000 Vac Mining Breaker Replacement Chart


Classic HFM HKAM HLAM HLCM HMAM HMCM HNBM HNBMH HNCM HLCLM HPBM Series C JDCM KDCM LDCM LDCM E2M E2FM E2JM E2KM E2LM E2LM E2MM E2MM E2NM E2NM E2NM E2NM E2RM 1

Additional Information on Mining Breakers


Source TD01217001E BR01217001E TC01217001E www.eaton.com/mining Description E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Dimensional Data E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Brochure E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Time Current Curves Mining and Metals

Note 1 E2R/E2RM is a new frame physically different than the HPBM. See DS29-170MS.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2

Eatons mining service circuit breakers provide short circuit protection as specified in the code of Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. E2 225/400 ampere K frame and 400/600 ampere L frame electronic trip units feature specifically designed instantaneous pickup settings to conform exactly with the code of Interrupting Capacity Rating

Federal Regulations 30 CFR 75.601-2. Electromechanical trip units are also available with a wide range of magnetic pickup ranges. The tables below list the conductor size maximum allowable circuit breaker instantaneous setting and the E2 breaker that meets that setting. Auxiliary Switch Electrical Rating Data
Maximum Voltage Vdc 1 600 18 18 25 35 25 25 25 50 18 18 25 35 25 25 25 50 1000Y/577 10 10 14 10 18 18 25 25 250 10 10 10 42 22 22 10 22 10 42 22 22 600 125 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6.0 0.5 (non-inductive load) 0.25 (non-inductive load)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Interrupting Capacity (Symmetrical kA) Circuit Breaker Type E2F E2J E2K E2LME E2L E2M E2N E2R E2FM E2JM E2KM E2LMZ E2LM E2MM E2NM E2RM
2

Vac (50/60 Hz) 240 65 65 65 100 65 65 65 125 65 65 65 100 480 25 35 35 65 35 35 50 65 25 35 35 65 35 35 50 65

250

Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch) Electrical Rating Data


Maximum Voltage 600 125 250 Frequency 50/60 Hz DC DC Maximum Current Amperes 6.0 0.5 (non-inductive load) 0.25 (non-inductive load)

Notes 1 Two poles in series. DC rating applies to breakers with thermal-magnetic trip unit. Breakers with electronic trip units are not DC rated. 2 Series rated for application with Eatons E2KM and E2LM breakers.

Trailing Cable Setting Per 30 CFR 75


Maximum Breaker Instantaneous Setting 50 75 150 200 300 500 600 800 1000 1250 1500 2000 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 Maximum Ampere 75C Insulated Conductor 15 20 30 50 65 85 100 115 130 150 175 200 230 255 285 310 335 380 E2/E2M Instantaneous Only E2K 150A E2K 150A E2K 150A E2K 225A E2K 225A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2K 225A/E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A E2L 400A

Conductor Size 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 300 350 400 500

Setting A B C A B C/A D/B E/C F/D G/E H/F G H H H H H H

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-393

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-394 E2R/E2RM E2N/E2NM E2L/E2LM/E2M/ E2MM E2LME/E2LMZ E2K/E2KM E2J/E2JM Breaker Type E2F/E2FM 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Undervoltage Release Mechanism Electrical Rating Data


Dropout Voltage Supply Voltage Minimum 44.5 Maximum 77 Pickup Voltage Maximum 93.5 VA 1.3 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.7 1.9 44.5 77 93.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 1.6 1.9 2.2 44.5 77 93.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 1.6 1.9 2.2 44.5 77 93.5 0.96 1.13 1.25 43.8 77 93.5 0.94 1.12 1.21 44.5 77 93.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 1.6 1.9 2.2 44.5 77 93.5 1.8 2.1 2.4 1.6 1.9 2.2 44.5 77 93.5 3.3 3.6 3.8 43.8 77 93.5 3.3 3.6 3.8

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2
VA 830 1280

Shunt Trip Electrical Rating Data


Operating Voltage Breaker Type E2F/E2FM Supply Voltage 48 Vac 60 Vac 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 208 Vac 220 Vac 230 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc E2J/E2JM 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc E2K/E2KM 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 24 Vac 48 Vac 60 Vac E2LME/E2LMZ 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 82 18 60 18 77 60 77 60.5 77 33.6 146 Minimum 33.6 VA 92 140 480 570 640 180 200 240 100 160 55 66 71 66 84 102 112 138 150 100 120 140 110 130 140 41 139 210 83 92 117 120 475 720 99 120 121 E2R/E2RM E2N/E2NM Breaker Type E2L/E2LM/E2M/ E2MM Supply Voltage 48 Vac 60 Vac 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 110 Vac 120 Vac 127 Vac 110 Vdc 120 Vdc 125 Vdc 77 60.5 77 60 77 34 60 Operating Voltage Minimum 34

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

100 120 140 710 1105 110 130 140 100 120 140 110 130 140 330 390 430 370 440 480

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-395

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-396 E2F/E2FM

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Product Selection E2F/E2FM


Thermal-Magnetic Circuit BreakersSealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Include Line/Load Terminals

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 25 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole 1


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 Catalog Number E2F3015 E2F3020 E2F3025 E2F3030 E2F3035 E2F3040 E2F3045 E2F305 E2F3060 E2F3070 E2F3080 E2F3090 E2F3100 E2F3125 E2F3150

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 60 70 80 90 100 125 150 Note 1 For two-pole application, use outer poles. Catalog Number E2FM3020 E2FM3025 E2FM3040 E2FM3050 E2FM3060 E2FM3070 E2FM3080 E2FM3090 E2FM3100 E2FM3125 E2FM3150

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

E2F/E2FM
Magnetic Only Circuit BreakersSealed Breakers with Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit Include Line/Load Terminals

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 25 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 3 7 15 30 Magnetic Trip Range 930 2170 45150 90300 50150 50 150500 66190 70 100 210700 150500 3001000 150 4501500 7502500 Catalog Number E2F003AM E2F007CM E2F015EM E2F030HM E2F030EM E2F050KM E2F050YM E2F070MM E2F100KM E2F100RM E2F150TM E2F150UM

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 3 7 15 30 Magnetic Trip Range 930 2170 45150 90300 50150 50 150500 66190 70 100 210700 150500 3001000 150 4501500 7502500 Catalog Number E2FM050KM E2FM050YM E2FM070MM E2FM100KM E2FM100RM E2FM150TM E2FM150UM

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-397

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-398 250 E2J/E2JM 250

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

E2J/E2JM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 450900 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 300650 5001000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number E2J3070W E2J3090W E2J3100W E2J3125W E2J3150W E2J3175W E2J3200W E2J3225AW E2J3225DW E2J3225W E2J3250W Frame Only Catalog Number E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2J3070T E2J3090T E2J3100T E2J3125T E2J3150T E2J3175T E2J3200T E2J3225TA E2J3225TD E2J3225T E2J3250T

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 70 90 100 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 450900 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 300650 5001000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number E2JM3070W E2JM3090W E2JM3100W E2JM3125W E2JM3150W E2JM3175W E2JM3200W E2JM3225AW E2JM3225DW E2JM3225W E2JM3250W Frame Only Catalog Number E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2J3070T E2J3090T E2J3100T E2J3125T E2J3150T E2J3175T E2J3200T E2J3225TA E2J3225TD E2J3225T E2J3250T

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2

E2J/E2JM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 25 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 450900 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number E2J3250MAW E2J3250MCW E2J3250MDW E2J3250MFW E2J3250MGW E2J3250MJW E2J3250MKW E2J3250MLW E2J3250MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F E2J3250F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2J3250TMA E2J3250TMC E2J3250TMD E2J3250TMF E2J3250TMG E2J3250TMJ E2J3250TMK E2J3250TML E2J3250TM

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 250 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 450900 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 Catalog Number E2JM3250MAW E2JM250MCW E2JM3250MDW E2JM3250MFW E2JM3250MGW E2JM3250MJW E2JM3250MKW E2JM3250MLW E2JM3250MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F E2JM3250F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2J3250TMA E2J3250TMC E2J3250TMD E2J3250TMF E2J3250TMG E2J3250TMJ E2J3250TMK E2J3250TML E2J3250TM

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-399

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-400 E2K/E2KM 250 300 350 400

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

E2K/E2KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 300650 5001000 11252250 12502500 15003000 17503500 20004000 Catalog Number E2K3100W E2K3125W E2K3150W E2K3175W E2K3200W E2K3225AW E2K3225DW E2K3225W E2K3250W E2K3300W E2K3350W E2K3400W Frame Only Catalog Number E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2K3100T E2K3125T E2K3150T E2K3175T E2K3200T E2K3225TA E2K3225TD E2K3225T E2K3250T E2K3300T E2K3350T E2K3400T

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 14 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 175 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 300650 5001000 11252250 250 300 350 400 12502500 15003000 17503500 20004000 Catalog Number E2KM3100W E2KM3125W E2KM3150W E2KM3175W E2KM3200W E2KM3225AW E2KM3225DW E2KM3225W E2KM3250W E2KM3300W E2KM3350W E2KM3400W Frame Only Catalog Number E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2K3100T E2K3125T E2K3150T E2K3175T E2K3200T E2K3225TA E2K3225TD E2K3225T E2K3250T E2K3300T E2K3350T E2K3400T

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2

E2K/E2KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 15003000 17503500 20004000 Catalog Number E2K3400MAW E2K3400MDW E2K3400MFW E2K3400MGW E2K3400MJW E2K3400MKW E2K3400MLW E2K3400MWW E2K3400MNW E2K3400MRW E2K3400MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2K3400TMA E2K3400TMD E2K3400TMF E2K3400TMG E2K3400TMJ E2K3400TMK E2K3400TML E2K3400TMW E2K3400TMN E2K3400TMR E2K3400TM

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 14 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 300650 5001000 6251250 7501500 8751750 10002000 11252250 12502500 15003000 17503500 20004000 Catalog Number E2KM3250MAW E2KM3400MDW E2KM3400MFW E2KM3400MGW E2KM3400MJW E2KM3400MKW E2KM3400MLW E2KM3400MWW E2KM3400MNW E2KM3400MRW E2KM3400MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2K3400TMA E2K3400TMD E2K3400TMF E2K3400TMG E2K3400TMJ E2K3400TMK E2K3400TML E2K3400TMW E2K3400TMN E2K3400TMR E2K3400TM

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-401

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-402

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

E2K/E2KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous

600 Vac Maximum, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 50800 50800 50800 2001500 2001500 5002500 400 2001500 5002500 Catalog Number E2KE3100W E2KE3125W E2KE3150W E2KE3200W E2KE3225W E2KE32252W E2KE3400W E2KE34002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number KEM3100T KEM3125T KEM3150T KEM3200T KEM3225T KEM3225T2 KEM3400T KEM3400T2

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 14 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 100 125 150 200 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 50800 50800 50800 2001500 2001500 5002500 400 2001500 5002500 Catalog Number E2KEM3100W E2KEM3125W E2KEM3150W E2KEM3200W E2KEM3225 E2KEM32252W E2KEM3400W E2KEM34002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number KEM3100T KEM3125T KEM3150T KEM3200T KEM3225T KEM3225T2 KEM3400T KEM3400T2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2

E2K/E2KM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only

600 Vac Maximum, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 150 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 50800 2001500 5002500 400 2001500 5002500 Catalog Number E2KE3150MW E2KE3225MW E2KE3225M2W E2KE3400MW E2KE3400M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F E2K3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number KEM3150TM KEM3225TM KEM3225TM2 KEM3400TM KEM3400TM2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 14 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 150 225 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 50800 2001500 5002500 400 2001500 5002500 Catalog Number E2KEM3150MW E2KEM3225MW E2KEM3225M2W E2KEM3400MW E2KEM3400M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KM3400F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number KEM3150TM KEM3225TM KEM3225TM2 KEM3400TM KEM3400TM2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-403

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-404

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

E2LME/E2LMZ (Series G)
Circuit Breakers with Magnetic Only Trip Unit

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 65 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 36004400 Catalog Number E2LME3400KMW Frame Only Catalog Number E2LME3400NN Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LT3400KM

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 36004400 Catalog Number E2LMZ3400KMW Frame Only Catalog Number E2LMZ3400NN Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LT3400KM

Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit

600 Vac Maximum, 65 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 160 200 225 250 300 315 350 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 3201920 4002400 4502700 5003000 6003600 6303780 7004200 8004800 Catalog Number E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W E2LME340031W Frame Only Catalog Number E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN E2LME3400NN Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 10 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 160 200 225 250 300 315 350 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 3201920 4002400 4502700 5003000 6003600 6303780 7004200 8004800 Catalog Number E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W E2LMZ340031W Frame Only Catalog Number E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN E2LMZ3400NN Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M LT340031M

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2

E2L/E2LM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 17503500 20004000 22504500 25005000 30006000 Catalog Number E2L3300W E2L3350W E2L3400W E2L3450W E2L3500W E2L3600W Frame Only Catalog Number E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2L3300T E2L3350T E2L3400T E2L3450T E2L3500T E2L3600T

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 18 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 450 500 600 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 17503500 20004000 22504500 25005000 30006000 11252250 Note 1 600 ampere thermal 11252250 T.A. Catalog Number E2LM3300W E2LM3350W E2LM3400W E2LM3450W E2LM3500W E2LM3600W Frame Only Catalog Number E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2L3300T E2L3350T E2L3400T E2L3450T E2L3500T E2L3600T E2L3600TL 1

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-405

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-406 Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

E2L/E2LM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 11252250 15003000 17503500 20004000 22504500 25005000 30006000 Catalog Number E2L3600MLW E2L3600MNW E2L3600MRW E2L3600MXW E2L3600MYW E2L3600MPW E2L3600MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2L3600TML E2L3600TMN E2L3600TMR E2L3600TMX E2L3600TMY E2L3600TMP E2L3600TM

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 18 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 11252250 15003000 17503500 20004000 22504500 25005000 30006000 Catalog Number E2LM3600MLW E2LM3600MNW E2LM3600MRW E2LM3600MXW E2LM3600MYW E2LM3600MPW E2LM3600MW Frame Only Catalog Number E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2L3600TML E2L3600TMN E2L3600TMR E2L3600TMX E2L3600TMY E2L3600TMP E2L3600TM

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2

E2L/E2LM
Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous

600 Vac Maximum, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 10004000 600 5002500 25005000 Catalog Number E2LE3300W E2LE3350W E2LE3400W E2LE34002W E2LE3600W E2LE36002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LEM3300T LEM3350T LEM3400T LEM3400T2 LEM3600T LEM3600T2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 18 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 300 350 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 10004000 600 5002500 25005000 Catalog Number E2LEM3300W E2LEM3350W E2LEM3400W E2LEM34002W E2LEM3600W E2LEM36002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LEM3300T LEM3350T LEM3400T LEM3400T2 LEM3600T LEM3600T2

Circuit Breakers with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only

600 Vac Maximum, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 600 5002500 25005000 Catalog Number E2LE3400MW E2LE3400M2W E2LE3600MW E2LE3600M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F E2L3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LEM3400TM LEM3400TM2 LEM3600TM 1483D53G50

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 18 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 600 5002500 10004000 Catalog Number E2LEM3400MW E2LEM3400M2W E2LEM3600MW E2LEM3600M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LM3600F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number LEM3400TM LEM3400TM2 LEM3600TM 1483D53G50

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-407

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-408 E2M/E2MM

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

E2M/E2MM
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 20004000 Catalog Number E2M3600W E2M3800W Frame Only Catalog Number E2M3800F E2M3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2M3600TN E2M3800TX

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 18 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 600 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 20004000 Catalog Number E2MM3600W E2MM3800W Frame Only Catalog Number E2MM3800F E2MM3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2M3600TN E2M3800TX

Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Magnetic Only Trip Unit

600 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 20004000 25005000 30006000 Catalog Number E2M3800MNW E2M3800MXW E2M3800MPW E2M3800MWW Frame Only Catalog Number E2M3800F E2M3800F E2M3800F E2M3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2M3800TMN E2M3800TMX E2M3800TMP E2M3800TMW

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 250 Vdc, 18 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 15003000 20004000 25005000 30006000 Catalog Number E2MM3800MNW E2MM3800MXW E2MM3800MPW E2MM3800MWW Frame Only Catalog Number E2MM3800F E2MM3800F E2MM3800F E2MM3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number E2M3800TMN E2M3800TMX E2M3800TMP E2M3800TMW

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2

E2M/E2MM
Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous

600 Vac Maximum, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 Catalog Number E2ME3800W E2ME38002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2M3800F E2M3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number MEM3800T MEM3800T2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 18 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 Catalog Number E2MEM3800W E2MEM38002W Frame Only Catalog Number E2MM3800F E2MM3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number MEM3800T MEM3800T2

Circuit Breaker with Interchangeable Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only

600 Vac Maximum, 35 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 Catalog Number E2ME3800MW E2ME3800M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2M3800F E2M3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number MEM3800TM MEM3800TM2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 18 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 Complete Breaker Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 10004000 Catalog Number E2MEM3800MW E2MEM3800M2W Frame Only Catalog Number E2MM3800F E2MM3800F Trip Unit Only Catalog Number MEM3800TM MEM3800TM2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-409

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-410

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

E2N/E2NM
Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous

600 Vac Maximum, 50 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole Frame


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 12505000 12505000 12505000 Catalog Number E2N3400W E2N3500W E2N3600W E2N3700W E2N3800W E2N3900W E2N310W E2N312W

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 25 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole Frame


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1200 Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 5002500 12505000 12505000 12505000 Catalog Number E2NM3400W E2NM3500W E2NM3600W E2NM3700W E2NM3800W E2NM3900W E2NM310W E2NM312W

Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Instantaneous Only

600 Vac Maximum, 50 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole Frame


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 1200 Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 12505000 Catalog Number E2N3800MW E2N312MW

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 25 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole Frame


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C 800 1200 Magnetic Trip Range 5002500 12505000 Catalog Number E2NM3800MW E2NM312MW

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

E2R/E2RM
Circuit Breakers with Electronic Trip Unit, Long/Instantaneous (Does Not Include Rating Plugs) 1

600 Vac Maximum, 50 kA at 480 Vac, Three-Pole Frame


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C LS 1600 2000 LSI 1600 2000 28 x In 28 x In E2R316T32W E2R320T32W 28 x In 28 x In E2R316T33W E2R320T33W Magnetic Trip Range Catalog Number

1000Y/577 Vac Maximum, 25 kA at 1000 Vac, Three-Pole Frame


Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating at 40C LS 1600 2000 LSI 1600 2000 28 x In 28 x In E2RM316T32W E2RM320T32W 28 x In 28 x In E2RM316T33W E2RM320T33W Magnetic Trip Range Catalog Number

Note 1 Rating plugs: 1600 amperes 16RES16T; 2000 amperes 20RES20T.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-411

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-412 E2N/E2NM E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Accessories
Line and Load Terminals
Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM Maximum Breaker Amperes 100 150 250 225 350 400 400 400 600 E2M/E2MM 600 600 800 std. 800 800 700 1000 1200 1600 2000 Wire Type Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu/AI Cu Cu Cu Cu Cu/AI Cu/AI AWG Wire Range (No. Conductors) #141/0 (1) #44/0 (1) #4350 (1) #3350 (1) 250500 (1) 2/0250 (2) 500750 (1) 4/0600 (1) 250350 (2) (2) 2/0500 kcmil (2) 1500 kcmil (3) 3/0400 kcmil (2) 500750 kcmil (3) 3/0300 kcmil 2/0500 (2) 3/0500 (3) 3/0400 (4) 5001000 (4) 2600 (6) Catalog Number 3T100FB (package of three) 3T150FB (package of three) T250KB T300K T350K 3T400K (three-pole kit) 3TA631LK 3TA401LDK (three-pole kit) T602LD T600MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA801MA T800MA1 T700NB1 T1000NB1 T1200NB3 TA1600RD TA2000RD

End Cap TerminalsFor Use with Ring Type Terminals


Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM Maximum Breaker Amperes 150 250 400 400 600 Catalog Number KPEK1 KPEK2 KPEK3 KPEK4 Metric Catalog Number KPEMK1 KPEMK2 KPEMK3 L3RTWK KPEMK4

Imperial

External Accessories Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp


Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ E2L/E2LM E2M/E2MM E2N/E2NM E2R/E2RM Catalog Number PLK1 PLK3 PLK3 LPHL HLK4 HLK4 PLK5 HLK6

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2
Factory Modification Code U18 U42 U18 U22 T14 U66 U68 U18 U22 T14 U5 U6 U66 U68 U18 U22 T14 U66 U68 U18 U22 T14 U58 U49 U53 T33

Internal Accessories Undervoltage Release 1


Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM UVR Type Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset E2K/E2KM 120 volt handle reset with LED 120 volt handle reset with LED Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset E2LME/E2LMZ Handle reset Handle reset E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 120 volt handle reset with LED 120 volt handle reset with LED Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset E2N/E2NM 120 volt handle reset with LED 120 volt handle reset with LED Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset E2R/E2RM 120 volt handle reset with LED Handle reset Handle reset Handle reset Notes 1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed. 2 LH (RH also available). 3 Pigtail leads. 4 Terminal blocks. 5 RH only. Voltage Rating 208240 Vac 110127 Vdc 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 110125 Vdc 120 Vac 120 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 110125 Vdc 110127 Vac 110125 Vdc 120 Vac 120 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 110125 Vdc 120 Vac 120 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 110125 Vdc 120 Vac 110127 Vac 208240 Vac 110125 Vdc Mounting Location Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Right pole Right pole Right pole Right pole Catalog Number UVH1LP11K (thermal/magnetic only) 2 UVH1LP26K (thermal/magnetic only) UVH2LP08K 2 UVH2LP11K 2 UVH2LP26K 2 UVM3LP08K 23 UVM3LP08KT UVH3LP08K 2 UVH3LP11K
2 24 2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

UVH3LP26K 2 UVR120APK UVR125DPK UVM4LP08K 23 UVM4LP08KT 24 UVH4LP08K 2 UVH4LP11K 2 UVH4LP26K 2 UVM5LP08K 3 UVM5LT08K 4 UVH5LP08K 2 UVH5LP11K 2 UVH5LP26K 2 UVM6RP08K 35 UVH6RP08K 5 UVH6RP11K 5 UVH6RP26K 5

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-413

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-414 Breaker Type E2F/E2FM E2J/E2JM E2N/E2NM E2R/E2RM

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Shunt Trip 1
Breaker Type E2F/E2FM Voltage Rating 48127 Vac or 4860 Vdc 208230 Vac or 110127 Vdc E2J/E2JM E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 110240 Vac or 110125 Vdc 2460 Vac/dc 110240 Vac/dc E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 4860 Vac 4860 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc 110240 Vac 110125 Vdc Mounting Location Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Left pole Right pole Right pole Catalog Number SNT1LP08K 2 SNT1LP12K
2

Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch)


Factory Modification Code S06 S10 E2J/E2JM SNT2P11K 3 SNT3P11K 3 SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT4LP05K
2

Breaker Type E2F/E2FM

Number of Sets of Contacts (Make and Break) 1 2 1 1 2

Mounting Location Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right

Catalog Number

Factory Modification Code

A1L1LPK/A1L1RPK B06 A2L1LPK/A2L1RPK B13 A1L2LPK/A1L2RPK B06 A1L3LPK/A1L3RPK B06 A2L3LPK/A2L3RPK B13 ALM1M1BJPK ALM2M2BJPK B1 B3

S10 S10

E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ

1 2

S1 S2 S06 S86 S10 S42 S10 S42 S29 S45 E2R/E2RM E2N/E2NM

E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 1 2 1 2 1 2

A1L4LPK/A1L4RPK B06 A2L4LPK/A2L4RPK B13 A1L5LPK/A1L5RPK B06 A2L5LPK/A2L5RPK B13 A1L6RPK A2L6RPK B05 B12

SNT4LP23K 2 SNT4LP11K
2

SNT4LP26K 2 SNT5LP11K 2 SNT5LP26K 2 SNT6P11K 4 SNT6P26K 4

Notes 1 Contact Eaton for internal accessory voltage ratings not listed. 2 LH (RH also available). 3 LH or RH. 4 RH only.

Auxiliary Switch
Number of Sets of Contacts Mounting (1A and 1B) Location 1 2 1 2 E2K/E2KM E2LME/E2LMZ 1 2 1 2 E2L/E2LM/E2M/E2MM 1 2 E2N/E2NM 1 2 E2R/E2RM 2 4 Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Right Catalog Number A1X1PK A2X1RPK A1X2PK A2X2PK A1X3PK A2X3PK AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK A1X4PK A2X4PK A1X5PK A2X5PK A2X6RPK A4X6RPK Factory Modification Code A06 A13 A06 A13 A06 A13 A1 A2 A06 A13 A06 A13 A12 A19

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
Page V4-T2-392 V4-T2-417 V4-T2-422 V4-T2-424 V4-T2-432

Contents
Description E2 Mining Service Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Classic Mining Breakers


Product Overview
Classic mining service circuit breakers continue to be manufactured and are primarily applied to achieve an exact physical and electronic replacement of previously Cutler-Hammer installed Westinghouse equipment. To upgrade to the current offering of E2 mining circuit breakers, consult the cross reference information on Page V4-T2-424.

2 2 2 2 2 2 2
HKAM 10,000 HLAM 2 12,000 All Other 1000 Volt Breakers 2 14,000

AC Interrupting Capacity, Symmetrical Amperes


Breaker Type 60 Hz AC Volts 240 480 600 1000 1 KAM 25,000 22,000 22,000 LAM, MAM, NBM 42,000 30,000 22,000

2 2 2 2 2

Special DC Interrupting Capacity


Interrupting Capacity (Amperes) at 300330 Vdc Single-Pole Breaker Type KAM LAM MAM NBM Maximum Ampere Rating 225 400/600 800 1200 0.00.15 mH Inductance 3 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 0.150.5 mH Inductance 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 Two Poles in Series 4 0.50.9 mH Inductance 15,000 15,000 15,000 15,000 2.4 mH Inductance 5000 5000 5000 5000

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Notes 1 Based on circuit power factor of 50% or greater. 2 HLAM must be rear stud connected. If front connected, interrupting capacity rating is 10,000 amperes. 3 Resistive circuit. 4 Two poles in electrical series in ungrounded leg of circuit.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-415

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-416 LAM, HLAM, MAM, HMAM, NBM, HNBM 1

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Classic Circuit Breakers For Mining Service Undervoltage Release Data Undervoltage releases are calibrated to pick up at 72 to 85% of rated voltage dropout between 35 to 70% of rated voltage.
Breaker Type KAM, HKAM 1 Volts 480/60 240/60 120/60 120/60 480/60 240/60 120/60 120/60 2
2

Line Amperes 0.021 0.019 0.021 0.13 0.033 0.028 0.029 0.13

Series Resistors 1 10,000 12,000 3 6,000

Total VA 10.1 4.6 2.5 15.6 15.9 6.7 3.5 15.6

Shunt Trip Coil Data


Breaker Type KAM, HKAM, LAM, HLAM, MAM, HMAM, NBM, HNBM Volts 480/60 240/60 120/60 48 DC Notes 1 Supplied for external customer mounting. 2 New design electrical reset UVR. 3 16,000 for Type MAM and HMAM. Amperes 0.085 1.7 0.88 8.0 VA 40.8 408 105.6 384

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Product Selection
For reference only. Replace these frames with E2 Series. See Cross-Reference information beginning on Page V4-T2-424. Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers
Breaker Type KAM Frame Style Numbers 12 2609D60G64 1291C26G07 2609D60G66 1291C26G01 1291C26G02 2609D60G67 1291C26G08 2609D60G69 5685D48G75 5685D48G74 1291C26G03 1291C26G04 2609D60G01 2609D60G02 2609D60G40 2609D60G41 1291C26G05 1291C26G06 LAM 1291C32G01 2609D60G61 1291C32G03 5685D48G73 1291C32G02 2609D60G03 2609D60G44 1291C32G04 Poles 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 Amperes 180 180 180 225 225 180 180 180 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 Trip Type M M M TM TM M M M TM TM TM TM TM TM M M M M TM M TM TM TM TM M M Accessories (Included in Frame) None UVR 4 Standard shunt trip 3 UVR 4 UVR 4 None UVR 4 Standard shunt trip 3 None None UVR
4

Magnetic Trip Range, Amperes 3 200400 200400 200400 300700 5001000 200400 200400 200400 300700 5001000 300700 5001000 300700 5001000 300700 500700 300700 5001000 5001000 7501500 5001000 8001600 8001600 8001600 8001600 8001600

UVR 4 Standard shunt trip 3 Standard shunt trip 3 None None UVR 4 UVR
4

UVR 4 Shunt trip (48 Vdc) UVR 4 None UVR 4 Standard shunt trip 3 None UVR 4

Notes 1 Terminals not included in style number. 2 All breakers listed are complete with accessories indicated. 3 Rated 120 volts/60 Hz: undervoltage release is handle reset type. 4 UVR is auto-reset type, 120 Vac. M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-417

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-418 NBM Breaker Type MAM

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

For reference only. Replace these frames with E2 Series. See Cross-Reference information beginning on Page V4-T2-424. Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers, continued
Frame Style Numbers 12 2609D60G17 2609D60G18 2609D60G63 5685D48G72 2609D60G19 2609D60G04 2609D60G05 5685D48G71 2609D60G20 2609D60G46 2609D60G47 2609D60G48 2609D60G49 1229C37G13 1229C37G14 1227C36G10 1229C37G15 1227C36G13 1227C36G14 1227C36G09 1229C37G16 1227C36G19 1229C37G17 Poles 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Amperes 600 800 400 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 1000 1200 1000 1000 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 Trip Type TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM M M M M TM TM TM TM TM TM TM TM M M Accessories (Included in Frame) UVR 3 UVR 3 UVR 3 None UVR
3

Magnetic Trip Range, Amperes 3 7501500 10002000 20004000 15003000 15003000 15003000 20004000 20004000 20004000 15003000 15003000 20004000 20004000 15003000 20004000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000

Standard shunt trip 3 Standard shunt trip 3 None UVR 3 None UVR 3 None UVR
3

UVR 4 UVR 4 None UVR 4 Standard shunt trip 3 Standard shunt trip 3 None UVR
4

None UVR 4

Notes 1 Terminals not included in style number. 2 All breakers listed are complete with accessories indicated. 3 Rated 120 volts/60 Hz: undervoltage release is handle reset type. 4 UVR is auto-reset type, 120 Vac. M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
Magnetic Trip Range, Amperes 1 200400 200400 300700 300700 5001000 5001000 300700 5001000

1000 Volt Classic Mining Service Circuit Breakers


Breaker Type HKAM HKAM Frame Style Numbers 2609D60G70 1291C26G16 5685D48G87 1291C26G12 5685D48G86 1291C26G13 1291C26G14 1291C26G15 Poles 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Amperes 180 180 225 225 225 225 225 225 Trip Type M M TM TM TM TM M M Accessories (Included in Frame) None UVR
2

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

None UVR 2 None UVR 2 UVR 2 UVR 2

HLAM

HLAM

5685D48G85 1291C32G07 1291C32G09

3 3 3

400 400 400

TM TM M

None UVR 2 UVR


2

8001600 8001600 8001600

HMAM

HMAM

5685D48G84 2609D60G28 5685D48G83 2609D60G29 2609D60G57 2609D60G58

3 3 3 3 3 3

600 600 800 800 800 800

TM TM TM TM M M

None UVR 3 None UVR 3 UVR 3 UVR 3

15003000 15003000 20004000 20004000 15003000 20004000

2 2 2 2 2 2

HNAM

HNBM

1227C36G12 1229C37G19 1227C36G11 1229C37G20 1229C37G18

3 3 3 3 3

1000 1000 1200 1200 1200

TM TM TM TM M

None UVR 2 None UVR


2

25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000 25005000

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

UVR 2

Notes 1 The magnetic trip range does not change when rating plug is changed. 2 120 volt, 60 Hz electrical reset type. 3 Rated 120 volts, 60 Hz; undervoltage release is handle reset type. M = magnetic only; TM = thermal-magnetic.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-419

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-420 HNBM Breaker Type KAM 1 225 225 KAMH 1 225 225 HKAM 1 LAM 2 225 400 400 LAMH
2

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Classic Mining Service Breaker Frames Only


Frame Size, Amperes Number of Poles 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 Style Numbers 2602D86G11 2602D86G12 2602D86G13 2602D86G14 1264C99G05 2602D99G05 2602D99G06 2602D99G07 2602D99G08 1264C99G02 2603D48G07 2603D48G08 2603D48G09 HNBM 2 NBMH
2

Breaker Type MAM 2

Frame Size, Amperes 800 800

Number of Poles 2 3 2 3 3 2 3 2 3 3

Style Numbers 2600D43G11 2600D43G12 2600D43G13 2600D43G14 1264C99G03 2610D64G07 2610D64G08 2610D64G09 2610D64G10 2610D64G13

MAMH 2

800 800

HMAM 2 NBM 2

800 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200

400 400

HLAM 2 LAM3600F LAMH3600F HLAM3600F

400 600 600 600

Trip Units for Classic Mining Circuit Breakers


Thermal-Magnetic Breaker Type HKAM Conductor Size #6 #4#3 #4#1 HLAM #4#1 #2#2/0 HLAM600 #22/0 2/0500 kcmil HMAM #2#2/0 2/0500 kcmil #13/0 3/0500 kcmil 2/0500 kcmil 4/0500 kcmil 3/0500 kcmil 4/0500 kcmil Magnetic Trip Range, Amperes 150400 300700 5001000 7501500 8001600 7501500 15003000 7501500 15003000 10002000 20004000 15003000 25005000 20004000 25005000 Maximum Continuous Amperes 180 225 225 400 400 600 600 600 600 800 800 1000 1000 1200 1200 Three-Pole 3 Style Numbers 5685D48G40 5685D48G34 5685D48G97 5685D48G28 2609D99G20 2609D99G19 5685D48G22 5685D48G16 5685D48G10 5685D48G04 Magnetic Only Three-Pole Style Numbers 2609D99G22 2611D75G01 2611D75G02 2609D99G21 2611D75G03 2611D75G04 4 2611D75G05 2611D75G07

Notes 1 Frame modified for left-hand mounting of UVR attachment. 2 Frame modified for right-hand mounting of UVR attachment. 3 Three-pole trip units only are suitable for replacement in 1000 volt mining service circuit breakers. 4 800 amperes.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Terminals For Classic Mining Service Breakers Terminals are UL listed for wire type and range listed below. When used with aluminum conductors, use joint compound.
Breaker Type FBM, HFBM Terminal Type Style pressure type terminals Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals Maximum Amperes 100 50 100 Package of 3 Line Terminals Style Number 624B100G02 624B100G10 624B100G17 Wire Range, Type #141/0 Al/Cu #14#4 Al/Cu # 44/0 Al/Cu

Terminals For Mining Service Breakers


Breaker Type KAM, HKAM Terminal Type Standard pressure terminals (copper only) Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals LAM Standard copper pressure terminals Maximum Amperes 225 225 225 400 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 225 400 400 LAM-600, LAMH-600, HLAM-600 Standard copper pressure terminals Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals MAM, HMAM, MAMH Standard copper pressure terminals 600 600 350 600 800 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 600 800 800 NBM, HNBM, NBMH Standard copper pressure terminals 1000 1200 Optional Al/Cu pressure terminals 1000 1200 1200 Terminal Catalog Number T225LA TA225LA1 T225LA T401LA TA225LA1 TA400LA1 TA401LA T600LA TA600LA T350MA T600MA1 T800MA1 TA700MA1 TA800MA2 TA801MA T1000NB1 T1200NB1 TA1000NB1 TA1200NB1 TA1201NB1 Wire Range, Type Number of Cables (1) #6350 kcmil (1) #6350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4350 kcmil Al (1) #6350 kcmil Cu (1) #4250 kcmil Cu plus (1) 3/0600 kcmil Cu (1) #6350 kcmil Cu, or (1) #4350 kcmil Al (1) #4250 kcmil Al/Cu, plus (1) 3/0600 kcmil Al/Cu (1) 600750 kcmil Al (2) 250500 kcmil Cu (2) 250500 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #1600 kcmil Cu (2) 2/0500 kcmil Cu (3) 3/0300 kcmil Cu (2) #1500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0400 kcmil Al/Cu (2) 500750 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 3/0500 kcmil Cu (4) 3/0400 kcmil Cu (3) 3/0400 kcmil Al/Cu (4) 4/0500 kcmil Al/Cu (3) 500750 kcmil Al/Cu

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-421

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-422

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Accessories
Classic Mining Circuit Breakers Rear Connected Studs 1 For complete stud assembly, order a stud and tube based on thickness of customers mounting panel. A short stud must be assembled adjacent to a long stud to maintain
Mounting Panel Thickness In Inches (mm) Stud Length Style Numbers

Rear Connected Studs For Insulated Panels Only: Two Per Pole clearances required by Underwriters Laboratories.2 Two studs required per pole. For List Prices, see Eatons Price and Availability Digest.
Tube Length In Inches (mm) Style Numbers Stud Ampere Number Diameter, In Inches (mm) and Thread Extension Back of Breaker In Inches (mm) Stud Style Numbers

LAM, HLAM Breakers 225 3 0.50 (12.7)13 0.50 (12.7)13 225 34 400 3 0.50 (12.7)13 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 3.22 (81.8) 6.28 (159.5) 4.97 (126.2) 5.47 (138.9) 7.97 (202.4) 10.47 (265.9) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1) 1241 345 1241 346 1241 392 05B7383G22 05B7383G23 05B7383G24 314C960G16 314C960G17 314C960G18

KAM, HKAM Breakers 0.75 (19.1)1.00 (25.4) Short Long 0.50 (12.7)0.75 (19.1) Short Long 0.25 (6.4)0.50 (12.7) Short Long 656D565G01 656D565G02 656D565G01 656D565G02 656D565G01 656D565G02 0.84 (21.3) 3.78 (96.0) 1.09 (27.7) 4.03 (102.4) 1.34 (34.0) 4.28 (108.7) 456D983H05 456D983H08 456D983H06 456D983H09 456D983H07 456D983H10 225 400 600

0.75 (19.1)16 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 MAM, HMAM, MAMH Breakers 0.50 (12.7)13 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 0.75 (19.1)16 600 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 1.00 (25.4)12 800 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 NBM, HNBM, NBMH Breakers 800 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1.13 (28.7)12 1200 1.25 (31.8)12 1.25 (31.8)12

3.66 (93.0) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1) 5.91 (150.1) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1) 4.91 (124.7) 8.41 (213.6) 10.91 (277.1)

314C960G01 314C960G04 314C960G05 314C960G06 314C960G07 314C960G08 314C960G09 314C960G10 314C960G11 314C960G12

5.50 (139.7) 8.00 (203.2) 10.50 (266.7) 5.50 (139.7) 10.50 (266.7)

623B222G01 623B222G02 623B222G03 373B375G04 373B375G03

Line and Load Terminal Shields 5


Breaker Type KAM Description Line terminals Load terminals LAM-400 Line terminals Load terminals MAM Line terminals Load terminals Style Numbers 1261C93G01 1262C46G01 1261C95G01 1262C48G01 1261C97G01 1261C97G02

Notes 1 Not UL Iisted. 2 400 ampere LA studs of the same length have sufficient clearance; however, customer connections may make it necessary to use a short stud adjacent to a long stud. 3 150, 300 and 400 ampere frames only. 4 This is a special stud that includes six contact nuts for use where bus contact nuts must be used. 5 For breakers used with terminals and cable connections. Sold in packages of 10.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Standard Handle Reset Undervoltage Release For Classic breakers field when voltage drops below mountable on special frames 35 to 70% of coil rating. Picks listed on Page V4-T2-424, or up and seals in at 72 to 85% replacement on breakers of coil rating. For line voltages originally equipped with this up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac. type UVR. Externally mounted resistors are supplied for certain ratings. For undervoltage protection. Standard leads extend 18.00 A solenoid device mounts inches (457.2 mm) outside of within breaker case. Coil breaker. Longer leads may must be energized before be specified. closing breaker. Trips breaker
Breaker Type Right-Hand Mounting LAM, HLAM 120 Vac 120 Vac 1 240 Vac 480 Vac 125 Vdc MAM, HMAM, MAMH 120 Vac 120 Vac 240 Vac 480 Vac NBM, HNBM, NBMH 120 Vac 120 Vac 1 240 Vac 480 Vac Left-Hand Mounting KAM, HKAM 120 Vac 120 Vac 1 240 Vac 480 Vac 4995D10G01 1228C76G03 4995D10G03 4995D10G04
1

Shunt Trips For tripping breaker from a remote point. A solenoid device mounts within breaker case. Breaker trips when coil is energized. A cutoff switch breaks the circuit to the momentary rated coil when breaker opens. Available for
Breaker Type Right-Hand Mounting KAM, HKAM 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac Volts (5060 Hz)

control voltages up to 250 Vdc or 600 Vac. Voltage and frequency must be specified. Standard leads extend 18.00 inches (457.2 mm) outside of breaker. Longer leads may be specified.
Style Numbers

Volts

Style Numbers

2605D15G16 2605D15G17 2605D15G19 2606D56G16 2606D56G17 2606D56G19 2606D56G07 2606D57G16 2606D57G17 2606D57G19 2606D58G16 2606D58G17 2606D58G19

4995D12G11 1228C76G03 4995D12G13 4995D12G14 4995D12G09 5672D69G11 5672D69G13 5672D69G14 4995D11G11 1229C35G03 4995D11G13 4995D11G14

LAM, HLAM

480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac 48 Vdc

MAM, HMAM, MAMH

480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac

NBM, HNBM, NBMH

480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac

Left-Hand Mounting KAM, HKAM 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac LAM, HLAM 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac MAM, HMAM, MAMH 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac NBM, HNBM, NBMH 480 Vac 240 Vac 120 Vac Notes 1 Electrical reset UVR. 2 Auto reset type. 2605D15G02 2605D15G03 2605D15G05 2606D56G02 2606D56G03 2606D56G05 2606D57G02 2606D57G03 2606D57G05 2606D58G02 2606D58G03 2606D58G05

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-423

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-424

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Reference Information
E2 Cross-Reference
Series C Mining 1491D72G31 1491D72G32 1491D72G33 1491D72G37 6622C87G27 6622C87G28 6622C87G32 E2KM3100 E2KM3100U66 E2KM3125 E2KM3125U66 E2KM3150 E2KM3150MU66 E2KM3150TM E2KM3150U66 E2KM3200 E2KM3200U66 E2KM3225 E2KM3225F E2KM3225FUV E2KM3225MU66 E2KM3225TM E2KM3225U66 E2LM3300U66 E2LM3350U66 E2LM34002U66 E2LM3400F E2LM3400FUV E2LM3400M2U66 E2LM3400MU66 E2LM3400U66 FDBM3015 FDBM3015WU62 FDBM3020 FDBM3025 FDBM3025U62 FDBM3030 FDBM3030U62 FDBM3030WU62 FDBM3035 Superseded by E2 Mining E2J3070T E2J3090T E2J3100T E2J3200T E2K3225AWU66 E2K3225DWU66 E2K3400GWU66 E2KEM3100W E2KEM3100WU66 E2KEM3125W E2KEM3125WU66 E2KEM3150W E2KEM3150WU66 E2KEM3150MW E2KEM3150MWU66 E2KEM3200W E2KEM3200WU66 E2KEM3225W E2KM3400F E2KM3400F E2KEM3225MWU66 E2KEM3225TM E2KEM3225WU66 E2LEM3300WU66 E2LEM3350WU66 E2LEM34002WU66 E2LM3600F E2LM3600F E2LEM3400M2WU66 E2LEM3400MWU66 E2LEM3400WU66 E2F3015 E2F3015WU62 E2F3020 E2F3025 E2F3025U62 E2F3030 E2F3030WU62 E2F3030WU62 E2F3035 Series C Mining FDBM3040 FDBM3045 FDBM3050 FDBM3050U62 FDBM3050WU62 FDBM3060 FDBM3070 FDBM3070WU62 FDBM3080 FDBM3090 FDBM3100 FDBM3100LM04U62 FDBM3125 FDBM3150 FDBM3150L FDM3015 FDM3015L FDM3015LU62 FDM3020 FDM3020LU62 FDM3025 FDM3025L FDM3025LS22 FDM3025LU62 FDM3030 FDM3030LS22 FDM3040 FDM3040L FDM3040LU62 FDM3050 FDM3050LU62 FDM3050U62 FDM3060 FDM3060LU62 FDM3070 FDM3070A02U62 FDM3080 FDM3090 FDM3100 FDM3100LS22 Superseded by E2 Mining E2F3040 E2F3045 E2F3050 E2F3050U62 E2F3050WU62 E2F3060 E2F3070 E2F3070WU62 E2F3080 E2F3090 E2F3100 E2F3100M04U62 E2F3125 E2F3150 E2F3150L E2F3015 E2F3015L E2F3015LU62 E2F3020 E2F3020LU62 E2F3025 E2F3025L E2F3025LS22 E2F3025LU62 E2F3030 E2F3030LS22 E2F3040 E2F3040L E2F3040LU62 E2F3050 E2F3050LU62 E2F3050U62 E2F3060 E2F3060LU62 E2F3070 E2F3070A02U62 E2F3080 E2F3090 E2F3100 E2F3100LS22

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

E2 Cross-Reference, continued
Series C Mining FDM3100LU62 FDM3125 FDM3125LU62 FDM3150 HFDM003AM HFDM003AMLU62 HFDM007CM HFDM007CMU62 HFDM015EM HFDM015EMA02 HFDM015EMLU62 HFDM015EMU62 HFDM030HM HFDM030HMLU62 HFDM030HMU62 HFDM050KM HFDM050KML HFDM050KMLU62 HFDM050KMU62 HFDM070MM HFDM070MMU62 HFDM1001M HFDM1001MS22 HFDM100LM HFDM100LMA02 HFDM100LMU62 HFDM 100RM HFDM100RML HFDM100RMS22 HFDM100RMU62 HFDM150TM HFDM150TML HFDM150TMU62 HFDM150UM JCDA2D1S30 JCMA2D1S30 JDCM3070W JDCM3090W JDCM3100W JDCM3125W Superseded by E2 Mining E2FLU62 E2F3125 E2F3125LU62 E2F3150 E2F003AM E2F003AMLU62 E2F007CM E2F007CMU62 E2F015EM E2F015EMA02 E2F015EMLU62 E2F015EMU62 E2F030HM E2F030HMLU62 E2F030HMU62 E2F050KM E2F050KML E2F050KMLU62 E2F050KMU62 E2F070MM E2F070MMU62 E2F1001M E2F1001MS22 E2F100LM E2F100LMA02 E2F100LMU62 E2F100RM E2F100RML E2F100RMS22 E2F100RMU62 E2F150TM E2F150TML E2F150TMU62 E2F150UM E2JM250MDA2D1S30 E2JM250MFA2D1S30 E2JM3070W E2JM3090W E2JM3100W E2JM3125W Series C Mining JDCM3150W JDCM3175W JDCM3200W JDCM3225A5W JDCM3225D5W JDCM3225W JDCM3250A5MW JDCM3250A5MWU18 JDCM3250A5W JDCM3250C5MW JDCM3250D5MW JDCM3250D5MWA06 JDCM3250D5W JDCM3250D5WS10 JDCM3250F JDCM3250F5MD01 JDCM3250F5MW JDCM3250G5MW JDCM3250G5WA02D01 JDCM3250J5MW JDCM3250J5MWA02 JDCM3250J5WA02D01 JDCM3250J5WD01 JDCM3250K5MW JDCM3250L5MW JDCM3250MW JDCM3250W JDCMAA2D1 JDCMDD1S30 JDCMFD01 JDCMGA02D1 JDCMJA2D1 JDCMJD01 JDM2250F JDM3070W JDM3090W JDM3100W JDM3125W JDM3150W JDM3150WU18 Superseded by E2 Mining E2JM3150W E2JM3175W E2JM3200W E2JM3225AW E2JM3225DW E2JM3225W E2JM3250MAW E2JM3250MAWU18 E2JM3250AW E2JM3250MCW E2JM3250MDW E2JM3250MDWA06 E2JM3250DW E2JM3250DWS10 E2JM3250F E2JM3250MFD01 E2JM3250MFW E2JM3250MGW E2JM3250MGA02D01 E2JM3250MJW E2JM3250MJA02 E2JM3250MJA02D01 E2JM3250MJD01 E2JM3250MKW E2JM3250MLW E2JM3250MW E2JM3250W E2JM3250MM02D01 E2JM3250MDS30D01 E2JM3250MFD01 E2JM3250MGA02D01 E2JM3250MJA02D01 E2JM3250MJD01 E2JM3250F E2J3070W E2J3090W E2J3100W E2J3125W E2J3150W E2J3150WU18

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-425

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-426 Series C Mining JDM3175W JDM3200W JDM3200WA06 JDM3225A5W JDM3225D5W JDM3225W JDM3250A5MW JDM3250A5W JDM3250C5MW JDM3250D5MW JDM3250D5W JDM3250F JDM3250F5MW JDM3250G5MW JDM3250J5MW JDM3250K5MW JDM3250L5MW JDM3250MW JDM3250W JDM3250WS10 JM2225T1125-2250 JM3070T JM3090T JM3100T JM3125T JM3150T JM3175T JM3200T JM3225T JM3225TA5 JM3225TD5 JM3250T JM3250TA5 JM3250TA5M_350-700 JM3250TC5M JM3250TD5_500-1000 JM3250TF5M_625-1250 JM3250TG5M_750-1500 JM3250TJ5M_875-1750 JM3250TK5M_1000-2000

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

E2 Cross-Reference, continued
Superseded by E2 Mining E2J3175W E2J3200W E2J3200WA06 E2J3225AW E2J3225DW E2J3225W E2J3250MAW E2J3250AW E2J3250CW E2J3250MDW E2J3250DW E2J3250F E2J3250MFW E2J3250MGW E2J3250MJW E2J3250MKW E2J3250MLW E2J3250MW E2J3250W E2J3250WS10 E2J3225T E2J3070T E2J3090T E2J3100T E2J3125T E2J3150T E2J3175T E2J3200T E2J3225T E2J3225TA E2J3225TD E2J3250T E2J3250TA E2J3250TMA E2J3250TMC E2J3250TMD E2J3250TMF E2J3250TMG E2J3250TMJ E2J3250TMK Series C Mining JM3250TL5M_1125-2250 JM3250TM KDCM3100W KDCM3125W KDCM3150W KDCM3175W KDCM3200W KDCM3225A5MW KDCM3225D5MW KDCM3225W KDCM3250W KDCM3250WU18 KDCM3300W KDCM3350W KDCM3400D5MA02D09H04 KDCM3400D5MW KDCM3400D5MWA02D07 KDCM3400D5W KDCM3400D5WD09 KDCM3400F KDCM3400F5MW KDCM3400FD09G04 KDCM3400G5MW KDCM3400G5MWD09H04 KDCM3400G5W KDCM3400G5WD07 KDCM3400J5MA02D09 KDCM3400J5MA2D9G4S30 KDCM3400J5MD09 KDCM3400J5MD09H04S30 KDCM3400J5MW KDCM3400J5MWA02D07 KDCM3400J5MWA06 KDCM3400J5MWD07S30 KDCM3400J5WD07 KDCM3400K5MW KDCM3400K5MWS10 KDCM3400K5MWU18 KDCM3400L5MW KDCM3400L5MWD09H04 Superseded by E2 Mining E2J3250TML E2J3250TM E2KM3100W E2KM3125W E2KM3150W E2KM3175W E2KM3200W E2KM3200MAW E2KM3200MDW E2KM3225W E2KM3250W E2KM3250WU18 E2KM3300W E2KM3350W E2KM3400MDA02D09H04 E2KM3400MDW E2KM3400MDA02D07 E2KM3400DW E2KM3400DD09 E2KM3400F E2KM3400MFW E2KM3400MFD09G04 E2KM3400MGD09G05 E2KM3400MGD09H04 E2KM3400MGW E2KM3400MGD07 E2KM3400MJA02D09 E2KM3400MJA2D9G4S30 E2KM3400MJD09 E2KM3400MJD09H04S30 E2KM3400MJW E2KM3400MJA02D07 E2KM3400MJWA06 E2KM3400MJD07S30 E2KM3400MJD07 E2KM3400MKW E2KM3400MKWS10 E2KM3400MKWU18 E2KM3400MLW E2KM3400MLD09H04

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

E2 Cross-Reference, continued
Series C Mining KDCM3400L5MWS10 KDCM3400L5WD07 KDCM3400MW KDCM3400N5MW KDCM3400N5MWA06 KDCM3400N5WA02D07 KDCM3400R5MW KDCM3400W KDCM3400W5MW KDCMDMD07 KDCMNA2D7 KDM2400F KDM2400G5MS50 KDM2400G5MW KDM2400W5MW KDM2400W5MWA06D07S10 KDM2400W5MWA06D10S10 KDM2400W5MWD07 KDM2400W5MWD07S10 KDM2400W5MWD10 KDM2400W5MWD10S10 KDM2400W5MWS10 KDM3100W KDM3125W KDM3150W KDM3150WA06 KDM3175W KDM3200W KDM3225A5W KDM3225D5A13D09U18 KDM3225D5MW KDM3225D5W KDM3225F KDM3225W KDM3225WK37 KDM3225WK37U18 KDM3225WK38 KDM3250W KDM3300W KDM3300WA06U18 Superseded by E2 Mining E2KM3400MLWS10 E2KM3400MLD07 E2KM3400MW E2KM3400MNW E2KM3400MNWA06 E2KM3400MNA02D07 E2KM3400MRW E2KM3400W E2KM3400MWW E2KM3400MDD07 E2KM3400MNA02D07 E2K2400F E2K2400MGWS50 E2K2400MGW E2K2400MWW E2K2400MWA06D07S10 E2K2400MWA06D10S10 E2K2400MWD07 E2K2400MWD07S10 E2K2400MWD10 E2K2400MWD10S10 E2K2400MWWS10 E2K3100W E2K3125W E2K3150W E2K3150WA06 E2K3175W E2K3200W E2K3225AW E2K3225DA13D09U18 E2K3400MDW E2K3225DW E2K3400F E2K3225W E2KE3225W E2KE3225WU18 E2KE3225MW E2K3250W E2K3300W E2K3300WA06U18 Series C Mining KDM3300WS10 KDM3350W KDM3400D5MW KDM3400D5W KDM3400D5WU18 KDM3400F KDM3400F5MW KDM3400FK37A06D09D18 KDM3400G5A06D09U18 KDM3400G5A13D09U18 KDM3400G5MW KDM3400G5W KDM3400G5WA06 KDM3400G5WS10 KDM3400G5WU18 KDM3400J5MW KDM3400K5MS54 KDM3400K5MW KDM3400L5MW KDM3400MW KDM3400MWA06U18 KDM3400N5MW KDM3400R5MW KDM3400W KDM3400W5MW KEM3100T KEM3125T KEM3150T KEM3150TM KEM3200T KEM3225T KEM3225T2 KEM3225TM KEM3225TM2 KM2225TA5 KM2225TA5M KM2225TD5 KM2225TD5M KM2400TD5 KM2400TD5M Superseded by E2 Mining E2K3300WS10 E2K3350W E2K3400MDW E2K3400DW E2K3400DWU18 E2K3400F E2K3400MFW E2KE3400A06D09D18 E2K3400GA06D09U18 E2K3400GA13D09U18 E2K3400MGW E2K3400GW E2K3400GWS10 E2K3400GWS10 E2K3400GWU18 E2K3400MJW E2K3400MKWS54 E2K3400MKW E2K3400MLW E2K3400MW E2K3400MWA06U18 E2K3400MNW E2K3400MRW E2K3400W E2K3400MWW KEM3100T KEM3125T KEM3150T KEM3150TM KEM3200T KEM3225T KEM3225T2 KEM3225TM KEM3225TM2 E2K2225TA E2K2400TMA E2K2225TD E2K2400TMD E2K2400TD E2K2400TMD

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-427

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-428 Series C Mining KM2400TG5M KM2400TN5M KM2400TW5M KM3100T KM3125T KM3150T KM3175T KM3200T KM3225T KM3225TA5 KM3225TA5M KM3225TD5 KM3225TD5M KM3250T KM3300T KM3350T KM3400T KM3400TD5 KM3400TF5M KM3400TG5M KM3400TJ5M KM3400TK5M KM3400TL5M KM3400TM KM3400TN5M KM3400TR5M KM3400TW5M LDCM3600EMA05W LDCM3600F LDM3600F

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

E2 Cross-Reference, continued
Superseded by E2 Mining E2K2400TMG E2K2400TMN E2K2400TMW E2K3100T E2K3125T E2K3150T E2K3175T E2K3200T E2K3225T E2K3225TA E2K3400TMA E2K3225TD E2K3400TMD E2K3250T E2K3300T E2K3350T E2K3400T E2K3400TD E2K3400TMF E2K3400TMG E2K3400TMJ E2K3400TMK E2K3400TML E2K3400TM E2K3400TMN E2K3400TMR E2K3400TMW E2LEM3600MA05W E2LM3600F E2L3600F Series C Mining LEM3300T LEM3350T LEM3400T LEM3400T2 LEM3400TM LEM3400TM2 LEM3600T LEM3600TM LM3600TL6M LM3600TN6M LM3600TP6M LM3600TR6M LM3600TS6M LM3600TX6M UVE3LP08K UVE4LP08K Superseded by E2 Mining LEM3300T LEM3350T LEM3400T LEM3400T2 LEM3400TM LEM3400TM2 LEM3600T LEM3600TM E2L3600TML E2L3600TMN E2L3600TMP E2L3600TMR E2L3600TM E2L3600TMX UVE3LP08K UVE4LP08K

Additional Information on Mining Breakers


Source TD01217001E BR01217001E TC01217001E www.eaton.com/mining Description E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Dimensional Data E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Brochure E2 Mining Circuit Breaker Time Current Curves Mining and Metals

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
Page V4-T2-373 V4-T2-379 V4-T2-392 V4-T2-415 V4-T2-430 V4-T2-431 V4-T2-431 V4-T2-432

GFR Relay

Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR


Product Description
A Type GFR ground fault protection system, when properly installed on a grounded electrical system, will sense phase-to-ground fault currents. When the level of fault current is in excess of the pre-selected current pickup and time delay settings, the GFR relay will initiate a trip action of a disconnect device, which will open the faulted circuit and clear the fault. The GFR devices are UL Class I devices designed to protect electrical equipment against extensive damage from arcing ground faults. A basic Type GFR ground fault protection system consists of a ground fault relay, a ground fault current sensor and a disconnect device equipped with a shunt trip device. This disconnect device can be a molded case circuit breaker, a power circuit breaker, a bolted pressure switch or other fusible disconnect device, suitable for application with UL Class I ground fault sensing and relaying equipment.
Note: Suitable for either surface or semi-flush mounting.

2
Standards and Certifications
Eatons GFR ground fault relays, current sensors, test panels and accessory devices are UL listed by Underwriters Laboratories in accordance with their standard for ground fault sensing and relaying equipment, UL 1053, under File E48381.
Note: Relays are also listed with CSA under their file number 43357 .

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-429

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-430 Typical Current Sensor

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Product Selection
Each installation requires:

One relay unit (select trip ampere as required) One current sensor (select configuration required)

One circuit breaker or disconnect device with shunt trip, or a shunt trip attachment for mounting in existing breaker Test panel (optional)

GFR Relay

GFR Relay
Ground Fault Pickup Amperes 112 GFR Relay Types For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control Electrical reset with zone interlocking Electrical reset without zone interlocking Mechanical reset with zone interlocking Mechanical reset without zone interlocking For 120 Vdc Control Electrical reset with zone interlocking Electrical reset without zone interlocking Mechanical reset with zone interlocking Mechanical reset without zone interlocking GFR1200EID GFR1200ED GFR1200MID GFR1200MD GFR12EI GFR12E GFR12MI GFR12M GFR60EI GFR60E GFR60MI GFR60M GFR1200EI GFR1200E GFR1200MI GFR1200M Catalog Number 1 560 Catalog Number 1 1001200 Catalog Number 1

Current Sensor
Window Size in Inches (mm) Used with Relays Rated 112 Amperes 5.50 (139.7) I.D. Used with Relays Rated 560 Amperes 2.50 (63.5) I.D. 5.50 (139.7) I.D. 7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) Rect. 2 3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 760.5) Rect. 2 Used with Relays Rated 1001200 Amperes 2.50 (63.5) I.D. 5.50 (139.7) I.D. 8.25 (209.6). I.D. 7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) Rect. 2 9.94 x 16.94 (252.5 x 430.3) Rect. 2 9.94 x 23.94 (252.5 x 608.1) Rect. 2 15.94 x 19.94 (404.9 x 506.4) Rect. 2 3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 633.5) Rect. 2 6.75 x 29.64 (171.5 x 752.9) Rect.
2

Catalog Number

1283C45G01

179C768G01 1256C13G01 1257C88G04 1257C92G03

179C768G02 1256C13G02 179C767G02 1257C88G03 1257C90G02 1257C91G02 1257C89G02 1257C92G04 1255C39G03

Notes 1 Suitable for either surface or semi-flush mounting. 2 One end removable for installation.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Accessories
Options Additional optional equipment can be added to the protection system to meet the requirements of the specifying engineer, including:

Technical Data and Specifications


Test Panel (120 Vac) Used to test the ground fault system, to give an indication the relay has tripped the breaker, and to reset the relay after tripping. These functions may be separately mounted pilot devices.
Note: When a mechanically reset relay is used with a test panel, both the relay and test panel must be reset following either a simulated ground fault test or actual ground fault. Not UL listed.

Ground fault test panel Ground fault warning indicator relay Ground fault indicating ammeter

Indicating Ammeter The optional indicating ammeter connects to the sensor terminals through a momentary contact pushbutton, and will indicate (in amperes) any ground fault current flowing through the sensor. Kit includes the ammeter and pushbutton.
Note: Not UL listed.

Sensor

600 volt, 50/60 Hz maximum system voltage

Electrical Ratings GFR Relay

Ground fault detection ranges: 1 to 12, 5 to 60 or 100 to 1200 amperes Output contacts: 240 volt, 50/60 Hz: 3.0 amperes 120 volt, 50/60 Hz: 6.0 amperes 28 Vdc: 3.0 amperes 125 Vdc: 0.5 amperes Control power requirements: 120 volt, 50/60 Hz or 125 Vdc (optional)

GFR relays are available with zone selective interlocking circuitry to interlock several relays within the same system. This allows the relay which detects a ground fault to instantly clear the fault by tripping the disconnect device. The relay simultaneously sends a signal to relay units upstream from the fault to time delay or to block their operation completely. Current sensors in various designs provide a range of window sizes to accommodate standard bus and cable arrangements. Shunt trip attachments may be ordered for field mounting in Eatons molded case circuit breakers, or may be ordered factory installed in the breaker.

Ammeter Kit
GFR System Used with 112 ampere 560 ampere 1001200 ampere Kit Catalog Number 752B820G01 752B820G02 752B820G03

Optional Test Panel


Control 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Test 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Catalog Number GFRTP

Ground Fault Warning Indicator This is an accessory item for use with GFR relays with interlocking circuitry. At approximately 3050% of the relay pickup setting, the indicator switches separate 120 Vac control power to a lamp or relay, (not included) to give an indication of a ground fault. The indicator is rated 110/120 Vac 50/60 Hz for a maximum indicator load of 0.5 amperes. Ground Fault Warning Indicator
Description Manual reset Self-resetting Catalog Number 1234C67G01 1234C67G02

Shunt Trip Attachments Use 120 Vac shunt trips. Faceplate Recommended when these relays are semi-flush mounted, to close the door cutout opening. Face Plate
Description Faceplate Catalog Number 752B410G01

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-431

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-432

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

PVGard Solar Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR . . . . PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T2-373 V4-T2-379 V4-T2-392 V4-T2-415 V4-T2-429 V4-T2-433 V4-T2-433 V4-T2-434 V4-T2-435

PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers


Product Description

Application Description
Photovoltaic (PV) systems convert the energy of the sun into electrical power that is fed directly into the electric grid. The DC circuit breaker is a key component in the solar installation. PVGard DC circuit breakers are used to protect the wiring from the modules to the combiner box or inverter from overcurrents. Each breaker has its own handle for disconnecting means. One circuit breaker is used per 1000 Vdc load. Eaton offers a complete line of 600 Vdc circuit breakers, as well as protection for the AC side of the inverter. Refer to Page V4-T2-379 for 600 Vdc breakers and Page V4-T2-6 for AC breaker selection.

Features
PVGard breakers are uniquely designed with these features:

Standards and Certifications

Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers Designed to meet UL 489B for solar photovoltaic circuit protection Rated for 100% continuous current at 50C ambient temperature Requires poles in series connection

UL File E7819, Category Control Number DIUR

Meets the higher voltage and lower fault current levels of solar systems Tested to extreme ambient conditions from 40C to +90C Optional shunt trip on signal from PVGard DC arc fault detector

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Quick Reference PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers UL 489B Interrupting Capacity (kA) 1000 Vdc
Circuit Breaker Type HFD-PV HKD-PV LGH-PV HMDL-PV Minimum Amps 30 125 250 300 Maximum Amps 100 250 400 600 kA 3 3 5 7.5 Poles in Series 4 4 4 3

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) PVCGard Solar Circuit Breakers
Frame HFD-PV HKD-PV LGH-PV HMDL-PV Number of Poles 4 4 4 3 Width 5.50 (139.7) 7.22 (183.4) 7.22 (183.4) 8.25 (209.6) Height 6.00 (152.4) 10.13 (257.3) 10.13 (257.3) 16.00 (406.4) Depth 3.38 (86.0) 4.10 (104.1) 4.09 (103.9) 4.06 (103.1)

Wiring Diagrams
Series Connection Diagrams for DC Application
12

HFD-PV, HKD-PV, LGH-PV1000 Vdc MaximumFour Poles in Series

Load Load (A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.

Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.

HMDL-PV1000 Vdc MaximumThree Poles in Series


Load

Load

(A) Suitable for use on ungrounded systems only.

2 2 2 2 2
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com V4-T2-433

Suitable for use on ungrounded systems, or grounded systems that have one end of load (A) connected to grounded terminal, opposite poles in series connection.

Notes 1 Poles in series connection is customer supplied. Use rated cable per NEC. 2 For grounded systems, all poles in series must be connected on non-grounded terminal, with load connected to grounded terminal.

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-434 HMDL-PV Frame LGH-PV Frame HKD-PV Frame HFD-PV Frame

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Product Selection
Catalog number includes breaker frame and trip unit. Order terminals separately. See Page V4-T2-437.

HFD-PV Frame, 100A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 1.5 kA 1


Current Rating Amperes 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Poles in Series 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Trip Unit Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Catalog Number HFDPV4030W HFDPV4040W HFDPV4050W HFDPV4060W HFDPV4070W HFDPV4080W HFDPV4090W HFDPV4100W

HKD-PV Frame, 250A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 3 kA 1


Current Rating Amperes 125 150 175 200 225 250 Poles in Series 4 4 4 4 4 4 Trip Unit Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Catalog Number HKDPV4125W HKDPV4150W HKDPV4175W HKDPV4200W HKDPV4225W HKDPV4250W

LGH-PV Frame, 400A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 3 kA 1


Current Rating Amperes 250 300 350 400 Poles in Series 4 4 4 4 Trip Unit Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Catalog Number LGHPV4250W LGHPV4300W LGHPV4350W LGHPV4400W

HMDL-PV Frame, 600A Maximum, 1000 Vdc, 5 kA 1


Current Rating Amperes 300 350 400 450 500 600 Note 1 Terminals not included with frames. Poles in Series 3 3 3 3 3 3 Trip Unit Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Fixed thermal, fixed magnetic Catalog Number HMDLPV3300W HMDLPV3350W HMDLPV3400PV HMDLPV3450W HMDLPV3500W HMDLPV3600W

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Accessories
External Accessories
Description Imperial Base Mounting Hardware 0.164-32 x 1.5-inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers 0.250-20 x 1.5 inch pan-head steel screws and lockwashers 0.3125-18 x 1.25 inch filister-head steel screws and lockwashers and flat washers Metric Base Mounting Hardware M40.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers M60.7 x 38 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers M8-1.25 x 35 mm pan-head steel screws and lockwashers Interphase Barriers HFDPV HKDPV LGHPV HMDLPV Non-Padlockable Handle Block HFDPV HKDPV LGHPV HMDLPV Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp 1 HFDPV HKDPV LGHPV HMDLPV PLK1 PLK3 LPHL HLK4 LKD1 LKD3 N/A LKD4 IPB1 IPB3 IPB3 IPB4 HFDPV HKDPV LGHPV HMDLPV BMH1M BMH3M Included BMH5M HFDPV HKDPV LGHPV HMDLPV BMH1 BMH3 N/A BMH5 Frame Catalog Number

Factory ModificationsFreeze Testing to 40C


Frame HFD-PV HKD-PV LGH-PV HMDL-PV Modification Code F01 F01 F01 F01

Special calibrationcontact Eaton for availability Notes 1 Locks in ON and OFF position. 2 Add 20% to list price.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-435

2.5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
V4-T2-436 Shunt Trip 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 120 Vac Undervoltage Release 12 Vdc 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 125 Vdc 250 Vdc 120 Vac Auxiliary Switch 1A-1B 2A-2B Alarm Switch 1 make/1 break

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

Internal AccessoriesRight Pole Mounting


HFDPV 1 Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number HKDPV Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number LGHPV Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number HMDLPV Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number

A06 A13

A1X1PK A2X1RPK

A06 A13

A1X13PK A2X3PK

A1 A2

AUX1A1BPK AUX2A2BPK

A06 A13

A1X4PK A2X4PK

B06

A1L1RPK

B06

A1L3RPK

B1

ALM1M1BJPK

B06

A1L4RPK

Auxiliary and Alarm Combo 1A-1B, 1 make/1 break C05 AAL1RPK C05 AAL3RPK B2 AUXALRMJPK C05 AA114RPK

Internal AccessoriesLeft Pole Mounting


HFDPV 1 Factory Modification Code HKDPV Field Kit Catalog Number Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number LGHPV Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number HMDLPV Factory Modification Code Field Kit Catalog Number

S02 S02 S06 S06 S10 S14 S10

SNT1LP03K SNT1LP03K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP08K SNT1LP12K SNT1LP18K SNT1LP12K

S42 S42 S50 S50 S10 S14 S10

SNT3P04K SNT3P04K SNT3P06K SNT3P06K SNT3P11K SNT3P14K SNT3P11K

S4 S1 S1 S1 S2 S2

SNT012CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT060CPK SNT120CPK SNT120CPK

S02 S02 S86 S86 S42 S14 S10

SNT4LP03K SNT4LP03K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP23K SNT4LP26K SNT4LP14K SNT4LP11K

U30 U34 U38 U42 U46 U14

UVH1LP20K UVH1LP21K UVH1LP22K UVH1LP26K UVH1LP28K UVH1LP08K

T02 T02 T10 T14 T18 U18

UVH3LP20K UVH3LP21K UVH3LP22K UVH3LP26K UVH3LP28K UVH3LP08K

U1 U2 U4 U6 U8 U5

UVR012DPK UVR024DPK UVR048DPK UVR125DPK UVR250DPK UVR120APK

T02 T06 T10 T14 T18 U18

UVH4LP20K UVH4LP21K UVH4LP22K UVH4LP26K UVH4LP28K UVH4LP08K

Notes 1 Underwriters Laboratories requires that internal accessories for the HFD-PV be installed at the factory. Internal accessories are UL listed for factory installation under E7819. Where local codes and standards permit and UL listing is not required, internal accessories can be field installed. Accessory installation should be done before the circuit breaker is mounted and connected. One accessory can be mounted per pole, per breaker.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Molded Case Circuit Breakers


Specialty Breakers

2.5
2
Comments

PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal Offering


Maximum Breaker Ampacity 50 100 100 HKD-PV 225 250 250 250 225 250 250 LGH-PV 400 250 400 HMDL-PV 300 600 Number of Terminals Included 3 3 3 1 1 4 4 1 1 4 4 1 4 1 1 Standard Terminal Catalog Number 3TA50FB 3TA225FDK 3T225FD TA300K TA350K 4TA400K 4TA401K T300K T350K 4T400K 4TA632LK T350LK 4T632LK TA700MA1 TA800MA2 Includes 4P terminal cover Contains interphase barriers Includes 4P terminal cover Contains interphase barriers Includes 3P terminal cover

Breaker Frame HFD-PV

Terminal Body Material Steel Aluminum Copper Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Copper Copper Copper Aluminum Copper Copper Aluminum Aluminum

Wire Type Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu/Al Cu Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu Cu Cu/Al Cu/Al

AWG Wire Range/ Number of Conductors 144 (1) 6300 kcmil (1) 44/0 (1) 3350 kcmil (1) 250500 kcmil (1) 3/0250 kcmil (2) 2/0250 kcmil (2) or 2/0500 kcmil (1) 3350 kcmil (1) 250500 kcmil (1) 3/0250 kcmil (2) 2500 kcmil (2) 2500 kcmil (1) 2500 kcmil (2) 1500 kcmil (2) 3/0400 kcmil (3)

Metric Wire Range mm2 2.525 (1) 16150 (1) 2595 (1) 35185 (1) 120240 (1) 95120 (1) 70240 (2) 35185 (1) 120240 (1) 95120 (1) 35240 (2) 35240 (1) 35240 (2)

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Endcap Kits
Breaker Frame HFD-PV Number of Poles 4 4 HKD-PV 4 4 LGH-PV 4 4 HMDL-PV 3 3 Thread Type Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Imperial Metric Thread Size 1032 M5 0.31218 M8 M-10 Catalog Number KPEK14 KPEKM14 KPEK34 KPEKM34 N/A L4RTWK

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T2-437

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses Family

3.1

Power Circuit Breakers


Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T3-2 V4-T3-6 V4-T3-11 V4-T3-14 V4-T3-18 V4-T3-27 V4-T3-34

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3.2

Medium Voltage Power Contactors


Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SL MV Power Contactor 7 kV/160400A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 SL MV Power Contactor 7 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T3-51 V4-T3-53 V4-T3-62 V4-T3-66

3.3

Fuses General
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power vs. Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low vs. Medium vs. High Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expulsion vs. Current Limiting (Definitions per ANSI C47 .40-1993). . . Fuse Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Fuse Component Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T3-70 V4-T3-70 V4-T3-70 V4-T3-70 V4-T3-71 V4-T3-71 V4-T3-71

3.4

Expulsion Fuses
Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T3-73 V4-T3-73 V4-T3-74 V4-T3-75

3.5

Current Limiting Fuses


Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V4-T3-94 V4-T3-96

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-1

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-2 Power Circuit Breaker

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T3-3 V4-T3-6 V4-T3-11 V4-T3-14 V4-T3-18 V4-T3-27 V4-T3-34

Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers


Product Overview
Magnum Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers for Global Application Magnum Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers enable comprehensive solutions to meet and exceed the unique and wide-ranging requirements of todays global power distribution systems. This powerful circuit breaker offering is designed for ultimate custom configuration and application flexibility, with the needs of the power distribution equipment user and the electrical equipment manufacturer in mind. Three Product Families Magnum consists of three product families; each provides specific ratings features and approvals to optimize performance when applied in power distribution equipment and custom enclosures: Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers for ANSI Rated Switchgear Applications

Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers for Switchboard Applications

Magnum IEC Air Circuit Breakers for IEC Rated Switchboards


Up to 635 Vac 200 to 5000A continuous 50 to 150 kA interrupting

Up to 690 Vac 200 to 6300A continuous 40 to 105 kA Icu/Ics

Up to 635 Vac 200 to 6000A continuous 42 to 200 kA interrupting

Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker Family UL Rated for Switchboard Applications

Magnum IEC Low Voltage Air Circuit Breaker Family

Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Family ANSI Rated for Switchgear Applications

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Features, Benefits and Functions

200 kA interruption ratings with current limiting performance and low current let-through to reduce damaging energy to downstream equipment at high fault levels Withstand ratings up to 100 kA to maximize system coordination and selectivity Four physical frame sizes (Narrow, Standard, Double Narrow and Double) to promote breaker application in compact modular enclosures and improve enclosure density Continuous current ratings from 800 to 6300A with 100% rating at 104F (40C) and no derating on most ratings up to 122F (50C) Fixed breaker mounting configurations with horizontal and optional vertical and front connected terminal connections Drawout breaker mounting configurations with cassette and optional safety shutters Three- and four-pole breaker configurations Through-the-door design for human interface with the breaker compartment door closed

Two-step stored energy mechanism for manually and electrical operated breakers Digitrip RMS Trip Unit family protection with four models each providing increasing levels of protection and feature options for coordination, information and diagnostics: Microprocessor-based rms sensing Basic to programmable overcurrent protection and alarms Local display for information, status and diagnostics Ampere, voltage and power metering Power quality, harmonics and waveform capture Communications with translators to common protocols Zone selective interlocking for improved coordination Integral Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Breaker health monitoring Field-installable accessories (UL listed) common across the breaker frames and designed to be easily installed in the field to service or modify the breaker at the point of use Secondary terminal contacts mounted at the top front of the breaker and away from the primary voltage areas for improved safety and access. Fingersafe terminal blocks accommodate ring-tongue or spade type terminals as standard

Through-the-Door Design for Human Interface with the Breaker Compartment Door Closed

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

High Technology MicroprocessorBased Digitrip RMS 1150+ Trip Units are Available With Advanced Features Like Programmable Overcurrent Settings, Power Metering, Power Quality and Communications

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-3

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
9 j k 7 8 3 2

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Breaker Features on Front Cover The controls and indicators are functionally grouped on the breaker faceplate to optimize the human interface, visibility and ease of use. For maximum safety, a modern, through-the-door design permits access to the breaker levering system, trip unit, controls and indicators with the door closed.
1

Magnum DS Drawout Breaker


3 1 2

4 5 6 7

Red Mechanical Trip Flag Pop-out Indicator (Optional)Interlocked Indicator Requiring Manual Reset is also Available Accessory Viewing Windows for: Shunt Trip Attachment (STA) Spring Release Device (SR) Undervoltage Release (UVR) Device or Second STA

9 j k l

Digitrip RMS Trip Unit (Model 520M Shown) Protected by Clear Cover Contact Status Indicators:

OPENGreen CLOSEDRed

Spring Status Indicators:


ChargedYellow DischargedWhite

Push OFF (Open) PushbuttonRed Push ON (Close) PushbuttonGreen Manual Spring Charging Handle for Manually Charging the Stored Energy Springs Mechanical Operations Counter (Optional) Key Off Lock (Optional) Padlockable Levering Device Shutter for Drawout Breakers Color-Coded Position Indicator for Drawout Breakers: CONNECTRed TESTYellow DISCONNECTGreen

Accessory Viewing Windows Visibly Confirm the Breaker Shunt Trip, Spring Release, and UVR Installation and Their Control Voltage Rating

Drawout Breaker Levering Can be Accomplished With the Compartment Door Closed Without the Need for a Special Levering Tool Through-the-Door Design for Human Interface with the Breaker Compartment Door Closed, for Example, Manually Charging the Stored Energy Springs

V4-T3-4

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3
2

Breaker Internal Features Magnum is designed for ease of access for inspection, modification and maintenance at the point of use. The breaker front cover is easily removed with four captive bolts, revealing the modular internal breaker features.
1

Padlockable Levering Device Shutter for Drawout Breakers Color-Coded Position Indicator for Drawout Breakers: CONNECTRed TESTYellow DISCONNECTGreen

3 3 3 3 3

Secondary Terminal Points for Internal Breaker Wiring Connections Breaker Accessory Mounting Deck with Three Positions for Mounting: Shunt Trip Attachment (STA) Spring Release Device (SR) Undervoltage Release (UVR) Device or Second STA

Secondary Contact Blocks for Connection to External Cell Control Wiring Removable Arc Chute Covers for Easy Access to Breaker Main Contacts Primary Finger Cluster Disconnecting Contacts for Drawout Breaker are Mounted on the Breaker Element (Not in the Breaker Compartment) for Ease of Access for Inspection and Maintenance
4 7 6 5

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Digitrip RMS Trip Unit (Model 1150+ Shown) Spring Charging Motor (Optional) for Electrically Charging the Stored Energy Springs Manual Spring Charging Handle for Manually Charging the Stored Energy Springs

Magnum Drawout Breaker Front View With Front Cover Removed Showing Easy Access to the Breaker Internal Devices
8

Note: Some competitors mount the primary finger clusters inside the cell, requiring shutdown of the switchgear for inspection and maintenance.
k

Current Sensor Viewing Windows to View and Confirm Breaker Sensor Rating Rigid Frame Housing (Thermoset Composite Resin) Providing Increased Strength and Durability

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3

Magnum Drawout Breaker Rear View Showing Primary Disconnecting Finger Clusters Mounted on the Breaker for Ease of Inspection

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-5

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-6

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Magnum DS, MDSX and MDSL Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T3-2

V4-T3-7 V4-T3-10 V4-T3-11 V4-T3-14 V4-T3-18 V4-T3-27 V4-T3-34

Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers


Product Description
Magnum DS is a true UL 1066 listed low voltage power circuit breaker family, designed for the highest performance requirements of switchgear and specialty enclosure applications.

Standards and Certifications


UL and ANSI Test Certifications Magnum DS meets or exceeds the applicable ANSI, NEMA, UL and CSA standards, including:

and switchboards with the following test certifications:

Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers have interrupting ratings up to 200 kA at 480 Vac, and short-time withstand ratings up to 100 kA at 635 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 6000A to maximize system coordination and selectivity Magnum MDSX Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers have 200 kA interrupting ratings at 480 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 5000A Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers have 200 kA interrupting ratings at 600 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 2000A

The Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers have integral current limiters to provide interrupting ratings of 200 kA at 600 Vac.

The Magnum MDSX Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers have fast opening contacts to provide interrupting ratings up to 200 kA at 480 Vac without fuses.

ANSI C37 (Low Voltage .13 AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) ANSI C37 (Preferred .16 Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers and AC Power Circuit Breakers) ANSI C37 (Trip Devices .17 for AC and General Purpose DC Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers) ANSI C37 (Test .50 Procedures for Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) UL 1066 (Standard for Low Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) NEMA SG3 (This standard adopts ANSI C37 in .16 its entirety)

UL 1558 (Certified Magnum DS Low Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear) UL 891 (Certified Pow-R-Line C Low Voltage Switchboards) UL 1008 Standard for Transfer Switch Equipment UL, CSA 22.2.31 Low Voltage Assemblies

Approvals and Marks UL listed: Magnum DS Breaker UL File No. E52096 and Cassette UL File No. E204565 ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) Type Listed Certificate Number 04-HS422844A-DUB Additional Magnum DS approvals and certificates can be found on www.eaton.com

Product Selection
Comprehensive Enclosure Solutions Magnum DS has proven performance in Eaton manufactured switchgear
Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Contact Eaton for pricing.

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3

Catalog Number Selection


Magnum DS ANSI Breaker Product Family

MD S 4 12 3 V E A 06 MU
Breaker Type MD = Magnum DS SB = Magnum switchboard Frame Type S = Standard or double N = Narrow D = MDDX only Interrupting/ Withstand Rating 4 = 42 5 = 50 6 = 65 8 = 85 C = 100 E = 150 (DSE) X = 200 (DSX/DDX) L = 200 (DSL) Continuous Amperes and Phasing (Facing Front of Breaker) 08 = 800 ABC 12 = 1200 ABC 16 = 1600 ABC 20 = 2000 ABC 25 = 2500 ABC 30 = 3000 ABC 32 = 3200 ABC or ABCABC 3N = 3200 AABBCC 4N = 4000 AABBCC 5N = 5000 AABBCC 6N = 6000 AABBCC 40 = 4000 ABCABC 50 = 5000 ABCABC 60 = 6000 ABCABC Trip Unit and Protection, and External Control Voltage When Required NN = Non-automatic (no trip unit) 22 = 220 + LI 52 = 520 LSI 5G = 520 LSIG M2 = 520M LSI MT = 520M LSI (24/48 Vdc) MU = 520M LSI (120 Vac) MV = 520M LSI (240 Vac) MQ = 520M LSI (125 Vac) MG = 520M LSIG MH = 520M LSIG (24/48 Vdc) MM = 520M LSIG (120 Vac) MN = 520 LSIG (240 Vac) MX = 520M LSIG (125 Vac) ME = 520M LSIA (24/48 Vdc) MC = 520 LSIA (120 Vac) MF = 520M LSIA (240 Vac) MZ = 520M LSIA (125 Vac) CT = 520MC LSI (24/48 Vdc) CU = 520MC LSI (120 Vac) CV = 520MC LSI (240 Vac) CQ = 520MC LSI (125 Vac) CH = 520MC LSIG (24/48 Vdc) CM = 520MC LSIG (120 Vac) CN = 520MC LSIG (240 Vac) CX = 520MC LSIG (125 Vac) CE = 520MC LSIA (24/48 Vdc) CC = 520MC LSIA (120 Vac) CF = 520MC LSIA (240 Vac) CY = 520MC LSIA (125 Vac) 1A = 1150 LSI (24/48 Vdc) 1C = 1150 LSI (120 Vac) 1E = 1150 LSI (240 Vac) 1Q = 1150 LSI (125 Vac) 1F = 1150 LSIG (24/48 Vdc) 1G = 1150 LSIG (120 Vac) 1H = 1150 LSIG (240 Vac) 1X = 1150 LSIG (125 Vac) 1J = 1150 LSIA (24/48 Vdc) 1K = 1150 LSIA (120 Vac) 1M = 1150 LSIA (240 Vac) 1Y = 1150 LSIA (125 Vac)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Mounting Configuration and Load Terminals H = Fixed horizontal V = Fixed vertical L = Drawout (MDN) W = Drawout (MDS) Poles and Neutral (Facing Front of Breaker) 3 = Three 4 = Four (neutral left)

Nameplate Language E = English A = Spanish

Current Limiter Selection A = Non-DSL (no limiter) D = MA250 E = MA300 F = MA400 G = MA600 H = MA800 K = MB1200 L = MB1600 M = MB2000 N = MD2500 P = MD3000 Sensor and Rating Plug Rating NN = None 01 = 100 13 = 1250 02 = 200 16 = 1600 05 = 250 20 = 2000 03 = 300 25 = 2500 04 = 400 30 = 3000 06 = 600 32 = 3200 08 = 800 40 = 4000 10 = 1000 50 = 5000 12 = 1200 60 = 6000

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-7

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-8 Shunt Trip (ST) N = None A = 110127 Vac/dc R = 208240 Vac/dc C = 24 Vdc H = 48 Vdc B = 110127 Vac/dc (100% duty) S = 220250 Vac/dc (100% duty) D = 24 Vdc (100% duty) K = 48 Vdc (100% duty) J = 60 Vdc (100% duty) 6 = 60 Vdc Motor Operator M = Manual operated N = 110125 Vac (5-sec) W = 110125 Vdc (5-sec) T = 220250 Vdc (5-sec) P = 220240 Vac (5-sec) L = 24 Vdc (5-sec) K = 48 Vdc (5-sec) S = 60 Vdc (5-sec)

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Magnum DS ANSI Breaker Product Family, continued

A W C H N E H K L A X

N A R C H D E F G X J K 1 2 3 4 6 B O I Q 9

Spring Release Device (SRD) N = None A = 110127 Vac/dc R = 208240 Vac/dc C = 24 Vdc H = 48 Vdc S = 60 Vdc

Undervoltage Release (UVR) or 2nd Shunt Trip (ST) = None = UVR (110127 Vac) = UVR (208240 Vac) = UVR (24 Vdc) = UVR (48 Vdc) = UVR (60 Vdc) = UVR (110125 Vdc) = UVR (220250 Vdc) = UVR (32 Vdc) = UVR (380415 Vac) = UVR (480 Vac) = UVR (600 Vac) = 2nd ST (110127 Vac/dc) = 2nd ST (208250 Vac/dc) = 2nd ST (24 Vdc) = 2nd ST (48 Vdc) = 2nd ST (60 Vdc) = 2nd ST (110127 Vac/dc 100% duty) = 2nd ST (220250 Vac/dc 100% duty) = 2nd ST (24 Vdc 100% duty) = 2nd ST (48 Vdc 100% duty) = 2nd ST (60 Vdc 100% duty)

Auxiliary Switch N = None 2 = 2A/2B 4 = 4A/4B 6 = 6A/6B Bell Alarms Switch (OTS) with 2a/2b Contacts and/or Mechanical Trip Indicator OTS 2a/2b Trip Indicator E = No OTS No indicator N = No OTS With indicator Y = With OTS With indicator M = No OTS With interlocked indicator L = With OTS With interlocked indicator

Padlock Provisions for Blocking Close and/or Open ACB Manual Pushbuttons N = None M = Metal (block close and open) P = Plastic (block close and open) C = Metal (block close only) H = Plastic (block close only) S = Metal swbd lock-off (block close, depress open) Operations Counter and/or Keylock Provisions Counter Keylock Provisions No counter No locks No counter Kirk lock No counter Castell lock No counter Ronis lock No counter CES lock Counter No lock Counter Kirk lock Counter Castell lock Counter Ronis lock indicator Counter CES lock

N K C R S A Y L H E

= = = = = = = = = =

Latch Check Switch/Trip Unit Metering Voltage Connection for Digitrip 1150 Trip Unit Latch Check 1150 Voltage Switch Connection N= Upper terminals None M = None Lower terminals L = Upper terminals LCS wired to SRD Y= LCS Wired to SRD Lower terminals C= LCS Wired External Upper terminals LCS Wired External Lower terminals D= Breaker Shipping Options and Instructions A = Fixed breaker alone with door kit F = Fixed breaker alone without door kit A = Drawout breaker alone without door frame kit C = Drawout breaker in cassette (un-wired) P = Drawout breaker in cassette (shutters) S = Drawout breaker in cassette (shutters) W = Drawout breaker in cassette (pre-wired and shutters) Double frame drawout breakers ship without cassette drawout. ACBs ship in narrow and universal cassettes only. Frame Use X = All breakers

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Cassette Magnum DS ANSI Breaker Product Family

M E 32 3 C A DN N NNN W C
Cassette Family M = Standard or double frame L = Narrow frame S = SB standard or double frame T = SB narrow frame Future Use = SB cassette (150 kAIC) = Cassettes (up to 100 kA) = MDSL cassettes (200 kA) = MDSX cassettes (200 kA) Continuous Amperes 16 = Up to 1600A 20 = Up to 2000A 32 = 2500 to 3200A 40 = 4000 to 1600A 50 = 5000 to 2000A Poles 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Cassette Frame and Rear Terminals P = Basic cassette (without vertical bus stabs) C = Basic cassette with stabs (with vertical bus stab kit) H = Narrow frame cassette (with horizontal terminal pads) U = Universal cassette (with universal terminal pads) Arc Hood A = Arc hood installed Door Frame and Gasket Kit DN = Door frame and gasket kit included XN = Door frame and gasket kit not included Cassette Shipping C = Cassette only B = Breaker shipped in cassette Cassette Wiring N = Un-wired W = Cassette wired Future Use NNN = All cassettes Shutters N = No shutters S = Shutters installed

E N L X

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-9

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
6000 5000 4000 3200 2000 1600 Breaker Type Catalog Position 16 MDN-408 MDN-508 MDN-608 MDN-C08 MDS-408 MDS-608 MDS-808 MDS-C08 MDS-L08 2 MDS-X08 3 MDN-416 MDN-516 MDN-616 MDN-C16 MDS-616 MDS-816 MDS-C16 MDS-L16 2 MDS-X16 3 MDN-620 MDN-C20 MDS-620 MDS-820 MDS-C20 MDS-L20 2 MDS-X20 3 MDS-632 MDS-832 MDS-C32 MDS-X32 3 MDN-640 MDN-840 MDN-C40 MDS-840 MDS-C40 MDS-X40 3 MDD-X40 MDS-850 MDS-C50 MDS-X50 35 MDD-X50 MDS-C60 5 MDD-X60 5

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Technical Data and Specifications


Magnum DS Switchgear Class UL 1066 Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers
rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz 1 Frame Type Narrow Narrow Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Narrow Narrow Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Double Double narrow Double narrow Double narrow Double Double Double Double Double Double Double Double Double Double Interrupting at 254 Vac 42 50 65 100 42 65 85 100 200 200 42 50 65 100 65 85 100 200 200 65 100 65 85 100 200 200 65 85 100 200 65 85 100 85 100 200 200 85 100 200 200 100 200 Interrupting at 508 Vac 42 50 65 100 42 65 85 100 200 200 42 50 65 100 65 85 100 200 200 65 100 65 85 100 200 200 65 85 100 200 65 85 100 85 100 200 200 85 100 200 200 100 200 Interrupting at 635 Vac 42 50 65 65 42 65 85 100 200
4

Frame Amperes 800

Short-Time Withstand Rating 42 50 65 20 42 65 85 85 30 42 50 65 30 65 85 85 30 65 35 65 85 85 30 65 85 85 50 65 85 100 85 100 50 100 85 100 50 100 100 100

Fixed Internal Instantaneous Trip 18 x In 85 30 18 x In 85 30 18 x In 85 30 85 50 50 50

Available Current Sensor and Rating Plugs for Digitrip RMS Trip Unit (Establishes Breaker In Rating) 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800

42 50 65 65 65 85 100 200
4

200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600

65 65 65 85 100 200
4

200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000

65 85 100
4

200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3200

65 65 65 85 100
4

2000, 2500, 3200, 4000

100 85 100
4

2500, 3200, 4000, 5000

100 100 100

3200, 4000, 5000, 6000 2500, 3200, 4000, 5000

Notes 1 Interrupting ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS Trip Unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published short-time withstand rating. These interruption ratings are based on the standard duty cycle consisting of an open operation, a 15-second interval and a close-open operation, in succession, with delayed tripping in case of short-delay devices. The standard duty cycle for short-time ratings consists of maintaining the rated current for two periods of 1/2 seconds each, with a 15-second interval of zero current between the two periods. 2 Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker With Integral Current Limiters. Current Limiter selected determines short-time and fixed instantaneous trip rating. Maximum voltage rating is 600 Vac. 3 Magnum MDSX Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker with fast opening contacts. 4 Product to be tested. Contact Eaton for product rating. 5 Breaker applied in a tested fan-cooled enclosure.

V4-T3-10

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
Page V4-T3-2 V4-T3-6

Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker

Contents
Description Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Trip Curve Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

V4-T3-12 V4-T3-12 V4-T3-13 V4-T3-14 V4-T3-18 V4-T3-27 V4-T3-34

Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker


Product Description
The following curves illustrate the ratings, melting timecurrent characteristics and current limiting, or let-through characteristics, of limiters for Magnum Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers. The let-through current for a given limiter application is readily determined by extending a vertical line from the applicable maximum available symmetrical fault amperes at the bottom margin to the characteristic line for the particular limiter, and from this intersection extending a horizontal line to the left margin and reading the peak current. The withstand rating of any circuit elements protected by the limiters should be at least equal to this peak current. It will be noted that the letthrough current increases with the limiter size or ampere rating; in other words, the maximum current limiting effect is obtained with the smallest size. This effect is to be expected, since the resistance decreases as the rating increases. If the vertical line from the bottom margin as described in the previous paragraph does not intersect the limiter characteristic line, the available system fault current is below the threshold current of that limiter, and it will offer no current limiting effect. The current limiting principle is illustrated below: la= The Available Peak Fault Current tm=The Melting Time Ip= The Peak Let-Through Current ta= The Arcing Time tc= The Total Interrupting (Clearing)Time Current Limiting A. Maximum protection of downstream components. Type MDSL breakers are often used for this purpose even when the maximum available fault currents are within the interrupting rating of the corresponding unfused Magnum breakers. B. Protection of the circuit breaker only. Case A would tend to use the smallest available limiter; Case B the largest. When downstream protection is required, the selection is usually a compromise, since certain small limiters cannot be coordinated with the breaker to avoid nuisance blowing on overloads or small and moderate short circuits. Minimum, recommended and maximum limiter sizes for Magnum MDSL breakers are given in the table on Page V4-T3-12.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Ia Ip tm tc ta

Limiter Selection The selection of a suitable limiter rating for a given application is generally governed by a choice of the following types of protection:

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-11

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-12

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Product Selection
Magnum MDSL Sensor/Rating Plug vs. Current Limiter Selection 1
Sensor and Rating Plug In 200 250 300 400 600 800 1000 1200 1600 2000 MDSL Current Limiter Selection Chart 2 MA250 MA300 MA400 MA400 MA400 MA600 3 MA600 MA600 MA600 MA800 MA800 3 MA800 3 MA800 MA800 MB1200 MB1200 MB1200 MB1200 3 MB1200 MB1200 MB1600 MB1600 MB1600 MB1600 MB1600 MB1600 MB1600 MB2000 MB2000 MB2000 MB2000 MB2000 MB2000 MB2000 MB2000
3

MD2500 MD2500 MD2500 MD2500 MD2500 MD2500 3 MD2500 3 MD2500 3

MD3000 MD3000 MD3000 MD3000 MD3000 MD3000 MD3000 MD3000 MD3000 3 MD3000 3

Technical Data and Specifications


Magnum MDSL Ratings
Frame 800 1600 2000 Catalog Number MDSL08 MDSL16 MDSC20 Available Sensor/ Rating Plug (Amperes) 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600 1600, 2000

Notes 1 Select the current limiter based on the Magnum breaker frame and current sensor and rating plug as shown. 2 Refer to MDSL current limiter curves for let-through and time characteristics. 3 The recommended ratings shown as shaded provide for reduced current let-through and breaker coordination within the trip unit settings. Selection of current limiters below the recommended ratings shown provides lower current let-through, however, trip unit settings must be considered to avoid nuisance operation.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Trip Curve Charts


Type Magnum DSL Limiters, Peak Let-Through Current Characteristics Type Magnum DSL Limiters Average Melting Time-Current Characteristics

Available Current, rms Symmetrical Amperes x 10

Scale x 100 = Current in Amperes Note For Time/Current Curves, see www.eaton.com/electrical

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-13

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-14

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker

Contents
Description Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T3-2 V4-T3-6 V4-T3-11

V4-T3-15 V4-T3-18 V4-T3-27 V4-T3-34

Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers


Product Description
Magnum SB is a Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit breaker family designed for the performance and economic requirements of UL 891 switchboards.

Standards and Certifications


downstream circuits at the maximum instantaneous trip point and to facilitate feeder circuit breaker protection in UL 891 switchboards with 3-cycle bus bracing Magnum SBSE Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers have 150 kA interrupting ratings at 480 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 5000A. The short-time withstand rating is 30 kA for standard frame and 50 kA for double frame breakers UL and ANSI Test Certifications Magnum SB meets or exceeds the applicable ANSI, NEMA, UL and CSA standards, including:

Magnum SB Insulated Case Circuit Breakers have interrupting ratings up to 100 kA at 635 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 5000A Magnum SB Insulated Case Circuit Breakers have lighter-duty short-time withstand ratings and fixed internal instantaneous trips on most ratings, which is characteristic of UL 489 molded case breakers commonly used in UL 891 switchboards. This provides for greater economy and excellent coordination and selectivity for most commercial applications Fixed internal instantaneous trips will be phased in on all SB Insulated Case Circuit Breakers rated 3200A and below to provide an extra safety factor by reducing the energy let-through to

ANSI C37 (Low Voltage .13 AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) ANSI C37 (Preferred .16 Ratings, Related Requirements, and Application Recommendations for Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers and AC Power Circuit Breakers) ANSI C37 (Trip Devices .17 for AC and General Purpose DC Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers) ANSI C37 (Test .50 Procedures for Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) UL 1066 (Standard for Low Voltage AC and DC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures) NEMA SG3 (This standard adopts ANSI C37 in .16 its entirety)

Comprehensive Enclosure Solutions Magnum DS has proven performance in Eaton manufactured switchgear and switchboards with the following test certifications:

UL 1558 (Certified Magnum DS Low Voltage Metal-Enclosed switchgear) UL 891 (Certified Pow-R-Line C Low Voltage Switchboards) UL, CSA 22.2.31 Low Voltage Assemblies

Approvals and Marks UL listed: Magnum DS Breaker UL File E52096 and Cassette UL File E204565

Product Selection
Contact Eaton for pricing.

Typical Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breaker Nameplate

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Technical Data and Specifications


Magnum SB Switchboard Class Insulated Case Low Voltage Air Circuit Breakers
Frame Amperes 800 Breaker Type Catalog Position 16 SBN-508 SBN-608 SBN-C08 SBS-608 SBS-C08 SBS-E08 4 1200 SBN-512 SBN-612 SBN-C12 SBS-612 SBS-C12 SBS-E12 4 1600 SBN-516 SBN-616 SBN-C16 SBS-616 SBS-C16 SBS-E16 2000 SBN-620 SBN-C20 SBS-620 SBS-C20 SBS-E20 2500 SBS-625 SBS-C25 SBS-E25 4 3000 SBS-630 SBS-C30 SBS-E30 4 4000 SBS-840 SBS-C40 SBS-E40 5000 SBS-850 SBS-C50 SBS-E50 45 6000 SBS-C60 5
4 4 4

rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 50/60 Hz 1 Frame Type Narrow Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Narrow Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Narrow Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Double Standard Standard Double Double Double Double Double Double Double Double Interrupting at 254 Vac 50 65 100 65 100 200 50 65 100 65 100 200 50 65 100 65 100 200 65 100 65 100 200 65 100 200 65 100 200 85 100 200 85 100 200 100 Interrupting at 508 Vac 50 65 100 65 100 150 50 65 100 65 100 150 50 65 100 65 100 150 65 100 65 100 150 65 100 150 65 100 150 85 100 150 85 100 150 100 Interrupting at 635 Vac 35 42 65 65 85
3

Short-Time Withstand Rating 20 20 20 20 20 30 25 25 25 25 25 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 35 35 35 35 30 45 45 50 50 50 50 85 100 50 85 100 50 100

Fixed Internal Instantaneous Trip


2 2

Available Current Sensor and Rating Plugs for Digitrip RMS Trip Unit (Establishes Breaker In Rating) 200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800

18 x In
2 2

30
2 2

35 42 65 65 85
3

200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200

18 x In
2 2

30
2 2

35 42 65 65 85
3

200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

18 x In
2 2

30
2

65 65 65 85
3

18 x In
2 2

200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000

30
2 2

65 85
3

200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500

50
2 2

65 85
3

200, 250, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3000

50 50 50 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000 2500, 3000, 4000, 5000 2000, 2500, 3000, 4000

85 100
3

85 100
3

100

Notes 1 Interrupting ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS Trip Unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published short-time withstand rating. These interruption ratings are based on the standard duty cycle consisting of an open operation, a 15-second interval and a close-open operation, in succession, with delayed tripping in case of short-delay devices. The standard duty cycle for short-time ratings consists of maintaining the rated current for two periods of 1/2 seconds each, with a 15-second interval of zero current between the two periods. 2 Fixed internal instantaneous trip set at approximately 18 x I symmetrical will be phased into the product. n 3 Product to be tested. Contact Eaton for product rating. 4 Magnum SBSE Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker with fast opening contacts. 5 Breaker applied in a tested fan-cooled enclosure. Magnum SB is UL 1066 listed.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-15

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-16 Instantaneous protection (I) Ground fault protection (G) 2 Disable ground fault protection Neutral protection (N) System Diagnostics Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts Programmable contacts Electronic operations counter Short delay protection (S) Long delay protection (L) Trip Unit Type Ampere range Interrupting rating at 480V rms sensing

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum SB and Magnum DS ANSI/UL Rated Power Circuit Breakers

Digitrip 520 2006000A 42200 kA Yes

Digitrip 520M 2006000A 42200 kA Yes

Digitrip 520MC 2006000A 42200 kA Yes

Digitrip 1150+ 1 2006000A 42200 kA Yes

Protection and Coordination Protection Ordering options Fixed rating plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long delay pickup Long delay time I2t at 6 x Ir Long delay time I4t IEEE curves Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t at 8 x Ir Short delay time flat Short delay time ZSI Instantaneous pickup Making current release Off position Ground fault alarm Ground fault pickup Ground fault delay I2t at 0.625 x In LI, LSI, LSIG Yes Yes 0.41.0 x (In) 224 sec No No Yes No 2001000% x (Ir) and M1 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 2001000% x (In) and M1 Yes LSI and LSIG No 25100% x (In) 100500 ms No Model LSI LSI, LSIG, LSIA Yes Yes 0.41.0 x (In) 224 sec No No Yes No 2001000% x (Ir) and M1 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 2001000% x (In) and M1 Yes Yes Yes 25100% x (In) 100500 ms No Model LSI LSI, LSIG, LSIA Yes Yes 0.41.0 x (In) 224 sec No No Yes No 2001000% x (Ir) and M1 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 2001000% x (In) and M1 Yes Yes Yes 25100% x (In) 100500 ms No Model LSI LSI, LSIG, LSIA Yes Yes 0.41.0 x (In) 224 sec 15 sec Yes Yes 0.51.0 x (Ir) 2001000% x (Ir) and M1 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 2001000% x (In) and M1 Yes Yes Yes 24100% x (In) 100500 ms No Model LSI

Yes No No No No

Yes Yes Yes No No

Yes Yes Yes No No

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Notes 1 Over and undervoltage alarm or trip, over and underfrequency alarm or trip, voltage unbalance alarm or trip, reverse power trip and phase rotation alarm are included. 2 1200A maximum ground fault setting per UL/NEC. In = Rating plug and sensor rating. Ir = Long delay pickup setting.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3
Digitrip 1150+ 1

Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum SB ANSI/UL Rated Power Circuit Breakers, continued

Trip Unit Type System Monitoring Digital display Current (%) full scale sensor Voltage (%) L to L Power and energy (%) Apparent power kVA and demand Reactive power kVAR Power factor Crest factor System Communications Type Power supply in breaker Additional Features Trip log (three events) Electronic operations counter Testing method 3 Waveform capture ARMs (Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Mode) Breaker health monitor Programmable relay functions

Digitrip 520

Digitrip 520M

Digitrip 520MC

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

No No No No No No No No

4-Character LCD Yes +/ 2% No No No No No No

4-Character LCD Yes +/ 2% No No No No No No

24-Character LED Yes +/ 1% Yes +/ 1% Yes +/ 2% Yes Yes Yes Yes

N/A

Optional

INCOM/PowerNet/Modbus 2/ INCOM/PowerNet/TripLink/ PROFIBUS 2 Modbus 2/PROFIBUS 2 Standard Standard

No No Test set No No No No

No No Test set No No No No

No No Test set No Yes No No

Yes Yes Integral and test set Yes Yes 4 Yes Yes 1

Notes 1 Over and undervoltage alarm or trip, over and underfrequency alarm or trip, voltage unbalance alarm or trip, reverse power trip and phase rotation alarm are included. 2 Requires externally mounted MMINT or PMINT module. 3 Test set for secondary injection. 4 Contact Eaton for availability. In = Rating plug and sensor rating. Ir = Long delay pickup setting.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-17

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-18

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Magnum Double Narrow Frame Drawout Air Circuit Breaker With Cassette

Contents
Description Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Magnum Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T3-2 V4-T3-6 V4-T3-11 V4-T3-14 V4-T3-19 V4-T3-21 V4-T3-24 V4-T3-26 V4-T3-27 V4-T3-34

Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers


Product Description
Magnum Air Circuit Breakers are designed to enable global power distribution solutions in IEC switchboards and other custom enclosures.

Standards and Certifications


IEC Test Certifications Magnum Air Circuit Breakers meet or exceed the applicable IEC standards, including:

Magnum IEC Air Circuit Breakers have interrupting ratings up to 100 kA at 690 Vac with continuous current ratings up to 6300A Magnum IEC Air Circuit Breaker continuous current frames are 100% rated. No thermal de-rating is required when applying the breaker in the low voltage systems enclosure at ambient temperatures of 104F (40C) Magnum IEC Breakers carry the KEMA Keur Mark, which requires periodic follow-up testing, witnessed by KEMA, to demonstrate our product performs to its published nameplate ratings. This differentiates Magnum Air Circuit Breakers from the competition, where in general, self-certification testing is performed on products when initially introduced with no binding commitments to perform subsequent follow-up third-party testing.

EN/IEC 60947-2 KEMA third-party witness and follow-up testing

Comprehensive Enclosure Solutions Magnum Air Circuit Breakers have proven performance in IEC switchboards and custom enclosures manufactured by Eaton and Low Voltage Systems Builders (OEMs) to the following standards:

Eaton Tabula Low Voltage Switchboard Systems (global) for Low Voltage Systems Builders Eaton Elatis (Germany) Low Voltage Switchboards Eaton Xenergy and Modan switchboard systems (global) for low voltage systems builders

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Lloyds of London South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) For a complete and comprehensive listing of all low voltage power breakers, please visit www.eaton.com

Approvals and Marks Magnum Air Circuit Breakers carry the following approvals and approval marks:

EN/IEC 60947-1 EN/IEC 60439-1 Eaton manufactured IEC Low Voltage Switchboard solutions include: Eaton MEM M-Form (UK) Low Voltage Switchboards Eaton Holec Capitole 40 and Capitole 20 (Holland) Low Voltage Switchboards

CE KEMA Keur mark ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) Type Listed Certificate Number 04-HS422844B-PDA-DUB CCC (Certificate for China Compulsory Product Certification) to GB14048.2-2001, Certificate Numbers: 2005010307139381 2003010307094561 2003010307094558

Note: The KEMA Keur Mark on the Magnum ACB Label Confirms Third-Party Witness and Followup Testing

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-19

Catalog Number Selection


Magnum IEC Breaker Product Family
1

MW N 5 12 4 V E A - 03 MT 4 F C L R Y C T M W X
Breaker Frame I = Standard or double N = Narrow K = Special 1100 Vac ACB Interrupting Icu = 40 kV = 50 kV = 65 kV = 85 kV = 100 kV = 25 kV (1100 Vac MWK) Trip Unit and Protection, (and External Control Voltage When Required) NN = Non-automatic (no trip unit) 22 = 520 LI 52 = 520 LSI 5W = 520i LSIG M2 = 520M LSI MT = 520M LSI (2448 Vdc) MU = 520M LSI (120 Vac) MV = 520M LSI (240 Vac) MW = 520Mi LSIG MJ = 520Mi LSIG (2448 Vdc) MK = 520Mi LSIG (120 Vac) ML = 520Mi LSIG (240 Vac) ME = 520M LSIA (2448 Vdc) MC = 520M LSIA (120 Vac) MF = 520M LSIA (240 Vac) CT = 520MC LSI (2448 Vdc) CU = 520MC LSI (120 Vac) CV = 520MC LSI (240 Vac) CE = 520MC LSIA (2448 Vdc) CC = 520MC LSIA (120 Vac) CF = 520MC LSIA (240 Vac) CJ = 520MCi LSIG (2448 Vdc) CK = 520MCi LSIG (120 Vac) CF = 520MCi LSIG (240 Vac) C1 = 520MC ARMS LSI (2448 Vdc) C2 = 520MC ARMS LSI (120 Vac) C3 = 520MC ARMS LSI (240 Vac) C4 = 520MC ARMS LSIA (2448 Vdc) C5 = 520MC ARMS LSIA (120 Vac) C6 = 520MC ARMS LSIA (240 Vac) C7 = 520MC ARMS LSIG (2448 Vdc) C8 = 520MC ARMS LSIG (120 Vac) C9 = 520MC ARMS LSIG (240 Vac) 1W = 1150i LSI (2448 Vdc) 1N = 1150i LSI (120 Vac) 1P = 1150i LSI (240 Vac) 1R = 1150i LSIG/A (2448 Vdc) 1S = 1150i LSIG/A (120 Vac) 1T = 1150i LSIG/A (240 Vac) Auxiliary Switch N = None 2 = 2A/2B 4 = 2A/2B 6 = 2A/2B Future Use X = All ACBs ACB Shipping Instructions A = Fixed ACB with door kit F = Fixed ACB without door kit A = D/O ACB only without door kit C = D/O ACB in cassette (un-wired) P = D/O ACB in cassette (pre-wired) S = D/O ACB in cassette (shutters) W = D/O ACB in cassette (pre-wired and shutters) Double frame D/O ACBs ship without cassette Latch Checking Switch/Trip Unit Metering Voltage Connection for Digitrip 1150 Trip Unit Latch Check 1150 Voltage Switch Connection N = None Upper terminals M = None Lower terminals L = LCS wired to SRD Upper terminals Y = LCS wired to SRD Lower terminals C = LCS wired external Upper terminals D = LCS wired external Lower terminals Operations Counter and/or Keylock Provisions Counter Keylock Provisions No counter No locks No counter Kirk lock No counter Castell lock No counter Ronis lock No counter CES lock No lock Counter Counter Kirk lock Castell lock Counter Ronis lock indicator Counter CES lock Counter

4 5 6 8 C Z

Continuous Amperes and Phasing (Facing Front of Breaker) 08 = 800 ABC 10 = 1000 ABC 12 = 1250 ABC 16 = 1600 ABC 20 = 2000 ABC 25 = 2500 ABC 32 = 3200 ABC 41 = 4000 ABC (standard drawout only) 4N = 4000 AABBCC 5N = 5000 AABBCC 6N = 6300 AABBCC 40 = 4000 ABCABC 50 = 5000 ABCABC 60 = 6300 ABCABC Poles and Neutral (Facing Front of Breaker) 3 = Three 4 = Four (neutral left) R = Four (reserved for neutral right) Mounting Configuration and Load Terminals H = Fixed horizontal V = Fixed vertical L = Drawout horizontal Nameplate Language E = English A = Spanish Sensor and Rating Plug Rating NN = None 13 = 1250 02 = 200 16 = 1600 05 = 250 20 = 2000 03 = 300 25 = 2500 04 = 400 30 = 3000 06 = 600 32 = 3200 07 = 630 40 = 4000 08 = 800 50 = 5000 10 = 1000 63 = 6300 12 = 1200

Shunt Trip Attachment (STA) N = None A = 110127 Vac/dc R = 208240 Vac/dc C = 24 Vdc H = 48 Vdc B = 110127 Vac/dc (100% duty) S = 220250 Vac/dc (100% duty) D = 24 Vdc (100% duty) K = 48 Vdc (100% duty) J = 60 Vdc (100% duty) 6 = 60 Vdc Motor Operator M = Manual operated N = 110125 Vac (5-sec) W = 110125 Vdc (5-sec) T = 220250 Vdc (5-sec) P = 220240 Vac (5-sec) L = 24 Vdc (5-sec) K = 48 Vdc (5-sec) S = 60 Vdc (5-sec) Spring Release Device (SRD) N = None A = 110127 Vac/dc R = 208240 Vac/dc C = 24 Vdc H = 48 Vdc S = 60 Vdc Undervoltage Release (UVR) or 2nd Shunt Trip (ST) N = None A = UVR (110127 Vac) R = UVR (208240 Vac) C = UVR (24 Vdc) H = UVR (48 Vdc) D = UVR (60 Vdc) E = UVR (110125 Vdc) F = UVR (220250 Vdc) G = UVR (32 Vdc) X = UVR (380415 Vac) J = UVR (480 Vac) K = UVR (600 Vac) 1 = 2nd ST (110127 Vac/dc) 2 = 2nd ST (208250 Vac/dc) 3 = 2nd ST (24 Vdc) 4 = 2nd ST (48 Vdc) 6 = 2nd ST (60 Vdc) B = 2nd ST (110127 Vac/dc 100% duty) O = 2nd ST (220250 Vac/dc 100% duty) I = 2nd ST (24 Vdc 100% duty) Q = 2nd ST (48 Vdc 100% duty) 9 = 2nd ST (60 Vdc 100% duty)

N K C R S A Y L H E

= = = = = = = = = =

Padlock Provisions for Blocking Close and/or Open ACB Manual Pushbuttons N = None M = Metal (block close and open) P = Plastic (block close and open) C = Metal (block close only) H = Plastic (block close only) Bell Alarms Switch (OTS) with 2a/2b Contacts and/or Mechanical Trip Indicator OTS 2a/2b Trip Indicator E = No OTS No indicator N = No OTS With indicator Y = With OTS With indicator M = No OTS With interlocked indicator L = With OTS With interlocked indicator

Note 1 Exclusionary rules apply. Refer to price list. Confirm all final part numbers with Eaton. Format structure subject to modifications and additions without notice. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-20

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Cassette Magnum IEC Breaker Product Family 1

E N 32 4 H K N N S N N N W C
Cassette Family E = Standard or double frame IEC N = Narrow frame IEC Future Use N = All cassettes Continuous Amperes 20 = Up to 2000A 32 = 25003000A 41 = 4000A standard frame 40 = 4000A 63 = 50006000A Poles 3 = Three-pole 4 = Four-pole Rear Terminals H = Horizontal stabs (upper and lower terminals) Arc Hood A = Arc hood for 690 Vac K = Arc hood for 1100 Vac Cassette Shipping C = Cassette only Cassette Wiring N = Un-wired W = Cassette wired Future Use N = All cassettes Future Use N = All cassettes Future Use N = All cassettes Shutters N = No shutters S = Shutters installed Future Use N = All cassettes Door Frame and Gasket Kit D = Includes door kit X = Equals door kit not included N = All cassettes

Note 1 Exclusionary rules apply. Refer to price list. Confirm all final part numbers with Eaton. Format structure subject to modifications and additions without notice.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Technical Data and Specifications


Magnum IEC 60947-2 Rated Air Circuit Breakers
rms Symmetrical Current Ratings kA 1 Frame Amperes 800 Breaker Type Catalog Position 16 MWN-408 MWN-508 MWN-608 MWI-608 MWI-808 MWI-C08 1000 MWN-410 MWN-510 MWN-610 MWI-610 MWI-810 MWI-C10 1250 MWN-412 MWN-512 MWN-612 MWI-612 MWI-812 MWI-C12 1600 MWN-516 MWN-616 MWI-616 MWI-816 MWI-C16 2000 MWN-520 MWN-620 MWI-620 MWI-820 MWI-C20 2500 MWI-625 MWI-825 MWI-C25 3200 MWI-632 MWI-832 MWI-C32 4000 MWI-641 2 MWI-841
2

Frame Type Narrow Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Narrow Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Narrow Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Narrow Narrow Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Double narrow Double narrow Double narrow Double Double Double Double Double Double Double

Interrupting at 240 Vac Icu = Ics 40 50 65 65 85 100 40 50 65 65 85 100 40 50 65 65 85 100 50 65 65 85 100 50 65 65 85 100 65 85 100 65 85 100 65 85 105 65 85 100 65 85 100 85 100 85 100

Interrupting at 440 Vac Icu = Ics 40 50 65 65 85 100 40 50 65 65 85 100 40 50 65 65 85 100 50 65 65 85 100 50 65 65 85 100 65 85 100 65 85 100 65 85 105 65 85 100 65 85 100 85 100 85 100

Interrupting at 690 Vac Icu = Ics 40 50 65 65 85 85 40 50 65 65 85 85 40 50 65 65 85 85 50 65 65 85 85 50 65 65 85 85 65 85 85 65 85 85 65 85 85 65 65 65 65 85 100 85 100 85 100

Withstand Rating Icw 1-Sec / 3-Sec 40/ 50/ 65/40 65/ 85/65 85/65 40/ 50/ 65/40 65/ 85/65 85/65 40/ 50/ 65/40 65/ 85/65 85/65 50/ 65/40 65/ 85/65 85/65 50/30 65/40 65/50 85/65 85/65 65/ 85/65 85/65 65/50 85/65 85/65 65/50 85/65 85/65 65/ 85/ 100/ 65/ 85/ 100/ 85/ 100/ 85/ 100/

Fixed Internal Instantaneous Trip 85 85 85 85 85 85 85

Available Current Sensor and Rating Plugs for Digitrip RMS Trip Unit (Establishes Breaker In Rating) 200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800

200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000

200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000, 1250

200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000

200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500

200, 250, 300, 400, 630, 800, 1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200

2000, 2500, 3200, 4000

MWI-C41 2 MWN-64N MWN-84N MWN-C4N MWI-64N MWI-84N MWI-C4N 5000 6300 MWI-85N MWI-C5N MWI-86N MWI-C6N

2500, 3200, 4000, 5000 3200, 4000, 5000, 6300

3 3 3 3
V4-T3-21

Notes 1 Interrupting ratings shown based on breaker equipped with integral Digitrip RMS Trip Unit. Interruption ratings for non-automatic breakers are equal to the published breaker I cw rating. 2 Magnum IEC standard frame breakers rated for 4000A continuous current are available in drawout configuration only. Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-22 Disable ground fault protection Neutral protection (N) System Diagnostics Cause of trip LEDs Magnitude of trip information Remote signal contacts Programmable contacts Instantaneous protection (I) Earth fault protection (G) Short delay protection (S) Long delay protection (L) Trip Unit Type Ampere range Interrupting rating at 690V rms sensing

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers

Digitrip 520i 2006300A 40100 kA Yes

Digitrip 520Mi 2006300A 40100 kA Yes

Digitrip 520MCi 2006300A 40100 kA Yes

Digitrip 1150i+ 1 2006300A 40100 kA Yes

Protection and Coordination Protection Ordering options Fixed rating plug (In) Overtemperature trip Long delay setting Long delay time I2t at 6 x Ir Long delay time I4t IEC Type A, B, C curves Long delay thermal memory High load alarm Short delay pickup Short delay time I2t at 8 x Ir Short delay time flat Short delay time ZSI Instantaneous pickup Making current release Off position Earth fault alarm Earth fault pickup Earth fault delay I2t at 0.625 x In Earth fault delay flat Earth fault ZSI Earth fault memory LI, LSI, LSIG Yes Yes 0.41.0 x (In) 224 sec No No Yes No 2001000% x (Ir) and M1 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 2001000% x (In) and M1 Yes Yes No 25100% x (In) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes No Model LSI LSI, LSIG, LSIA Yes Yes 0.41.0 x (In) 224 sec No No Yes No 2001000% x (Ir) and M1 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 2001000% x (In) and M1 Yes Yes Yes 25100% x (In) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes No Model LSI LSI, LSIG, LSIA Yes Yes 0.41.0 x (In) 224 sec No No Yes No 2001000% x (Ir) and M1 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 2001000% x (In) and M1 Yes Yes Yes 25100% x (In) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes No Model LSI LSI, LSIG, LSIA Yes Yes 0.41.0 x (In) 224 sec 15 sec Yes Yes 0.71.0 x Ir 1501000% x (Ir) and M1 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes 2001000% x (In) and M1 Yes Yes Yes 24100% x (In) 100500 ms 100500 ms Yes Yes Yes Model LSI

Yes No No No

Yes No Yes No

Yes No Yes No

Yes Yes Yes 2

Notes 1 Over and undervoltage alarm or trip, over and underfrequency alarm or trip, voltage unbalance alarm or trip, reverse power trip and phase rotation alarm are included. In = Rating plug rating. Ir = LDPU setting. i Trip units are only used on IEC breakers with earth fault.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Digitrip Trip Units for Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers, continued

Trip Unit Type System Monitoring Digital display Current (%) full scale sensor Voltage (%) L to L Power and energy (%) Apparent power kVA and demand Reactive power kVAR Power factor Crest factor Power qualityharmonics % THD System Communications Type Power supply in breaker Additional Features Trip log (three events) Electronic operations counter Testing method 3 Waveform capture ARMs (Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Mode) Breaker health monitor Programmable relay functions

Digitrip 520i

Digitrip 520Mi

Digitrip 520MCi

Digitrip 1150i+ 1

No No No No No No No No No No

4-Character LCD Yes +/ 2% No No No No No No No No

4-Character LCD Yes +/ 2% No No No No No No No No

24-Character LED Yes +/ 1% Yes +/ 1% Yes +/ 2% Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

N/A

Optional

INCOM/PowerNet/Modbus PROFIBUS 2 Standard

2/

INCOM/PowerNet/TripLink/ Modbus 2/PROFIBUS 2 Standard

No No Test set No No No No

No No Test set No No No No

No No Test set No Yes No No

Yes Yes Integral and test set Yes Yes 4 Yes Yes 1

Notes 1 Over and undervoltage alarm or trip, over and underfrequency alarm or trip, voltage unbalance alarm or trip, reverse power trip and phase rotation alarm are included. 2 Requires externally mounted MMINT or PMINT module. 3 Test set for secondary injection. 4 Contact Eaton for availability. In = Rating plug rating. Ir = LDPU setting. i Trip units are only used on IEC breakers with earth fault.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-23

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-24

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breaker

Magnum Options and Accessories


Breaker-Mounted Options and Accessories Magnum breakers are available with a comprehensive array of factory-installed breaker options to enable configuredto-order solutions for specified customer requirements. Field option kits are available to provide easy service, modification and customization of the breaker at the point of use.

Shunt Trip device (ST). Provides for remote electrically controlled breaker opening when energized by a rated voltage input Spring Charge Motor (MOT). Charges the breaker closing springs automatically, facilitating remote or local closing. The motor assembly includes its own cut-off switch that changes state at the end of the charging cycle. This contact can be wired out for external indication Spring Release device (SR). Provides for remote electrically controlled breaker closing when its coils are energized by a rated voltage input

Undervoltage Release (UVR). Trips the breaker when an existing voltage signal is lost or falls below an established threshold Auxiliary Switch. Up to 6a/6b auxiliary individual dedicated contacts are available for customer use to indicate if the breaker is in the OPEN or CLOSE position Mechanical Trip Indicator Flag. The red trip indicator flag pops out to provide local visual indication when the Digitrip RMS trip unit acts to trip the breaker on an overcurrent condition. Available in two options: an interlocked version that mechanically locks out the breaker until the indicator is manually reset and a non-interlocked version for indication only. Bell Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switch (OTS). Provides 2 Form C (changeover) contacts that change state when the Digitrip RMS trip unit acts to trip the breaker on an overcurrent condition. The contacts are available for external indication or customer use and are manually reset by the Mechanical Trip Indicator Padlockable Pushbutton Cover. Permits padlocking hinged cover plates to block access to the PUSH ON and PUSH OFF buttons on the breaker faceplate

Mechanical Operations Counter. Records mechanical operations of the breaker over its installed life Key Off Lock Provisions. Enables mounting of a single cylinder Kirk, Castell or Ronis key lock to lock the breaker in the OPEN position Latch Check Switch. Provides 1 Form C (changeover contact) that changes state when the breaker is ready to close. Can be wired to the Spring Release Device for fast transfer applications or wired for external ready-to-close indication

Shunt Trip, Spring Release and Undervoltage Release Device Installed on Accessory Deck

Auxiliary Switches Come in Modular 2a/2b Contact Stages Providing up to 6a/6b Dedicated Contacts

Arc Chutes are Easily Removable for Inspection and Access to Breaker Contacts

Heel-Toe Contact Design Provides Demonstrated Long Life and Includes Wear Indicator for Visual Inspection

Mechanical Trip Indicator With Bell Alarm (OTS) Switches Mounted

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breaker

3.1
250 Vdc

Magnum Breaker Control Device Application GuideVdc


Breaker Control Device Nominal Voltage Shunt Trip (ST)Trip Circuit Operational voltage range Power consumption (inrush) Opening time Spring Release (SR)Close Circuit Operational voltage range Power consumption (inrush) Closing time Spring Charge Motor (MOT) Operational voltage range Amperes (running) Amperes (inrush) Power consumption Charging time Undervoltage Release (UVR) Operational voltage range Dropout voltage range Power consumption (inrush) Power consumption (continuous) Opening time Auxiliary Switches Minimum load contact rating Inductive load 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A 0.25A 85110% voltage 3060% voltage Required for 200 ms Required for 400 ms Seconds 2026 Vdc 714 Vdc 250W 18W 70 ms 2735 Vdc 1019 Vdc 275W 15W 70 ms 4153 Vdc 1429 Vdc 275W 18W 70 ms 5166 Vdc 1836 Vdc 275W 18W 70 ms 94138 Vdc 3375 Vdc 450W 10W 70 ms 187275 Vdc 66150 Vdc 450W 10W 70 ms 85110% voltage Running % of running Seconds 2026 Vdc 12.0A 300% 300W 5 sec 4153 Vdc 5.0A 500% 250W 5 sec 5166 Vdc 4.0A 500% 250W 5 sec 94138 Vdc 2.0A 600% 250W 5 sec 187225 Vdc 1.0A 600% 250W 5 sec 70110% Required for 200 ms Seconds 1726 Vdc 250W 40 ms 3453 Vdc 250W 40 ms 4266 Vdc 250W 40 ms 77138 Vdc 450W 40 ms 154275 Vdc 450W 40 ms 70110% Required for 35 ms 1 Seconds 1726 Vdc 250W 35 ms 3453 Vdc 250W 35 ms 4266 Vdc 250W 35 ms 77138 Vdc 450W 35 ms 154275 Vdc 450W 35 ms 24 Vdc 32 Vdc 48 Vdc 60 Vdc 125 Vdc

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-25

Magnum Breaker Control Device Application GuideVac


Breaker Control Device Nominal Voltage Shunt Trip (ST)Trip Circuit Operational voltage range Power consumption (inrush) Opening time Spring Release (SR)close circuit Operational voltage range Power consumption (inrush) Closing time Spring Charge Motor (MOT) Operational voltage range Amperes (running) Amperes (inrush) Power consumption Charging time Undervoltage Release (UVR) Operational voltage range Dropout voltage range Power consumption (inrush) Power consumption (continuous) Opening time Auxiliary Switches Minimum load contact rating Inductive load 10A 10A 85110% voltage 3060% voltage Required for 200 ms Required for 400 ms Seconds 94140 Vac 3376 Vac 450 VA 10 VA 70 ms 177264 Vac 62144 Vac 400 VA 10 VA 70 ms 323457 Vac 114249 Vac 480 VA 10 VA 70 ms 408528 Vac 144288 Vac 400 VA 10 VA 70 ms 510660 Vac 180360 Vac 400 VA 10 VA 70 ms 85110% voltage Running % of running Seconds 93140 Vdc 2.0A 600% 250 VA 5 sec 177264 Vdc 1.0A 600% 250 VA 5 sec 70110% Required for 200 ms Seconds 77140 Vac 450 VA 40 ms 146264 Vac 450 VA 40 ms 70 110% Required for 35 ms Seconds 77140 Vac 450 VA 35 ms 146264 Vac 450 VA 35 ms 120 Vac 240 Vac 415 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

Note 1 100% duty shunt trips require power consumption (inrush) for 200 ms.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-26

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breaker

Wiring Diagrams
Typical Magnum Breaker Control Circuit
Legend: LS Limit Switch for Closing Spring MOT Motor for Spring Charging ST Shunt Trip 1 SR Spring Release UVR Undervoltage Release OTS Overcurrent Trip Switch Description of Operation: 1 Motor is energized through LS contact. 2 Motor runs and charges closing spring. 3 When closing spring is fully charged, LS contacts change state. 4 Close contacts energize SR coil. 5 When breaker closes, b opens. 6 LS contacts change state and motor recharges closing springs.

Close

Open

Open

B12

B15
Lever in Door Switch (Drawout Only)

B26

B10

B24

A7

A1

A2

A3

a. b. ST a.
UVR

Control Power

SR
MOT

L.S.

OTS 1* OTS 2*

Notes * Contacts shown for breaker open (not fully charged), not tripped. Dotted line denotes Magnum Breaker. 1 Not needed with 100% duty rated shunt.

B13

B14

B27

B11

B25

A8

A4

A5

A6

MDSEOBKR

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
Page V4-T3-2 V4-T3-6 V4-T3-11 V4-T3-14 V4-T3-18 V4-T3-28 V4-T3-28 V4-T3-29 V4-T3-31 V4-T3-33 V4-T3-34

Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers

Contents
Description Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers


Product Description
Series NRX is a low voltage power circuit breaker suitable for UL 1558, UL 891, and IEC switchgear and switchboards. The compact size and weight of three-pole drawout with cassette Series NRX, see Page V4-T3-33, allows for a 24.00 (609.6 mm) switchgear enclosure. The breaker ratings are: 800A for UL 1066 800A, 1200A for UL 489 6301600A IEC 60947-2 from a voltage range of 220725 Vac

Application Description
The Series NRX is a compact globally certified low voltage power (air) circuit breaker. It is rated for 800 amperes (UL 1066), 800 and 1200 amperes (UL 489) and 630 1600 amperes (IEC 60947-2) with an interrupting capacity of 65 kA with short time withstand at 42 kA at the 440/ 480 Vac level. The Series NRX circuit breaker provides all the capabilities of a power circuit breaker in the compact size of a molded case breaker. It offers you the same protection and performance along with increased flexibilityat half the size of a typical power circuit breaker. The dimensions and design of Series NRX allows up to eight UL 1066 or UL 489 breakers in a 24-inch (600 mm) wide structure. The one frame size, regardless of ampere rating, reduces drawing conversion, structure integration time and parts inventory for several board, gear and machinery applications.

Features, Benefits and Functions


Series NRX utilizes several innovative technologies:

Rogowski coildoes not saturate like iron core sensors, and one sensor accommodates 2001600 ampere range. You never have to change a sensor and CTs are not required Tension clamp secondary terminals10A continuous rating at 600V meets UL/ CSA/RoHS and UL-94 V0. Mounted directly to fixed breaker or drawout cassette, they reduce wiring throughout enclosure and provide clean, organized wiring schemes Breaker-mounted communication modules communication modules for INCOM, Modbus and PROFIBUS mount directly to the cassette, reducing the space and room required in gear for communication capability Direct Drive mechanism symmetrically loaded forces of the two-staged stored energy mechanism improves robustness, reliability, and achieves improved breaker life ratings

Fold-up cassettewith this simple design, all items in a cassette are replaceable without removing the cassette from the cell Arc chute design Breaker-mounted racking or levering-in device Racking device is mounted on the breaker, decreasing the width of the cassette, because the cassette is not burdened with the cost or parts of the lev-in Plug-N-Play accessories No special tools needed. Accessory comes with plug and wires ready to install

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

The use of these technologies allows Series NRX to offer a life of 20,000 mechanical operations and 10,000 electrical operations with a high degree of reliability.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-27

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Reference Information

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Standards and Certifications


UL 1066 (low voltage AC power circuit breakers used in enclosures) UL 489 (molded-case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures) EN 45011 CEI EN 60947 BS EN 60439-1 Form 4b IEC 60439-1 (low voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies) IEC 60947-1 (low voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 1 general rules) IEC 60947-2 (low voltage switchgear and controlgear Part 2 circuit breakers)

IEC 60947-3 (switches, disconnectors, switchdisconnectors and fuse-combination units) CSA 22.2 (molded-case circuit breakers, molded case switches and circuit breaker enclosures) ANSI C37 (metal.51 enclosed low voltage AC power circuit breaker switchgear assemblies conformance test procedures) ANSI C37 .20.1 (metalenclosed low voltage power circuit breaker switchgear)

ANSI C37 (requirements .60 for overhead, pad-mounted dry-type and submersible automatic reclosers and fault interrupters for AC systems) ANSI C37 (low voltage .50 AC power circuit breakers used in enclosurestest procedures) ANSI C37 (for trip .17 devices for AC and general purpose DC low voltage power circuit breakers) ANSI C37 (low voltage .16 power circuit breakers and AC power circuit protectorspreferred ratings, related requirements, and application recommendations)

ANSI C37 (IEEE .13 standard for low voltage AC power circuit breakers used in enclosures) CCCChina KEMA (&CB) UL 891 (deadfront switchboard) UL 1558 (metal-enclosed low voltage power circuit breaker switchgear)

List of Instruction Leaflets and Manuals


Description Instruction Book for Fixed and Drawout Breaker/Cassette IL Drawout Circuit Breaker and Cassette Rejection Interlocks IL Auxiliary Switch in Right Accessory Tray IL UVR/ST/OTS in Left Accessory Tray IL Motor Operator IL Spring Release Device and Latch Check Switch (Numbers 5 and 6 are Combining into one Document) IL Door Escutcheon and Gasket Kit IL Drawout Cassette IP 20 Shutters IL Fixed Breaker Arc Hood Kit IL Fixed Breaker Front/Rear/Cable Connectors IL Drawout Cassette Front/Rear/Cable Connectors IL Racking Device Levering Device IL Mechanical Pop-Out Indicator and Interlocked Indicator IL Breaker and Cassette Phase Barriers IL Cassette Rails IL Mounting Feet IL Surface Mount IL Terminal Blocks IL Modbus Communication Adapter Module IL INCOM Communication Adapter Module IL Digitrip 520 and 520M Manual IL IP55 Cover PROFIBUS Communication Module IL Kirk Key Lock IL Ronis Key Lock IL Pushbutton Covers Publication Number MN01301001E IL01301006E IL01301007E IL01301008E IL01301010E IL01301010E IL01301012E IL01301013E IL01301014E IL01301015E IL01301016E IL01301018E IL01301019E IL01301021E IL01301025E IL01301030E IL01301036E IL01301037E IL01301034E IL01301033E IL70C1619H01 IL01301038E IL01301035E IL01301039E IL01301040E IL01301041E

V4-T3-28

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Catalog Number Selection


Series NRX Type NF-Frame Circuit Breaker (Exclusionary Rules Apply)

N S S6 08 3 W 52 8 A B A N 4 X N D X
Breaker Frame Size N = Type NF, 6301600A, (70 mm pole spacing) Standard, Mechanism, Device S = UL 1066, stored energy, power breaker X = UL 489, stored energy, insulated case breaker E = IEC 60947-2, stored energy, air breaker Fault Current Rating S4 = 42 kA at 480 Vac UL or 415 Vac IEC S5 = 50 kA at 480 Vac UL or 415 Vac IEC S6 = 65 kA at 480 Vac UL or 415 Vac IEC Frame Rating (Amperes) 07 = 630 (IEC only) 08 = 800 10 = 1000 (IEC only) 12 = 1200 (UL only) 13 = 1250 (IEC only) 16 = 1600 (On NF: IEC only) Poles, Phasing 3 = Three-pole, ABC 4 = Four-pole, NABC Mounting Configuration = Drawout = Fixed mount rear connect, mounting bracket, with secondary terminal row = Fixed mount rear connect, surface mount, with secondary terminal row = Fixed mount front connect, surface mount, cable connect, with secondary terminal row = Fixed mount front connect, mounting bracket, bus connect, with secondary terminal row = Fixed mount front connect, surface mount, bus connect, with secondary terminal row Motor Operator M = Manually operated B = 110125 Vac W = 110125 Vdc T = 208250 Vac P = 220250 Vdc L = 24 Vdc H = 48 Vdc S = 60 Vdc Shunt Trip N = No shunt trip A = 110127 Vac/dc R = 208240 Vac/dc L = 24 Vdc H = 48 Vdc S = 60 Vdc Spring Release, Latch Check Switch = No spring release, no LCS = No spring release, LCS wired external = 110127 Vac/dc, no LCS = 110127 Vac/dc, spring release LCS = 110127 Vac/dc, LCS wired external = 208240 Vac/dc, no LCS = 208240 Vac/dc, spring release LCS = 208240 Vac/dc, LCS wired external = 24 Vdc, no LCS = 24 Vdc, spring release LCS = 24 Vdc, LCS wired external = 48 Vdc, no LCS = 48 Vdc, spring release LCS = 48 Vdc, LCS wired external = 60 Vdc, no LCS = 60 Vdc, spring release LCS = 60 Vdc, LCS wired external

Rating Plug (Amperes) 1 = 200 2 = 250 3 = 300 4 = 400 5 = 500 6 = 600 7 = 630 8 = 800 A = 1000 B = 1200 C = 1250 D = 1600

N E A B C R S T L P Q H J K 1 2 3

W B R T F S

Trip Unit, Power Supply SW = Switchno MCR42 kA 1B = 150 LSI, with ZSI , 24 Vdc for IEC and UL 1066 (non-auto) 12 = 1150i LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 22 = 520 LI, no ZSI 13 = 1150i LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc 52 = 520 LSI, no ZSI 1E = 1150 LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 53 = 520 LSI, with ZSI 1F = 1150 LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc 5G = 520 LSIG, no ZSI 1L = 1150 LSIG, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 5H = 520 LSIG, with ZSI 1M = 1150 LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc M2 = 520M LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 14 = 1150 LSIGA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc M3 = 520M LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc 15 = 1150 LSIGA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc MA = 520M LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 1C = 1150 LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS MB = 520M LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc 1D = 1150 LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS MG = 520M LSIG, no ZSI, 24 Vdc 16 = 1150i LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS MH = 520M LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc 17 = 1150i LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS R2 = 520M LSI, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS 1J = 1150 LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS R3 = 520M LSI, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS 1K = 1150 LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS RA = 520M LSIA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS 1R = 1150 LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS RB = 520M LSIA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS 1S = 1150 LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS RG = 520M LSIG, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS 18 = 1150i LSIGA, no ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS RH = 520M LSIG, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS 19 = 1150i LSIGA, with ZSI, 24 Vdc, with ARMS 1A = 1150 LSI, with ZSI , 24 Vdc

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-29

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-30 F G H N

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Series NRX Type NF-Frame Circuit Breaker (Exclusionary Rules Apply), continued

N S S6 08 3 W 52 8 A B A N 4 X N D X
UVR, Second Shunt Trip N = None A = 110125 Vac/dc UVR R = 220250 Vac/dc UVR L = 24 Vdc UVR H = 48 Vdc UVR S = 60 Vdc UVR G = 32 Vdc UVR 1 = 110127 Vac/dc second shunt trip 2 = 208240 Vac/dc second shunt trip 4 = 24 Vdc second shunt trip 8 = 48 Vdc second shunt trip 9 = 60 Vdc second shunt trip Auxiliary, Switches, Label Language E = No auxiliary switches, no label (parent) 2 = 2 Form C, English 4 = 4 Form C, English Future Use X = All product Trip Indicator and Bell Alarm N None X Trip indicator Z Trip indicator M Interlock trip indicator Y Interlock trip indicator 1 None 2 Trip indicator 3 Trip indicator 4 Interlock trip indicator 5 Interlock trip indicator OTS None None 2 Form C None 2 Form C None None 2 Form C None 2 Form C Secondary Terminal Blocks Per breaker options Per breaker options Per breaker options Per breaker options Per breaker options Full complement Full complement Full complement Full complement Full complement Key Lock Provisions None Operations Counter No Provided No Provided Drawout Breaker Shipping, Fixed Breaker Terminals (Door Frame Kit ships as standard unless noted otherwise) D = Drawout (or parent) breaker shipping alone, without door frame kit C = Drawout breaker in cassette, no shutters, no terminals 1 = Drawout breaker in cassette, no shutters, short vertical/horizontal 2 = Drawout breaker in cassette, no shutters, long vertical/horizontal 4 = Drawout breaker in cassette, with shutters, short vertical/horizontal 5 = Drawout breaker in cassette, with shutters, long vertical/horizontal 9 = Drawout breaker in cassette, no shutters, no terminals A = Fixed terminal adapters for rear connect, short vertical/horizontal E = Fixed terminal adapters for rear connect, long vertical/horizontal F = Fixed terminal adapters for rear connect, with mounting feet, short vertical/horizontal H = Fixed terminal adapters for rear connect, with mounting feet, long vertical/horizontal

Padlock Provisions N A B C No No Yes (plastic/plastic) Yes (plastic/plastic)

Series NRX Type NF-Frame Cassette

NX 12 3 F A B N S N N N C
Cassette Family and Breaker Frame NS = UL 1066 N-Frame NX = UL 489 N-Frame NE = IEC N-Frame Continuous Ampere Range 08 = 800 (UL 1066) 12 = 8001200 (UL 489) 16 = 6301600 (IEC) Poles and Phasing (Facing Front of Breaker) 3 = Three-pole ABC 4 = Four-pole NABC Load Terminal Connections = With flat tapped pads only = With vertical/horizontal bus adapter kit (short style) = With front-connected kit = No cassette stabs (interunit only) Cassette Shipping C = Cassette only B = Breaker shipped in cassette Future N = None Arc Hood A = Arc hood installed (default) Door Frame Gasket and Rejection Kits B = Door kit included (default), with rejection kit D = Door kit included, no rejection kit R = Not included, with rejection kit N = Not included, with rejection kit TOC Switches (Truck Operated Cell) N = Not included (default) Future N = None Secondary Contact Terminals Installed = None = Breaker defined, when breaker ships in cassette = Full complement = Common options when cassette ships alone

N B F C

Shutters N = Not included (default) S = Included

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3
Cable-Connected Cable Terminals With Cover

Technical Data and Specifications


Mounting and Load Connection Configurations
Rear-Connected Horizontal/Vertical Adapter Kit With and Without Cover (Kits Shipped Unassembled) Front-Connected Horizontal/Vertical Adapter Kit With and Without Cover (Kits Shipped Unassembled)

Breaker Type Drawout Breaker

Breaker Mechanism Stored energy

Standard Bus Connection Provisions Finger clusters

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Cassette

Rear-connected pre-drilled bus pads

Fixed

Stored energy

Rear-connected pre-drilled bus pads

UL 1066 Ratings
Description Continuous current rating (amperes) Short-Circuit Rating (kA) 254 Vac 508 Vac 635 Vac Short-time withstand (kA) 1 85 65 35 42 Rating 800

3 3 3 3 3 3
Rating 800 Rating 1200

UL 489 Ratings
Description Continuous current rating (amperes) Short-Circuit Rating (kA) 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac Short-time withstand (kA) 85 65 42 42 85 65 42 42

3 3 3 3 3
Rating 1000 and 1250 Rating 1600 Ics 50 50 42 42 Icu 85 65 42 42 Ics 50 50 42 42

IEC 60947-2 Ratings


Description Continuous current rating (amperes) Short-circuit rating (kA) 240/254 Vac 415/435 Vac 690/725 Vac Short-time withstand = Icw (kA) Rating 630 and 800 Icu 85 65 42 42 Ics 50 50 42 42

3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-31

Icu 85 65 42 42

Note 1 35 kAIC short-time withstand at 635V level only. All other voltages 42 kAIC short-time withstand.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-32

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Accessory Ratings Shunt Trip


Control Voltages 24 48 110127 110125 208240 220250 Frequency DC DC 5060 Hz DC 5060 Hz DC Operational Voltage Range 70110% 1726 3453 77140 77138 146264 154275 Inrush/Continuous Power Consumption (VA) 500/5 530/5 540/5 540/5 500/5 515/5 Opening Time (ms) 25 25 25 25 25 25

UVR
Control Voltages 24 32 48 110127 110125 208240 220250 380415 480 600 Frequency DC DC DC 5060 Hz DC 5060 Hz DC AC AC AC Operational Voltage Range 85110% 2026 2735 4153 94140 94138 177264 187275 323457 408528 510660 Dropout Volts 3560% 814 1119 1729 4494 4494 84125 88132 145228 168288 210360 Inrush/Continuous Power Consumption (VA) 500/5 620/5 850/5 890/5 890/5 910/5 910/5 960/5 800/8 800/12 Opening Time (ms) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Spring Release
Control Voltages 24 48 110127 110125 208240 220250 Frequency DC DC 5060 Hz DC 5060 Hz DC Operational Voltage Range 70110% 1726 3453 77140 77138 146264 154275 Inrush Power Consumption (VA) 500 530 540 540 500 515 Closing Time (ms) 25 25 25 25 25 25

OCT/OTS
Control Voltages 250 125 250 Frequency 5060 Hz DC DC Contact Rating (Amperes) 10 0.5 0.25

Auxiliary Switch
Control Voltages 250 125 250 Frequency 5060 Hz DC DC Contact Rating (Amperes) 10 0.5 0.25

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Breaker Position/Continuity
Breaker Position Open Continuity Between Red and Black Lead Pairs NO NO NO NO Closed 44 and 43 48 and 47 50 and 49 54 and 53 Continuity Between Blue and Black Lead Pairs 45 and 43 46 and 47 51 and 49 52 and 53 NO NO NO NO

Motor Operator
Control Voltages 24 48 110127 110125 208240 220250 Frequency DC DC 5060 Hz DC 5060 Hz DC Operational Voltage Range 85110% 2026 4153 94140 94138 177264 187275 Running Current (A) 5 3 2 1 1 1 Typical Inrush Current 500% 500% 300% 500% 1000% 1000% Power Consumption (VA) 150 150 280 150 280 280 Maximum Charging Time (Sec) 3 3 3 3 4 4

Control Voltages and Currents


Control Voltages Current Close current (inrush) Shunt trip current (ST)(inrush/continuous) Charge motor current(inrush/continuous) Operating Voltage Rating Close Trip Charge 1726 1726 2026 3453 3453 4153 77138 77138 94138 77140 77140 94140 154275 154275 187275 146264 146264 177264 21 21 / .2 TBD 11 11 / .1 TBD 5 5 / .04 5/1 5 5 / .04 6/2 2 2 / .02 10 / 1 2 2 / .02 10 / 1 24 Vdc 48 Vdc 110125 Vdc 110127 Vac 220250 Vdc 208240 Vac

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Series NRX Three-Pole Drawout with Cassette
Height 14.18 (360.2) Width 10.02 (254.5) Depth 10.68 (271.3) Lbs (kg) 85.00 (38.59)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Fixed Circuit Breaker and Drawout with Cassette


Breaker Type Fixed Three-pole Four-pole 13.18 (334.8) 13.18 (334.8) 8.25 (209.6) 11.00 (279.4) 7.15 (181.6) 7.15 (181.6) 33.58 (15.23) 44.40 (20.14) Height Width Depth Lbs (kg)

Drawout with Cassette Three-pole Four-pole 14.18 (360.2) 14.18 (360.2) 10.02 (254.5) 12.69 (322.3) 10.69 (271.5) 10.69 (271.5) 85.20 (38.65) 104.00 (47.17)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-33

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-34

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Type VCP-W/VCP-T Medium Voltage Vacuum Circuit Breaker

Contents
Description Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T3-2 V4-T3-6 V4-T3-11 V4-T3-14 V4-T3-18 V4-T3-27 V4-T3-35 V4-T3-35 V4-T3-36 V4-T3-36 V4-T3-49

Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers


Product Description
Breakers and structures for switchgear assemblies: ANSI VCP-W medium voltage circuit breakers 5/15 kV VCP-W (K>1, K=1, narrow design, extra-capability and generator circuit breakers available) 27 kV and 38 kV (extracapability circuit breakers available) Ground and test devices Dummy elements

Application Description
IEC T-VAC medium voltage circuit breakers 5/15 kV VCP-T (capacitor switching circuit breakers available) Ground and test devices Dummy elements

VCP-W IEC medium voltage circuit breakers 3.6/7 .2/12/17 kV .5 24 kV

VCP-T medium voltage circuit breakers 5/15 kV VCP-T (capacitor switching and magnetic actuated circuit breakers available) Ground and test devices Dummy elements

OEM Structures Metal-clad, compartmented design Barebones Power modules Mini modules Breaker compartment kits

Eaton's medium voltage circuit breakers offer the latest in vacuum technology, providing superior control and protection of medium voltage power equipment in utility, industrial, commercial, mining and marine installations. Built in a state-of-the-art ISO 9002 certified facility, they meet and exceed all ANSI and IEC requirements. Available in drawout configurations, Eatons vacuum circuit breakers are a result of our ongoing commitment to research and development, which have resulted in significant breakthrough technologies. Each breaker is provided with its unique Quality Assurance Certificate that documents all tests and inspections performed.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Features, Benefits and Functions


VCP-W Standard Features Eatons maintenance-free vacuum interrupters with visual contact erosion indicator Non-sliding/non-rolling V-flex current transfer system Glass polyester insulation Cycloaliphatic epoxy insulation (optional with Type VCPW-SE breakers) for 27 kV and 38 kV breakers Front-accessible operating mechanism Electrically operated trip-free, spring stored energy mechanism Interlocks that prevent moving a closed circuit breaker into or out of the connected position Closing springs automatically discharge before moving the circuit breaker into or out of the enclosure Provisions for manual charging of closing springs Manual close and trip pushbuttons Operations counter Closing spring charged/ discharged indicator Circuit breaker Open/ Closed indicator Auxiliary switch with 2A/3B for DC and 1A/3B for AC spare contacts Spring charging motor, close coil, trip coil, latch check switch and anti-pump relay VCP-T Standard Features Small without compromisesignificantly smaller and lighter than comparable breakers Grounded steel barrier between mechanism and primary conductors Spring loaded, silver-plated primary disconnects (drawout breaker) Silver-plated primary connections (fixed circuit breaker) Manual charging of closing springs (includes shunt trip) Integral spring charging handle Auxiliary switch (5a and 5b contacts) Mechanical operations counter 24, 48, 125 and 250 Vdc, 120 and 240 Vac control Shunt trip ON and OFF pushbuttons Integral lifting hooks Through- or behind-door operation Identified/dedicated secondaries Secondary umbilical cord (drawout circuit breaker) Secondary disconnect block (fixed circuit breaker) Two-step stored energy mechanism O0.3sCO15sCO Anti-pump Trip free Latch check switch Visible contact erosion indicator Visible contact wipe indicator Disconnect, Test and Connect (drawout circuit breaker) Integral levering mechanism (drawout circuit breaker) Field-installable accessories

Standards and Certifications

Designed, tested and certified in accordance with ANSI and IEC standards Applicable ANSI standards C37 .04-1979 or 1999, C37 .09-1979 or 1999, C37 .06-2000 and C37 .013 Internal arc resistance tested to IEC 298, Appendix AA, 25 kA for 1 second Drawout circuit breaker fully qualified to IEC 56 by testing inside the IEC 298 switchgear cubicle IEEE C37 .013 and amendment C37 .013a-2007

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-35

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-36

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Product Selection
Please contact your Eaton sales representative for additional product information and to review your specific application and required product configuration.

Technical Data and Specifications


ANSI Standards ANSI Standard RatingsVCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis Standard Circuit Breakers 1
Circuit Breaker Type Description Identification Nominal voltage class kV Nominal three-phase MVA class Rated Values Voltage Maximum voltage E kV rms 4.76 4.76 1.24 4.76 1.19 4.76 1.00 8.25 1.25 15 1.30 15 1.30 15 1.30 15 1.00 4.16 250 4.16 250 4.16 350 4.16 7.2 500 13.8 500 13.8 750 13.8 1000 13.8 50 VCP-WND250 50 VCP-W250 50 VCP-W350 50 VCP-W500 (63 kA) 75 VCP-W500 150 VCP-W1500 150 VCP-W500 150 VCP-W750 150 VCP-W1000 (63 kA)

Voltage range factor K 2 1.24 Insulation Level Withstand test voltage Power frequency (1 min.) 19 kV rms Impulse kV peak Current Continuous current at 60 Hz amperes 60 1200

19 60 1200 2000 3000

19 60 1200 2000 3000 41 5 2 4.0

19 60 1200 2000 3000 63 5 2 4.76

36 95 1200 2000 3000 33 5 2 6.6

36 95 1200 2000 3000 18 5 2 11.5

36 95 1200 2000 3000 28 5 2 11.5

36 95 1200 2000 3000 37 5 2 11.5

36 95 1200 2000 3000 63 5 2 15.0

Short-circuit current (at rated max. kV) I kA rms Interrupting time cycles Permissible tripping delay Y seconds Maximum voltage divided by K E/K kV rms 2 Current Values Maximum symmetrical interrupting capability Short-time current K x 1 kA rms 2 Closing and latching capability kA peak Closing and latching momentary capability Weight Lbs (kg) 1200A 2000A 3000A

29 5 2 3.85

29 5 2 3.85

36

36

49

63

41

23

36

48

63

97 58

97 58

132 78

170 101

111 66

62 37

97 58

130 77

170 101

345 (157) 345 (157) 345 (157)

350 (159) 410 (186) 525 (238)

460 (209) 490 (223) 525 (238)

525 (238) 530 (241) 550 (250)

375 (170) 410 (186) 525 (238)

350 (159) 410 (186) 525 (238)

350 (159) 410 (186) 525 (238)

460 (209) 490 (223) 525 (238)

525 (238) 530 (241) 550 (250)

Notes 1 Applicable ANSI Standards C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 (including both K >1 and K =1 ratings), and C37.09-1999. 2 See Consulting Application Guide for further information.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3
150 VCP-W63C

ANSI Standard RatingsVCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis Extra Capability Breakers 1
Circuit Breaker Type Description Identification Nominal voltage class kV Nominal three-phase MVA class Rated Values Voltage Maximum voltage E kV rms 4.16 4.16 4.16 4.16 7.2 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 50 VCP-W25C 50 VCP-W40C 50 VCP-W50C 50 VCP-W63C 75 VCP-W50C 150 VCP-W25C 150 VCP-W40C 150 VCP-W50C

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

5.95

5.95 1.00

5.95 1.00

5.95 1.00

10.3 1.00

17.5 1.00

17.5 1.00

17.5 1.00

15.0 1.00

Voltage range factor K 2 1.00 Insulation Level Withstand test voltage Power frequency (1 min.) kV rms 24 Impulse kV peak Current Continuous current at 60 Hz amperes 75 1200 2000 3000 Short-circuit current (at rated max. kV) I kA rms Interrupting time cycles Permissible tripping delay Y seconds Maximum voltage divided by K E/K kV rms 2 Current Values Maximum symmetrical interrupting capability Short-time current K x 1 kA rms 2 Closing and latching capability kA peak Closing and latching momentary capability Weight Lbs (kg) 1200A 2000A 3000A 25 3 23 5.95

24 75 1200 2000 3000 40 3 23 5.95

24 75 1200 2000 3000 50 3 23 5.95

24 75 1200 2000 3000 63 3 23 5.95

42 95 1200 2000 3000 50 3 23 10.3

42 95 1200 2000 3000 25 3 23 17.5

42 95 1200 2000 3000 40 3 23 17.5

42 95 1200 2000 3000 50 3 23 17.5

42 95 1200 2000 3000 63 3 23 15.0

25 97 58 350 (159) 410 (186) 525 (238)

40 139 83 460 (209) 490 (223) 525 (238)

50 139 83 525 (238) 530 (241) 550 (250)

63 175 104 350 (159) 410 (186) 525 (238)

50 139 83 460 (209) 490 (223) 525 (238)

25 97 58 350 (159) 410 (186) 525 (238)

40 139 83 350 (159) 410 (186) 525 (238)

50 139 83 460 (209) 490 (223) 525 (238)

63 175 104 525 (238) 530 (241) 550 (250)

Notes 1 Applicable ANSI Standards C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 (including both K >1 and K =1 ratings), and C37.09-1999. 2 See Consulting Application Guide for further information. 3 Tested for 3 seconds.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-37

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-38 Description Identification Nominal voltage class kV Nominal three-phase MVA class Rated Values Voltage Maximum voltage E kV rms Voltage range factor K 2 Insulation Level Withstand test voltage Power frequency (1 min.) kV rms Impulse kV peak

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

ANSI Standard RatingsVCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis Generator Breakers (to ANSI C37.013) 1
Circuit Breaker Type 50 VCP-WG50 50 VCP-WG63 50 VCP-WG75 150 VCP-WG50 150 VCP-WG63 150 VCP-WG75

4.16

4.16

4.16

13.8

13.8

13.8

4.76 1.00

4.76 1.00

4.76 1.00

15.0 1.00

15.0 1.00

15.0 1.00

19 60 1200 2000 3000 4000

19 60 1200 2000 3000 4000 63 3 3 3 5 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 4.76

19 60 1200 2000 3000 4000 75 3 3 3 5 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 4.76

36 95 1200 2000 3000 4000 50 3 3 3 5 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 15.0

36 95 1200 2000 3000 4000 63 3 3 3 5 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 15.0

36 95 1200 2000 3000 4000 75 3 3 3 5 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 15.0

Current Continuous current at 60 Hz amperes

Short-circuit current (at rated max. kV) kA rms Interrupting time cycles 1200A 2000A 3000A 4000A Permissible tripping delay Y seconds 1200A 2000A 3000A 4000A Maximum voltage divided by K E/K kV rms 2 Current Values Maximum symmetrical interrupting capability Short-time current K x 1 kA rms 2 Closing and latching capability kA peak Closing and latching momentary capability Weight Lbs (kg) 1200A 2000A 3000A 4000A

50 3 3 3 5 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 and 3 1 4.76

50 137 82 525 (238) 530 (241) 550 (250) 956 (433)

63 173 103 525 (238) 530 (241) 550 (250) 956 (433)

75 206 123 926 (419) 936 (424) 946 (429) 956 (433)

50 137 82 525 (238) 530 (241) 550 (250) 956 (433)

63 173 103 525 (238) 530 (241) 550 (250) 956 (433)

75 206 123 926 (419) 936 (424) 946 (429) 956 (433)

Notes 1 Applicable ANSI Standards C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 (including both K >1 and K =1 ratings), C37.09-1999 and C37.013 (including C37.013a-2007). 2 See Consulting Application Guide for further information.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Available Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis Per ANSI Standards (Rated K=1)
Drawout Circuit Breaker Type Identification Rated Values Maximum voltage (V) kV rms Power frequency Hz 1 Insulation Level Power frequency withstand voltage (1 min.) kV rms Lightning impulse withstand voltage (1.2 x 50 s) kV peak Continuous current A rms 2 15 4.76 60 4.76 60 4.76 60 4.76 60 8.25 60 8.25 60 15 60 15 60 15 60 60 50 VCP-W25 50 VCP-W40 50 VCP-W50 50 VCP-W63 75 VCP-W40 75 VCP-W50 150 VCP-W25 150 VCP-W40 150 VCP-W50 150 VCP-W63

19

19

19

19

36

36

36

36

36

36

60 1200 2000 3000

60 1200 2000 3000

60 1200 2000 3000

60 1200 2000 3000

95 1200 2000 3000

95 1200 2000 3000

95 1200 j 2000 3000

95 1200 2000 3000

95 1200 2000 3000

95 1200 j 2000 j 3000 j

k Short-Circuit Ratings (Reference C37.04-1999 and C37.06-2009 except as noted j) Symmetrical interrupting 25 current (I) kA rms sym 3

40 50

50 44

63 55

40 50

50 44

25 50

40 50

50 44

63 55

DC component (% DC) 4 Asymmetrical interrupting current (It) kA rms asym total 5 Closing and latching current (2.6 x I) kA peak Short-time withstand current rms 6 Transient Recovery Voltage parameters are based on TD-4 Peak voltage (E2) = (uc) (kV peak) Time to peak (T2 = t3 x 1.137) (sec) TRV rise time (t3) (sec) Interrupting time ms Cycles (60 Hz) Operating duty (duty cycle) Mechanical endurance no-load operations 89

50

31 65 25

49 104 40

59 130 50

80 164 63

49 104 40

59 130 50

31 65 25

49 104 40

59 130 50

80 164 63

8.2 50 44

8.2 50 44 0.19 50 3 O0.3s CO3mCO 10,000

8.2 50 44 0.19 50 3 O0.3s CO3mCO 10,000

8.2 50 44 0.19 50 3 O0.3s CO3mCO 10,000

14 59 52 0.27 50 3 O0.3s CO3mCO 10,000

14 59 52 0.27 50 3 O0.3s CO3mCO 10,000

28 j, 25.7 75 66 0.42, 0.39 50 3 O0.3s CO3mCO 10,000

25.7 75 66 0.39 50 3 O0.3s CO3mCO 10,000

25.7 75 66 0.39 50 3 O0.3s CO3mCO 10,000

28 j 75 66 0.42 50 3 O0.3s CO3mCO 10,000

RRRV = uc/t3 (kV/sec) 7 0.19 50 3 O0.3s CO3mCO 10,000

Notes 1 All circuit breakers are tested at 60 Hz, however, they can also be applied at 50 Hz with no de-rating. 2 4000A fan cooled rating is available for 3000A circuit breakers. 3 Because the voltage range factor K=1, the short-time withstand current and the maximum symmetrical interrupting current are equal to the rated symmetrical interrupting current. 4 Based on the standard DC time constant of 45 ms (corresponding to X/R of 17 for 60 Hz) and the minimum contact parting time as determined from the minimum opening time plus the assumed minimum relay time of 1/2 cycle (8.33 ms for 60 Hz). 5 The asymmetrical interrupting current, I total, is given by (I ) = I x Sqrt (1 + 2 x %DC x %DC) kA rms asym total. t 6 Duration of short-time current and maximum permissible tripping delay are both 2 seconds for all circuit breakers listed in this table, as required in C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 and C37.06-2009. 7 RRRV can also be calculated as = 1.137 x E /T . 2 2 8 Each operation consists of one closing plus one opening. 9 All 40 and 50 kA circuit breakers exceed required 5000 no-load operations; all 63 kA circuit breakers exceed the required 2000 no-load ANSI operations. j These circuit breakers were tested to the preferred TRV ratings specified in C37.06-2000.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-39

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-40 Identification Capacitance Current Switching Capability (Reference C37.04a-2003, C37.06-2009 and C37.09a2005) Cable-charging current Class A rms Isolated shunt capacitor bank current Class A rms 1200A 2000A 3000A Back-to-Back Capacitor Switching Capacitor bank current Class A rms 1200A 2000A 3000A Inrush current kA peak Inrush frequency kHz 1200A 2000A 3000A Out-of-Phase Switching Voltage = 1.44 x V (kV rms) Current = 0.25 x I (kA rms)

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Available Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis Per ANSI Standards (Rated K=1), continued
Drawout Circuit Breaker Type 50 VCP-W25 50 VCP-W40 50 VCP-W50 50 VCP-W63 75 VCP-W40 75 VCP-W50 150 VCP-W25 150 VCP-W40 150 VCP-W50 150 VCP-W63

C2 310

C2 310

C2 310

C2 7.525

C2 7.525

C2 7.525

C2 7.525

C2 7.525

C2 7.525

C2 7.525

C2 75630 751000 751600

C2 75630 751000 751600

C2 75630 751000 751600

C2 75630 751000 751600

C2 75630 751000 751600

C2 75630 751000 751600

C2, C2, C1 75630 751000 751600

C2, C2, C1 75630 751000 751600

C2, C2, C1 75630 751000 751600

C2 75630 751000 751600

C2 75630 751000 751600 6 0.8 0.5 0.3 7 6.3

C2 75630 751000 751600 6 0.8 0.5 0.3 7 10

C2 75630 751000 751600 6 0.8 0.5 0.3 7 12.5

C2 75630 751000 751600 6 0.8 0.5 0.3 7 15.8

C2 75630 751000 751600 6 0.8 0.5 0.3 12 10

C2 75630 751000 751600 6 0.8 0.5 0.3 12 12.5

C2, C2, C1 75630 751000 751600 6 0.8 0.5 0.3 22 6.3

C2, C2, C1 75630 751000 751600 6 0.8 0.5 0.3 22 10

C2, C2, C1 75630 751000 751600 6 0.8 0.5 0.3 22 12.5

C2 75630 751000 751600 6 0.8 0.5 0.3 22 15.8

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3
270 VCP-W40C

VCP-W Vacuum Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis 1


Circuit Breaker Type 270 VCP-W750 Identification Nominal voltage class kV Nominal three-phase MVA class Rated Values Voltage Maximum voltage E kV rms Voltage range factor K3 27 2 1.0 27 2 1.0 27 2 1.0 27 2 1.0 27 2 1.0 27 1.0 27 1.0 27 1.0 27 750 27 1000 27 1250 27 1600 27 2000 27 27 27 270 VCP-W1000 270 VCP-W1250 270 VCP-W1600 270 VCP-W2000 270 VCP-W25C 270 VCP-W32C

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Insulation Level Withstand test voltage Power frequency (1 min.) kV rms Impulse kV peak Current Continuous current at 60 Hz amperes 60 125 600 1200 2000 Short-circuit current (at rated maximum kV) 45 Interrupting time ms (cycles) Maximum permissible tripping delay Y seconds Transient recovery voltage E2 kV peak T2 s 16 83 (5) 6 2 60 125 600 1200 2000 22 83 (5) 6 2 60 125 600 1200 2000 25 83 (5) 6 2 60 125 1200 2000 25 83 (5) 6 2 60 125 1200 2000 40 83 (5) 6 2 60 125 1200 1600 25 7 50 (3) 2.5 60 125 1200 1600 31.5 8 50 (3) 1.6 60 125 1200 1600 40 9 50 (3) 1.0

51 105

51 105 60

51 105 68

51 105 85

51 105 106

50 50 85

50 50 100

50 50 112

Current Values Closing and latching capability 43 (2.6 K times rated short-circuit current) kA peak Capacitor switching cable charging amperes Weight Lbs (kg) 600A 1200A 2000A 31.5

31.5

31.5

31.5

31.5

31.5

31.5

31.5

460 (209) 480 (218) 500 (227)

460 (209) 480 (218) 500 (227)

460 (209) 480 (218) 500 (227)

545 (247) 560 (254)

545 (247) 600 (272)

545 (247) 560 (254)

545 (247) 560 (254)

545 (247) 560 (254)

Notes 1 CESI tested to applicable ANSI standards C37.04, C37.09 and C37.06. Consult Eaton for CESI copies of test reports on file. Operating duty cycle CO-15 seconds-CO. Operating time values: Opening 3355 ms, closing 5060 ms and reclosing 18 cycles (300 ms). 2 Tested at 28.5 kV. 3 K = 1.0, therefore E = E/K and I = KI. 4 Also maximum interrupting rating and short-time current rating. 5 Duration of short-time current = 3 seconds, except as noted in footnotes 7, 8 and 9. 6 Optional interrupting time of 50 ms (3 cycles) is available. 7 Duration of short-time current = 2.5 seconds. 8 Duration of short-time current = 1.6 seconds. 9 Duration of short-time current = 1 second.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-41

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-42 Short-Circuit Current Sym. interrupting at V (Isc) kA rms % DC component (Idc) Asym. factor S (ref.)

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ratings Type VCP-W Ratings on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis 12
Circuit Breaker Type Identification Rated Values Voltage Nominal voltage class kV rms Maximum voltage V kV rms Voltage range factor K 3 V/K
3

380 VCP-W 6 and 380 VCP-WR 16

380 VCP-W 25 and 380 VCP-WR 25

380 VCP-W 32 and 380 VCP-WR 32

380 VCP-W 21 and 380 VCP-WR 21

380 VCP-W 40 and 380 VCP-WR 40

34.5 38 1 38 80 170 600 1200 1600 2000 16 47 1.2 19.2


3

34.5 38 1 38 80 170 600 1200 1600 2000 25 47 1.2 30.0 25 30.0 68 40 25 3


9j

34.5 38 1 38 80 170 600 1200 1600 2000 3000FC 2500 31.5 47 1.2 37.8 31.5 37.8 85 50 31.5 3
9j

34.5 38 1.65 8 23 8 80 170 1200 2000 3000FC 2500 21 47 1.2 39.5 35


8

34.5 38 1 38 80 170 1200 2000 3000FC 2500 40 47 1.2 48.0 40 48.0 107 63 40 3 (2500 only 9k)
9k

kV rms

Insulation Level Withstand Test Power frequency (1 minute) kV rms Lightning impulse 1.2 x 50 4 kV peak Current Continuous current at 60 Hz 5 A rms

Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms total Maximum asym. interrupting at V/K (Kxlsc) kA rms Maximum asym. interrupting at V/K (SxKxlsc) 3 kA rms total Closing and latching capability kA peak Momentary current withstand capability kA rms total Short-time current kA rms Duration of short-time current s Operating duty (duty cycle) Rated reclosing factor (R) % Interrupting time 6 rms Cycle Maximum permissible tripping delay sec. Transient recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/s Mechanical endurance 7

16 19.3 43 26 16 3
9j

42.0 95 56 35 3 (2500 only 9k)


9j

100 83 5 2 0.6 2000

100 83 5 2 0.6 2000

100 (2500 only 0%) 83 5 2 0.6 2000

100 (2500 only 0%) 83 5 2 0.6 2000

100 83 5 2 0.6 2000

Notes 1 KEMA tested to applicable ANSI standards C37.04-1979, C37.09-1979 and C37.06-1979 (operating duty sequence CO15sCO). Typical operating time values: operating 45 ms, closing 75 ms and reclosing 300 ms (18 cycles). 2 The standard breaker is not rated for capacitor switching. If you require capacitor switching, please refer to the C breakers. 3 K = 1.0, therefore E = E/K and I = KI. Refer to the Consulting Application Guide for more information. 4 The ANSI C37.06 standard requires 150 kV BIL. If higher BIL levels are required, please refer to the C breakers. 5 For forced air cooled fixed breaker applications, consult Eaton. 6 If you require 50 ms (3 cycle) interrupting time, please refer to the C breakers. 7 No-load operations. 8 At 23 kV rms (rated maximum voltage/K). Rated maximum symmetrical interrupting capability = 35 kA rms (K x 1). 9 CO15sCO. j Rated and tested also for rapid reclosing capability O0.3sCO. k Not rated for rapid reclosing.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3
380 VCP-W 40C and 380 VCP-WR 40C

Type VCP-WC Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ratings Type VCP-WC Ratings on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis 12
Drawout Circuit Breaker Type Identification Rated Values Voltage Nominal voltage class kV rms Maximum voltage V kV rms Voltage range factor V/K 3 kV rms Insulation Level Withstand Test Power frequency (1 minute) kV rms Lightning impulse 1.2 x 50 s 4 kV peak Current Continuous current at 60 Hz 5 A rms K3 34.5 38 1 38 80 170 600 1200 1600 2000 Short-Circuit Current Sym. interrupting at V (Isc) kA rms % DC component (Idc) Asym. factor S (ref.) Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms total Maximum sym. interrupting at V/K (Kxlsc) 3 kA rms Maximum asym. interrupting at V/K (SxKxlsc) Closing and latching capability kA peak Momentary current withstand capability kA rms total Short-time current kA rms Duration of short-time current s Operating duty (duty cycle) Rapid reclosing factor (R) % Interrupting time 6 rms Cycles Maximum permissible tripping delay sec. Transient recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/s
3

380 VCP-W 16C and 380 VCP-WR 16C

380 VCP-W 25C and 380 VCP-WR 25C

380 VCP-W 32C and 380 VCP-WR 32C

380 VCP-W 21C and 380 VCP-WR 21C

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

34.5 38 1 38 80 170 600 1200 1600 2000 25 65 1.36 34.0 25 34.0 75 44 25 3.09
9j

34.5 38 1 38 80 170 600 1200 1600 2000 3000FC 2500 33.1 57 1.3 42.5 33.1 42.5 91 54 31.5 3.09
9j

34.5 38 1.65
8

34.5 38 1 38 80 170 1200 2000 3000FC 2500 40 63 1.34 53.5 40 53.5 107 65 40 3.04 (2500A k)
9k

23 8 80 170 1200 2000 3000FC 2500 21 52 1.24 26.1 35 8 43.4 102 60 35 3.21 (2500A k)
9j

16 75 1.46 23.3 16 23.3 50 30 16 3.09


9j

kA rms total

100 50 3 2 0.7 1.3

100 50 3 2 0.7 1.3

100 (2500A N/A) 50 3 2 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.3 1.3 0.7

100 (2500A N/A) 50 3 2 0.7 1.3 1.3 0.7

50 3 2

Notes 1 KEMA tested to applicable ANSI standards C37.04-1979, C37.09-1979 and C37.06-1979 (operating duty sequence CO15sCO). Typical operating time values: operating 45 ms, closing 75 ms and reclosing 300 ms (18 cycles). 2 The standard breaker is not rated for capacitor switching. If you require capacitor switching, please refer to the C breakers. 3 K = 1.0, therefore E = E/K and I = KI. Refer to the Consulting Application Guide for more information. 4 The ANSI C37.06 standard requires 150 kV BIL. If higher BIL levels are required, please refer to the C breakers. 5 For forced air cooled fixed breaker applications, consult Eaton. 6 If you require 50 ms (3 cycle) interrupting time, please refer to the C breakers. 7 No-load operations. 8 At 23 kV rms (rated maximum voltage/K). Rated maximum symmetrical interrupting capability = 35 kA rms (K x 1). 9 CO15sCO. j Rated and tested also for rapid reclosing capability O0.3sCO. k Not rated for rapid reclosing.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-43

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-44 Inrush frequency kHz Inrush current kA peak

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Type VCP-WC Vacuum Circuit Breaker Ratings Type VCP-WC Ratings on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis, continued12
Drawout Circuit Breaker Type Identification Capacitor Switching Ratings Definite Purpose Overhead line current A rms Isolated shunt capacitor bank current A rms 5 250 250 and 1000 (2000A) 5 250 250 and 1000 (2000A) 5 (2500A N/A) 250 250 and 1000 (2000A and 3000FC) (2500 N/A) 53 250 250 and 1000 (2000A and 3000FC) (2500 N/A) 20 20 and 20 (2000A and 3000FC) (2500 N/A) 4.4 5 and 5 (2000A and 3000FC) (2500 N/A) 15,000 5 (2500A N/A) 250 250 and 1000 (2000A and 3000FC) (2500 N/A) 53 250 250 and 1000 (2000A and 3000FC) (2500 N/A) 20 20 and 20 (2000A and 3000FC) (2500 N/A) 4.4 5 and 5 (2000A and 3000FC) (2500 N/A) 15,000 380 VCP-W 16C and 380 VCP-WR 16C 380 VCP-W 25C and 380 VCP-WR 25C 380 VCP-W 32C and 380 VCP-WR 32C 380 VCP-W 21C and 380 VCP-WR 21C 380 VCP-W 40C and 380 VCP-WR 40C

Definite PurposeBack-to-Back Capacitor Switching Cable charging current A rms Capacitor bank current A rms

56 250 250 and 1000 (200A)

56 250 250 and 1000 (200A)

53

20 20 and 20 (2000A)

20 20 and 20 (2000A)

4.4 5 and 5 (2000A)

4.4 5 and 5 (2000A)

Mechanical endurance (no-load operations) 7

15,000

15,000

15,000

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3
Weight Lbs (kg) 350 (159) 350 (159) 350 (159) 350 (159) 350 (159) 350 (159) 350 (159) 350 (159) 414 (188) 430 (195) 496 (225) 414 (188) 496 (225) 496 (225) 550 (250) 414 (188) 414 (188) 496 (225) 414 (188) 430 (195) 430 (195) 496 (225) 430 (195) 496 (225) 496 (225) 430 (195) 496 (225) 496 (225) 550 (250) 430 (195) 496 (225) 496 (225) 430 (195) 496 (225) 496 (225) 550 (250) 1013 (460) 1079 (490) 1156 (525)

IEC Standards IEC Standards 1VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis
Identification Rated Values Insulation Level Circuit Breaker Type 36 VCP-WND25 Voltage kV rms 3.6 3.6 36 VCP-WND32 3.6 3.6 72 VCP-WND25 7.2 7.2 72 VCP-WND32 7.2 7.2 36 VCP-W25 3.6 3.6 3.6 36 VCP-W32 3.6 3.6 36 VCP-W40 3.6 3.6 72 VCP-W25 7.2 7.2 7.2 72 VCP-W32 7.2 7.2 72 VCP-W40 7.2 7.2 120 VCP-W25 12.0 12.0 12.0 120 VCP-W32 12.0 12.0 120 VCP-W40 12.0 12.0 175 VCP-W25 17.5 17.5 17.5 175 VCP-W32 17.5 17.5 175 VCP-W40 17.5 17.5 175 VCP-W50 17.5 17.5 17.5 Note 1 IEC Standards 60056 and 60694 apply. Power Frequency kV rms Peak 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 Impulse Withstand kV Peak 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 60 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 Normal Current Amperes 630 1250 630 1250 630 1250 630 1250 630 1250 2000 1250 2000 1250 2000 630 1250 2000 1250 2000 1250 2000 630 1250 2000 1250 2000 1250 2000 630 1250 2000 1250 2000 1250 2000 1250 2000 3150 Short-Circuit Breaking Current and 3-Second Short-Time Current kA rms 25 25 31.5 31.5 25 25 31.5 31.5 25 25 25 31.5 31.5 40 40 25 25 25 31.5 31.5 40 40 25 25 25 31.5 31.5 40 40 25 25 25 31.5 31.5 40 40 50 50 50 Short-Circuit Making Current kV Peak 65 65 82 82 65 65 82 82 65 65 65 82 82 104 104 65 65 65 82 82 104 104 65 65 65 82 82 104 104 65 65 65 82 82 104 104 130 130 130 Cable Charging Breaking Current Amperes 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-45

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-46 150 VCP-T20 and 150 VCP-TR20 150 VCP-T16 and 150 VCP-TR16 75 VCP-T20 and 75 VCP-TR20 75 VCP-T16 and 75 VCP-TR16 Identification Circuit Breaker Type 50 VCP-T16 and 50 VCP-TR16

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

ANSI Standard RatingsVCP-T and VCP-TR Vacuum Circuit Breakers (to ANSI C37.04 and C37.09)
Rated Values Insulation Level Voltage Class kV rms 4.76 4.76 4.76 4.76 50 VCP-T20 and 50 VCP-TR20 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 50 VCP-T25 and 50 VCP-TR25 4.76 4.76 4.76 4.76 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 75 VCP-T25 and 75 VCP-TR25 8.25 8.25 8.25 8.25 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 150 VCP-T25 and 150 VCP-TR25 15 15 15 15 Power Frequency kV rms 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 Impulse Withstand kV Peak 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 1 60 1 60 1 60
1

Continuous Current Amperes 600 800 1200 1600 2 600 800 1200 1600 600 800 1200 1600 2 600 800 1200 1600 600 800 1200 1600 2 600 800 1200 1600 600 800 1200 1600 2 600 800 1200 1600 2 600 800 1200 1600 2
2 2 2

Short-Circuit 3 Breaking Current kA rms 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 25 25 25 25 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25

Short-Circuit Making Current kA Peak 42 42 42 42 52 52 52 52 65 65 65 65 42 42 42 42 52 52 52 52 65 65 65 65 42 42 42 42 52 52 52 52 65 65 65 65

Mechanical Endurance C0 Operations 20,000 20,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 20,000 20,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000

60 1 60 1 60 1 60 1 60 1 60 1 60 1 60 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95
1

Notes 1 Use 15 kV breaker and cassette when 95 kV impulse withstand required. 2 1600A VCP-T breaker available. 3 Also 2 second short-time current rating.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

ANSI Standard RatingsVCP-TL/VCP-TRL Vacuum Circuit Breakers (to ANSI C37.04 and C37.09)
Identification Circuit Breaker Type 1 50 VCP-TL16 and 50 VCP-TRL16 50 VCP-TL20 and 50 VCP-TRL20 50 VCP-TL25 and 50 VCP-TRL25 75 VCP-TL16 and 75 VCP-TRL16 75 VCP-TL20 and 75 VCP-TRL20 75 VCP-TL25 and 75 VCP-TRL25 150 VCP-TL16 and 150 VCP-TRL16 150 VCP-TL20 and 150 VCP-TRL20 150 VCP-TL25 and 150 VCP-TRL25 Rated Values Rated Maximum Voltage kV rms 4.76 Insulation Level Power Frequency kV rms 19 Impulse Withstand kV Peak 60 Continuous Current Amperes 600 1200 1600 4.76 19 60 600 1200 1600 4 4.76 19 60 600 1200 1600 4 8.25 20 75 5 600 1200 1600 4 8.25 20 75 5 600 1200 1600 4 8.25 20 75 5 600 1200 1600 4 15 36 95 600 1200 1600 4 15 36 95 600 1200 1600 4 15 36 95 600 1200 1600 Notes 1 Independent shunt trips are available for use with traditional protective relaying schemes. 2 Also 2-second short-time current rating. 3 Operating mechanism up to 100,000 operations, vacuum interrupter 30,000. 4 1600A available as fixed VCP-TRL/VCP-TRLC circuit breaker only. 5 Use 15 kV breaker and cassette when impulse withstand >75 kV is required.
4 4

Short-Circuit Breaking Current 2 kA rms 16 16 16 20 20 20 25 25 25 16 16 16 20 20 20 25 25 25 16 16 16 20 20 20 25 25 25

Short-Circuit Making Current kA Peak 42 42 42 52 52 52 65 65 65 42 42 42 52 52 52 65 65 65 42 42 42 52 52 52 65 65 65

Mechanical Endurance 3 CO Operations 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000

Approx. Weight Fix/Drawout (Pounds) 153/232 155/234 157/NA 159/237 161/239 163/NA 166/243 168/245 170/NA 155/232 157/234 159/NA 161/239 161/241 163/NA 166/245 168/247 170/NA 155/234 157/237 159/NA 161/239 163/241 166/NA 168/245 170/247 172/NA

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-47

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-48 175 T-VAC20 and 175 T-VACR20 175 T-VAC16 and 175 T-VACR16 120 T-VAC20 and 120 T-VACR20 120 T-VAC16 and 120 T-VACR16 Identification Circuit Breaker Type 72 T-VAC16 and 72 T-VACR16

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

IEC Standard RatingsT-VAC and T-VACR Vacuum Circuit Breakers (to IEC 62271-100)
Rated Values Insulation Level Voltage Class kV rms 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 72 T-VAC20 and 72 T-VACR20 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 72 T-VAC25 and 72 T-VACR25 7.2 7.2 7.2 7.2 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 120 T-VAC25 and 120 T-VAC25 12 12 12 12 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 175 T-VAC25 and 175 T-VACR25 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 Power Frequency Withstand Voltage kV rms 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 Lightning Impulse (Uw) Withstand Voltage kV Peak 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 75 1 75 1 75 1 75
1

Normal Current (In) Amperes 630 800 1250 1600 2 630 800 1250 1600 630 800 1250 1600 2 630 800 1250 1600 630 800 1250 1600 2 630 800 1250 1600 630 800 1250 1600 2 630 800 1250 1600 630 800 1250 1600 2
2 2 2 2

Short-Circuit 3 Breaking Current kA rms 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 20 25 25 25 25

Short-Circuit Making Current kA Peak 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 63 63 63 63 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 63 63 63 63 40 40 40 40 50 50 50 50 63 63 63 63

Mechanical Endurance C0 Operations 20,000 20,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 20,000 20,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000

75 1 75 1 75 1 75 1 75 1 75 1 75 1 75 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95
1

Notes 1 Use 17.5 kV breaker and cassette when 95 kV impulse withstand required. 2 1600A T-VAC breaker available. 3 Also 3-second short-time current rating.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Type VCP-W Circuit Breaker Shown from Rear

Type VCP-W Circuit Breaker with Deadfront Panel Removed

Mini Module

3 3 3 3 3 3

5/15 kV VCPW-ND and VCP-W Power Modules Power Module, 5/15 kV VCPW-ND 26.00 (660.4) Wide, VCP-W 36.00 (914.4) Wide
16.62 (422.1) Auxiliary Drawer in Withdrawn Position Shutter Auxiliary Drawer in Connected Position

Main Bus Window

3 3 3 3
95.00 (2413.0)

Shutter

28.50 (723.9) 53.56 (1360.4) 76.94 (1954.3) Breaker in Withdraw Position Top of Rail Rolling Service 8.06 (204.7)

18.00 (457.2)

Breaker in Operating or Connected Position C.T. Barrier

3 3 3 3

Shutter

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

5.38 (136.7)

Removable Breaker Extension Rails 27.75 (704.9)

Breaker in Test or Disconnected Position 50.00 (1270.0) 66.00 (1676.4)

Note 1 VCPW-ND dimensions of breaker travel 15.00 (381.0).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-49

3.1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Top of Rail Rolling Surface Breaker Lifting Yoke Opening Breaker in Withdrawn Position Top of Rail Rolling Surface Breaker Lifting Yoke Opening Breaker in Withdrawn Position

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Power Circuit Breakers

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5/15 kV VCPW-ND and VCP-W Mini Modules 5 kV VCPW-ND Mini Module 25.88 (657.4) Wide
3.62 (91.9) 30.38 (771.7) Upper C.T. Mounting Plate C.T. Barrier Contact Fingers 600V Class Current Transformer 40.62 (1031.7) 4.41 (112.0)

Breaker Travel 6.94 (176.2)

Breaker Front Cover in Test Position

Breaker Front Cover in Operating Position Lower C.T. Mounting Plate Shutter

5.38 (136.7) Removable Breaker Extension Rails 34.00 (863.6) 44.25 (1123.9)

5/15 kV VCP-W Mini Module 5/15 kV VCP-W Mini-Module 35.88 (911.4) Wide
Breaker Front Cover in Operating Position 3.05 (77.5)

29.81 (757.2) C.T. Barrier 600V Class Current Transformer 9.94 (252.5) Breaker Travel Breaker Front Cover in Test Position

40.62 (1031.7)

5.38 (136.7) Removable Breaker Extension Rails 34.00 (863.6)


Note 1 Current transformers not supplied.

44.25 (1123.9)

V4-T3-50

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

3.2
Page V4-T3-52 V4-T3-53 V4-T3-62 V4-T3-66

Contents
Description Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SL MV Power Contactor 7 kV/160400A . . . . . . .2 SL MV Power Contactor 7 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . . .2 SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A . . . . . . . . . .

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Product Overview
Voltage Class
Eatons SL Medium Voltage Vacuum Contactors are designed to operate at voltages from 2200 to 15,000V, depending on contactor type. Typical system voltages are 2400, 3300, 4160 and 6600V for 7.2 kV contactors and 10,000, 11,000, 13,200 and 13,800V for 15 kV contactors.

3
Altitude
7.2 kV/160400A SL Contactors are capable of operating in virtually any altitude range. Three versions are offered in Standard, High and Low altitude configurations. No de-rating is necessary for proper operation. Altitude designations are listed in the table below. Altitude
Altitude Low 7.2 kV/160400A Feet 11,500 3300 to to 3300 +6600 3500 to 1000 1000 to +2000 +6600 to +13,100 +2000 to +4000 Standard High

Control Voltage
Control coil voltage should be selectable in the field. Standard voltages available should be 120/60, 110/50, 240/60, 220/50 and 125 Vdc. Coil should pickup at 80% of rated coil voltage and dropout not sooner than 60% of rated coil voltage. Opening time should be field selectable within the range of 30 ms 330 ms for 7.2 kV/160400A and 50330 ms for 15 kV/ 250A. Opening time for 7.2 kV/800A must be specified at order entry and can be either 130 ms, 250 ms or 330 ms.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Meters

7.2 kV/800A and 15 kV/250A Feet N/A 3300 to +11,800 1000 to +3600 +11,800 to +16,000 +3600 to +4900

Meters

N/A

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-51

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-52

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

Catalog Number Selection


Power Contactors

SL N 01 2 S 5 A - 22 0
SL Contactor Series Design N = NEMA C = IEC Type 01 = 7.2 kV Contactor 03 = 15 kV Contactor Ampere Rating 1 = 160 2 = 7.2 kV/200, 15 kV/250 3 = 360 4 = 400 8 = 800 Altitude 7.2 kV/160400A S = Standard 3281 to +6562 ft (1000 to +2000m) L = Low 11,483 to 3281 ft (3500 to 1000m) H = High +6562 to +13,123 ft (+2000 to +4000m) 7.2 kV/800A 15 kV/250A S = Standard 3281 to +11,811 ft (1000 to +3600m) H = High +11,811 to +16,076 ft (+3600 to +4900m) Mechanical Latch 7.2 kV/160400A (Coil Voltage) 0 = None 1 = 24 Vdc 2 = 32 Vdc 3 = 48 Vdc 4 = 110/50,120/60 or 125 Vdc 5 = 220/50, 240/60 Auxiliary Contacts 7.2 kV/160400A 22 = 2NO, 2NC 28 = 2NO, 8NC 37 = 3NO, 7NC 46 = 4NO, 6NC 55 = 5NO, 5NC 64 = 6NO, 4NC 73 = 7NO, 3NC 82 = 8NO, 2NC Coil Voltage A = 120/60 B = 240/60 S = 125 Vdc U = 110/50 W = 220/50 Coil Dropout Time 7.2 kV/160400A 5 = 30 ms 6 = 50 ms 7 = 130 ms 8 = 250 ms 9 = 330 ms 7.2 kV/800A 15 kV/250A 6 = 50 ms (15 kV/250A only) 7 = 130 ms 8 = 250 ms (250A); 200 ms (800A) 9 = 330 ms 7.2 kV/800A 15 kV/250A 22 = 2NO, 2NC 7.2 kV/800A 15 kV/250A (Coil Voltage) 0 = None 1 = 24 Vdc 3 = 48 Vdc 4 = 110 (50/60) 5 = 220 (50/60) 6 = 96125 Vdc

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

3.2
Page V4-T3-51 V4-T3-55 V4-T3-55 V4-T3-55 V4-T3-56 V4-T3-59 V4-T3-60 V4-T3-62 V4-T3-66

SL 7.2 kV/160400A Medium Voltage Contactor

Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SL MV Power Contactor 7 kV/160400A .2 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SL MV Power Contactor 7 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . . .2 SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A. . . . . . . . . . .

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/160400A


Product Description

3
Features, Benefits and Functions

Application Description
Eatons SL Medium Voltage Contactor starting applications: Squirrel-cage induction motors Synchronous motors Wound-rotor Fully applicable to: Full voltage starting Reduced voltage starting The perfect choice for harsh duty applications: Mining Pulp and paper HVAC Petrochemical Automotive Many others

A single family of contactors for any medium voltage control application. Voltage range of 2200 7200V Ampere ratings from 160400A with induction motor horsepower ranges from 6005500 hp Three different altitude versions Leading-edge vacuum technology Fully complies with global standards

Long life300,000 electrical and over 2 million mechanical Mounting flexibilitypanel or pedestal mounting provisions are standard. Unit can be mounted in horizontal or vertical position Field-selectable settings for coil voltage, AC/DC, and coil dropout time Field kits available for auxiliary contacts and mechanical latch. Accessories are common for all sizes Special ordering allows unit to be factory pre-set to customer specification, including field kit installation Highest quality available all contactors manufactured within state-of-the-art ISO-Certified facilities. 100% made in America

Easy-to-Install Option Kits (Field Addition) Up to six extra auxiliary contacts Mechanical latchmany coil voltages Long Life Guarantees High Quality 300,000 electrical operations 2.5 million mechanical operations

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-53

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-54 Pedestal-Mount Provisions Control Terminal Strip Panel-Mount Provisions

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

SL Series Features (7.2 kV/160400A)

Panel-Mount Provisions Vacuum Interrupters

Panel-Mount Provisions Actuator Assembly

Contactor Nameplate

Auxiliary Contact Blocks

Auxiliary Contact Blocks

Pedestal-Mount Provisions

Coil Control Board (Behind Control Terminal Strip)

Magnet Coil

Mechanical Latch Provision

Control Settings

Control Terminal Strip

Coil Control Board

DIP Switches

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Standards and Certifications


Global Acceptability NEMA ANSI IEC Third-Party Verification UL CSA KEMA Third-party qualified by UL, CSA, KEMA Design and Test Standards UL 347 File No. E63257 , CSA T.I.L. D-21, File No. LR28548 IEC No. 60470 ANSI/NEMA ICS 3

Options and Accessories


SL Vacuum Contactor SeriesSizes 7.2 kV/160400A Accessory Kits Mechanical Latch Kit Field Mount to 7.2 kV/60 400A SL Vacuum Contactor. Coil voltages available in a wide range of AC and DC selections. Easy to install on new and existing units. Auxiliary Contact Kit Field Mount auxiliary contact kits for 7.2 kV/160 400A SL Vacuum Contactor. Contact kits are available in many configurations of NO-NC. Mechanical Interlock Kit Field Mount mechanical interlock kits for 7.2 kV/160 400A SL Vacuum Contactor.

Mechanical Latch Kit

Auxiliary Contact Kit

Mechanical Interlock Kit

Ordering Information Mechanical Latch Kit

Ordering Information Auxiliary Contact Kit


Description 3NO3NC additional 6NO additional 6NC additional 5NO1NC additional 4NO2NC additional Catalog Number SLA-AS33 SLA-AS60 SLA-AS06 SLA-AS51 SLA-AS42 SLA-AS24 SLA-AS15

Ordering Information Mechanical Interlock Kit


Description Vertical or horizontal arrangement Catalog Number SLA-MI

Product Selection
Contact Eaton for pricing.

Coil Voltage 24 Vdc 32 Vdc 48 Vdc 110/50, 120/60, 125 Vdc selectable 220/50, 240/60 selectable

Catalog Number SLA-ML24 SLA-ML32 SLA-ML48 SLA-ML120 SLA-ML240

2NO4NC additional 1NO5NC additional

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-55

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-56 Front View

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

Technical Data and Specifications


The SL Contactor Ratings Voltages of 22007200V Amperages from 160400A Interrupting ratings as high as 8500A Control Voltages (Field Adjustable) 110, 220 Vac, 50 Hz 120, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 125 Vdc Dropout Time (Field Adjustable) 30 ms 50 ms 130 ms 250 ms 330 ms

Control Voltage Settings (7.2 kV/160400A)


Setting 110 Vac, 50 Hz 120 Vac, 60 Hz 220 Vac, 50 Hz 240 Vac, 60 Hz 125 Vdc SW1 Off On Off On Off SW2 Off Off On On Off SW3 Off Off Off Off On

Dropout Time Settings (7.2 kV/160400A) Front and Rear View (7.2 kV/160400A)
Delay Setting 30 ms 50 ms 130 ms 250 ms 330 ms SW4 Off On Off On Off SW5 Off Off On On Off SW6 Off Off Off Off On

Altitude Designations (7.2 kV/160400A)


Altitude Feet Rear View Meters Low 11,483 to 3281 3500 to 1000 Standard 3281 to +6562 1000 to +2000 High +6562 to +13,123 +2000 to +4000

Note Stock units pre-set to 120/60 Vac.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

3.2
3
Minimum Opening Time 30 30 30 30 30 30 130 130 130 30 30 30 30 30 50 250 250

SL Series Fuses Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors7.2 kV/160A


Motor FLA 1118 1831 3146 4662 6274 7493 93137 137160 1134 3446 4656 5668 6885 85137 137160 137160 Voltage 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 Suggested Eaton Fuse 5BCLS-30 5BCLS-2R 5BCLS-3R 5BCLS-4R 5BCLS-5R 5BCLS-6R 5BCLS-9R 5BCLS-12R 7BCLS-2R 7BCLS-3R 7BCLS-4R 7BCLS-5R 7BCLS-6R 7BCLS-9R 7BCLS-12R 7BCLS-12R Rating 301R 702R 1003R 1304R 1505R 1706R 2009R 23012R 702R 1003R 1304R 1505R 1706R 2009R 23012R 23012R Minimum Opening Time 30 30 30 30 30 30 130 130 30 30 30 30 30 50 250 250

Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors7.2 kV/360A


Motor FLA 1118 1831 3146 4662 6274 7493 93137 137187 187200 200360 1134 3446 4656 5668 6885 85137 137200 Voltage 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 Suggested Eaton Fuse 5BCLS-30 5BCLS-2R 5BCLS-3R 5BCLS-4R 5BCLS-5R 5BCLS-6R 5BCLS-9R 5BCLS-12R 5BCLS-12R N/A 7BCLS-2R 7BCLS-3R 7BCLS-4R 7BCLS-5R 7BCLS-6R 7BCLS-9R 7BCLS-12R 7BCLS-12R N/A Rating 301R 702R 1003R 1304R 1505R 1706R 2009R 23012R 23012R 702R 1003R 1304R 1505R 1706R 2009R 23012R 23012R

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors7.2 kV/260A


Motor FLA 1118 1831 3146 4662 6274 7493 93137 137200 1 1134 3446 4656 5668 6885 85137 137200 1 Voltage 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 Suggested Eaton Fuse 5BCLS-30 5BCLS-2R 5BCLS-3R 5BCLS-4R 5BCLS-5R 5BCLS-6R 5BCLS-9R 5BCLS-12R 7BCLS-2R 7BCLS-3R 7BCLS-4R 7BCLS-5R 7BCLS-6R 7BCLS-9R 7BCLS-12R Rating 301R 702R 1003R 1304R 1505R 1706R 2009R 23012R 702R 1003R 1304R 1505R 1706R 2009R 23012R Minimum Opening Time 30 30 30 30 30 30 130 130 30 30 30 30 30 50 250

187200 200360

Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors7.2 kV/400A


Motor FLA 1118 1831 3146 4662 6274 7493 93137 137187 187273 273400 2 1134 3446 4656 5668 6885 85137 137187 187273 273400 2 Voltage 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 24004800 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 55006600 Suggested Eaton Fuse 5BCLS-30 5BCLS-2R 5BCLS-3R 5BCLS-4R 5BCLS-5R 5BCLS-6R 5BCLS-9R 5BCLS-12R 5BCLS-18R 5BCLS-24R 7BCLS-2R 7BCLS-3R 7BCLS-4R 7BCLS-5R 7BCLS-6R 7BCLS-9R 7BCLS-12R 7BCLS-18R 7BCLS-24R Rating 301R 702R 1003R 1304R 1505R 1706R 2009R 23012R 39018R 45024R 702R 1003R 1304R 1505R 1706R 2009R 23012R 39018R 45024R Minimum Opening Time 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 50 130 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 50 250

Notes 1 For FLA > 180, maximum acceleration time = 4.5 seconds. 2 For FLA > 360, maximum acceleration time = 6 seconds. Fuse selections based on LRC = FLA x 6 with acceleration time of 10 seconds except where otherwise noted.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-57

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-58

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

SL Series Ratings Type SL Vacuum Contactor Ratings (7.2 kV/160400A)


Interrupting Rating Rated Utilization Voltage NEMA Unfused (E1) kA NEMA Fused (E2) kA Application Table Induction Motor Horsepower Synchronous Motor Horsepower (0.8 PF) (1.0 PF) Transformer kVA Capacitor kVAR Maximum Insulation Voltage

7.2 kV/160A Frame 22002500 30003600 38004800 60006900 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 50 50 50 50 600 900 1200 1800 600 900 1200 1800 800 1000 1400 2200 600 800 1000 1600 480 640 960 1320 7200 7200 7200 7200

7.2 kV/200A Frame 22002500 30003600 38004800 60006900 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 50 50 50 50 800 1100 1500 2250 800 1100 1500 2250 1000 1250 1750 2750 750 1000 1250 2000 600 800 1200 1650 7200 7200 7200 7200

7.2 kV/360A Frame 22002500 30003600 38004800 60006900 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 50 50 50 50 1500 2000 2500 4000 1500 2000 2500 4000 1750 2500 3000 5000 1200 1600 2000 3200 1000 1475 2150 2950 7200 7200 7200 7200

7.2 kV/400A Frame 22002500 30003600 38004800 60006900 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 50 50 50 50 1750 2250 3000 4500 1750 2250 3000 4500 2000 2500 3500 5500 1500 2000 2500 4000 1200 1650 2400 3300 7200 7200 7200 7200

Rating Specifications (7.2 kV/160400A)


Ampere Rating Maximum Interrupting Current (Three operationsamperes) Rated Current IEC Make-Break CapabilityAC4 (Amperes) Make Break 7.2 kV/160A 4500 160 1600 1280 7.2 kV/200A 4500 200 2000 1600 7.2 kV/60A 4500 360 3600 2880 7.2 kV/400A 8500 400 4000 3200

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Product Specifications 7.2 kV/160400A Short-time current: 30 seconds: 2400A 1 second: 6000A 8.7 ms: 63 kA peak (0.5 cycle) Normal service altitude: 3281 to +6562 ft (1000 to +2000m) Mechanical life: 2.5 million Electrical life: 6 x Rated Make/1x Rated Break: 300,000 operations 6 x Rated Make/6 x Rated Break: 300,000 operations BIL (impulse withstand): 60 kV (1.2 x 50 microseconds) Dielectric strength: 20 kV rms (1 minute)

Closing time: 80 milliseconds (energization to contact touch) Selectable opening times: 30 milliseconds (2 cycles) 50 milliseconds (3 cycles) 130 milliseconds (8 cycles) 250 milliseconds (15 cycles) 330 milliseconds (20 cycles) Arcing time: 12 ms (0.75 cycle) or less Pickup voltage: 80% rated coil voltage Dropout voltage: 60% rated coil voltage Control voltages: AC/Hz: 110/50, 120/60, 220/50, 240/60 DC: 125

Control circuit burden: Closing: (200 milliseconds) 110/120 AC, 125 DC 1 kVA 220/240 AC 1.8 kVA Holding: 110/120 AC, 125 DC 40 VA 220/240 AC 50 VA Auxiliary contact rating: 600V (maximum) 10A continuous current Making capacity AC: 7200 VA DC: 125 VA Breaking capacity AC: 720 VA DC: 125 VA

Latch (when specified) Mechanical life: 250,000 operations Trip voltage DC: 24V DC: 125V AC: 110/120V Minimum trip voltage: 80% rated coil voltage Trip burden 24 Vdc: 400 VA 48 and 125 Vdc: 400 VA 110 and 120 Vac: 400 VA 220 and 240 Vac: 400 VA Trip time (2 cycles): 30 ms Weight 150360A: 47 lbs (21.3 kg) 400A: 49 lbs (22.2 kg)

Wiring Diagrams
Electrical Connections Diagrams (7.2 kV/160400A) Connection for Magnetically Held Contactor
8 7 6 5 4 3 Control Voltage (On/Off) 2 Black White White DC Coil 1 Black DC Coil 2

Connections for Mechanically Latched Contactor


(+)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

M M Control Voltage (Open)

DC 8 7 6 Black White

() Latch Coil

White DC Coil 1 Black DC Coil 2

5 4 3 Control Voltage (Close) 2 1

Note 1 M contacts are connected in parallel for < 48V. M contacts are connected in series for > 48V.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-59

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-60

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Dimensional Drawings 7.2 kV/160400A Front
14.00 (355.6)

Rear
4.38 (111.3) Upper Terminals 4.38 (111.3)

4.38 (111.3)

4.38 (111.3)

6.85 (174.0) 16.00 (406.4)

Lower Terminals

15.50 (393.7)

15.06 (382.5) 8.75 (222.2)

16.00 (406.4)

7.36 (186.9)

15.25 (387.4) 15.25 (387.4) 16.25 (412.8) 16.25 (412.8)

Base Plate
0.406 (10.3) DIA (6) 0.78 (19.8)

Side

Rear Mounting 0.328 (8.3) DIA 8.70 (221.0) 7.70 (195.6) 6.85 (174.0) Front Mounting 0.328 (8.3) DIA

15.50 (393.7)

16.00 (406.4) Front 0.83 (21.1) 13.60 (345.4) 15.25 (387.4) Front 8.70 (221.0) 4.44 (112.8) 9.09 (230.9) 8.70 (221.0) 1.77 (45.0) 0.83 (21.1) 7.36 (186.9) 0.313 (8.0) DIA 0.27 (6.9)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Lug Terminal

Lug Terminal
Width

Upper Lug Terminal


De pt

Contactor Ampere Rating


h

Width 0.75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4)

Depth 1.31 (33.3) 1.31 (33.3) 1.31 (33.3) 1.31 (33.3)

Hardware (Bolt Diameter) 10 10 10 10

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

7.2 kV/160 7.2 kV/200


Hardware Diameter

7.2 kV/360 7.2 kV/400

Lower Lug Terminal


Contactor Ampere Rating 7.2 kV/160 7.2 kV/200 7.2 kV/360 7.2 kV/400 Width 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) Depth 1.10 (27.9) 1.10 (27.9) 1.10 (27.9) 1.10 (27.9) Hardware (Bolt Diameter) 10 10 10 10

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-61

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-62

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

SL 7.2 kV/800A Medium Voltage Contactor

Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SL MV Power Contactor 7 kV/160400A . . . . . . .2 SL MV Power Contactor 7 kV/800A .2 Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T3-51 V4-T3-53 V4-T3-63 V4-T3-63 V4-T3-65 V4-T3-66

SL MV Power Contactor 7.2 kV/800A


Product Description

Application Description
Eatons SL Medium Voltage Contactors starting applications: Squirrel-cage induction motors Synchronous motors Wound-rotor Fully applicable to: Full voltage starting Reduced voltage starting The perfect choice for harsh duty applications: Mining Pulp and paper HVAC Petrochemical Automotive Many others

A single family of contactors for any medium voltage control application. Voltage range of 2200 7200V 800A rating with induction motor horsepower ranges from 300010,000 hp

Features, Benefits and Functions

Standards and Certifications


Acceptability NEMA ANSI IEC Third-Party Verification UL CSA KEMA Design and Test Standards UL 347 File No. E63257 , CSA T.I.L. D-21, File No. LR28548 ANSI/NEMA ICS 3 IEC 60470

Two different altitude versions Leading-edge vacuum technology Long life100,000 electrical and 300,000 mechanical Special ordering allows unit to be factory pre-set to customer specification, including field kit installation Highest quality available all contactors manufactured within state-of-the-art ISO-Certified facilities. 100% made in America

Factory Installed Option Kit Mechanical latchmany coil voltages

Product Selection
Long Life Guarantees High Quality 100,000 electrical operations 300,000 mechanical operations Contact Eaton for pricing.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Options and Accessories


SL SeriesAccessory Options 800A

Technical Data and Specifications


The SL Contactor Ratings Voltages of 22007200V 800A (720A enclosed) Interrupting rating of 12,500A Control Voltages 110, 220 Vac, 50 Hz 120, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 125 Vdc Dropout Time 130330 ms Front and Rear View 7.2 kV/800A

Mechanical Latch Assembly 800A

Mechanical Latch Option SL Vacuum Contactor Size 800A Factory installed for 800A SL Vacuum Contactor. Coil voltages available in a wide range of AC and DC selections.

Front View

Rear View

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

SL Series Fuses Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors 7.2 kV/SL-800


Motor FLA 225360 360449 450720 225400 400449 450720 Voltage 24004800 24004800 24004800 55006600 55006600 55006600 Suggested Eaton Fuse 5BCLS-24R 5BCLS-36R 5BCLS-44R 7BCLS-24R 7BCLS-36R 7BCLS-44R Rating 45024R 65036R 80044R 45024R 65036R 80044R Minimum Opening Time 50 130 250 50 130 250

Note Fuse selections based on LRC = FLA x 6 with acceleration time of 10 seconds except where otherwise noted.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-63

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-64

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

SL Series Ratings Type SL Vacuum Contactor Ratings 7.2 kV/SL-800


Interrupting Rating Rated Utilization Voltage 22002500 30003600 38005000 60007200 NEMA Unfused (E1) kA 12.5 (50 MVA) 12.5 (50 MVA) 12.5 (75 MVA) 12.5 (100 MVA) NEMA Fused (E2) kA 50 (200 MVA at 2300V) 50 (285 MVA at 3300V) 50 (400 MVA at 4600V) 50 (570 MVA at 6600V) Application Table Induction Motor Horsepower 3000 4000 5000 8000 Synchronous Motor Horsepower (0.8 PF) 3000 4000 5000 8000 (1.0 PF) 3500 5000 6000 10,000 Transformer kVA 2500 3500 4500 6000 Capacitor kVAR 2400 3200 4000 4800 Maximum Insulation Voltage 7200 7200 7200 7200

Rating Specifications 7.2 kV/SL-800


Ampere Rating Maximum Interrupting Current (Three operationsamperes) Rated Current IEC Make-Break CapabilityAC4 (Amperes) Make Break 7.2 kV/800A 12,500 800 (720 enclosed) 8000 6400

Product Specifications 7.2 kV/800A Short-time current 30 seconds: 4320A 1 second: 10,800A 8.7 ms (0.5 cycle) 86 kA peak Normal service altitude: 3281 to +6562 ft (1000 to +2000m) Mechanical life: 1 million Electrical life: 100,000 operations BIL (impulse withstand): 60 kV (1.2 x 50 microseconds) Dielectric strength: 18.2 kV rms (1 minute)

Closing time (energization to contact touch): 80 milliseconds Opening times (de-energization to full open): 130 ms (8 cycles) 200 ms (12 cycles) 330 ms (20 cycles) Arcing time: 12 ms (0.75 cycle) or less Pickup voltage: 80% rated coil voltage Dropout voltage: 60% rated coil voltage

Control voltages: AC/Hz: 110/50, 120/ 60 Vac, 220/50, 240/60 DC: 125 Vdc Control circuit burden: Closing (120/240): 2600 VA Holding (120/240): 50 VA Auxiliary contact rating: 600V (maximum) 10A continuous current Making capacity AC: 7200 VA DC: 200 VA Breaking capacity AC: 720 VA DC: 200 VA

Latch (when specified): Mechanical life: 250,000 operations Trip voltage DC: 24, 48, 96V AC: 110/120, 220/ 240V 50/60 Hz Minimum trip voltage: 80% rated coil voltage Trip burden 24 Vdc: 1200 VA 48 and 96 Vdc: 400 VA 110 and 220 Vac: 500 VA Trip time (2 cycles): 30 milliseconds Weight: 95 lbs (43.1 kg)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

3.2
3 3 3

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Dimensional Drawings 7.2 kV/800A Side
2.75 (69.9)

Top
3.70 (94.0) 4.38 (111.3) 4.38 (111.3) 0.50 (12.7) DIA Bolt Hole (6) Places 0.50 (12.7) DIA Mounting Hole (4) Places
0.625 (15.9) square shaft with the axis vertical when the contactor is closed. Rotates 3.8 counterclockwise to open.

Latch Trip Target (When Used)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Intlk 14.89 (378.2)

Intlk 10.25 (260.4)

8.50 (216.0)

Optional 12 Point Plug

11.25 (285.8)

4.01 (101.9) 5.01 (127 .3) 8.07 (205.0)

4.34 (110.2)

2.35 (59.7) 0.39 (9.9)

6.12 (155.4)

0.80 (20.3) 16.93 (430.0) 16.15 (410.2)

Front
Latch (when used) 1.30 (33.0) Plug (when used) 1.15 (29.2) Latch Trip (when used) 0.3 (7 .62) Travel Required to Trip when Latch is Used Optional 12 Point Plug 4.06 (103.1) 13.94 (354.0) Load Terminals 16.41 (416.8) 4.50 (114.3) Line Terminals 17.12 (434.8) 11.36 (288.5)

Lug Terminal

3 3 3
Lug Terminal
Width

10.70 (271.8) 2.69 (68.3)

Upper Lug Terminal


De pt

3
Depth 2.00 (50.8) Hardware (Bolt Diameter) 10

Contactor Ampere Rating


h

Width 1.75 (44.5)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

7.2 kV/800

Hardware Diameter

Lower Lug Terminal


Contactor Ampere Rating 7.2 kV/800 Width 1.50 (38.1) Depth 1.50 (38.1) Hardware (Bolt Diameter) 10

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-65

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-66

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

SL 15 kV/250A Medium Voltage Contactor

Contents
Description Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SL MV Power Contactor 7 kV/160400A . . . . . . .2 SL MV Power Contactor 7 kV/800A . . . . . . . . . . .2 SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T3-51 V4-T3-53 V4-T3-62 V4-T3-67 V4-T3-67 V4-T3-69

SL MV Power Contactor 15 kV/250A


Product Description

Application Description
Eatons SL Medium Voltage Contactors starting applications: Squirrel-cage induction motors Synchronous motors Wound-rotor Fully applicable to: Full voltage starting Reduced voltage starting The perfect choice for harsh duty applications: Mining Pulp and paper HVAC Petrochemical Automotive Many others

A single family of contactors for any medium voltage control application. Voltage range of 7200 15,000V 250A rating with induction motor horsepower ranges from 5005000 hp Two different altitude versions Leading-edge vacuum technology Long life250,000 electrical and mechanical operations Special ordering allows unit to be factory pre-set to customer specification, including field kit installation Highest quality availableall contactors manufactured within state-of-the-art ISOCertified facilities. 100% made in America

Features, Benefits and Functions


Factory Installed Option Kit Mechanical latchmany coil voltages Long Life Guarantees High Quality 250,000 electrical operations 250,000 mechanical operations

Standards and Certifications


Acceptability NEMA ANSI IEC Third-Party Verification UL CSA KEMA Design and Test Standards UL 347 File No. E63257 , CSA T.I.L. D-21, File No. LR28548 ANSI/NEMA ICS 3 IEC 60470

Product Selection
Contact Eaton for pricing.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Options and Accessories


SL SeriesAccessory Options 15 kV/250A

Technical Data and Specifications


The SL Contactor Ratings Voltages to 15,000V 250A Interrupting rating of 5000A Control Voltages 110, 220 Vac, 50 Hz 120, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 125 Vdc Dropout Time 50330 ms Field selectable Front and Rear View 15 kV/250A

Mechanical Latch Assembly 15 kV/250A

Mechanical Latch Option SL Vacuum Contactor Factory installed for 15 kV/ 250A SL Vacuum Contactor. Coil voltages available in a wide range of AC and DC selections.

3 3
Front View Rear View

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

SL Series Fuses Fuse Application Table for SL Contactors 15 kV/SL-250A


Motor FLA 50200 1 Voltage 10,00013,800 Suggested Eaton Fuse 15HLE-250E Rating 250E Minimum Opening Time 130

Notes 1 For FLA > 150, contact factory for maximum acceleration time. Fuse selections based on LRC = FLA x 6 with acceleration time of 10 seconds except where otherwise noted.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-67

3.2
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-68

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

SL Series Ratings Type SL Vacuum Contactor Ratings 15 kV/250A


Interrupting Rating Rated Utilization Voltage 10,00011,000 12,40013,800 NEMA Unfused (E1) kA 5 5 NEMA Fused (E2) kA 50 (950 MVA at 11,000V) 50 (1190 MVA at 13,800V) Application Table Induction Motor Horsepower 4000 5000 Synchronous Motor Horsepower (0.8 PF) 4000 5000 (1.0 PF) 4500 5500 Transformer kVA 3800 4750 Capacitor kVAR Consult factory Consult factory Maximum Insulation Voltage 15,000 15,000

Rating Specifications 15 kV/250A


Ampere Rating Maximum Interrupting Current (Three operationsamperes) Rated Current IEC Make-Break CapabilityAC4 (Amperes) Make Break 15 kV/250A 5000 250 2500 2000

Product Specifications 15kV/250A Short-time current 30 seconds: 1500A 1 second: 3750A 8.7 ms (0.5 cycle) 25 kA peak Normal service altitude: 3281 to +6562 ft (1000 to +2000m) Mechanical life: 250,000 operations Electrical life: 250,000 operations BIL (impulse withstand): 75 kV (1.2 x 50 microseconds) Dielectric strength: 36 kV rms (1 minute)

Closing time (energization to contact touch): 80 milliseconds Selectable opening times (de-energization to full open): 50 ms (3 cycles) 130 ms (8 cycles) 250 ms (12 cycles) 330 ms (20 cycles) Arcing time: 12 ms (0.75 cycle) or less Pickup voltage: 80% rated coil voltage Dropout voltage: 60% rated coil voltage

Control voltages: AC/Hz: 110/50, 120/ 60 Vac, 220/50, 240/60 DC: 125 Vdc Control circuit burden: Closing (120/240): 1700/2600 VA Holding (120/240): 80 VA Auxiliary contact rating: 600V (maximum) 10A continuous current Making capacity AC: 7200 VA DC: 200 VA Breaking capacity AC: 720 VA DC: 200 VA

Latch (when specified): Mechanical life: 250,000 operations Trip voltage DC: 24, 48, 96V AC: 110/120, 220/ 240V, 50/60 Hz Minimum trip voltage: 80% rated coil voltage Trip burden 24 Vdc: 1200 VA 48 and 96 Vdc: 400 VA 110 and 220 Vac: 500 VA Trip time (2 cycles): 30 milliseconds Weight: 95 lbs (43.1 kg)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Medium Voltage Power Contactors

3.2
3 3 3

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Dimensional Drawings 15 kV/250A Front Side 15 kV/250A
16.18 (410.9) Line Terminals 4.65 (118.1)

3 3 3 3 3

21.40 (543.4)

17.77 (451.4) 12.29 (312.1)


8 7 6 5 LATCH COIL 4 3 2 2 AUX POWER

Intl'k

Load Terminals 3.50 (88.9) 5.60 (142.2)

18.58 (471.9)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

7.95 (202.0) 15.88 (403.4) Front View 13.25 (336.6) RH Side View 5.60 (142.2)

Top
3.55 (90.1) 4.40 (111.7) 4.40 (111.7) 0.31 (7.9) 0.34 (8.7)

Lug Terminal

3 3 3

13.00 (330.2) 11.50 (292.1) 4.60 (116.8)


Lug Terminal
Width

3
Upper Lug Terminal
De pt

Contactor Ampere Rating


h

Width 1.25 (31.8)

Depth 1.25 (31.8)

Hardware (Bolt Diameter) 10

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

15 kV/250

0.38 (9.5) 15.88 (403.4) 16.63 (422.4) 0.80 (20.3)

Hardware Diameter

Lower Lug Terminal


Contactor Ampere Rating 15 kV/250 Width 1.50 (38.1) Depth 1.25 (38.1) Hardware (Bolt Diameter) 10

Top View

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-69

3.3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-70

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Fuses General

Contents
Description Fuses General

Product Overview
Power Fuse
Eatons roots in the medium voltage power fuse business began over 75 years ago under Westinghouse Electric. In 1935, Westinghouse introduced the medium voltage boric acid expulsion fuse followed by the medium voltage current limiting fuse. Even today, medium voltage fuses continue to use that core technology. Eaton continues to build on the technology legacy by engineering higher performance, cost-effective power fuse products. Eatons medium voltage fuses are manufactured and tested to the requirements of the C37-4X series of standards, which are maintained and updated regularly to maintain currency with industry practices. These standards are: IEEE Std. C37.40 IEEE Standard Service Conditions and Definitions for High Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed SinglePole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories (ANSI). IEEE Std. C37.41 IEEE Standard Design Tests for High-Voltage (>1000V) Fuses, Fuse and Disconnecting Cutouts, Distribution Enclosed SinglePole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Fuse Links and Accessories used with These Devices (ANSI). ANSI C37.42 IEEE Standard Specifications for High-Voltage (>1000V) Expulsion-Type DistributionClass Fuses, Fuse and Disconnecting Cutouts, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Fuse Links, and Accessories used with These Devices (ANSI). ANSI C37.46 American National Standard for High Voltage Expulsion and Current Limiting Type Power Class Fuses and Fuse Disconnecting Switches. ANSI C37.47 American National Standard for High Voltage Current Limiting Type Distribution Class Fuses and Fuse Disconnecting Switches. The following IEEE standards are also applicable to the fuse products covered in this publication: IEEE Std. C37.48 IEEE Guide for the Application, Operation, and Maintenance of High Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches, and Accessories (ANSI). IEEE Std. C37.48.1 IEEE Guide for the Classification, Application, and Coordination of CurrentLimiting Fuses with Rated Voltages 138 kV. A better understanding of some fuse terminology will help you understand and select the correct fuse. The following is a brief overview of those terms.

Power vs. Distribution


The differentiation is intended to indicate the test conditions and where fuses are normally applied on an electrical system, based on specific requirements for generating sources, substations and distribution lines. Each class has its own unique set of voltage, current and construction requirements (see C37.42, .46 and .47).

Low vs. Medium vs. High Voltage


While fuses are defined in the ANSI standards as either low or high voltage, Eaton has elected to name their fuses to correspond with the equipment in which they are installed. Therefore, per ANSI C84, our fuses are named as follows:

Low voltage1000V and below Medium voltagegreater than 1000 to 69,000V High voltagegreater than 69,000V

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Fuses General

3.3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Expulsion vs. Current Limiting (Definitions per ANSI C47.40-1993)


An expulsion fuse is a vented fuse in which the expulsion effect of the gases produced by internal arcing, either alone or aided by other mechanisms, results in current interruption. An expulsion fuse is not current limiting and as a result limits the duration of a fault on the electrical system, not the magnitude. A current limiting fuse is a fuse that, when its current responsive element is melted by a current within the fuses specified current limiting range, abruptly introduces a high resistance to reduce current magnitude and duration, resulting in subsequent current interruption. Refer to Fuse Types Protection Range figure on Page V4-T3-72 for a features comparison. Backup Fuses A fuse capable of interrupting all currents from the maximum rated interrupting current down to the rated minimum interrupting current. Backup fuses are always used in a series with another interrupting device capable of interrupting currents below the fuses minimum interrupting current. General Purpose Fuses A fuse capable of interrupting all currents from the rated interrupting current down to the current that causes melting of the fusible element in no less than one hour. General Purpose fuses are typically used to protect feeders and components such as transformers. Full Range Fuses A fuse capable of interrupting all currents from the rated interrupting current down to the minimum continuous current that causes melting of the fusible element, with the fuse applied at the maximum ambient temperature specified by the manufacturer.

General Fuse Component Terms


Fuse Refill Unit (of an Expulsion Fuse) A fuse refill unit is a replaceable assembly containing the calibrated current-responsive fuse element and certain other items that facilitate current interruption. On its own, the refill unit has no interrupting ability. A refill unit must be mounted in a fuseholder with a spring assembly to form a refillable fuse unit. The refill unit is the section of the fuse that must be replaced after a fuse operation. Fuseholder (of an Expulsion Fuse) A fuseholder is a reusable holder that when equipped with a fuse refill unit forms a fuse unit, capable of interrupting an overload or fault current. A fuseholder is supplied with a spring and shunt assembly, necessary to complete the internal interrupting assembly. The spring and shunt assembly is supplied with the fuseholder but is also available as a replacement part, as it may need replacement after several of heavy operations. Fuse Unit A fuse unit is a replaceable unit or assembly that is able, on its own, to perform current interruption. In the case of a refillable fuse unit, the refill unit must be replaced after a fuse operation. Where a complete fuse unit is supplied from the factory, the complete fuse unit must be replaced after a fuse operation. All currentlimiting fuses are fuse units. Exhaust Control Device When expulsion fuses are used in enclosures, exhaust control devices (filters, condensers or mufflers) are used to control the sound of the fuse operation, and to de-ionize and absorb the fuse exhaust products. These devices are normally supplied separately, because of different characteristics and ratings. They are reusable but may need replacement after several heavy operations. Mounting A mounting provides all the necessary parts to safely mount a fuse in its intended piece of equipment. The base is the metal support to which all other pieces attach. Insulators attach to the base and insulate the live fuse unit from the base and everything beyond the base. Live parts are the parts of the mounting that are energized once electricity is flowing. The live parts provide the means to hold the fuse unit in place, electrical contact, and a place to make line and load connections. Non-Disconnect Mounting A non-disconnect mounting does not provide a means for removing the fuse unit until the circuit is dead and the fuse unit can be removed manually. The fuse unit is held in place by friction through the use of fuse clips or by a cross bar.

Fuse Types
There are three current limiting fuse types: Backup, General Purpose and Full Range. It is important that the user have an understanding of these definitions to ensure proper application of the fuse (see Fuse Types Protection Range figure on Page V4-T3-72).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-71

3.3
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-72

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Fuses General

Disconnect Mounting The disconnect mounting allows the fuse unit to be removed (off load) using an insulated hook stick. The hookstick grabs a pull ring and disconnects the fuse unit, which may then be lifted out of its mounting. Dropout Mounting Dropout mountings are used in outdoor applications. The fuse unit is equipped with a mechanical trigger that unlatches the upper contact, allowing the fuse unit to drop out, increasing the dielectric separation, and providing visible indication of a blown fuse. Live Parts Live parts were briefly discussed as part of the Mounting definition. Everything above the insulators on the mounting excluding the fuse unit, fuse holder, and the fuse end fittings (if required) are considered the live parts. Fuse end fittings are discussed next and are not required with non-disconnect live parts, but are required and included with disconnect live parts. Live parts may be sold separately as replacement parts or for new OEM applications.

End Fittings End fittings are metal parts that attach to each end of a fuse units ferrules (end caps). As previously mentioned, they are used solely with disconnect fuse applications or when converting a nondisconnect to a disconnect fuse configuration. When end fittings are ordered, a fitting for each end of the fuse is included. Keep in mind that end fittings can become damaged in use and, therefore, are sold separately from the live parts when necessary. It is not necessary to purchase an entire set of live parts when only the end fittings are required.

General High Voltage Fuse Comparison


Expulsion Vented Electromechanical Interrupts at current zero Generally higher voltage and current application capabilities Different time/current characteristics Current Limiting Sealed Static Limits fault current Generally higher interrupting ratings Different time/current characteristics

Fuse Types Protection Range


i max. Maximum rated interrupting current i min. Minimum rated interrupting current i hr. Current causing element melting in 1 hour i Any current melting element with no time limit

Current Limiting Type

BACKUP GENERAL PURPOSE FULL RANGE

i hr.

i min.

i max.

Interrupting Current

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
Page V4-T3-74 V4-T3-75

Contents
Description Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Product Description
Eatons expulsion fuses use boric acid as the interrupting medium. Under a fault condition, arc heat decomposes the boric acid into water vapor. The water vapor blast deionizes the arc path preventing arc re-ignition after a natural current zero. Type RBA indoor expulsion fuses must be fitted with a discharge filter or condenser, that moderates the discharge exhaust. The discharge filter limits the exhaust to a small and relatively inert amount of gas and lowers the noise level without affecting the fuse interrupting rating. Steam discharge, that can effect the interrupting, is fully restricted by the condenser. Type RDB outdoor dropout fuses include an ejector spring that forces the arcing rod through the top of the fuse. The arcing rod strikes a latch on the mounting that forces the fuse to swing outward through a 180 arc into the dropout position. Refill units can be field installed into RBA and RDB expulsion fuses. Once the operated unit has been removed, the separately purchased unit can be easily installed into the fuse holder.
DBU Dropout Boric Acidfor Use Indoors, Inside Switchgear or Outdoors

Accessories
Type DBU fuse units are designed for new and aftermarket utility applications. End fittings are available, in both indoor and outdoor versions, as well as live parts and mountings. Mufflers confine the arc within the fuse and substantially reduce the noise and exhaust when the fuse interrupts. The following accessories are available for expulsion fuses:

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-73

Mountings
Mountings include a base, porcelain or glass polyester insulators, and live parts. They help enable the fuse to be safely attached to the gear. Mountings can be either disconnect, nondisconnect or dropout. Non-disconnect mountings are available in bolt-on or clamp-type arrangements. Fuses may be vertical or underhung.

Live Parts
RBA E-Rated Refillable Boric Acid

Live parts attach the fuse to the insulators and are considered part of the mounting. All parts above the insulators are live parts.

End Fittings
End fittings are metal parts that attach to each end of the fuse at the ferrules. They are used only on disconnect fuses or when converting a nondisconnect to a disconnect fuse.

RDB E-Rated Refillable Outdoor Dropout Boric Acid

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-74

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

Catalog Number Selection


Expulsion Fuse
Easy to Use, Easy to Order! Eatons fuse catalog numbering system makes it easy to order the right fuse. The catalog numbers are easy to remember, unique to each fuse, and are broken down in three descriptive segments: Fuse Type, Voltage Rating and Current Rating. These Catalog numbers can be entered directly and easily:

Examples: 8RBA2-10E

No change in order processing will occur if you use either a style number or its corresponding catalog number. You will get the same fuse If you are ordering a replacement for an older Westinghouse fuse, it will only have the style number. Order under this style number and you will get the correct fuse

8.3 max. kV, RBA-200 refill, 10E amperes 17.1 max. kV, DBU fuse unit, 30 amperes

DBU17-30K

15RBA8-INH 15.5 max. kV, RBA-800, indicating nondisconnect holder RBA4-FLTR RBA-400 filter

Expulsion Fuse Units

15 DBU 17 - 100 E
Maximum kV 8 15 25 38 48 72 92 121 145 Type RBA DBU DBA RDB RBT BA Maximum kV 17 27 38 Amperes 0.5 50 3 65 5 80 7 100 10 125 15 150 20 200 25 250 30 300 40 400 Speed E K SE

Expulsion Fuse Accessories

15 RBA2 - P NM
Maximum kV 8 15 17 25 27 38 Type RBA DBU RDB BA Insulator G = Glass polyester P = Porcelain H = High BIL Hardware UM = Underhung mounting VM = Vertical mounting DL = Disconnect live parts NL = Nondisconnect live parts DH = Disconnect holder NH = Nondisconnect holder NM = Nondisconnect mounting UL = Underhung live parts VL = Vertical live parts I = Indicating O = Outdoor FLTR = Filter COND = Condenser MFLR = Muffler SHNT = Shunt and spring assembly

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
3 3 3
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45) 1.0 (0.45)

Product Selection
Contact Eaton for pricing.

Type RBA and RDB


Type 8RBA2 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 200A
RBA/RBT Refill Units Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Ampere Rating 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E Catalog Number 8RBA2-10E 8RBA2-15E 8RBA2-20E 8RBA2-25E 8RBA2-30E 8RBA2-40E 8RBA2-50E 8RBA2-65E 8RBA2-80E 8RBA2-100E 8RBA2-125E 8RBA2-150E 8RBA2-200E Curve Reference 36-635 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 8RBT2-20E 8RBT2-25E 8RBT2-30E 8RBT2-40E 8RBT2-50E 8RBT2-65E 8RBT2-80E 8RBT2-100E 8RBT2-125E 8RBT2-150E 8RBT2-200E Curve Reference 36-635 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 200A (For Use with 8RBA2 Fuseholders) 1
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 10E200E Style Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Disconnect Bolt-in Bolt-in Voltage (kV) Maximum 5.5 8.3 5.5 8.3 5.5 8.3 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 60 75 60 75 60 75 5RBA2-PNM 8RBA2-PNM 5RBA2-PDM 8RBA2-PDM 5RBA8-PNM 8RBA8-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number 5RBA2-GNM 8RBA2-GNM 5RBA2-GDM 8RBA2-GDM 5RBA8-GNM 8RBA8-GNM Catalog Number 15RBA2-NL 15RBA2-NL 14RBA2-DL 14RBA2-DL 15RBA8-NL 15RBA8-NL Catalog Number RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND 8RBA2-NH 8RBA2-DH 8RBA2-DH 8RBA2-INH BRBA2-IDH BRBA2-IDH 8RBA2-INH-B 8RBA2-INH-B 7.2 4.8 7.2 4.8 7.2 RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND 8RBA2-SHNT 8RBA2-SHNT 8RBA2-SHNT 8RBA2-SHNT 8RBA2-SHNT Catalog Number 8RBA2-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 8RBA2-NH 8RBA2-INH 4.8

Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 200A 2
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 10E200E Style Dropout Dropout Catalog Number 8RDB2-DH 8RDB2-DH Voltage (kV) Nominal 7.2 7.2 Maximum 8.3 8.3 LIWL (BIL) 95 110 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 8RDB2-VM 8RDB2-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 8RDB2-UM 8RDB2-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB2-VL RDB2-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB2-UL RDB2-UL Catalog Number 8RDB2-SHNT 8RDB2-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

3 3 3 3 3 3

Notes 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the |user is supplying base support and insulators. 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-75

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Ampere Rating 0.5400E Style Dropout Dropout RBA/RBT Refill Units Ampere Rating 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 250E 300E 400E

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

Type 8RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 400A
Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 8RBA4-.5 8RBA4-3 8RBA4-5E 8RBA4-7E 8RBA4-10E 8RBA4-15E 8RBA4-20E 8RBA4-25E 8RBA4-30E 8RBA4-40E 8RBA4-50E 8RBA4-65E 8RBA4-80E 8RBA4-100E 8RBA4-125E 8RBA4-150E 8RBA4-200E 8RBA4-250E 8RBA4-300E 8RBA4-400E Curve Reference 36-635 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5,6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 8RBT4-20E 8RBT4-25E 8RBT4-30E 8RBT4-40E 8RBT4-50E 8RBT4-65E 8RBT4-80E 8RBT4-100E 8RBT4-125E 8RBT4-150E 8RBT4-200E 8RBT4-250E 8RBT4-300E 8RBT4-400E Curve Reference 36-635 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95)

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 400A (For Use with 8RBA4 Fuseholders) 1
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 0.5400E Style Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Disconnect Bolt-in Bolt-in Voltage (kV) Maximum 5.5 8.3 5.5 8.3 5.5 8.3 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 60 75 60 75 60 75 5RBA4-PNM 8RBA4-PNM 5RBA4-PDM 8RBA4-PDM 5RBA8-PNM 8RBA8-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number 5RBA4-GNM 8RBA4-GNM 5RBA4-GDM 8RBA4-GDM 5RBA8-GNM 8RBA8-GNM Catalog Number 15RBA4-NL 15RBA4-NL 14RBA4-DL 14RBA4-DL 15RBA8-NL 15RBA8-NL Catalog Number RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND 8RBA4-NH 8RBA4-DH 8RBA4-DH 8RBA4-INH BRBA2-IDH BRBA2-IDH 8RBA2-INH-B 8RBA4-INH-B 7.2 4.8 7.2 4.8 7.2 RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND 8RBA4-SHNT 8RBA4-SHNT 8RBA4-SHNT 8RBA4-SHNT 8RBA4-SHNT Catalog Number 8RBA4-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 8RBA4-NH 8RBA4-INH 4.8

Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 400A 2
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Catalog Number 8RDB4-DH 8RDB4-DH Voltage (kV) Nominal 7.2 7.2 Maximum 8.3 8.3 LIWL (BIL) 95 110 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 8RDB4-VM 8RDB4-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 8RDB4-UM 8RDB4-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB4-VL RDB4-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB4-UL RDB4-UL Catalog Number 8RDB4-SHNT 8RDB4-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

Notes 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. V4-T3-76 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
3
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
1 1 1

Type 8RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units Used in 8RBA8/8RDB4 Fuseholders 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 800A
RBA/RBT Refill Units Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Ampere Rating 450E 540E 720E Quantity 2 2 2 Catalog Number 8RBA4-250E 8RBA4-300E 8RBA4-400E Curve Reference 36-635 9 9 9 Quantity 2 2 2 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 8RBT4-250E 8RBT4-300E 8RBT4-400E Curve Reference 36-635 12 12 12

3 3 3 3 3 3

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 800A (For Use with 8RBA8 Fuseholders) 2
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating Style Voltage (kV) Maximum 5.5 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 60 5RBA8-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number 5RBA8-GNM Catalog Number 15RBA8-NL Catalog Number RBA4-FLTR 3 RBA4-COND 3 Non-disconnect 8RBA8-NH 8RBA8-INH 7.2 8.3 75 8RBA8-PNM 8RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 RBA4-COND 3 8RBA4-SHNT Catalog Number 8RBA4-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 8RBA8-NH 8RBA8-INH 4.8

450E720E Non-disconnect

Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 800A
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating Style Catalog Number 8RDB4-NH 8RDB4-NH Voltage (kV) Nominal 7.2 7.2 Maximum 8.3 8.3 LIWL (BIL) 95 110 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 8RDB8-VM 8RDB8-HVM

Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB8-VL RDB8-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB8-UL RDB8-UL

Spring and Shunt Assy.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 8RDB8-UM 8RDB8-HUM

Catalog Number 8RDB4-SHNT 8RDB4-SHNT

450E720E Disconnect Disconnect

Notes 1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 8.3 kV fuse, order two pieces of an 8RBA4-400E. 2 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and two filters or condensers per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 3 Two filters or condensers required. 4 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-77

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
RBA/RBT Refill Units Ampere Rating 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

Type 15RBA2 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 200A
Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 15RBA2-10E 15RBA2-15E 15RBA2-20E 15RBA2-25E 15RBA2-30E 15RBA2-40E 15RBA2-50E 15RBA2-65E 15RBA2-80E 15RBA2-100E 15RBA2-125E 15RBA2-150E 15RBA2-200E Curve Reference 36-635 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 15RBT2-20E 15RBT2-25E 15RBT2-30E 15RBT2-40E 15RBT2-50E 15RBT2-65E 15RBT2-80E 15RBT2-100E 15RBT2-125E 15RBT2-150E 15RBT2-200E Curve Reference 36-635 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5) 1.1 (0.5)

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 200A (For Use with 15RBA2 Fuseholders) 1
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 10E200E Style Non-disconnect Voltage (kV) Maximum 15.5 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 95 14RBA2-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Non-disconnect 15RBA2-NH 15RBA2-INH 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA2-PNM 15RBA2-NL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Disconnect 15RBA2-DH 15RBA2-IDH 13.8 15.5 95 14RBA2-PDM 14RBA2-GDM 38RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Disconnect 15RBA2-DH 15RBA2-IDH 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA2-PDM 38RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Bolt-in 15RBA2-INH-B 13.8 15.5 95 14RBA8-PNM 14RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Bolt-in 15RBA2-INH-B 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA8-PNM 15RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND 15RBA2-SHNT 15RBA2-SHNT 15RBA2-SHNT 15RBA2-SHNT 15RBA2-SHNT Catalog Number 15RBA2-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 15RBA2-NH 15RBA2-INH 13.8

14RBA2-GNM 15RBA2-NL

Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 200A 2
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 10E200E Style Dropout Dropout Catalog Number 15RDB2-DH 15RDB2-DH Voltage (kV) Nominal 13.8 13.8 Maximum 15.5 15.5 LIWL (BIL) 110 150 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 15RDB2-VM 15RDB2-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 15RDB2-UM 15RDB2-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB2-VL RDB2-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB2-UL RDB2-UL Catalog Number 15RDB2-SHNT 15RDB2-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

Notes 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

V4-T3-78

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
3
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0) 2.3 (1.0)

Type 15RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 400A
RBA/RBT Refill Units Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Ampere Rating 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 250E 300E 400E Catalog Number 15RBA4-.5 15RBA4-3 15RBA4-5E 15RBA4-7E 15RBA4-10E 15RBA4-15E 15RBA4-20E 15RBA4-25E 15RBA4-30E 15RBA4-40E 15RBA4-50E 15RBA4-65E 15RBA4-80E 15RBA4-100E 15RBA4-125E 15RBA4-150E 15RBA4-200E 15RBA4-250E 15RBA4-300E 15RBA4-400E Curve Reference 36-635 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5,6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 15RBT4-20E 15RBT4-25E 15RBT4-30E 15RBT4-40E 15RBT4-50E 15RBT4-65E 15RBT4-80E 15RBT4-100E 15RBT4-125E 15RBT4-150E 15RBT4-200E 15RBT4-250E 15RBT4-300E 15RBT4-400E Curve Reference 36-635 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 400A (For Use with 15RBA4 Fuseholders) 1
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 0.5400E Style Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Disconnect Bolt-in Bolt-in Voltage (kV) Maximum 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 15.5 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 95 110 95 110 95 110 14RBA4-PNM 15RBA4-PNM 14RBA4-PDM 15RBA4-PDM 14RBA8-PNM 15RBA8-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND 15RBA4-NH 15RBA4-DH 15RBA4-DH 15RBA4-INH 15RBA2-IDH 15RBA2-IDH 15RBA4-INH-B 15RBA4-INH-B 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 13.8 14RBA4-GDM 15RBA4-NL 15RBA4-DL 15RBA4-DL RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND 14RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL 15RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA-FLTR RBA4-COND 15RBA4-SHNT Catalog Number 15RBA4SHNT 15RBA4SHNT 15RBA4SHNT 15RBA4SHNT 15RBA4-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 15RBA4-NH 15RBA4-INH 13.8

14RBA4-GNM 15RBA4-NL

Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 400A 2
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 0.5400E Style Dropout Dropout Catalog Number 15RDB4-DH 15RDB4-DH Voltage (kV) Nominal 13.8 13.8 Maximum 15.5 15.5 LIWL (BIL) 110 150 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 15RDB4-VM 15RDB4-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 15RDB4-UM 15RDB4-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB4-VL RDB4-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB4-UL RDB4-UL Catalog Number 15RDB4-SHNT 15RDB4-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

3 3 3 3 3 3

Notes 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-79

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-80 Ampere Rating Style 450E720E Disconnect Disconnect RBA/RBT Refill Units Ampere Rating 450E 540E 720E

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

Type 15RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units Used in 15RBA8/15RDB4 Fuseholders 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 800A
Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Quantity 2 2 2 Catalog Number 15RBA4-250E 15RBA4-300E 15RBA4-400E Curve Reference 36-635 9 9 9 Quantity 2 2 2 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 15RBT4-250E 15RBT4-300E 15RBT4-400E Curve Reference 36-635 12 12 12 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
1 1 1

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 800A (For Use with 15RBA8 Fuseholders) 2
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating Style Voltage (kV) Maximum 15.5 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 95 14RBA8-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number RBA4-FLTR 3 RBA4-COND 3 Non-disconnect 15RBA8-NH 15RBA8-INH 13.8 15.5 110 15RBA8-PNM 14RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 RBA4-COND
3

Live Parts

Fuse Filters and Condensers

Spring and Shunt Assy.

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 15RBA8-NH 15RBA8-INH 13.8

Catalog Number 15RBA4-SHNT

450E720E Non-disconnect

14RBA8-GNM 15RBA8-NL

15RBA4-SHNT

Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 800A 4
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Catalog Number 15RDB4-NH 15RDB4-NH Voltage (kV) Nominal 13.8 13.8 Maximum 15.5 15.5 LIWL (BIL) 110 150 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 15RDB8-VM 15RDB8-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 15RDB8-UM 15RDB8-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB8-VL RDB8-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB8-UL RDB8-UL Catalog Number 15RDB4-SHNT 15RDB4-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

Notes 1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 15 kV fuse, order two pieces of an 8RBA4-400E. 2 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and two filters or condensers per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 3 Two filters or condensers required. 4 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
3
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6) 1.3 (0.6)

Type 25RBA2 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 200A
RBA/RBT Refill Units Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Ampere Rating 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E Catalog Number 25RBA2-10E 25RBA2-15E 25RBA2-20E 25RBA2-25E 25RBA2-30E 25RBA2-40E 25RBA2-50E 25RBA2-65E 25RBA2-80E 25RBA2-100E 25RBA2-125E 25RBA2-150E 25RBA2-200E Curve Reference 36-635 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 25RBT2-20E 25RBT2-25E 25RBT2-30E 25RBT2-40E 25RBT2-50E 25RBT2-65E 25RBT2-80E 25RBT2-100E 25RBT2-125E 25RBT2-150E 25RBT2-200E Curve Reference 36-635 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure 25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 200A (For Use with 25RBA2 Fuseholders) 1
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 10E200E Style Non-disconnect Voltage (kV) Maximum 25.5 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 150 25RBA2-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number Catalog Number 38RBA2-NL Catalog Number RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Non-disconnect 25RBA2-NH 25RBA2-INH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA2-PNM 38RBA2-NL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Disconnect 25RBA2-DH 25RBA2-IDH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA2-PDM 38RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Disconnect 25RBA2-DH 25RBA2-IDH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA2-PDM 38RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Bolt-in 25RBA2-INH-B 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA8-PNM 24RBA8-GNM 38RBA8-NL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND 25RBA2-SHNT 25RBA2-SHNT 25RBA2-SHNT 25RBA2-SHNT Catalog Number 25RBA2-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 25RBA2-NH 25RBA2-INH 23.0

Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 200A 2
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 10E200E Style Dropout Dropout Catalog Number 25RDB2-DH 25RDB2-DH Voltage (kV) Nominal 23.0 23.0 Maximum 25.5 25.5 LIWL (BIL) 150 200 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 25RDB2-VM 25RDB2-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 25RDB2-UM 25RDB2-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB2-VL RDB2-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB2-UL RDB2-UL Catalog Number 25RDB2-SHNT 25RDB2-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

Notes 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-81

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
RBA/RBT Refill Units Ampere Rating 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 250E 300E

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

Type 25RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 400A
Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 25RBA4-.5 25RBA4-3 25RBA4-5E 25RBA4-7E 25RBA4-10E 25RBA4-15E 25RBA4-20E 25RBA4-25E 25RBA4-30E 25RBA4-40E 25RBA4-50E 25RBA4-65E 25RBA4-80E 25RBA4-100E 25RBA4-125E 25RBA4-150E 25RBA4-200E 25RBA4-250E 25RBA4-300E Curve Reference 36-635 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5,6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 25RBT4-20E 25RBT4-25E 25RBT4-30E 25RBT4-40E 25RBT4-50E 25RBT4-65E 25RBT4-80E 25RBT4-100E 25RBT4-125E 25RBT4-150E 25RBT4-200E 25RBT4-250E 25RBT4-300E Curve Reference 36-635 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 10, 11 10, 11 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2) 2.7 (1.2)

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure 25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 400A (For Use with 25RBA4 Fuseholders) 1
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 0.5300E Style Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Disconnect Bolt-in Voltage (kV) Maximum 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 150 150 150 150 150 25RBA4-PNM 25RBA4-PNM 25RBA4-PDM 25RBA4-PDM 25RBA8-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number Catalog Number 38RBA4-NL 38RBA4-NL 38RBA4-DL 38RBA4-DL Catalog Number RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND 25RBA4-NH 25RBA4-DH 25RBA4-DH 25RBA4-INH 25RBA2-IDH 25RBA2-IDH 25RBA4-INH-B 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND 25RBA8-GNM 38RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND 25RBA4-SHNT 25RBA4-SHNT 25RBA4-SHNT 25RBA4-SHNT Catalog Number 25RBA4-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 25RBA4-NH 25RBA4-INH 23.0

Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 400A 2
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 0.5300E Style Dropout Dropout Catalog Number 25RDB4-DH 25RDB4-DH Voltage (kV) Nominal 23.0 23.0 Maximum 25.5 25.5 LIWL (BIL) 150 200 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 25RDB4-VM 25RDB4-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 25RDB4-UM 25RDB4-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB4-VL RDB4-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB4-UL RDB4-UL Catalog Number 25RDB4-SHNT 25RDB4-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

Notes 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

V4-T3-82

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
3
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
1 1

Type 25RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units Used in 25RBA8/15RDB4 Fuseholders 25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 800A
RBA/RBT Refill Units Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Ampere Rating 450E 540E Quantity 2 2 Catalog Number 25RBA4-250E 25RBA4-300E Curve Reference 36-635 9 9 Quantity 2 2 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 25RBT4-250E 25RBT4-300E Curve Reference 36-635 12 12

3 3 3 3 3

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure 25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 800A (For Use with 25RBA8 Fuseholders) 2
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating Style Voltage (kV) Maximum 25.5 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 150 25RBA8-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number Catalog Number 38RBA8-NL Catalog Number RBA4-FLTR 3 RBA4-COND 3 Non-disconnect 25RBA8-NH 25RBA8-INH 23.0 25.5 150 25RBA8-PNM 38RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 RBA4-COND 3 25RBA4-SHNT Catalog Number 25RBA4-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 25RBA8-NH 25RBA8-INH 23.0

450E540E Non-disconnect

Type RDB Expulsion Fuses for Use Outdoors25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal) 800A 4
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating Style Catalog Number 25RDB4-NH 25RDB4-NH Voltage (kV) Nominal 23.0 23.0 Maximum 25.5 25.5 LIWL (BIL) 150 200 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 25RDB8-VM 25RDB8-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 25RDB8-UM 25RDB8-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB8-VL RDB8-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB8-UL RDB8-UL Catalog Number 25RDB4-SHNT 25RDB4-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

450E540E Disconnect Disconnect

Notes 1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 25 kV fuse, order two pieces of an 8RBA4-400E. 2 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and two filters or condensers per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 3 Two filters or condensers required. 4 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-83

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-84 Ampere Rating 10E200E Style Dropout Dropout RBA/RBT Refill Units Ampere Rating 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuse

Type 38RBA2 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 200A
Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 38RBA2-10E 38RBA2-15E 38RBA2-20E 38RBA2-25E 38RBA2-30E 38RBA2-40E 38RBA2-50E 38RBA2-65E 38RBA2-80E 38RBA2-100E 38RBA2-125E 38RBA2-150E 38RBA2-200E Curve Reference 36-635 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 38RBT2-20E 38RBT2-25E 38RBT2-30E 38RBT2-40E 38RBT2-50E 38RBT2-65E 38RBT2-80E 38RBT2-100E 38RBT2-125E 38RBT2-150E 38RBT2-200E Curve Reference 36-635 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 3, 4 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6) 1.4 (0.6)

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 200A (For Use with 38RBA2 Fuseholders) 1
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 10E200E Style Non-disconnect Voltage (kV) Maximum 38.0 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 150 38RBA2-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number Catalog Number 38RBA2-NL Catalog Number RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Non-disconnect 38RBA2-NH 38RBA2-INH 34.5 38.0 150 38RBA2-PNM 38RBA2-NL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Disconnect 38RBA2-DH 38RBA2-IDH 34.5 38.0 150 38RBA2-PDM 38RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Disconnect 38RBA2-DH 38RBA2-IDH 34.5 38.0 150 38RBA2-PDM 38RBA2-DL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND Bolt-in 38RBA2-INH-B 34.5 38.0 150 38RBA8-PNM 38RBA8-GNM 38RBA8-NL RBA2-FLTR RBA2-COND 38RBA2-SHNT 38RBA2-SHNT 38RBA2-SHNT 38RBA2-SHNT Catalog Number 38RBA2-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 38RBA2-NH 38RBA2-INH 34.5

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 200A 2
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Catalog Number 38RDB2-DH 38RDB2-DH Voltage (kV) Nominal 34.5 34.5 Maximum 38.0 38.0 LIWL (BIL) 200 250 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 38RDB2-VM 38RDB2-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 38RDB2-UM 38RDB2-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB2-VL RDB2-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB2-UL RDB2-UL Catalog Number 38RDB2-SHNT 38RDB2-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

Notes 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
3
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4)

Type 38RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 400A
RBA/RBT Refill Units Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Ampere Rating 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 250E 300E Catalog Number 38RBA4-.5 38RBA4-3 38RBA4-5E 38RBA4-7E 38RBA4-10E 38RBA4-15E 38RBA4-20E 38RBA4-25E 38RBA4-30E 38RBA4-40E 38RBA4-50E 38RBA4-65E 38RBA4-80E 38RBA4-100E 38RBA4-125E 38RBA4-150E 38RBA4-200E 38RBA4-250E 38RBA4-300E Curve Reference 36-635 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5,6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 5, 6 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 38RBT4-20E 38RBT4-25E 38RBT4-30E 38RBT4-40E 38RBT4-50E 38RBT4-65E 38RBT4-80E 38RBT4-100E 38RBT4-125E 38RBT4-150E 38RBT4-200E 38RBT4-250E 38RBT4-300E Curve Reference 36-635 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 7, 8 10, 11 (0, 11

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 400A (For Use with 38RBA4 Fuseholders) 1
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 0.5300E Style Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Disconnect Bolt-in Voltage (kV) Maximum 38.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 150 150 150 150 150 38RBA4-PNM 38RBA4-PNM 38RBA4-PDM 38RBA4-PDM 38RBA8-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number Catalog Number 38RBA4-NL 38RBA4-NL 38RBA4-DL 38RBA4-DL Catalog Number RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND 38RBA4-NH 38RBA4-DH 38RBA4-DH 38RBA4-INH 38RBA2-IDH 38RBA2-IDH 38RBA4-INH-B 34.5 34.5 34.5 34.5 RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND 38RBA8-GNM 38RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR RBA4-COND 38RBA4-SHNT 38RBA4-SHNT 38RBA4-SHNT 38RBA4-SHNT Catalog Number 38RBA4-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 38RBA4-NH 38RBA4-INH 34.5

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 400A 2
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Ampere Rating 0.5300E Style Dropout Dropout Catalog Number 38RDB4-DH 38RDB4-DH Voltage (kV) Nominal 34.5 34.5 Maximum 38.0 38.0 LIWL (BIL) 150 200 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 38RDB4-VM 38RDB4-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 38RDB4-UM 38RDB4-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB4-VL RDB4-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB4-UL RDB4-UL Catalog Number 38RDB4-SHNT 38RDB4-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

Notes 1 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and one filter or condenser per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 2 For new installation, order one refill (Standard Speed or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-85

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-86 Ampere Rating Style 450E540E Disconnect Disconnect Ampere Rating Style 450E540E Non-disconnect RBA/RBT Refill Units Ampere Rating 450E 540E

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

Type 38RBA4 Expulsion Fuse Refill Units Used in 38RBA8/15RDB4 Fuseholders 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 800A
Standard Speed (Fuse Refills) Quantity 2 2 Catalog Number 38RBA4-250E 38RBA4-300E Curve Reference 36-635 9 9 Quantity 2 2 Time Lag (Fuse Refills) Catalog Number 38RBT4-250E 38RBT4-300E Curve Reference 36-635 12 12 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)
1 1

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 800A (For Use with 38RBA8 Fuseholders) 2
RBA Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Indoor or Enclosure Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Voltage (kV) Maximum 38.0 Porcelain Insulator LIWL Catalog (BIL) Number 150 38RBA8-PNM Glass Polyester Catalog Number Catalog Number 38RBA8-NL Catalog Number RBA4-FLTR 3 RBA4-COND 3 Non-disconnect 38RBA8-NH 38RBA8-INH 34.5 38.0 150 38RBA8-PNM 38RBA8-NL RBA4-FLTR 3 RBA4-COND 3 38RBA4-SHNT Catalog Number 38RBA4-SHNT Live Parts Fuse Filters and Condensers Spring and Shunt Assy.

Non-Indicating Indicating Catalog Number Catalog Number Nominal 38RBA8-NH 38RBA8-INH 34.5

Type RBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or in an Enclosure38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 800A 4
RDB Fuseholders, Mountings and Hardware (For Use with RBA/RBT Refills/Holders for Outdoor Applications) Mounting (Including Live Parts Less Holder) Fuseholder Catalog Number 38RDB4-NH 38RDB4-NH Voltage (kV) Nominal 34.5 34.5 Maximum 38.0 38.0 LIWL (BIL) 150 200 Vertical (180) Mounting Catalog Number 38RDB8-VM 38RDB8-HVM Underhung (90) Mounting Catalog Number 38RDB8-UM 38RDB8-HUM Live Parts Vertical Catalog Number RDB8-VL RDB8-VL Underhung Catalog Number RDB8-UL RDB8-UL Catalog Number 38RDB4-SHNT 38RDB4-SHNT Spring and Shunt Assy.

Notes 1 Requires two fuse refills as shown. Price each refill individually. Example: To order refill units for a 720E, 38 kV fuse, order 2 pieces of an 8RBA4-400E. 2 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder, one mounting, and two filters or condensers per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators. 3 Two filters or condensers required. 4 For new installation, order two refills (Standard or Time Lag), one fuseholder and one mounting per phase. Live parts can be substituted for the mounting if the user is supplying base support and insulators.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Muffler DBU-MFLR DBU-MFLR

Type DBU

DBU-EFID

Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal


Standard Speed Ampere Rating 5E 7E 10E Catalog Number 12 DBU17-5E DBU17-7E DBU17-10E DBU17-13E DBU17-15E DBU17-20E DBU17-25E DBU17-30E DBU17-40E DBU17-50E DBU17-65E DBU17-80E DBU17-100E DBU17-125E DBU17-150E DBU17-175E DBU17-200E Curve Reference 36-643 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 11,14 Ampere Rating 15SE 20SE 25SE 30SE 40SE 50SE 65SE 80SE 100SE 125SE 150SE 175SE 200SE Slow Speed Catalog Number 12 DBU17-15SE DBU17-20SE DBU17-25SE DBU17-30SE DBU17-40SE DBU17-50SE DBU17-65SE DBU17-80SE DBU17-100SE DBU17-125SE DBU17-150SE DBU17-175SE DBU17-200SE Curve Reference 36-643 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 Ampere Rating 3K 6K 8K 10K 12K 15K 20K 25K 30K 40K 50K 65K 80K 100K 140K 200K K Speed Catalog Number 12 DBU17-3K DBU17-6K DBU17-8K DBU17-10K DBU17-12K DBU17-15K DBU17-20K DBU17-25K DBU17-30K DBU17-40K DBU17-50K DBU17-65K DBU17-80K DBU17-100K DBU17-140K DBU17-200K Curve Reference 36-643 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15 12, 15

DBU17-GNM

13E 15E 20E 25E 30E

DBU17-GDM

40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E

DBU-EFOD

150E 175E 200E

Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Mountings 17.1 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal


Ampere Rating 5E200E, 15SE200SE, 3K200K Voltage (kV) Style Indoor Indoor Outdoor Style Non loadbreak Loadbreak Dropout Nominal 13.8 13.8 13.8 Maximum 17.1 17.1 17.1 LIWL (BIL) 95 95 125 Mounting DBU17-GNM
3

Live Parts DBU17-NL


3

End Fittings DBU-EFID


4

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

DBU17-GDM 3 DBU-17-DM

DBU17-DL 3

DBU-EFID 4 DBU-EFOD

Notes 1 Maximum interrupting rating 14 kA symmetrical. 2 Approximate shipping weight 2.1 lb (0.95 kg). 3 To complete the mounting catalog number, specify -R for right side cale terminator or -L for left side cale terminator. 4 End fittings DBU-EFID include a muffler.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-87

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-88 DBU-EFOD DBU17-GDM DBU17-GNM DBU-EFID

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 27.0 kV Maximum, 25 kV Nominal


Standard Speed Ampere Rating 5E 7E 10E 13E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E Catalog Number 12 DBU27-5E DBU27-7E DBU27-10E DBU27-13E DBU27-15E DBU27-20E DBU27-25E DBU27-30E DBU27-40E DBU27-50E DBU27-65E DBU27-80E DBU27-100E DBU27-125E DBU27-150E DBU27-175E DBU27-200E Curve Reference 36-643 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 Ampere Rating 15SE 20SE 25SE 30SE 40SE 50SE 65SE 80SE 100SE 125SE 150SE 175SE 200SE Slow Speed Catalog Number 12 DBU27-15SE DBU27-20SE DBU27-25SE DBU27-30SE DBU27-40SE DBU27-50SE DBU27-65SE DBU27-80SE DBU27-100SE DBU27-125SE DBU27-150SE DBU27-175SE DBU27-200SE Curve Reference 36-643 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 Ampere Rating 3K 6K 8K 10K 12K 15K 20K 25K 30K 40K 50K 65K 80K 100K 140K 200K K Speed Catalog Number 12 DBU27-3K DBU27-6K DBU27-8K DBU27-10K DBU27-12K DBU27-15K DBU27-20K DBU27-25K DBU27-30K DBU27-40K DBU27-50K DBU27-65K DBU27-80K DBU27-100K DBU27-140K DBU27-200K Curve Reference 36-643 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18

Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Mountings 27.0 kV Maximum, 25 kV Nominal


Ampere Rating 5E200E, 15SE200SE, 3K200K Voltage (kV) Style Indoor Indoor Outdoor Style Non loadbreak Loadbreak Dropout Nominal 23.5 23.5 23.5 Maximum 27.0 27.0 27.0 LIWL (BIL) 110 110 150 Mounting DBU27-GNM
3

Live Parts DBU27-NL


3

End Fittings DBU-EFID


4

Muffler DBU-MFLR DBU-MFLR

DBU27-GDM 3 DBU-27-DM

DBU27-DL 3

DBU-EFID 4 DBU-EFOD

Notes 1 Maximum interrupting rating 12.5kA symmetrical. 2 Approximate shipping weight 2.1 lb (0.95 kg). 3 To complete the mounting catalog number, specify -R for right side cale terminator or -L for left side cale terminator. 4 End fittings DBU-EFID include a muffler.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
3
Curve Reference 36-643 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18 12, 18

DBU-EFID

Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Units 38.8 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal


Standard Speed Ampere Rating 5E 7E 10E Catalog Number 12 DBU38-5E DBU38-7E DBU38-10E DBU38-13E DBU38-15E DBU38-20E DBU38-25E DBU38-30E DBU38-40E DBU38-50E DBU38-65E DBU38-80E DBU38-100E DBU38-125E DBU38-150E DBU38-175E DBU38-200E Curve Reference 36-643 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 11,17 Ampere Rating 15SE 20SE 25SE 30SE 40SE 50SE 65SE 80SE 100SE 125SE 150SE 175SE 200SE Slow Speed Catalog Number 2 DBU38-15SE DBU38-20SE DBU38-25SE DBU38-30SE DBU38-40SE DBU38-50SE DBU38-65SE DBU38-80SE DBU38-100SE DBU38-125SE DBU38-150SE DBU38-175SE DBU38-200SE Curve Reference 36-643 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 10, 16 Ampere Rating 3K 6K 8K 10K 12K 15K 20K 25K 30K 40K 50K 65K 80K 100K 140K 200K K Speed Catalog Number 12 DBU38-3K DBU38-6K DBU38-8K DBU38-10K DBU38-12K DBU38-15K DBU38-20K DBU38-25K DBU38-30K DBU38-40K DBU38-50K DBU38-65K DBU38-80K DBU38-100K DBU38-140K DBU38-200K

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

DBU17-GNM

13E 15E 20E 25E 30E

DBU17-GDM

40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E

DBU-EFOD

150E 175E 200E

Type DBU Expulsion Fuse Mountings 38.0 kV Maximum, 34.5 kV Nominal


Ampere Rating 5E200E, 15SE200SE, 3K200K Voltage (kV) Style Indoor Style Non loadbreak Nominal 34.5 Maximum 38 LIWL (BIL) 150 Mounting DBU38-GNM 3 Live Parts DBU38-NL 3 End Fittings DBU-EFID 4 Muffler DBU-MFLR

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Notes 1 Maximum interrupting rating 10 kA symmetrical (outdoor dropout, 8.5 kA indoor with muffler. 2 Approximate shipping weight 2.1 lb (0.95 kg). 3 To complete the mounting catalog number, specify -R for right side cale terminator or -L for left side cale terminator. 4 End fittings DBU-EFID includes a muffler.

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-89

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-90

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

Technical Data and Specifications


Type DBA Type DBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or Outdoors
DBA-1 Fuse Units Ampere Rating Catalog Number Curve Reference 36-623 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) DBA-1 Fuse Units Ampere Rating Catalog Number Curve Reference 36-623 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)

Type DBA-1 Fuse Refills 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 8DBA1-.5 8DBA1-3 8DBA1-5E 8DBA1-7E 8DBA1-10E 8DBA1-15E 8DBA1-20E 8DBA1-25E 8DBA1-30E 8DBA1-40E 8DBA1-50E 8DBA1-65E 8DBA1-80E 8DBA1-100E 8DBA1-125E 8DBA1-150E 8DBA1-200E 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7) 1.5 (0.7)

25 kV Maximum (23 kV Nominal) 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 25DBA1-.5 25DBA1-3 25DBA1-5E 25DBA1-7E 25DBA1-10E 25DBA1-15E 25DBA1-20E 25DBA1-25E 25DBA1-30E 25DBA1-40E 25DBA1-50E 25DBA1-65E 25DBA1-80E 25DBA1-100E 25DBA1-125E 25DBA1-150E 25DBA1-200E 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4) 3.1 (1.4)

15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal) 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 15DBA1-.5 15DBA1-3 15DBA1-5E 15DBA1-7E 15DBA1-10E 15DBA1-15E 15DBA1-20E 15DBA1-25E 15DBA1-30E 15DBA1-40E 15DBA1-50E 15DBA1-65E 15DBA1-80E 15DBA1-100E 15DBA1-125E 15DBA1-150E 15DBA1-200E 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 10, 11 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95) 2.1 (0.95)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
3
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)

Type DBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or Outdoors, continued


DBA-1 Fuse Units Ampere Rating Catalog Number Curve Reference 36-623 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) DBA-1 Fuse Units Ampere Rating Catalog Number Curve Reference 36-623

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Type DBA-1 Fuse Refills 38 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 38DBA1-.5 38DBA1-3 38DBA1-5E 38DBA1-7E 38DBA1-10E 38DBA1-15E 38DBA1-20E 38DBA1-25E 38DBA1-30E 38DBA1-40E 38DBA1-50E 38DBA1-65E 38DBA1-80E 38DBA1-100E 38DBA1-125E 38DBA1-150E 38DBA1-200E 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9) 4.2 (1.9)

72 kV Maximum (69 kV Nominal) 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 72DBA1-.5 72DBA1-3 72DBA1-5E 72DBA1-7E 72DBA1-10E 72DBA1-15E 72DBA1-20E 72DBA1-25E 72DBA1-30E 72DBA1-40E 72DBA1-50E 72DBA1-65E 72DBA1-80E 72DBA1-100E 72DBA1-125E 72DBA1-150E 72DBA1-200E 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2) 7.1 (3.2)

48 kV Maximum (46 kV Nominal) 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 48DBA1-.5 48DBA1-3 48DBA1-5E 48DBA1-7E 48DBA1-10E 48DBA1-15E 48DBA1-20E 48DBA1-25E 48DBA1-30E 48DBA1-40E 48DBA1-50E 48DBA1-65E 48DBA1-80E 48DBA1-100E 48DBA1-125E 48DBA1-150E 48DBA1-200E 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0) 6.5 (3.0)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-91

3.4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-92 Ampere Rating Catalog Number

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

Type DBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or Outdoors, continued


DBA-1 Fuse Units Curve Reference 36-623 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) DBA-1 Fuse Units Ampere Rating Catalog Number Curve Reference 36-623 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)

Type DBA-2 Fuse Refills 38 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal) 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 38DBA2-.5 38DBA2-3 38DBA2-5E 38DBA2-7E 38DBA2-10E 38DBA2-15E 38DBA2-20E 38DBA2-25E 38DBA2-30E 38DBA2-40E 38DBA2-50E 38DBA2-65E 38DBA2-80E 38DBA2-100E 38DBA2-125E 38DBA2-150E 38DBA2-200E 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5) 10 (4.5)

72 kV Maximum (69 kV Nominal) 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 72DBA2-.5 72DBA2-3 72DBA2-5E 72DBA2-7E 72DBA2-10E 72DBA2-15E 72DBA2-20E 72DBA2-25E 72DBA2-30E 72DBA2-40E 72DBA2-50E 72DBA2-65E 72DBA2-80E 72DBA2-100E 72DBA2-125E 72DBA2-150E 72DBA2-200E 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8) 15 (6.8)

48 kV Maximum (46 kV Nominal) 0.5 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 48DBA2-.5 48DBA2-3 48DBA2-5E 48DBA2-7E 48DBA2-10E 48DBA2-15E 48DBA2-20E 48DBA2-25E 48DBA2-30E 48DBA2-40E 48DBA2-50E 48DBA2-65E 48DBA2-80E 48DBA2-100E 48DBA2-125E 48DBA2-150E 48DBA2-200E 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 10, 12 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4) 12 (5.4)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Expulsion Fuses

3.4
3
Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)

Type DBA Expulsion Fuses for Use Indoors or Outdoors, continued


DBA-1 Fuse Units Ampere Rating Catalog Number Curve Reference 36-623 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) DBA-1 Fuse Units Ampere Rating Catalog Number Curve Reference 36-623

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Type DBA-2 Fuse Refills 92 kV Maximum (92 kV Nominal) 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 92DBA2-3 92DBA2-5E 92DBA2-7E 92DBA2-10E 92DBA2-15E 92DBA2-20E 92DBA2-25E 92DBA2-30E 92DBA2-40E 92DBA2-50E 92DBA2-65E 92DBA2-80E 92DBA2-100E 92DBA2-125E 92DBA2-150E 92DBA2-200E 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6) 19 (8.6)

145 kV Maximum (138 kV Nominal) 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 145DBA2-3 145DBA2-5E 145DBA2-7E 145DBA2-10E 145DBA2-15E 145DBA2-20E 145DBA2-25E 145DBA2-30E 145DBA2-40E 145DBA2-50E 145DBA2-65E 145DBA2-80E 145DBA2-100E 145DBA2-125E 145DBA2-150E 145DBA2-200E 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4) 25 (11.4)

121 kV Maximum (115 kV Nominal) 3 5E 7E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 121DBA2-3 121DBA2-5E 121DBA2-7E 121DBA2-10E 121DBA2-15E 121DBA2-20E 121DBA2-25E 121DBA2-30E 121DBA2-40E 121DBA2-50E 121DBA2-65E 121DBA2-80E 121DBA2-100E 121DBA2-125E 121DBA2-150E 121DBA2-200E 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 10, 13 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10) 22 (10)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-93

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-94

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Contents
Description Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type CLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type HLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type BHLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type HCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type CLPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type CXN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type CXF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type DSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-T3-96 V4-T3-96 V4-T3-100 V4-T3-103 V4-T3-106 V4-T3-108 V4-T3-114 V4-T3-119 V4-T3-123 V4-T3-125 V4-T3-126

Catalog Number Selection


Easy to Use, Easy to Order! Eatons fuse catalog numbering system makes it easy to order the right fuse. The catalog numbers are easy to remember, unique to each fuse, and are broken down in three descriptive segments: Fuse type, voltage rating and current rating. These catalog numbers can be entered directly and easily:

Examples: 5CLE-30E5.5 max. kV, CLE fuse unit, 30E amperes 15CXN-45C15.5 max. kV, CXN fuse unit, 45C amperes 5CLS-GDM-E5.5 max. kV, CLS fuse unit, glass polyester nondisconnect mounting CLE-DL-DCLE, disconnect live parts Size D

No change in order processing will occur if you use either a style number or its corresponding catalog number. You will get the same fuse

Current Limiting Fuses

15 CLE 100 E D
Maximum kV 2 = 2.4, 2.5, 2.75 4 = 4.3, 4.8 5 = 5.08, 5.5 7 = 7.2 8 = 8.3 15 = 15.5 25 = 25.5 38 = 38.0 Type CLE CLS75 HLE CX BHLE CXN CLPT AHLE NCLPT ACLS CLS CXI BCLS NCLS CLS70 Ampere Rating 0.5 to 1350 Class E R C X Size A B D

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Current Limiting Fuse Accessories

15 CLE P NM C
Maximum kV 2 = 2.4, 2.5, 2.75 4 = 4.3, 4.8 5 = 5.08, 5.5 7 = 7.2 8 = 8.3 15 = 15.5 25 = 25.5 38 = 38.0 Type CLE CLS HLE CLS75 CLPT CX NCLPT CXN Diameter Size A = 1-5/8 inches (41.3 mm) 0.53E1.5E single barrel B = 1-5/8 inches (41.3 mm) 3E10E single barrel C = 2-inch (50.8 mm) single barrel D = 3-inch (76.2 mm) single barrel E = 3-inch (76.2 mm) double barrel F = 4-inch (101.6 mm) double barrel G = 5/8-inch (15.9 mm) ferrule (CX/CXN only)

Insulator G = Glass polyester P = Porcelain H = High BIL

DM NM DL NL DF

Hardware = Disconnect mounting = Nondisconnect mounting = Disconnect live parts = Nondisconnect live parts = Disconnect end fittings

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-95

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-96 Ampere Rating 15E25E

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Product Selection
Type CLE
Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 2.75 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)
Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) 15E 20E 25E 10E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 225E 250E 300E 350X 400X 450X Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Heritage Product H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H Indoor/ Outdoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Minimum Melting Time 56353202 56353202 56353202 53686104 53686104 53686104 53686104 53686104 53686104 53686104 53686104 53686104 53686104 53686104 53690002 53690002 53690002 53690002 53690002 Total Clearing Time 56353302 56353302 56353302 53686204 53686204 53686204 53686204 53686204 53686204 53686204 53686204 53686204 53686204 53686204 53690102 53690102 53690102 53690102 53690102 Peak Let-Through Current 63931702 63931702 63931702 63931704 63931704 63931704 63931704 63931704 63931704 63931704 63931704 63931704 63931704 63931704 63931802 63931802 63931802 63931802 63931802 Catalog Number 2CLE-15E 2CLE-20E 2CLE-25E 2CLE-10E 2CLE-30E 2CLE-40E 2CLE-50E 2CLE-65E 2CLE-80E 2CLE-100E 2CLE-125E 2CLE-150E 2CLE-200E 2CLE-225E 2CLE-250E 2CLE-300E 2CLE-350X 2CLE-400X 2CLE-450X

Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 2.75 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect 10E250E Non-disconnect Disconnect 300E450E Non-disconnect Disconnect Voltage BIL (kV) 60 60 60 60 60 60 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 10.90 (276.9) 15 (6.81) 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 10.90 (276.9) 7 (3.18) Clip Center Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2 (0.91) Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number 2CLE-PNM-C 2CLE-PDM-C 2CLE-PNM-D 2CLE-PDM-D 2CLE-PNM-E 2CLE-PDM-E Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 2CLE-GNM-C 2CLE-GDM-C 2CLE-GNM-D 2CLE-GDM-D 2CLE-GNM-E 2CLE-GDM-E Catalog Number CLE-NL-C CLE-DL-C CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E Catalog Number CLE-DF-C CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-E Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Diameter 2.00 (50.8)

Length

8.13 (206.5) 9.50 (241.3)

Fuse Dimensional Details Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type CLE Fuse
CLE kV L 9.50 (241.3) 10.90 (276.9) B Dia. 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2)

"B" Dia. "L"

15E25E 10E450E

3.31 Ref. (84.1)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required.

"L"

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3
Catalog Number 5CLE-15E 5CLE-20E 5CLE-25E 5CLE-10E-D 5CLE-15E-D 5CLE-20E-D 5CLE-25E-D 5CLE-30E 5CLE-40E 5CLE-50E 5CLE-65E 5CLE-80E 5CLE-100E 5CLE-125E 5CLE-150E 5CLE-175E 5CLE-200E 5CLE-250E 5CLE-300E 5CLE-350E 5CLE-400E 5CLE-450E 5CLE-600E 5CLE-750E 5CLE-1100E 5CLE-1350E

Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)


Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) 15E 20E 25E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E 250E 300E 350E 400E 450E 600E 750E 1100E 1350E Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 50 50 50 63 63 63 63 63 50 50 50 50 50 50 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 40 40 31 31 Heritage Product H H H Indoor/ Outdoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Minimum Melting Time 56353204 56353204 56353204 70548501 70548501 70548501 70548501 70548501 70545801 70545801 70545801 70545801 70545801 70545801 70545801 70545801 70545801 70545801 70546001 70546001 70546001 70546001 62908902 62908902 62908902 62908902 Total Clearing Time 56353304 56353304 56353304 70548601 70548601 70548601 70548601 70548601 70545901 70545901 70545901 70545901 70545901 70545901 70545901 70545901 70545901 70545901 70546101 70546101 70546101 70546101 62908903 62908903 62908903 62908903 Peak Let-Through Current 63931702 63931702 63931702 70548701 70548701 70548701 70548701 70548701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70547601 70547601 70547601 70547601 70547601 70547601 70547601 70547601 62908904 62908904 62908904 62908904

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 10E-D25E-D 30E250E 15E25E 300E450E 600E and 750E Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Consult factory 1100E and 1350E Consult factory Voltage BIL (kV) 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 4.00 (101.6) N/A 4.00 (101.6) N/A N/A N/A 40 (18.16) 80 (36.32) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 17.90 (454.7) 19 (8.63) 2.00 (50.8) 11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7) 3 (1.36) Clip Center Approximate Porcelain Insulator Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Catalog Number 5CLE-PNM-D 5CLE-PDM-D 5CLE-PNM-C 5CLE-PDM-C 5CLE-PNM-E 5CLE-PDM-E Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 5CLE-GNM-D 5CLE-GDM-D 5CLE-GNM-C 5CLE-GDM-C 5CLE-GNM-E 5CLE-GDM-E Catalog Number Catalog Number CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-C CLE-DL-C CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-C CLE-DF-E Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Diameter 3.00 (76.2)

Length

14.00 (355.6) 17.90 (454.7) 9 (4.09)

Fuse Dimensional Details Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type CLE Fuse
CLE kV L 12.90 (327.7) 17.90 (454.7) B Dia. 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2)

"B" Dia. "L"

15E25E 10E450E

3 3 3 3 3

3.31 Ref. (84.1)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required.

"L"

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-97

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-98 Ampere Rating 15E25E Fuse Mounting Type 1

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)


Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) 15E 20E 25E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E 250E 300E 350E Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Heritage Product H H H Indoor/ Outdoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Minimum Melting Time 56353204 56353204 56353204 70548501 70548501 70548501 70548501 70548501 70546201 70546201 70546201 70546201 70546201 70546201 70546201 70546201 70546401 70546401 70546401 70546401 Total Clearing Time 56353304 56353304 56353304 70548601 70548601 70548601 70548601 70548601 70546301 70546301 70546301 70546301 70546301 70546301 70546301 70546301 70546501 70546501 70546501 70546501 Peak Let-Through Current 63931703 63931703 63931703 70548801 70548801 70548801 70548801 70548801 70547301 70547301 70547301 70547301 70547301 70547301 70547301 70547301 70547301 70547301 70547301 70547301 Catalog Number 8CLE-15E 8CLE-20E 8CLE-25E 8CLE-10E-D 8CLE-15E-D 8CLE-20E-D 8CLE-25E-D 8CLE-30E 8CLE-40E 8CLE-50E 8CLE-65E 8CLE-80E 8CLE-100E 8CLE-125E 8CLE-150E 8CLE-175E 8CLE-200E 8CLE-250E 8CLE-300E 8CLE-350E

Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Voltage BIL (kV) 75 75 75 75 75 75 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 17.90 (454.7) 19 (8.63) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 17.90 (454.7) 9 (4.09) Clip Center Approximate Porcelain Insulator Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Catalog Number 8CLE-PNM-C 8CLE-PDM-C 8CLE-PNM-D 8CLE-PDM-D 8CLE-PNM-E 8CLE-PDM-E Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 8CLE-GNM-C 8CLE-GDM-C 8CLE-GNM-D 8CLE-GDM-D 8CLE-GNM-E 8CLE-GDM-E Catalog Number Catalog Number CLE-NL-C CLE-DL-C CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E CLE-DF-C CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-E Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Diameter 2.00 (50.8)

Length

Non-disconnect Disconnect

14.00 (355.6) 15.50 (393.7) 3 (1.36)

10E-D25E-D 30E175E 200E350E

Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect

Fuse Dimensional Details Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type CLE Fuse
CLE kV L 15.50 (393.7) 17.90 (454.7) B Dia. 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2)

"B" Dia. "L"

15E25E 10E350E

3.31 Ref. (84.1)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required.

"L"

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3
Catalog Number 15CLE-15E 15CLE-20E 15CLE-25E 15CLE-10E-D 15CLE-15E-D 15CLE-20E-D 15CLE-25E-D 15CLE-30E 15CLE-40E 15CLE-50E 15CLE-65E 15CLE-80E 15CLE-100E 15CLE-125E 15CLE-150E 15CLE-175E 15CLE-200E 15CLE-250E 15CLE-300E 15CLE2-80E 15CLE2-100E 15CLE2-125X 15CLE3-150E 15CLE3-175E/200X

Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)


Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) 15E 20E 25E 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E 250E 300E 80E 100E 125X 150E 175E/200X Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 31.5 31.5 31.5 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 85 85 85 50 50 Heritage Product H H H
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

Indoor/ Outdoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor

Minimum Melting Time 56353204 56353204 56353204 70548501 70548501 70548501 70548501 70548501 70546801 70546801 70546801 70546801 70546801 70546801 70546801 70547001 70547001 70547001 70547001 59878302 59878302 59878302 59878302 59878302

Total Clearing Time 56353304 56353304 56353304 70548601 70548601 70548601 70548601 70548601 70546901 70546901 70546901 70546901 70546901 70546901 70546901 70547101 70547101 70547101 70547101 59878402 59878402 59878402 59878402 59878402

Peak Let-Through Current 63931703 63931703 63931703 70548802 70548802 70548802 70548802 70548802 70547501 70547501 70547501 70547501 70547501 70547501 70547501 70547501 70547501 70547501 70547501 63931604 63931604 63931604 63931604 63931604

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

H2 H2 H2 H2 H2

Type CLE Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 15E25E Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect 10E-D25E-D 30E150E Non-disconnect Disconnect 175E300E Non-disconnect Disconnect Voltage BIL (kV) 95 110 95 110 95 110 95 110 110 110 3.00 (76.2) 20.00 (508.0) 23.90 (607.1) 23 (10.44) 3.00 (76.2) 20.00 (508.0) 23.90 (607.1) 11 (4.99) Clip Center Approximate Porcelain Insulator Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Catalog Number 15CLE-PNM-C 15CLE-HPNM-C 15CLE-PDM-C 15CLE-HPDM-C 15CLE-PNM-D 15CLE-HPM-D 15CLE-PDM-D 15CLE-HPDM-D 15CLE-PNM-E 15CLE-PDM-E Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 15CLE-GNM-C 15CLE-GDM-C 15CLE-GNM-D 15CLE-GNM-D Catalog Number Catalog Number CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-C CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-DL-E CLE-DF-C CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-E Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Diameter 2.00 (50.8)

Length

20.00 (508.0) 21.50 (546.1) 4.5 (2.04)

Fuse Dimensional Details Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type CLE Fuse
CLE kV L 21.50 (546.1) 23.90 (607.1) B Dia. 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2)

"B" Dia. "L"

15E25E 10E300E

3 3 3 3 3

3.31 Ref. (84.1)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 For mountings, consult factory. 3 End fittings supplied only when required.

"L"

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-99

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-100 Ampere Rating 10E250E Fuse Mounting Type 1

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type HLE

Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal) Interrupting Rating 63 (kA rms Sym.)
Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E 250E 300E 350E 400E 450E Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Indoor/ Outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Minimum Melting Time 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70546005 70546005 70546005 70546005 Total Clearing Time 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70546105 70546105 70546105 70546105 Peak Let-Through Current 70548703 70548703 70548703 70548703 70548703 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 Catalog Number 5HLE-10E 5HLE-15E 5HLE-20E 5HLE-25E 5HLE-30E 5HLE-40E 5HLE-50E 5HLE-65E 5HLE-80E 5HLE-100E 5HLE-125E 5HLE-150E 5HLE-175E 5HLE-200E 5HLE-250E 5HLE-300E 5HLE-350E 5HLE-400E 5HLE-450E Bolt-In Ferrule Catalog Number 5BHLE-10E 5BHLE-15E 5BHLE-20E 5BHLE-25E 5BHLE-30E 5BHLE-40E 5BHLE-50E 5BHLE-65E 5BHLE-80E 5BHLE-100E 5BHLE-125E 5BHLE-150E 5BHLE-175E 5BHLE-200E 5BHLE-250E 5BHLE-300E 5BHLE-350E 5BHLE-400E 5BHLE-450E AMPGARD Catalog Number 5AHLE-10E 5AHLE-15E 5AHLE-20E 5AHLE-25E 5AHLE-30E 5AHLE-40E 5AHLE-50E 5AHLE-65E 5AHLE-80E 5AHLE-100E 5AHLE-125E 5AHLE-150E 5AHLE-175E 5AHLE-200E 5AHLE-250E 5AHLE-300E 5AHLE-350E 5AHLE-400E 5AHLE-450E

Type HLE Mountings and Hardware 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Voltage BIL (kV) 60 60 60 60 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) Clip Center Approximate Porcelain Insulator Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Catalog Number 5HLE-PNM-D 5HLE-PDM-D 5HLE-PNM-E 5HLE-PDM-E Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 5HLE-GNM-D 5HLE-GDM-D 5HLE-GNM-E 5HLE-GDM-E Catalog Number Catalog Number CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-D Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Diameter 3.00 (76.2)

Length

Non-disconnect Disconnect

12.00 (304.8) 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)

300E450E

Non-disconnect Disconnect

Fuse Dimensional Details Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type HLE Fuse
HLE kV L 0.03 15.88 (403.4)

3.00 Dia. (76.2) L 0.03

5.5

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required.

3.31 (84.1)

L 0.03

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
AMPGARD Catalog Number 8AHLE-10E 8AHLE-15E 8AHLE-20E 8AHLE-25E 8AHLE-30E 8AHLE-40E 8AHLE-50E 8AHLE-65E 8AHLE-80E 8AHLE-100E 8AHLE-125E 8AHLE-150E 8AHLE-175E 8AHLE-200E 8AHLE-250E 8AHLE-300E 8AHLE-350E

Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) Interrupting Rating 50 (kA Sym.)
Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E 250E 300E 350E Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Indoor/ Outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Minimum Melting Time 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546403 70546403 70546403 70546403 Total Clearing Time 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546503 70546503 70546503 70546503 Peak Let-Through Current 70548804 70548804 70548804 70548804 70548804 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 Catalog Number 8HLE-10E 8HLE-15E 8HLE-20E 8HLE-25E 8HLE-30E 8HLE-40E 8HLE-50E 8HLE-65E 8HLE-80E 8HLE-100E 8HLE-125E 8HLE-150E 8HLE-175E 8HLE-200E 8HLE-250E 8HLE-300E 8HLE-350E Bolt-In Ferrule Catalog Number 8BHLE-10E 8BHLE-15E 8BHLE-20E 8BHLE-25E 8BHLE-30E 8BHLE-40E 8BHLE-50E 8BHLE-65E 8BHLE-80E 8BHLE-100E 8BHLE-125E 8BHLE-150E 8BHLE-175E 8BHLE-200E 8BHLE-250E 8BHLE-300E 8BHLE-350E

Type HLE Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 10E175E Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect 200E350E Non-disconnect Disconnect Voltage BIL (kV) 75 75 75 75 Clip Center Approximate Porcelain Insulator Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Catalog Number 8HLE-PNM-D 8HLE-PDM-D 8HLE-PNM-E 8HLE-PDM-E Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 8HLE-GNM-D 8HLE-GDM-D 8HLE-GNM-E 8HLE-GDM-E Catalog Number Catalog Number CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-E Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Diameter 3.00 (76.2)

Length

12.00 (304.8) 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)

Fuse Dimensional Details Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type HLE Fuse
HLE kV L 0.03 15.88 (403.4)

3.00 Dia. (76.2) L 0.03

8.3

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required.

3.31 (84.1)

L 0.03

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-101

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-102 150E250E Ampere Rating 10E175E Fuse Mounting Type 1

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)


Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E 250E Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 Indoor/ Outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Indoor/outdoor Minimum Melting Time 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 Total Clearing Time 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 Peak Let-Through Current 70548805 70548805 70548805 70548805 70548805 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 Catalog Number 15HLE-10E 15HLE-15E 15HLE-20E 15HLE-25E 15HLE-30E 15HLE-40E 15HLE-50E 15HLE-65E 15HLE-80E Bolt-In Ferrule Catalog Number 15BHLE-10E 15BHLE-15E 15BHLE-20E 15BHLE-25E 15BHLE-30E 15BHLE-40E 15BHLE-50E 15BHLE-65E 15BHLE-80E

15HLE-100E 15BHLE-100E 15HLE-125E 15BHLE-125E 15HLE-150E 15BHLE-150E 15HLE-175E 15BHLE-175E 15HLE-200E 15BHLE-200E 15HLE-250E 15BHLE-250E

Type HLE Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Voltage BIL (kV) 95 95 95 95 3.00 (76.2) 15.00 (381.0) 18.90 (480.1) 21 (9.53) Clip Center Approximate Porcelain Insulator Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Catalog Number 15HLE-PNM-D 15HLE-PDM-D 15HLE-PNM-E 15HLE-PDM-E Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 15HLE-GNM-D 15HLE-GDM-D Catalog Number Catalog Number CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-E Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Diameter 3.00 (76.2)

Length

Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect

15.00 (381.0) 18.90 (480.1) 10 (4.54)

Fuse Dimensional Details Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type HLE Fuse
HLE kV L 0.03 18.88 (479.6)

3.00 Dia. (76.2) L 0.03

15.5

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required.

3.31 (84.1)

L 0.03

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3 3

Type BHLE
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Type BHLE Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal), Indoor, Bolt-In
Current Rating (Amperes) 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E 250E 300E 350E 400E 450E Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 Performance Curves Approximate Shipping Minimum Total Weight Lbs (kg) Melting Time Clearing Time 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 17 (7.72) 17 (7.72) 17 (7.72) 17 (7.72) 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70545805 70546005 70546005 70546005 70546005 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70545905 70546105 70546105 70546105 70546105 Peak Let-Through Current 70548703 70548703 70548703 70548703 70548703 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 70547603 Catalog Number 5BHLE-10E 5BHLE-15E 5BHLE-20E 5BHLE-25E 5BHLE-30E 5BHLE-40E 5BHLE-50E 5BHLE-65E 5BHLE-80E 5BHLE-100E 5BHLE-125E 5BHLE-150E 5BHLE-175E 5BHLE-200E 5BHLE-250E 5BHLE-300E 5BHLE-350E 5BHLE-400E 5BHLE-450E

Diameter 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2)

Length 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Fuse Dimensional Details Type BHLE Fuse


Indicator to be Located Here 2.12 (53.8) 3.31 (84.1)

3.00 (76.2) Ref.

17.88 0.06 (454.2) 19.25 Ref. (488.9) Single Barrel Type 5BHLE and 8BHLE Fuses

17.88 0.06 (454.2) 19.25 Ref. (488.9) Double Barrel

3.00 (76.2) Ref.

2.12 (53.8)

3 6

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-103

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-104

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Type BHLE Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal), Indoor, Bolt-In
Current Rating (Amperes) 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E 250E 300E 350E Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Performance Curves Approximate Shipping Minimum Total Weight Lbs (kg) Melting Time Clearing Time 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 17 (7.72) 17 (7.72) 17 (7.72) 17 (7.72) 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546203 70546403 70546403 70546403 70546403 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546303 70546503 70546503 70546503 70546503 Peak Let-Through Current 70548804 70548804 70548804 70548804 70548804 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 70547201 Catalog Number 8BHLE-10E 8BHLE-15E 8BHLE-20E 8BHLE-25E 8BHLE-30E 8BHLE-40E 8BHLE-50E 8BHLE-65E 8BHLE-80E 8BHLE-100E 8BHLE-125E 8BHLE-150E 8BHLE-175E 8BHLE-200E 8BHLE-250E 8BHLE-300E 8BHLE-350E

Diameter 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2)

Length 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9) 15.90 (403.9)

Fuse Dimensional Details Type BHLE Fuse


Indicator to be Located Here 2.12 (53.8) 3.31 (84.1)

3.00 (76.2) Ref.

17.88 0.06 (454.2) 19.25 Ref. (488.9) Single Barrel Type 5BHLE and 8BHLE Fuses

17.88 0.06 (454.2) 19.25 Ref. (488.9) Double Barrel

3.00 (76.2) Ref.

2.12 (53.8)

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3
Catalog Number 15BHLE-10E 15BHLE-15E 15BHLE-20E 15BHLE-25E 15BHLE-30E 15BHLE-40E 15BHLE-50E 15BHLE-65E 15BHLE-80E 15BHLE-100E 15BHLE-125E 15BHLE-150E 15BHLE-175E 15BHLE-200E 15BHLE-250E

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Type BHLE Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal), Indoor/Outdoor, Bolt-In
Current Rating (Amperes) 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 175E 200E 250E Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 Approximate Shipping Minimum Weight Lbs (kg) Melting Time 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 21 (9.53) 21 (9.53) 21 (9.53) 21 (9.53) 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70548507 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 70546601 Performance Curves Total Clearing Time 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70548607 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 70546701 Peak Let-Through Current 70548805 70548805 70548805 70548805 70548805 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401 70547401

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Diameter 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2)

Length 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1) 18.90 (480.1)

Fuse Dimensional Details Type BHLE Fuse


3.56 (90.4) 3.00 Ref. (76.2) 1.53 (38.9) 20.88 0.06 (530.4) 22.25 Ref. (565.2) Single Barrel Type 15BHLE Fuses 3.31 (84.1) 3.00 (76.2) Ref. 2.12 (53.8)

2.12 (53.8)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3.00 (76.2) Ref.

20.88 0.06 (530.4) 22.25 Ref. (565.2) Double Barrel

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-105

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Type HCL

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type HCL Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal), Indoor
Current Rating (Amperes) 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 250E 300E 400E 450E 500E 600E 750E Interrupting Barrel Rating rms Number (kA Sym.) Diameter 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 900E 3 3 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) Approximate Shipping Mounting Weight Lbs (kg) Type 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 9 (4.09) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 20 (9.08) 20 (9.08) 20 (9.08) 20 (9.08) 20 (9.08) 30 (13.62) 30 (13.62) 30 (13.62) 30 (13.62) Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Live Parts Performance Curves (Includes End Fittings) Minimum Total Peak Let-Through Catalog Number Melting Time Clearing Time Current HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 70548505 70548505 70548505 70548505 70548505 70545803 70545803 70545803 70545803 70545803 70545803 70545803 70545803 70545803 70546003 70546003 70546003 66703401 66703401 66703401 66703401 66703401 66703401 70548605 70548605 70548605 70548605 70548605 70545903 70545903 70545903 70545903 70545903 70545903 70545903 70545903 70545903 70516103 70516103 70516103 66703501 66703501 66703501 66703501 66703501 66703501 70548702 70548702 70548702 70548702 70548702 70547602 70547602 70547602 70547602 70547602 70547602 70547602 70547602 70547602 70547602 70547602 70547602 66703701 66703701 66703701 66703701 66703701 66703701

Clip Center Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Bolt-in Bolt-in Bolt-in Bolt-in

Catalog Number 5HCL-10E 5HCL-15E 5HCL-20E 5HCL-25E 5HCL-30E 5HCL-40E 5HCL-50E 5HCL-65E 5HCL-80E 5HCL-100E 5HCL-125E 5HCL-150E 5HCL-200E 5HCL-250E 5HCL-300E 5HCL-400E 5HCL-450E 5HCL-500E 5HCL-600E 5HCL-750E 5BHCL-750E 5HCL-900E 5BHCL-900E

Type HCL Current Limiting Fuses (15.5 kV Maximum, 14.4 kV Nominal), Indoor
Current Rating (Amperes) 10E 15E 20E 25E 30E 40E 50E 65E 80E 100E 125E 150E 200E 250E 300E Interrupting Barrel Rating rms Number (kA Sym.) Diameter 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 63 63 63 63 63 63 63 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) Approximate Shipping Mounting Weight Lbs (kg) Type 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 10 (4.54) 12 (5.45) 12 (5.45) 12 (5.45) 12 (5.45) 24 (10.90) 24 (10.90) 24 (10.90) 24 (10.90) Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Live Parts Performance Curves (Includes End Fittings) Minimum Total Catalog Number Melting Time Clearing Time HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 HCL-NL-1 70548503 70548503 70548503 70548503 70548503 66703201 66703201 66703201 66703201 66703201 66703201 66703201 66703201 66703201 66703201 70548603 70548603 70548603 70548603 70548603 66703301 66703301 66703301 66703301 66703301 66703301 66703301 66703301 66703301 66703301

Clip Center Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock Clip-lock

Peak Let-Through Current 70548803 70548803 70548803 70548803 70548803 70547402 70547402 70547402 70547402 70547402 70547402 70547402 70547402 70547402 70547402

Catalog Number 15HCL-10E 15HCL-15E 15HCL-20E 15HCL-25E 15HCL-30E 15HCL-40E 15HCL-50E 15HCL-65E 15HCL-80E 15HCL-100E 15HCL-125E 15HCL-150E 15HCL-200E 15HCL-250E 15HCL-300E

Note Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm). V4-T3-106 Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
0.38 (9.7) 3.00 (76.2)

Fuse Dimensional Details Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5.5 and 15.5 kV Clip Lock Mounted
Ampere Rating Number of Barrels Figure Number Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.)

Type HCL Fuse Dimensional Details


Type HCL-14 Fuses Indicator Flush with Surface in Untripped Position A C B
63

Blown Fuse Indicator 4.31 (109.5) 0.25 (6.4) 3.00 (76.2)

5.5 kV MaximumClip Lock Style15.25-Inch (387.4 mm) Clip Centers3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Barrel Diameter 10E150E 1 A 16.81 (427.0) 16.12 (409.4)
1

5.5 kV MaximumClip Lock Style21.25-Inch (539.8 mm) Clip Centers3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Barrel Diameter 200E600E 1 A 22.81 (579.4) 22.12 (561.8)
1

1.25 (31.8)
63

1.25 (31.8) Figure A

15.5 kV Clip Lock Mounted


Ampere Rating Number of Barrels Figure Number Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.)

A C B

Indicator Flush with Surface in Untripped Position Blown Fuse Indicator

15.5 kV MaximumClip Lock Style21.25-Inch (539.8 mm) Clip Centers3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Barrel Diameter 65E125E 150E300E 1 2 A B 22.81 (579.4) 22.81 (579.4) 22.12 (561.8) 22.12 (561.8)
1 1

7.94 (201.7) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) Figure B

0.25 (6.4) 3.00 (76.2)

63 50

15.5 kV MaximumClip Lock Style18.25-Inch (463.6 mm) Clip Centers3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Barrel Diameter 10E50E 1 A 19.81 (503.2) 19.12 (485.6)
1

63

B D

Indicator Flush with Surface in Untripped Position Blown Fuse Indicator

Bolt-In Series5.5 kV
Ampere Rating Number of Barrels Figure Number Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.)

1.50 (38.1) A 0.44 x 0.91 Slots (11.2 x 23.1) C

11.62 (295.1)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

5.5 kV MaximumBolt-in Style23.73-Inch (602.7 mm) Hole Centers3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Barrel Diameter 750E, 900E 3 C 25.11 (637.8) 22.37 (568.2) 23.73 (602.7)
1

63

1.50 (38.1) 0.44 Dia. Hole (11.2) Figure C

Type HCL Fuses 16.38 (416.1) 0.06 for HCL- 8 19.38 (492.3) 0.06 for HCL-1 5

Note 1 0.5 (12.7) tripped force 2 lb (0.9 kg).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-107

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-108

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type CLS
Type CLS Current Limiting Fuses
Performance Curves Maximum Current Interrupting Design Rating R Barrel Rating rms Clip Voltage (kV) (Amperes) Designation Number (kA Sym.) Diameter Center 2.54 25 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 25 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 25 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 25 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) 3.00 (76.2) 7.00 (177.8) Approximate Shipping Minimum Weight Lbs (kg) Melting Time 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 66664702 Peak Total Let-Through Catalog Clearing Time Current Number 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66664704 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 66700202 2CLS-25 2CLS-2R 2CLS-3R 2CLS-4R 2CLS-5R 2CLS-6R 2CLS-9R 2CLS-12R 2CLS-18R 2CLS-24R 2ACLS-25 2ACLS-2R 2ACLS-3R 2ACLS-4R 2ACLS-5R 2ACLS-6R 2ACLS-9R 2ACLS-12R 2ACLS-18R 2ACLS-24R 2BCLS-25 2BCLS-2R 2BCLS-3R 2BCLS-4R 2BCLS-5R 2BCLS-6R 2BCLS-9R 2BCLS-12R 2BCLS-18R 2BCLS-24R 2HCLS-25 2HCLS-2R 2HCLS-3R 2HCLS-4R 2HCLS-5R 2HCLS-6R 2HCLS-9R 2HCLS-12R 2HCLS-18R 2HCLS-24R

Length

10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26) 10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26)

3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 10.80 (274.3) 16 (7.26)

Note Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 5CLS-30 5CLS-2R 5CLS-3R 5CLS-4R 5CLS-5R 5CLS-6R 5CLS-9R 5CLS-12R 5CLS-18R 5CLS-24R 5ACLS-30 5ACLS-2R 5ACLS-3R 5ACLS-4R 5ACLS-5R 5ACLS-6R 5ACLS-9R 5ACLS-12R 5ACLS-18R 5ACLS-24R 4ACLS-26R 5BCLS-30 5BCLS-2R 5BCLS-3R 5BCLS-4R 5BCLS-5R 5BCLS-6R 5BCLS-9R 5BCLS-12R 5BCLS-18R 5BCLS-24R 4BCLS-26R 5HCLS-30 5HCLS-2R 5HCLS-3R 5HCLS-4R 5HCLS-5R 5HCLS-6R 5HCLS-9R 5HCLS-12R 5HCLS-18R 5HCLS-24R

Type CLS Current Limiting Fuses, continued


Performance Curves Maximum Current Interrupting Design Rating R Barrel Rating rms Clip Voltage (kV) (Amperes) Designation Number (kA Sym.) Diameter Center 5.08 30 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 5.08 30 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 4.3 5.08 480 30 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 4.3 5.08 480 30 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 26R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 26R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) Approximate Minimum Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Melting Time 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 Peak Total Let-Through Catalog Clearing Time Current Number 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702

Length

15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)

3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72)

Note Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-109

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-110 8.3 7.2 8.3 7.2 8.3 5.5

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type CLS Current Limiting Fuses, continued


Performance Curves Maximum Current Interrupting Design Rating R Barrel Rating rms Clip Voltage (kV) (Amperes) Designation Number (kA Sym.) Diameter Center 5.08 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 600 650 700 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 70 100 130 150 170 200 230 390 450 70 100 130 150 170 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 32R 36R 44R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 9R 12R 18R 24R 2R 3R 4R 5R 6R 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Approximate Shipping Minimum Weight Lbs (kg) Melting Time 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 66690602 51285302 51285302 51285302 51285302 51285302 51285302 51285302 51285302 51285302 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 Peak Total Let-Through Catalog Clearing Time Current Number 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 66690702 51285402 51285402 51285402 51285402 51285402 51285402 51285402 51285402 51285402 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700203 66700204 66700204 66700204 66700204 66700204 66700204 66700204 66700204 66700204 66700205 66700205 66700205 66700205 66700205 66700205 66700205 66700205 66700205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 5CLS70-2R 5CLS70-3R 5CLS70-4R 5CLS70-5R 5CLS70-6R 5CLS70-9R 5CLS70-12R 5CLS70-18R 5CLS70-24R 5CLS70-32R 5CLS70-36R 5CLS70-44R 5LCLS-2R 5LCLS-3R 5LCLS-4R 5LCLS-5R 5LCLS-6R 5LCLS-9R 5LCLS-12R 5LCLS-18R 5LCLS-24R 8CLS-2R 8CLS-3R 8CLS-4R 8CLS-5R 8CLS-6R 7CLS-9R 7CLS-12R 7CLS-18R 7CLS-24R 7BCLS-2R 7BCLS-3R 7BCLS-4R 7BCLS-5R 7BCLS-6R 7BCLS-9R 7BCLS-12R 7BCLS-18R 7BCLS-24R 8ACLS-2R 8ACLS-3R 8ACLS-4R 8ACLS-5R 8ACLS-6R

Length

3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08) 4.00 (101.6) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16) 4.00 (101.6) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16) 4.00 (101.6) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16) 4.00 (101.6) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16) 4.00 (101.6) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16) 4.00 (101.6) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.00 (76.2) 12.00 (304.8) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 22 (9.99) 17.90 (454.7) 22 (9.99) 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 15.90 (403.9) 16 (7.26) 15.90 (403.9) 16 (7.26)

3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 7 (3.18) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 16 (7.26) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 16 (7.26) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63)

Note Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66740205 66679802 66679802 66679802 66679802 66679802 66679802 66679802 66679802 66679802 66679802 7ACLS-9R 7ACLS-12R 7ACLS-18R 7ACLS-24R 7CLS70-24R 7CLS70-36R 7CLS70-44R 8CLS-15 8CLS-30 8CLS-60 8CLS-70 8CLS-90 8CLS-110 8CLS-125 8CLS-150 8CLS-200 8CLS-225

Type CLS Current Limiting Fuses, continued


Performance Curves Maximum Current Interrupting Design Rating R Barrel Rating rms Clip Voltage (kV) (Amperes) Designation Number (kA Sym.) Diameter Center 7.2 200 230 390 450 450 650 700 8.3 15 30 60 70 90 110 125 150 200 225 9R 12R 18R 24R 24R 36R 44R 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Approximate Shipping Minimum Weight Lbs (kg) Melting Time 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66700602 66664202 66664202 66664202 66664202 66664202 66664202 66664202 66664202 66664202 66664202 Peak Total Let-Through Catalog Clearing Time Current Number 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66700702 66664302 66664302 66664302 66664302 66664302 66664302 66664302 66664302 66664302 66664302

Length

3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 8 (3.63) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 17 (7.72) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 20 (9.08) 3.00 (76.2) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 30 (13.62) 4.00 (101.6) Not applicable 15.90 (403.9) 40 (18.16) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 3.00 (76.2) 14.00 (355.6) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 11 (4.99) 17.90 (454.7) 22 (9.99) 17.90 (454.7) 22 (9.99) 17.90 (454.7) 22 (9.99)

Not applicable 1 Not applicable 1 Not applicable 1 Not applicable 1 Not applicable 1 Not applicable 1 Not applicable 1 Not applicable 2 Not applicable 2 Not applicable 2

Note Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-111

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-112

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Fuse Dimensional Details Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type CLS Fuse

3.31 Ref. (84.1)

10.81 (274.6) 0.06 for 2CLS 15.85 (402.6) 0.06 for 5, 7 & 8CLS

3.00 Dia. Ref. (76.2) 10.81 (274.6) 0.06 for 2CLS 15.85 (402.6) 0.06 for 5, 7 & 8CLS

Type BCLS Fuse


0.455 (11.6) Dia. x 0.91 Slot (4) 2.12 (53.8) 2.12 (53.8)

1.53 (38.9)

3.31 (84.1)

3.00 (76.2) Ref.

17.88 (454.2) 19.25 (488.9)

17.88 0.06 (454.2) 19.25 Ref. (488.9)

3.00 (76.2) Ref.

Type 5BCLS and 7BCLS Fuses

0.455 (11.6) Dia. x 0.91 Slot (4) 2.12 (53.8) 2.12 (53.8)

1.53 (38.9) 12.81 (325.4) 0.06 14.18 (360.2) 0.06 12.81 0.06 (325.4) 14.18 0.06 (360.2)

3.31 (84.1)

3.00 (76.2) Ref.

3.00 (76.2) Ref.

Type 2BCLS Fuse

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
End Fittings (Disconnect Only) 1 Catalog Number CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-E CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-E CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-E CLE-DF-E CLE-DF-D CLE-DF-E CLS-DF-D CLE-DF-E

Type CLS Mountings and Hardware


Maximum Design Voltage (kV) 2.54 Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 1 Ampere Rating 25230 Fuse Mounting Type Non-disconnect Disconnect 390450 Non-disconnect Disconnect 5.5 (CLS) 30230 Non-disconnect Disconnect 390480 Non-disconnect Disconnect 5.5 (LCLS) 70230 Non-disconnect Disconnect Voltage BIL (kV) 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 75 390450 Non-disconnect Disconnect 60 60 75 8.3 70100 130230 7.2 390450 Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect 8.3 1530 60125 150225 Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Note 1 Disconnect only. 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number 2CLE-PNM-D 2CLE-PDM-D 2CLE-PNM-E 2CLE-PDM-E 5HLE-PNM-D 5HLE-PDM-D 5HLE-PNM-E 5HLE-PDM-E 5CLE-PNM-D 5CLE-PDM-D 8CLE-PDM-D 5CLE-PNM-E 5CLE-PDM-E 8CLE-PDM-E 8HLE-PNM-D 8HLE-PDM-D 8HLE-PDM-E 8HLE-PDM-E 8CLE-PNM-D 8CLE-PDM-D 8CLE-PNM-E 8CLE-PDM-E Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 2CLE-GNM-D 2CLE-GDM-E 2CLE-GNM-E 2CLE-GDM-E 5HLE-GNM-D 5HLE-GDM-E 5HLE-GNM-E 5HLE-GDM-E 5CLE-GNM-D 5CLE-GDM-D 8CLE-GDM-D 5CLE-GNM-E 5CLE-GDM-E 8CLE-PDM-E 8HLE-GNM-D 8HLE-GDM-D 8HLE-GNM-E 8HLE-GDM-E 8CLE-GNM-D 8CLE-GDM-D 8CLE-GNM-E 8CLE-GDM-E Catalog Number CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E CLE-DL-E CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E CLE-NL-D CLE-DL-D CLE-NL-E CLE-DL-E Live Parts (Including End Fittings)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-113

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-114

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type CLPT

Indicating

Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 2.475 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)


Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) 0.25E 0.5E 1E 2E 5E Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 63 63 40 40 25 Clip Center Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) Minimum Melting Time 56357202 56357202 56357202 56357202 56357202 Total Clearing Time 59883702 59883702 59883702 59883702 59883702 Peak LetThrough Current 63933702 63933702 63933702 63933702 63933702 Catalog Number 2NCLPT-.25E 2NCLPT-.5E 2NCLPT-1E 2NCLPT-2E 2NCLPT-5E

Diameter 0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6)

Length 4.50 (114.3) 4.50 (114.3) 4.50 (114.3) 4.50 (114.3) 4.50 (114.3)

Note Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3
Catalog Number

Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)


Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) Non-Indicating Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) Clip Center Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Minimum Melting Time Total Clearing Time Peak LetThrough Current

Diameter

Length

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Non-Indicating 0.5E 1E 2E 3E 4E 5E 0.5E 1E 2E 3E 5E 0.5E 1E 2E 3E 5E 10E 63 63 63 63 63 63 50 50 50 50 50 63 63 63 63 63 63 0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 5.63 (143.0) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 1.2 (0.54) 1.2 (0.54) 1.2 (0.54) 1.2 (0.54) 1.2 (0.54) 1.2 (0.54) 66702402 66702402 66702402 66702402 66702402 66702402 66702402 66702402 66702402 66702402 66702402 70548302 70548302 70548302 70548302 70548302 70548302 66702502 66702502 66702502 66702502 66702502 66702502 66702502 66702502 66702502 66702502 66702502 70548402 70548402 70548402 70548402 70548402 70548402 66704101 66704101 66704101 66704101 66704101 66704101 66704101 66704101 66704101 66704101 66704101 63934002 63934002 63934002 63934002 63934002 63934002 5NCLPT-.5E 5NCLPT-1E 5NCLPT-2E 5NCLPT-3E 5NCLPT-4E 5NCLPT-5E 317B487H02 317B487H06 317B487H03 317B487H04 317B487H05 5NCLPT-.5E-A 5NCLPT-1E-A 5NCLPT-2E-A 5NCLPT-3E-A 5NCLPT-5E-A 5NCLPT-10E-A

Indicating

Indicating 0.5E 1E 1.5E 3E 5E 10E 80 80 80 80 80 80 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 1.2 (0.54) 1.2 (0.54) 1.2 (0.54) 1.2 (0.54) 1.2 (0.54) 1.2 (0.54) 56353206 56353206 56353206 56353206 56353206 56353206 56353306 56353306 56353306 56353306 56353306 56353306 63934001 63934001 63934001 63934001 63934001 63934001 5CLPT-.5E 5CLPT-1E 5CLPT-1.5E 5CLPT-3E 5CLPT-5E 5CLPT-10E

Type CLPT Mountings and Hardware 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal) 3


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 0.52 Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect 310 Non-disconnect Disconnect Voltage BIL (kV) 60 60 60 60 Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number 5CLPT-PNM-A 5CLPT-PDM-A 5CLPT-PNM-B 5CLPT-PDM-B Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 5CLPT-GNM-A 5CLPT-GDM-A 5CLPT-GNM-B 5CLPT-GDM-B Catalog Number CLPT-NL CLPT-DL CLPT-NL CLPT-DL Catalog Number CLPT-DF CLPT-DF Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required. 3 Refers only to 5CLPT and 5NCLPT-A fuses only. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-115

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-116 Indicating Non-Indicating

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)


Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) Clip Center Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Minimum Melting Time Total Clearing Time Peak LetThrough Current Catalog Number

Diameter

Length

Non-Indicating 2E 4E 10E 1E 5E 0.5E 1E 2E 3E 5E 10E Indicating .5E 3E 5E 10E 80 80 50 50 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 1.5 (0.70) 1.6 (0.73) 1.6 (0.73) 1.6 (0.73) 56353206 56353206 56353206 56353206 56353306 56353306 56353306 56353306 63934001 63934001 63934001 63934001 8CLPT-.5E 8CLPT-3E 8CLPT-5E 8CLPT-10E 25 25 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 0.81 (20.6) 0.81 (20.6) 1.10 (27.9) 1.10 (27.9) 1.10 (27.9) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.10 (205.7) 8.00 (203.2) 8.00 (203.2) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 5.00 (127.0) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 9.50 (241.3) 0.25 (0.11) 0.25 (0.11) 0.5 (0.23) 0.5 (0.23) 0.5 (0.23) 1.5 (0.70) 1.5 (0.70) 1.5 (0.70) 1.5 (0.70) 1.6 (0.73) 1.6 (0.73) 56357206 56357206 56357206 56357206 56357206 70548303 70548303 70548303 70548303 70548303 70548303 59883706 59883706 59883706 59883706 59883706 70548403 70548403 70548403 70548403 70548403 70548403 63933704 63933704 63933704 63933704 63933704 63934002 63934002 63934002 63934002 63934002 63934002 8NCLPT-2E 8NCLPT-4E 8NCLPT-0E 8NCLPT-1E 8NCLPT-5E 8NCLPT-.5E-A 8NCLPT-1E-A 8NCLPT-2E-A 8NCLPT-3E-B 8NCLPT-5E-B 8NCLPT-10E-B

11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7) 11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7)

Type CLPT Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal) 3


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 0.52 Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect 310 Non-disconnect Disconnect Voltage BIL (kV) 75 75 75 75 Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number 8CLPT-PNM-A 8CLPT-PDM-A 8CLPT-PNM-B 8CLPT-PDM-B Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 8CLPT-GNM-A 8CLPT-GDM-A 8CLPT-GNM-B 8CLPT-GDM-B Catalog Number CLPT-NL CLPT-DL CLPT-NL CLPT-DL Catalog Number CLPT-DF CLPT-DF Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required. 3 Refers only to 8CLPT and 8NCLPT-A or -B fuses only. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3
Catalog Number

Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)


Performance Curves Current Rating (Amperes) Non-Indicating Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) Clip Center Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Minimum Melting Time Total Clearing Time Peak LetThrough Current

Diameter

Length

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Non-Indicating 0.5E 1E 2E 3E 5E 10E Indicating 63 63 63 63 63 63 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7) 11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7) 11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7) 16.10 (408.9) 17.60 (447.0) 16.10 (408.9) 17.60 (447.0) 16.10 (408.9) 17.60 (447.0) 1.6 (0.73) 1.6 (0.73) 1.6 (0.73) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 70548303 70548303 70548303 70548303 70548303 70548303 70548403 70548403 70548403 70548403 70548403 70548403 63934002 63934002 63934002 63934002 63934002 63934002 15NCLPT-.5E 15NCLPT-1E 15NCLPT-1.5E 15NCLPT-3E 15NCLPT-5E 15NCLPT-10E

Indicating

0.5E 1E 2E 3E 5E 10E

80 80 80 80 80 50

1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6)

11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7) 11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7) 11.50 (292.1) 12.90 (327.7) 16.10 (408.9) 17.60 (447.0) 16.10 (408.9) 17.60 (447.0) 16.10 (408.9) 17.60 (447.0)

1.6 (0.73) 1.6 (0.73) 1.6 (0.73) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91)

56353206 56353206 56353206 56353206 56353206 56353206

56353306 56353306 56353306 56353306 56353306 56353306

63934001 63934001 63934001 63934001 63934001 63934001

15CLPT-.5E 15CLPT-1E 15CLPT-1.5E 15CLPT-3E 15CLPT-5E 15CLPT-10E

Type CLPT Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 0.52 Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect 310 Non-disconnect Disconnect Voltage BIL (kV) 95 95 95 95 Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number 15CLPT-PNM-A 15CLPT-PDM-A 15CLPT-PNM-B 15CLPT-PDM-B Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 15CLPT-GNM-A 15CLPT-GDM-A 15CLPT-GNM-B 15CLPT-GDM-B Catalog Number CLPT-NL CLPT-DL CLPT-NL CLPT-DL Catalog Number CLPT-DF CLPT-DF Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-117

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-118 Ampere Rating 0.5E Fuse Mounting Type 1 Disconnect Non-disconnect Current Rating (Amperes) 0.5E 1E Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 44 44

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal)


Clip Center 16.10 (408.9) 16.10 (408.9) Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) Performance Curves Minimum Melting Time 56353208 56353208 Total Clearing Time 56353308 56353308 Peak Let-Through Current 63933901 63933901 Catalog Number 25CLPT-.5E 25CLPT-1E

Diameter 1.60 (40.6) 1.60 (40.6)

Length 17.60 (447.0) 17.60 (447.0)

Type CLPT Mountings and Hardware 25.5 kV Maximum (23.0 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 0.5E1E Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect Voltage BIL (kV) 150 150 Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number 25CLPT-PNM-A 25CLPT-PDM-A Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number Catalog Number 25CLPT-NL 25CLPT-DL Catalog Number CLPT-DF Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal)


Current Rating (Amperes) 0.5E Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 44 Clip Center 17.10 (434.3) Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2 (0.91) Performance Curves Minimum Melting Time 56353208 Total Clearing Time 56353308 Peak Let-Through Current 63933901 Catalog Number 38CLPT-.5E

Diameter 1.60 (40.6)

Length 18.60 (472.4)

Type CLPT Mountings and Hardware 38.0 kV Maximum (34.5 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Voltage BIL (kV) Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number Not applicable Not applicable Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number Not applicable Not applicable Catalog Number 25CLPT-NL 25CLPT-DL Catalog Number CLPT-DF Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3 3
Catalog Number

Type CX

Type CX

Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)


Current Interrupting Fuse Rating Barrel Rating rms Mounting (Amperes) Number (kA Sym.) Code Diameter Non-Indicating 18C 25C 35C 45C 50C 60C 65C 75C 80C 100C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 G G G G G G G G G G 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 1 (0.45) 1 (0.45) 1 (0.45) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) TC70544101 TC70544501 TC70544101 TC70544501 TC70544101 TC70544501 TC70544101 TC70544501 TC70544101 TC70544501 TC70544102 TC70544502 TC70544102 TC70544501 TC70544102 TC70544501 TC70544102 TC70544502 TC70544102 TC70544501 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 4CX-18C 4CX-25C 4CX-35C 4CX-45C 4CX-50C 4CX-60C 4CX-65C 4CX-75C 4CX-80C 4CX-100C Approximate Performance Curves Minimum Total Shipping Melting Clearing Weight Time Time Lbs (kg) Peak Let-Through Current I2t

Length

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Indicating 18C 25C 35C 45C 50C 60C 65C 75C 80C 100C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 G G G G G G G G G G 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 1 (0.45) 1 (0.45) 1 (0.45) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) TC70544101 TC70544501 TC70544101 TC70544501 TC70544101 TC70544501 TC70544101 TC70544501 TC70544101 TC70544501 TC70544102 TC70544502 TC70544102 TC70544501 TC70544102 TC70544501 TC70544102 TC70544502 TC70544102 TC70544501 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 TC70544901 TC70545101 4CXI-18C 4CXI-25C 4CXI-35C 4CXI-45C 4CXI-50C 4CXI-60C 4CXI-65C 4CXI-75C 4CXI-80C 4CXI-100C

Type CX Mountings and Hardware 4.3 kV Maximum (2.4 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 18C100C Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect Size A A Voltage BIL (kV) 60 60 Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 5CX-GNM-G 5CX-GDM-G Catalog Number CX-NL CX-DL Catalog Number CX-DF Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-119

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-120 Type CX

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)


Current Interrupting Fuse Rating Barrel Rating rms Mounting (Amperes) Number (kA Sym.) Code Diameter Non-Indicating 10C 12C 18C 20C 21C 25C 30C 35C 40C 50C 60C 65C 75C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 G G G G G G G G G G G G G 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 1 (0.45) 1 (0.45) 1 (0.45) 1 (0.45) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 1 (0.45) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544202 TC70544602 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544202 TC70544602 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544202 TC70544602 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 5CX-10C 5CX-12C 5CX-18C 5CX-20C 5CX-21C 5CX-25C 5CX-30C 5CX-35C 5CX-40C 5CX-50C 5CX-60C 5CX-65C 5CX-75C Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Performance Curves Minimum Melting Time Total Clearing Time Peak Let-Through Current I2t Catalog Number

Length

Indicating 10C 12C 18C 20C 21C 25C 30C 35C 40C 50C 60C 65C 75C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 G G G G G G G G G G G G G 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 1 (0.45) 1 (0.45) 1 (0.45) 1 (0.45) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 1 (0.45) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544202 TC70544602 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544202 TC70544602 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544202 TC70544602 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544201 TC70544601 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 TC70544902 TC70545201 5CXI-10C 5CXI-12C 5CXI-18C 5CXI-20C 5CXI-21C 5CXI-25C 5CXI-30C 5CXI-35C 5CXI-40C 5CXI-50C 5CXI-60C 5CXI-65C 5CXI-75C

Type CX Mountings and Hardware 5.5 kV Maximum (4.8 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 10C75C Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect Size A A Voltage BIL (kV) 60 60 Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 5CX-GNM-G 5CX-GDM-G Catalog Number CX-NL CX-DL Catalog Number CX-DF Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3
Catalog Number

Type CX

Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)


Current Interrupting Fuse Rating Barrel Rating rms Mounting (Amperes) Number (kA Sym.) Code Diameter Non-Indicating 3.5C 4C 4.5C 6C 7C 8C 10C 12C 15C 18C 20C 25C 30C 35C 40C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) TC70544302 TC70544702 TC70544302 TC70544702 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544302 TC70544702 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544302 TC70544702 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544302 TC70544702 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 8CX-3.5C 8CX-4C 8CX-4.5C 8CX-6C 8CX-7C 8CX-8C 8CX-10C 8CX-12C 8CX-15C 8CX-18C 8CX-20C 8CX-25C 8CX-30C 8CX-35C 8CX-40C Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Performance Curves Minimum Melting Time Total Clearing Time Peak Let-Through Current I2t

Length

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Indicating 3.5C 4C 4.5C 6C 7C 8C 10C 12C 15C 18C 20C 25C 30C 35C 40C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 1.13 (28.7) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 10.00 (254.0) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) TC70544302 TC70544702 TC70544302 TC70544702 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544302 TC70544702 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544302 TC70544702 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70544302 TC70544702 TC70544301 TC70544701 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 TC70545001 TC70545301 8CXI-3.5C 8CXI-4C 8CXI-4.5C 8CXI-6C 8CXI-7C 8CXI-8C 8CXI-10C 8CXI-12C 8CXI-15C 8CXI-18C 8CXI-20C 8CXI-25C 8CXI-30C 8CXI-35C 8CXI-40C

Type CX Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 3.5C40C Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect Size B B Voltage BIL (kV) 75 75 Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 8CX-GNM-G 8CX-GDM-G Catalog Number CX-NL CX-DL Catalog Number CX-DF Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-121

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-122 Type CX

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type CX Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)


Current Interrupting Fuse Rating Barrel Rating rms Mounting (Amperes) Number (kA Sym.) Code Diameter Non-Indicating 4C 6C 7C 8C 10C 12C 15C 18C 20C 25C 30C 40C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 G G G G G G G G G G G G 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544402 TC70544802 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544402 TC70544802 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 15CX-4C 15CX-6C 15CX-7C 15CX-8C 15CX-10C 15CX-12C 15CX-15C 15CX-18C 15CX-20C 15CX-25C 15CX-30C 15CX-40C Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Performance Curves Minimum Melting Time Total Clearing Time Peak Let-Through Current I2t Catalog Number

Length

Indicating 4C 6C 7C 8C 10C 12C 15C 18C 20C 25C 30C 40C 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 G G G G G G G G G G G G 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 2.00 (50.8) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 14.30 (363.2) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) 2 (0.91) TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544402 TC70544802 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544402 TC70544802 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70544401 TC70544801 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 TC70545002 TC70545401 15CXI-4C 15CXI-6C 15CXI-7C 15CXI-8C 15CXI-10C 15CXI-12C 15CXI-15C 15CXI-18C 15CXI-20C 15CXI-25C 15CXI-30C 15CXI-40C

Type CX Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)


Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Ampere Rating 4C40C Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Disconnect Size C C Voltage BIL (kV) 95 95 Porcelain Insulator Catalog Number Glass-Polyester Insulator Catalog Number 15CX-GNM-G 15CX-GDM-G Catalog Number CX-NL CX-DL Catalog Number CX-DF Live Parts (Including End Fittings) 2 End Fittings (Disconnect Only)

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3 3
Catalog Number 8CXN-60C 8CXN-100C 8CXN-125C 8CXN-150C 8CXN-200C 8CXN-250C 2 X 60C 2 X 100C 2 X 125C 2 X 150C 8CXN-120C 8CXN-200C 8CXN-250C 8CXN-300C

Type CXN

Type CXN

Type CXN Current Limiting Fuses 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)


Current Rating (Amperes) 60C 100C 125C 150C 200C 250C 120C 200C 250C 300C Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 14 (6.36) 14 (6.36) 14 (6.36) 14 (6.36) 16 (7.26) 16 (7.26) 16 (7.26) 28 (12.71) Performance Curves Minimum Melting Time 66675102 66675102 66675102 66675102 66675102 66675102 66675104 66675104 66675104 66675104 Total Clearing Time 66675202 66675202 66675202 66675202 66675202 66675202 66675204 66675204 66675204 66675204 Peak Let-Through Current 66664902 66664902 66664902 66664902 66664902 66664902 66664902 66664902 66664902 66664902

Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

Diameter 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6)

Length 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Type CXN Mountings and Hardware 8.3 kV Maximum (7.2 kV Nominal)


Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect 125C250C Single barrel Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect 120C, 200C Double barrel 250C, 300C Double barrel Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Voltage LIWL (BIL) 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 Glass Polyester Insulator Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Catalog Number 15CXN-GNM-D 15CXN-GNM-G 15CXN-GDM-G 15CXN-GNM-F 15CXN-GNM-G 25CXN-GDM-G 15CXN-GNM-D 15CXN-GNM-F Live Parts 2 Catalog Number 15CXN-NL-D 15CXN-NL-G 15CXN-DL-G 15CXN-NL-F 15CXN-NL-G 15CXN-DL-G 15CXN-NL-D 15CXN-NL-F End Fittings (Disconnect Only) Catalog Number 15CXN-DF-G 15CXN-DF-G

Ampere Rating 60C100C Single barrel

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-123

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-124 Type CXN

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type CXN Current Limiting Fuses 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)


Current Rating (Amperes) 45C 60C 75C 85C 100C 90C 120C 150C 175C Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Approximate Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 8 (3.63) 8 (3.63) 14 (6.36) 14 (6.36) 14 (6.36) 16 (7.26) 16 (7.26) 28 (12.71) 28 (12.71) Performance Curves Minimum Melting Time 66674802 66674802 66674802 66674802 66674802 66674804 66674804 66674804 66674804 Total Clearing Time 66675002 66675002 66675002 66675002 66675002 66675004 66675004 66675004 66675004 Peak Let-Through Current 66665002 66665002 66665002 66665002 66665002 66665002 66665002 66665002 66665002 2 X 45C 2 X 60C 2 X 75C 2 X 85C Catalog Number 15CXN-45C 15CXN-60C 15CXN-75C 15CXN-85C 15CXN-100C 15CXN-90C 15CXN-120C 15CXN-150C 15CXN-175C

Barrel Number 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2

Diameter 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.2) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6)

Length 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5) 18.80 (477.5)

Type CXN Mountings and Hardware 15.5 kV Maximum (14.4 kV Nominal)


Fuse Mounting Type 1 Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect 75C100C Single barrel Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect 90C, 120C Double barrel 150C, 175C Double barrel Non-disconnect Non-disconnect Voltage LIWL (BIL) 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 Glass Polyester Insulator Mounting (Including Live Parts, End Fittings) 2 Catalog Number 15CXN-GNM-D 15CXN-GNM-G 15CXN-GDM-G 15CXN-GNM-F 15CXN-GNM-G 25CXN-GDM-G 15CXN-GNM-D 15CXN-GNM-F Live Parts 2 Catalog Number 15CXN-NL-D 15CXN-NL-G 15CXN-DL-G 15CXN-NL-F 15CXN-NL-G 15CXN-DL-G 15CXN-NL-D 15CXN-NL-F End Fittings (Disconnect Only Catalog Number 15CXN-DF-G 15CXN-DF-G

Ampere Rating 45C60C Single barrel

Notes 1 See Page V4-T3-127 for diagram of typical mounting. 2 End fittings supplied only when required. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm).

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Type CXF

Type CXF Indicated Full-Range Current-Limiting Fuses Mountings and Hardware


Maximum Design Voltage (kV) 5.5 Ampere Rating 80100 125200 10 618 2050 8.3 6580 100125 17.2 618 2050 15.5 6580 100 23 618 2050 Mounting Fuse Mounting Type Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Non-disconnect Disconnect Voltage BIL (kV) 75 75 95 95 Catalog Number 8CX-GNM-G 8CX-GDM-G 15CX-GNM-G 15CX-GDM-G Live Parts Catalog Number CXN-NL-G CXN-GL-G CX-NL CX-DL CXN-NL-G CXN-DL-G CX-NL CX-DL CXN-NL-G CXN-DL-G CX-NL CX-DL End Fittings Catalog Number CXN-DF-G CX-DF CXN-DF-G CX-DF CXN-DF-G CX-DF

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-125

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
V4-T3-126

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

Type DSL

6DSL-B1600

Type DSL Low Voltage Current Limiting Fuse


Fuse Type/Voltage Type DSL fuse units 600V nominal Interrupting Rating rms (kA Sym.) 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 Application Data (Time Current Curves) 33792 (2) 33792 (2) 33792 (2) 33792 (2) 33792 (2) 33792 (2) 33792 (2) 33792 (2) 33792 (2) 33792 (2) 33792 (3) 33792 (3) 33792 (3) 33792 (3) 33792 (3) 33792 (3) 33792 (3) 33792 33792 33792 33792 Approximate Ship Wt. Lbs (kg) 3.00 (1.4) 3.00 (1.4) 3.00 (1.4) 3.00 (1.4) 3.00 (1.4) 3.00 (1.4) 3.00 (1.4) 4.00 (1.8) 4.00 (1.8) 4.00 (1.8) 5.50 (2.5) 5.50 (2.5) 5.50 (2.5) 5.50 (2.5) 5.50 (2.5) 8.50 (3.9) 8.50 (3.9) 20.00 (9.1) 20.00 (9.1) 20.00 (9.1) 24.00 (10.9) Catalog Number 6DSL-A150 6DSL-A200 6DSL-A250 6DSL-A300 6DSL-A400 6DSL-A600 6DSL-A800 6DSL-B1200 6DSL-B1600 6DSL-B2000 6DSL-C800 6DSL-C1000 6DSL-C1200 6DSL-C1600 6DSL-C2000 6DSL-D2500 6DSL-D3000 6DSL-E2500 6DSL-E3000 6DSL-E4000 6DSL-F5000

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses


Current Limiting Fuses

3.5
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Typical Fuse Mounting for Current Limiting Fuses Single Barrel Disconnect with 2.00-Inch (50.8 mm) Diameter CLE Fuses Double-Barrel NonDisconnect All 2.00-Inch (50.8 mm) and 3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Diameter CL Fuses Non-Disconnect (15CXN-GNM-F and 15CXNGNM-D)

Non-Disconnect (CX)

Single Barrel Disconnect All 3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Diameter CLE Fuses

Disconnect (CX)

Non-Disconnect (15CXNGNM-G)

Disconnect (15CXN-GNM-F)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Double Barrel Disconnect All 3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Diameter CLE Fuses

Single-Barrel NonDisconnect All 2.00-Inch (50.8 mm) and 3.00-Inch (76.2 mm) Diameter CL Fuses

Disconnect (15CXN-GNM-G)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Volume 4Circuit Protection CA08100005ESeptember 2012 www.eaton.com

V4-T3-127

Appendix 1Eaton Terms & Conditions


Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Eaton Terms & Conditions

Contents
Description Terms and Conditions of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V4-A1-1 V4-A1-2 V4-A1-3 V4-A1-3

Selling Policy (Supersedes Selling Policy 25-000, dated February 20, 2006)
Terms and Conditions of Sale
The Terms and Conditions of Sale set forth herein, and any supplements which may be attached hereto, constitute the full and final expression of the contract for the sale of products or services (hereinafter referred to as Product(s) or Services by Eaton Corporation (hereinafter referred to as Seller) to the Buyer, and supersedes all prior quotations, purchase orders, correspondence or communications whether written or oral between the Seller and the Buyer. Notwithstanding any contrary language in the Buyers purchase order, correspondence or other form of acknowledgment, Buyer shall be bound by these Terms and Conditions of Sale when it sends a purchase order or otherwise indicates acceptance of this contract, or when it accepts delivery from Seller of the Products or Services. THE CONTRACT FOR SALE OF THE PRODUCTS OR SERVICES IS EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SALE STATED HEREIN. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS PROPOSED BY BUYER ARE REJECTED UNLESS EXPRESSLY AGREED TO IN WRITING BY SELLER. No contract shall exist except as herein provided. Complete Agreement No amendment or modification hereto nor any statement, representation or warranty not contained herein shall be binding on the Seller unless made in writing by an authorized representative of the Seller. Prior dealings, usage of the trade or a course of performance shall not be relevant to determine the meaning of this contract even though the accepting or acquiescing party had knowledge of the nature of the performance and opportunity for objection. Quotations Written quotations are valid for 30 days from its date unless otherwise stated in the quotation or terminated sooner by notice. Verbal quotations, unless accepted, expire the same day they are made. A complete signed order must be received by Seller within 20 calendar days of notification of award, otherwise the price and shipment will be subject to re-negotiation. Termination and Cancellation Any order may be terminated by the Buyer only by written notice and upon payment of reasonable termination charges, including all costs plus profit. Seller shall have the right to cancel any order at any time by written notice if Buyer breaches any of the terms hereof, becomes the subject of any proceeding under state or federal law for the relief of debtors, or otherwise becomes insolvent or bankrupt, generally does not pay its debts as they become due or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

V4-A1-1

Appendix 1Eaton Terms & Conditions


Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Prices All prices are subject to change without notice. In the event of a price change, the effective date of the change will be the date of the new price or discount sheet, letter or telegram. All quotations made or orders accepted after the effective date will be on the new basis. For existing orders, the price of the unshipped portion of an order will be the price in effect at time of shipment. Price PolicyProducts and Services When prices are quoted as firm for quoted shipment, they are firm provided the following conditions are met: 1. The order is released with complete engineering details. 2. Shipment of Products are made, and Services purchased are provided within the quoted lead time. 3. When drawings for approval are required for any Products, the drawings applicable to those Products must be returned within 30* calendar days from the date of the original mailing of the drawings by Seller. The return drawings must be released for manufacture and shipment and must be marked APPROVED or APPROVED AS NOTED. Drawing re-submittals which are required for any other reason than to correct Seller errors will not extend the 30-day period. * 60 days for orders through contractors to allow time for their review and approval before and after transmitting them to their customers.

If the Buyer initiates or in any way causes delays in shipment, provision of Services or return of approval drawings beyond the periods stated above, the price of the Products or Services will be increased 1% per month or fraction thereof up to a maximum of 18 months from the date of the Buyers order. For delays resulting in shipment or provision of Services beyond 18 months from the date of the Buyers order, the price must be renegotiated. Price PolicyBLS Refer to Price Policy 25-050. Minimum Billing Orders less than $1,000 will be assessed a shipping and handling charge of 5% of the price of the order, with a minimum charge of $25.00 unless noted differently on Product discount sheets. Taxes The price does not include any taxes. Buyer shall be responsible for the payment of all taxes applicable to, or arising from the transaction, the Products, its sale, value, or use, or any Services performed in connection therewith regardless of the person or entity actually taxed.

Terms of Payment
Products Acceptance of all orders is subject to the Buyer meeting Sellers credit requirements. Terms of payment are subject to change for failure to meet such requirements. Seller reserves the right at any time to demand full or partial payment before proceeding with a contract of sale as a result of changes in the financial condition of the Buyer. Terms of Payment are either Net 30 days from the date of invoice of each shipment or carry a cash discount based on Product type. Specific payment terms for Products are outlined in the applicable Product discount schedules. Services Terms of payment are net within 30 days from date of invoice for orders amounting to less than $50,000.00. Terms of payment for orders exceeding $50,000.00 shall be made according to the following: 1. Twenty percent (20%) of order value with the purchase order payable 30 days from date of invoice. 2. Eighty percent (80%) of order value in equal monthly payments over the performance period payable 30 days from date of invoice. Except for work performed (i) under a firm fixed price basis or (ii) pursuant to terms of a previously priced existing contract between Seller and Buyer, invoices for work performed by Seller shall have added and noted on each invoice a charge of 3% (over and above the price of the work) which is related to Seller compliance with present and proposed environmental, health, and safety regulations associated with prescribed requirements covering hazardous materials management and employee training, communications, personal protective equipment, documentation and record keeping associated therewith. Adequate Assurances If, in the judgment of Seller, the financial condition of the Buyer, at any time during the period of the contract, does not justify the terms of payment specified, Seller may require full or partial payment in advance. Delayed Payment If payments are not made in accordance with these terms, a service charge will, without prejudice to the right of Seller to immediate payment, be added in an amount equal to the lower of 1.5% per month or fraction thereof or the highest legal rate on the unpaid balance.

V4-A1-2

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

Appendix 1Eaton Terms & Conditions


Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Freight
Freight policy will be listed on the Product discount sheets, or at option of Seller one of the following freight terms will be quoted. F.O.B.P/SFrt./Ppd. and Invoiced Products are sold F.O.B. point of shipment freight prepaid and invoiced to the Buyer. F.O.B.P/SFrt./Ppd. and Allowed Products sold are delivered F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and included in the price. F.O.B. DestinationFrt./Ppd. and Allowed At Buyers option, Seller will deliver the Products F.O.B. destination freight prepaid and 2% will be added to the net price. The term freight prepaid means that freight charges will be prepaid to the accessible common carrier delivery point nearest the destination for shipments within the United States and Puerto Rico unless noted differently on the Product discount sheets. For any other destination contact Sellers representative. Shipment and Routing Seller shall select the point of origin of shipment, the method of transportation, the type of carrier equipment and the routing of the shipment. If the Buyer specifies a special method of transportation, type of carrier equipment, routing, or delivery requirement, Buyer shall pay all special freight and handling charges. When freight is included in the price, no allowance will be made in lieu of transportation if the Buyer accepts shipment at factory, warehouse, or freight station or otherwise supplies its own transportation. Risk of Loss Risk of loss or damage to the Products shall pass to Buyer at the F.O.B. point. Concealed Damage Except in the event of F.O.B. destination shipments, Seller will not participate in any settlement of claims for concealed damage. When shipment has been made on an F.O.B. destination basis, the Buyer must unpack immediately and, if damage is discovered must: 1. Not move the Products from the point of examination. 2. Retain shipping container and packing material. 3. Notify the carrier in writing of any apparent damage. 4. Notify Seller representative within 72 hours of delivery. 5. Send Seller a copy of the carriers inspection report. Witness Tests/Customer Inspection Standard factory tests may be witnessed by the Buyer at Sellers factory for an additional charge calculated at the rate of $2,500 per day (not to exceed eight (8) hours) per Product type. Buyer may final inspect Products at the Sellers factory for $500 per day per Product type. Witness tests will add one (1) week to the scheduled shipping date. Seller will notify Buyer fourteen (14) calendar days prior to scheduled witness testing or inspection. In the event Buyer is unable to attend, the Parties shall mutually agree on a rescheduled date. However, Seller reserves the right to deem the witness tests waived with the right to ship and invoice Products. Held Orders For any order held, delayed or rescheduled at the request of the Buyer, Seller may, at its sole option (1) require payment to be based on any reasonable basis, including but not limited to the contract price, and any additional expenses, or cost resulting from such a delay; (2) store Products at the sole cost and risk of loss of the Buyer; and/ or (3) charge to the Buyer those prices under the applicable price policy. Payment for such price, expenses and costs, in any such event, shall be due by Buyer within thirty (30) days from date of Sellers invoice. Any order so held delayed or rescheduled beyond six (6) months will be treated as a Buyer termination. Drawing Approval Seller will design the Products in line with, in Sellers judgment, good commercial practice. If at drawing approval Buyer makes changes outside of the design as covered in their specifications, Seller will then be paid reasonable charges and allowed a commensurate delay in shipping date based on the changes made. Drawing Re-Submittal When Seller agrees to do so in its quotation, Seller shall provide Buyer with the first set of factory customer approval drawing(s) at Sellers expense. The customer approval drawing(s) will be delivered at the quoted delivery date. If Buyer requests drawing changes or additions after the initial factory customer approval drawing(s) have been submitted by Seller, the Seller, at its option, may assess Buyer drawing charges. Factory customer approval drawing changes required due to misinterpretation by Seller will be at Sellers expense. Approval drawings generated by Bid Manager are excluded from this provision.

Warranty
Warranty for Products Seller warrants that the Products manufactured by it will conform to Sellers applicable specifications and be free from failure due to defects in workmanship and material for one (1) year from the date of installation of the Product or eighteen (18) months from the date of shipment of the Product, whichever occurs first. In the event any Product fails to comply with the foregoing warranty Seller will, at its option, either (a) repair or replace the defective Product, or defective part or component thereof, F.O.B. Sellers facility freight prepaid, or (b) credit Buyer for the purchase price of the Product. All warranty claims shall be made in writing. Seller requires all nonconforming Products be returned at Sellers expense for evaluation unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Seller. This warranty does not cover failure or damage due to storage, installation, operation or maintenance not in conformance with Sellers recommendations and industry standard practice or due to accident, misuse, abuse or negligence. This warranty does not cover reimbursement for labor, gaining access, removal, installation, temporary power or any other expenses, which may be incurred in connection with repair or replacement. This warranty does not apply to equipment not manufactured by Seller. Seller limits itself to extending the same warranty it receives from the supplier.

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

V4-A1-3

Appendix 1Eaton Terms & Conditions


Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Extended Warranty for Products If requested by the Buyer and specifically accepted in writing by Seller, the foregoing standard warranty for Products will be extended from the date of shipment for the period and price indicated below:

Warranty for Services Seller warrants that the Services performed by it hereunder will be performed in accordance with generally accepted professional standards. The Services, which do not so conform, shall be corrected by Seller upon notification in writing by the Buyer within one (1) year after completion of the Services. Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Seller, Seller assumes no responsibility with respect to the suitability of the Buyers, or its customers, equipment or with respect to any latent defects in equipment not supplied by Seller. This warranty does not cover damage to Buyers, or its customers, equipment, components or parts resulting in whole or in part from improper maintenance or operation or from their deteriorated condition. Buyer will, at its cost, provide Seller with unobstructed access to the defective Services, as well as adequate free working space in the immediate vicinity of the defective Services and such facilities and systems, including, without limitation, docks, cranes and utility disconnects and connects, as may be necessary in order that Seller may perform its warranty obligations. The conducting of any tests shall be mutually agreed upon and Seller shall be notified of, and may be present at, all tests that may be made.

24 months2% of Contract Price 30 months3% of Contract Price 36 months4% of Contract Price

Special Warranty (In and Out) for Products If requested by the Buyer and specifically accepted in writing by Seller, Seller will, during the warranty period for Products, at an additional cost of 2% of the contract price, be responsible for the direct cost of: 1. Removing the Product from the installed location. 2. Transportation to the repair facility and return to the site. 3. Reinstallation on site. The total liability of Seller for this Special Warranty for Products is limited to 50% of the contract price of the particular Product being repaired and excludes expenses for removing adjacent apparatus, walls, piping, structures, temporary service, etc.

Warranty for Power Systems Studies Seller warrants that any power systems studies performed by it will conform to generally accepted professional standards. Any portion of the study, which does not so conform, shall be corrected by Seller upon notification in writing by the Buyer within six (6) months after completion of the study. All warranty work shall be performed in a single shift straight time basis Monday through Friday. In the event that the study requires correction of warranty items on an overtime schedule, the premium portion of such overtime shall be for the Buyers account. Limitation on Warranties for Products, Services and Power Systems Studies THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE EXCLUSIVE EXCEPT FOR WARRANTY OF TITLE. SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. CORRECTION OF NONCONFORMITIES IN THE MANNER AND FOR THE PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED ABOVE SHALL CONSTITUTE SELLERS SOLE LIABILITY AND BUYERS EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR FAILURE OF SELLER TO MEET ITS WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS, WHETHER CLAIMS OF THE BUYER ARE BASED IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR OTHERWISE.

Asbestos Federal Law requires that building or facility owners identify the presence, location and quantity of asbestos containing material (hereinafter ACM) at work sites. Seller is not licensed to abate ACM. Accordingly, for any contract which includes the provision of Services, prior to (i) commencement of work at any site under a specific Purchase Order, (ii) a change in the work scope of any Purchase Order, the Buyer will certify that the work area associated with the Sellers scope of work includes the handling of Class II ACM, including but not limited to generator wedges and high temperature gaskets which include asbestos materials. The Buyer shall, at its expense, conduct abatement should the removal, handling, modification or reinstallation, or some or all of them, of said Class II ACM be likely to generate airborne asbestos fibers; and should such abatement affect the cost of or time of performance of the work then Seller shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the schedule, price and other pertinent affected provisions of the contract. Compliance with Nuclear Regulation Sellers Products are sold as commercial grade Products not intended for application in facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission for atomic purposes. Further certification will be required for use of the Products in any safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

V4-A1-4

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

Appendix 1Eaton Terms & Conditions


Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Returning Products Authorization and shipping instructions for the return of any Products must be obtained from Seller before returning the Products. When return is occasioned due to Seller error, full credit including all transportation charges will be allowed. Product Notices Buyer shall provide the user (including its employees) of the Products with all Seller supplied Product notices, warnings, instructions, recommendations, and similar materials. Force Majeure Seller shall not be liable for failure to perform or delay in performance due to fire, flood, strike or other labor difficulty, act of God, act of any governmental authority or of the Buyer, riot, embargo, fuel or energy shortage, car shortage, wrecks or delays in transportation, or due to any other cause beyond Sellers reasonable control. In the event of delay in performance due to any such cause, the date of delivery or time for completion will be extended by a period of time reasonably necessary to overcome the effect of such delay. Liquidated Damages Contracts which include liquidated damage clauses for failure to meet shipping or job completion promises are not acceptable or binding on Seller, unless such clauses are specifically accepted in writing by an authorized representative of the Seller at its headquarters office.

Patent Infringement Seller will defend or, at its option, settle any suit or proceeding brought against Buyer, or Buyers customers, to the extent it is based upon a claim that any Product or part thereof, manufactured by Seller or its subsidiaries and furnished hereunder, infringes any United States patent, other than a claim of infringement based upon use of a Product or part thereof in a process, provided Seller is notified in reasonable time and given authority, information and assistance (at Sellers expense) for the defense of same. Seller shall pay all legal and court costs and expenses and courtassessed damages awarded therein against Buyer resulting from or incident to such suit or proceeding. In addition to the foregoing, if at any time Seller determines there is a substantial question of infringement of any United States patent, and the use of such Product is or may be enjoined, Seller may, at its option and expense: either (a) procure for Buyer the right to continue using and selling the Product; (b) replace the Product with non-infringing apparatus; (c) modify the Product so it becomes noninfringing; or (d) as a last resort, remove the Product and refund the purchase price, equitably adjusted for use and obsolescence. In no case does Seller agree to pay any recovery based upon its Buyers savings or profit through use of Sellers Products whether the use be special or ordinary. The foregoing states the entire liability of Seller for patent infringement.

The preceding paragraph does not apply to any claim of infringement based upon: (a) any modification made to a Product other than by Seller; (b) any design and/or specifications of Buyer to which a Product was manufactured; or (c) the use or combination of Product with other products where the Product does not itself infringe. As to the aboveidentified claim situations where the preceding paragraph does not apply, Buyer shall defend and hold Seller harmless in the same manner and to the extent as Sellers obligations described in the preceding paragraph. Buyer shall be responsible for obtaining (at Buyers expense) all license rights required for Seller to be able to use software products in the possession of Buyer where such use is required in order to perform any Service for Buyer. With respect to a Product or part thereof not manufactured by Seller or its subsidiaries, Seller will attempt to obtain for Buyer, from the supplier(s), the patent indemnification protection normally provided by the supplier(s) to customers.

Compliance with OSHA Seller offers no warranty and makes no representation that its Products comply with the provisions or standards of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, or any regulation issued thereunder. In no event shall Seller be liable for any loss, damage, fines, penalty or expenses arising under said Act. Limitation of Liability THE REMEDIES OF THE BUYER SET FORTH IN THIS CONTRACT ARE EXCLUSIVE AND ARE ITS SOLE REMEDIES FOR ANY FAILURE OF SELLER TO COMPLY WITH ITS OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY PROVISION IN THIS CONTRACT TO THE CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE FOR DAMAGE TO PROPERTY OR EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN PRODUCTS SOLD HEREUNDER, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF USE OF PRODUCTS, COST OF CAPITAL, CLAIMS OF CUSTOMERS OF THE BUYER OR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH POTENTIAL DAMAGES ARE FORESEEABLE OR IF SELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE LIABILITY OF SELLER ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS CONTRACT WHETHER THE CLAIMS ARE BASED IN CONTRACT, IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT OR SERVICES ON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY IS BASED.

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

V4-A1-5

Appendix 2Catalog Parent Number Index


A
AAL . . . . . . . . . . . AA1 . . . . . . . . . . . AA11 . . . . . . . . . . AA21 . . . . . . . . . . AA31 . . . . . . . . . . ALM . . . . . . . . . . AUX . . . . . . . . . . . A1KE . . . . . . . . . . A1L . . . . . . . . . . . A1X . . . . . . . . . . . A12N . . . . . . . . . . A16 . . . . . . . . . . . A16R . . . . . . . . . . A2KE . . . . . . . . . . A2L . . . . . . . . . . . A2X . . . . . . . . . . . A20 . . . . . . . . . . . A20R . . . . . . . . . . A25 . . . . . . . . . . . A25R . . . . . . . . . . A3X . . . . . . . . . . . A4KE . . . . . . . . . . A4X . . . . . . . . . . . A6LES . . . . . . . . . A8ME . . . . . . . . . A8NE . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-308, V4-T2-436 V4-T2-106, V4-T2-436 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-309 V4-T2-106, V4-T2-414, V4-T2-436 V4-T2-106, V4-T2-115, V4-T2-414, V4-T2-436 V4-T2-172V4-T2-175, V4-T2-178 V4-T2-106, V4-T2-304, V4-T2-305, V4-T2-414, V4-T2-436 V4-T2-106, V4-T2-306, V4-T2-307, V4-T2-377, V4-T2-414, V4-T2-436 V4-T2-234V4-T2-246 V4-T2-72V4-T2-75 V4-T2-262V4-T2-266 V4-T2-172V4-T2-175, V4-T2-178 V4-T2-106, V4-T2-304, V4-T2-305, V4-T2-414 V4-T2-106, V4-T2-306, V4-T2-307, V4-T2-377, V4-T2-414, V4-T2-436 V4-T2-72V4-T2-75 V4-T2-262V4-T2-266 V4-T2-72V4-T2-75 V4-T2-262V4-T2-265 V4-T2-106, V4-T2-307 V4-T2-172V4-T2-175, V4-T2-178 V4-T2-106, V4-T2-307, V4-T2-414 V4-T2-198V4-T2-200 V4-T2-225, V4-T2-226 V4-T2-234V4-T2-246 CND . . . . . . . . . . CNDC. . . . . . . . . CRD . . . . . . . . . . CTK . . . . . . . . . . CX . . . . . . . . . . . CXN . . . . . . . . . . C361 . . . . . . . . . C371 . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-241, V4-T2-242, V4-T2-245, V4-T2-250, V4-T2-252 V4-T2-245, V4-T2-246, V4-T2-251, V4-T2-253 V4-T2-266, V4-T2-268, V4-T2-270, V4-T2-272, V4-T2-274, V4-T2-276 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-345 V4-T3-119V4-T3-122, V4-T3-125 V4-T3-125 V4-T2-115, V4-T2-360 V4-T2-354

D
DBU . . . . . . . . . . DBU17 . . . . . . . . DBU27 . . . . . . . . DBU38 . . . . . . . . DIG. . . . . . . . . . . DIGI . . . . . . . . . . DK . . . . . . . . . . . DOPT . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-88, V4-T3-89 V4-T3-87 V4-T3-88 V4-T3-89 V4-T2-36 V4-T2-103, V4-T2-154, V4-T2-359 V4-T2-176, V4-T2-177 V4-T2-358

E
ED . . . . . . . . . . . EDB . . . . . . . . . . EDC . . . . . . . . . . EDH . . . . . . . . . . EDS . . . . . . . . . . EEC . . . . . . . . . . EFH . . . . . . . . . . EFP . . . . . . . . . . EFR . . . . . . . . . . EFS . . . . . . . . . . EFT. . . . . . . . . . . EF1. . . . . . . . . . . EGB . . . . . . . . . . EGC . . . . . . . . . . EGD . . . . . . . . . . EGE . . . . . . . . . . EGH . . . . . . . . . . EGK . . . . . . . . . . EGS . . . . . . . . . . EG3 . . . . . . . . . . EG4 . . . . . . . . . . EHD . . . . . . . . . . EHM. . . . . . . . . . EIP . . . . . . . . . . . ELC . . . . . . . . . . ELE . . . . . . . . . . ELJ. . . . . . . . . . . ELL. . . . . . . . . . . EOP . . . . . . . . . . EOP5 . . . . . . . . . E1X1 . . . . . . . . . E2. . . . . . . . . . . . E2X1 . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-145 V4-T2-146 V4-T2-146 V4-T2-145 V4-T2-147 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-25, V4-T2-110 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-17, V4-T2-22 V4-T2-21, V4-T2-94 V4-T2-25 V4-T2-18, V4-T2-382 V4-T2-20, V4-T2-23, V4-T2-117, V4-T2-382 V4-T2-21 V4-T2-19, V4-T2-22, V4-T2-382 V4-T2-25, V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-147, V4-T2-153 V4-T2-114, V4-T2-121, V4-T2-122 V4-T2-25, V4-T2-94 V4-T2-297 V4-T2-90 V4-T2-90 V4-T2-90 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-347, V4-T2-348 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-306 V4-T2-396V4-T2-411 V4-T2-306

B
BAB . . . . . . . . . . . BA20 . . . . . . . . . . BA25 . . . . . . . . . . BBMK . . . . . . . . . BIM . . . . . . . . . . . BMH . . . . . . . . . . BRR . . . . . . . . . . . B20 . . . . . . . . . . . B201 . . . . . . . . . . B25 . . . . . . . . . . . B250 . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-12, V4-T1-32, V4-T1-38, V4-T1-41 V4-T1-45 V4-T2-387 V4-T2-387 V4-T2-347 V4-T2-359 V4-T2-65, V4-T2-340, V4-T2-369, V4-T2-435 V4-T1-32 V4-T2-78 V4-T2-277 V4-T2-78 V4-T2-277

C
CHK . . . . . . . . . . . CHKD . . . . . . . . . CHL . . . . . . . . . . . CHLD. . . . . . . . . . CHMDL . . . . . . . . CHND . . . . . . . . . CKD . . . . . . . . . . . CLD . . . . . . . . . . . CLDC. . . . . . . . . . CLE . . . . . . . . . . . CLPT . . . . . . . . . . CLR . . . . . . . . . . . CMDL . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-178 V4-T2-186, V4-T2-188 V4-T2-200 V4-T2-209, V4-T2-212 V4-T2-226 V4-T2-243, V4-T2-244, V4-T2-250, V4-T2-252 V4-T2-178, V4-T2-185, V4-T2-187 V4-T2-200, V4-T2-208, V4-T2-211 V4-T2-210, V4-T2-213 V4-T3-96V4-T3-102, V4-T3-113 V4-T3-115V4-T3-118 V4-T1-32 V4-T2-226

F
FCWT. . . . . . . . . FD . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-338 V4-T2-148, V4-T2-149, V4-T2-153

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

V4-A2-1

Appendix 2Catalog Parent Number Index


FDC . . . . . . . . . . . FDE . . . . . . . . . . . FDMP . . . . . . . . . FD1 . . . . . . . . . . . FD2 . . . . . . . . . . . FD3 . . . . . . . . . . . FD4 . . . . . . . . . . . FG . . . . . . . . . . . . FHMV . . . . . . . . . FJC . . . . . . . . . . . FJH . . . . . . . . . . . FJI . . . . . . . . . . . . FJP . . . . . . . . . . . FJR . . . . . . . . . . . FJS . . . . . . . . . . . FJT . . . . . . . . . . . FJ3 . . . . . . . . . . . FJ4 . . . . . . . . . . . FPH . . . . . . . . . . . FPS . . . . . . . . . . . F0S0 . . . . . . . . . . F1S0 . . . . . . . . . . F1S1 . . . . . . . . . . F2S0 . . . . . . . . . . F2S1 . . . . . . . . . . F3S0 . . . . . . . . . . F3S1 . . . . . . . . . . F4S0 . . . . . . . . . . F4S1 . . . . . . . . . . F5S . . . . . . . . . . . F5S0 . . . . . . . . . . F5S1 . . . . . . . . . . F6S0 . . . . . . . . . . F7S0 . . . . . . . . . . F7S1 . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-151, V4-T2-152, V4-T2-299 V4-T2-152 V4-T2-296 V4-T2-149 V4-T2-149 V4-T2-149 V4-T2-149 V4-T2-375 V4-T2-356 V4-T2-41 V4-T2-121 V4-T2-41 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-41, V4-T2-110 V4-T2-41 V4-T2-41 V4-T2-371 V4-T2-371 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-114 V4-T2-114, V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-114, V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 V4-T2-353 HEX . . . . . . . . . . HFD . . . . . . . . . . HFDMP . . . . . . . HFDPV . . . . . . . . HGHB. . . . . . . . . HGHC. . . . . . . . . HJD . . . . . . . . . . HKD . . . . . . . . . . HKDPV . . . . . . . . HLD . . . . . . . . . . HLK . . . . . . . . . . HM . . . . . . . . . . . HMC . . . . . . . . . HMCP . . . . . . . . HMCPS . . . . . . . HMDL . . . . . . . . HMDLPV . . . . . . HMV. . . . . . . . . . HND . . . . . . . . . . HQP . . . . . . . . . . HRG . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-56, V4-T2-65, V4-T2-78, V4-T2-357 V4-T2-150, V4-T2-152, V4-T2-153, V4-T2-383 V4-T2-296 V4-T2-434 V4-T2-135 V4-T2-140 V4-T2-162, V4-T2-163, V4-T2-384 V4-T2-170V4-T2-173, V4-T2-175, V4-T2-177, V4-T2-180, V4-T2-183, V4-T2-385 V4-T2-434 V4-T2-197V4-T2-199, V4-T2-201, V4-T2-203, V4-T2-206, V4-T2-386 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-344, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-355 V4-T2-357 V4-T2-83V4-T2-85, V4-T2-288, V4-T2-289, V4-T2-291V4-T2-294 V4-T2-290 V4-T2-223V4-T2-226, V4-T2-387 V4-T2-434 V4-T2-121, V4-T2-357 V4-T2-236, V4-T2-237, V4-T2-247, V4-T2-249, V4-T2-253 V4-T1-6, V4-T1-41V4-T1-45 V4-T2-287, V4-T2-356, V4-T2-357

I
ICK . . . . . . . . . . . INK . . . . . . . . . . . IPB . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-322 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-56, V4-T2-65, V4-T2-342, V4-T2-435

J
JD . . . . . . . . . . . JDB . . . . . . . . . . JDC . . . . . . . . . . JFDN . . . . . . . . . JG . . . . . . . . . . . JGC . . . . . . . . . . JGE . . . . . . . . . . JGF . . . . . . . . . . JGH . . . . . . . . . . JGK . . . . . . . . . . JGMP. . . . . . . . . JGS . . . . . . . . . . JGU . . . . . . . . . . JGX . . . . . . . . . . JG3 . . . . . . . . . . JG4 . . . . . . . . . . JHM . . . . . . . . . . JHMV. . . . . . . . . JJDN . . . . . . . . . JKDN . . . . . . . . . JLDN . . . . . . . . . JNDN . . . . . . . . . JT . . . . . . . . . . . . JT2 . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-162, V4-T2-163 V4-T2-163 V4-T2-162, V4-T2-163 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-375 V4-T2-33, V4-T2-35, V4-T2-38 V4-T2-31, V4-T2-35, V4-T2-37, V4-T2-39, V4-T2-40, V4-T2-383 V4-T2-36, V4-T2-37, V4-T2-38, V4-T2-40 V4-T2-32, V4-T2-35, V4-T2-37, V4-T2-39, V4-T2-40, V4-T2-117, V4-T2-384 V4-T2-34 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-31, V4-T2-35, V4-T2-37, V4-T2-39, V4-T2-40, V4-T2-384 V4-T2-33, V4-T2-35, V4-T2-38 V4-T2-34, V4-T2-35, V4-T2-38 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-111 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-111 V4-T2-114, V4-T2-122 V4-T2-356 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-162 V4-T2-35

G
GBHS . . . . . . . . . GCWT . . . . . . . . . GD . . . . . . . . . . . . GDB. . . . . . . . . . . GFAU. . . . . . . . . . GFMB . . . . . . . . . GFR . . . . . . . . . . . GHB. . . . . . . . . . . GHBS . . . . . . . . . GHC. . . . . . . . . . . GHMV . . . . . . . . . GHQ . . . . . . . . . . GKOA . . . . . . . . . GMCP . . . . . . . . . GPHB . . . . . . . . . GPS . . . . . . . . . . . GTSK . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-35 V4-T2-339 V4-T2-131, V4-T2-132 V4-T2-132 V4-T2-358 V4-T1-38 V4-T2-430, V4-T2-431 V4-T2-135, V4-T2-137, V4-T2-142 V4-T1-35 V4-T2-140V4-T2-142 V4-T2-356 V4-T1-35, V4-T2-135 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-286 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-371 V4-T2-341

H
HBA. . . . . . . . . . . HCL . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-13 V4-T3-106

V4-A2-2

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2Catalog Parent Number Index


JT3 . . . . . . . . . . . JT4 . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-35, V4-T2-36, V4-T2-383, V4-T2-384 V4-T2-35, V4-T2-36 LT3. . . . . . . . . . . LT4. . . . . . . . . . . L3R . . . . . . . . . . L4R . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-49, V4-T2-50, V4-T2-55, V4-T2-385, V4-T2-404 V4-T2-49, V4-T2-50, V4-T2-385 V4-T2-56, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-56, V4-T2-437

K
KCWT . . . . . . . . . KD . . . . . . . . . . . . KDB . . . . . . . . . . . KDC . . . . . . . . . . . KEM . . . . . . . . . . KES . . . . . . . . . . . KG . . . . . . . . . . . . KHMV . . . . . . . . . KLH . . . . . . . . . . . KPE . . . . . . . . . . . KPEK . . . . . . . . . . KPEM . . . . . . . . . KPR . . . . . . . . . . . KPS . . . . . . . . . . . KT . . . . . . . . . . . . KYK . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-338 V4-T2-170V4-T2-174, V4-T2-176, V4-T2-177, V4-T2-179, V4-T2-182 V4-T2-174, V4-T2-177 V4-T2-170V4-T2-173, V4-T2-181, V4-T2-184 V4-T2-402, V4-T2-403 V4-T2-172, V4-T2-173, V4-T2-178 V4-T2-375 V4-T2-356 V4-T2-121 V4-T2-437 V4-T2-337, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-412 V4-T2-337 V4-T2-372 V4-T2-170, V4-T2-385 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-345

M
MA . . . . . . . . . . . MAA. . . . . . . . . . MA1 . . . . . . . . . . MA2 . . . . . . . . . . MB . . . . . . . . . . . MD. . . . . . . . . . . MDL. . . . . . . . . . MDLB . . . . . . . . MEM . . . . . . . . . MES . . . . . . . . . . MOP . . . . . . . . . MPS . . . . . . . . . . MT . . . . . . . . . . . MTS . . . . . . . . . . MUVH . . . . . . . . V4-T3-12 V4-T2-308 V4-T2-304 V4-T2-304 V4-T3-12 V4-T3-12 V4-T2-223, V4-T2-225, V4-T2-226 V4-T2-224 V4-T2-409 V4-T2-225, V4-T2-226 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-109, V4-T2-347 V4-T2-372 V4-T2-223, V4-T2-387 V4-T2-36, V4-T2-50, V4-T2-104 V4-T2-317

L
LBH . . . . . . . . . . . LD . . . . . . . . . . . . LDB . . . . . . . . . . . LDC . . . . . . . . . . . LEM. . . . . . . . . . . LES . . . . . . . . . . . LFD . . . . . . . . . . . LG . . . . . . . . . . . . LGC . . . . . . . . . . . LGE . . . . . . . . . . . LGF . . . . . . . . . . . LGH . . . . . . . . . . . LGHPV. . . . . . . . . LGK . . . . . . . . . . . LGMP . . . . . . . . . LGS . . . . . . . . . . . LGT . . . . . . . . . . . LGU . . . . . . . . . . . LGX . . . . . . . . . . . LG3 . . . . . . . . . . . LG4 . . . . . . . . . . . LHH . . . . . . . . . . . LHM . . . . . . . . . . LHMV . . . . . . . . . LKD . . . . . . . . . . . LPH . . . . . . . . . . . LPS . . . . . . . . . . . LRC . . . . . . . . . . . LST . . . . . . . . . . . LT . . . . . . . . . . . . LTS . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 V4-T2-197V4-T2-199, V4-T2-201, V4-T2-202, V4-T2-205, V4-T2-207 V4-T2-199, V4-T2-201 V4-T2-199, V4-T2-204, V4-T2-207 V4-T2-407 V4-T2-198, V4-T2-200 V4-T2-358 V4-T2-376 V4-T2-48, V4-T2-49, V4-T2-52, V4-T2-55 V4-T2-47, V4-T2-49, V4-T2-51, V4-T2-53, V4-T2-54, V4-T2-55, V4-T2-385 V4-T2-50V4-T2-52, V4-T2-54, V4-T2-55 V4-T2-47, V4-T2-49, V4-T2-51, V4-T2-53, V4-T2-54, V4-T2-55, V4-T2-117, V4-T2-386 V4-T2-434 V4-T2-49 V4-T2-87 V4-T2-47, V4-T2-49, V4-T2-51, V4-T2-53, V4-T2-54, V4-T2-55, V4-T2-104, V4-T2-385 V4-T2-56 V4-T2-48, V4-T2-49, V4-T2-52, V4-T2-55 V4-T2-48, V4-T2-49, V4-T2-52, V4-T2-55 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-111 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-111 V4-T2-99 V4-T2-114, V4-T2-122 V4-T2-356 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-343, V4-T2-435 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-372, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-372 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-107, V4-T2-314 V4-T2-197, V4-T2-385, V4-T2-386 V4-T2-56, V4-T2-110

N
NB . . . . . . . . . . . ND . . . . . . . . . . . NDC . . . . . . . . . . NDU . . . . . . . . . . NG . . . . . . . . . . . NGC . . . . . . . . . . NGH . . . . . . . . . . NGS . . . . . . . . . . NG3 . . . . . . . . . . NG4 . . . . . . . . . . NHH . . . . . . . . . . NTS . . . . . . . . . . NTS3 . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-387 V4-T2-234, V4-T2-235, V4-T2-238, V4-T2-247, V4-T2-249, V4-T2-253 V4-T2-238, V4-T2-239, V4-T2-248, V4-T2-249 V4-T2-240 V4-T2-376 V4-T2-64 V4-T2-64, V4-T2-117 V4-T2-63 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-111 V4-T2-99 V4-T2-65 V4-T2-342

O
OPTIM . . . . . . . . ORPK . . . . . . . . . ORPL . . . . . . . . . ORPN. . . . . . . . . ORPR . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359 V4-T2-179V4-T2-188 V4-T2-202V4-T2-213 V4-T2-247V4-T2-253 V4-T2-275, V4-T2-276

P
PAD . . . . . . . . . . PB . . . . . . . . . . . PHB . . . . . . . . . . PHL . . . . . . . . . . PIIL. . . . . . . . . . . PLK . . . . . . . . . . PLN2 . . . . . . . . . PMP . . . . . . . . . . PRTB . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104, V4-T2-110, V4-T2-348, V4-T2-349 V4-T2-387 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-343, V4-T2-344 V4-T2-110 V4-T2-104, V4-T2-344, V4-T2-412, V4-T2-435 V4-T2-338 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-359

Q
QBAF . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-15

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

V4-A2-3

Appendix 2Catalog Parent Number Index


QBCAF . . . . . . . . QBGF . . . . . . . . . QBH . . . . . . . . . . QC . . . . . . . . . . . . QCD . . . . . . . . . . QCF . . . . . . . . . . . QCG . . . . . . . . . . QCH . . . . . . . . . . QCHW. . . . . . . . . QCR. . . . . . . . . . . QHCW. . . . . . . . . QHCX . . . . . . . . . QHP. . . . . . . . . . . QL . . . . . . . . . . . . QPGF. . . . . . . . . . QPH. . . . . . . . . . . QPHG . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-15 V4-T1-18, V4-T1-19 V4-T1-12, V4-T1-15 V4-T1-21, V4-T1-41V4-T1-45 V4-T1-23 V4-T1-26, V4-T1-44 V4-T1-29 V4-T1-29 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-25, V4-T1-27 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-22 V4-T1-7 V4-T1-43, V4-T1-45, V4-T1-46 V4-T1-9, V4-T1-10, V4-T1-18 V4-T1-6 V4-T1-9

T
TAD3 . . . . . . . . . TA1 . . . . . . . . . . TA10 . . . . . . . . . TA12 . . . . . . . . . TA16 . . . . . . . . . TA2 . . . . . . . . . . TA20 . . . . . . . . . TA25 . . . . . . . . . TA250 . . . . . . . . TA3 . . . . . . . . . . TA30 . . . . . . . . . TA35 . . . . . . . . . TA40 . . . . . . . . . TA45 . . . . . . . . . TA60 . . . . . . . . . TA7 . . . . . . . . . . TA70 . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-338 V4-T2-65, V4-T2-78 V4-T2-234V4-T2-246, V4-T2-254, V4-T2-377, V4-T2-387, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-234V4-T2-246, V4-T2-254, V4-T2-377, V4-T2-387, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-277, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-78, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-277, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-35, V4-T2-41, V4-T2-162V4-T2-164, V4-T2-377 V4-T2-96 V4-T2-437 V4-T2-170, V4-T2-172, V4-T2-173, V4-T2-178, V4-T2-189, V4-T2-385 V4-T2-56, V4-T2-170, V4-T2-178, V4-T2-189, V4-T2-369, V4-T2-377, V4-T2-385, V4-T2-386 V4-T2-421 V4-T2-214 V4-T2-197, V4-T2-198, V4-T2-200, V4-T2-214, V4-T2-338, V4-T2-369, V4-T2-386, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-65, V4-T2-437 V4-T2-223, V4-T2-224, V4-T2-227, V4-T2-234 V4-T2-246, V4-T2-254, V4-T2-377, V4-T2-387, V4-T2-412, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-437 V4-T2-223, V4-T2-224, V4-T2-227, V4-T2-387, V4-T2-412, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-322 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-103, V4-T2-359 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-65 V4-T2-254, V4-T2-412, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-65, V4-T2-94 V4-T2-254, V4-T2-412, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-78, V4-T2-277 V4-T2-421 V4-T2-35, V4-T2-41, V4-T2-164, V4-T2-300, V4-T2-383, V4-T2-384, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-437 V4-T2-189, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-437 V4-T2-56, V4-T2-189, V4-T2-412, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-421 V4-T2-227, V4-T2-412, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-214, V4-T2-338, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-65 V4-T2-254, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-227, V4-T2-412, V4-T2-421

R
RBA2 . . . . . . . . . . RBA4 . . . . . . . . . . RD . . . . . . . . . . . . RDB2. . . . . . . . . . RDB4. . . . . . . . . . RDB8. . . . . . . . . . RDC. . . . . . . . . . . RFDN. . . . . . . . . . RGC . . . . . . . . . . . RGH. . . . . . . . . . . RGK . . . . . . . . . . . RJDN. . . . . . . . . . RKDN . . . . . . . . . RLDN. . . . . . . . . . RNDN . . . . . . . . . RP6R . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-75, V4-T3-78, V4-T3-81, V4-T3-84 V4-T3-76, V4-T3-77, V4-T3-79, V4-T3-80, V4-T3-82, V4-T3-83, V4-T3-85, V4-T3-86 V4-T2-262, V4-T2-263, V4-T2-267, V4-T2-269, V4-T2-271, V4-T2-273, V4-T2-275, V4-T2-276 V4-T3-75V4-T3-84 V4-T3-76, V4-T3-79, V4-T3-82, V4-T3-85 V4-T3-77V4-T3-86 V4-T2-264, V4-T2-265, V4-T2-267, V4-T2-269, V4-T2-271, V4-T2-273, V4-T2-275 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-74, V4-T2-75, V4-T2-76, V4-T2-77 V4-T2-72, V4-T2-73, V4-T2-76, V4-T2-77 V4-T2-75 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-76, V4-T2-77, V4-T2-267V4-T2-274

TA8 . . . . . . . . . . TA80 . . . . . . . . . TBRD . . . . . . . . . TEC . . . . . . . . . . TRIP . . . . . . . . . . TS33. . . . . . . . . . TS34. . . . . . . . . . T10. . . . . . . . . . . T100. . . . . . . . . . T12. . . . . . . . . . . T120. . . . . . . . . . T16. . . . . . . . . . . T225. . . . . . . . . . T250. . . . . . . . . . T30. . . . . . . . . . . T300. . . . . . . . . . T35. . . . . . . . . . . T350. . . . . . . . . . T401. . . . . . . . . . T600. . . . . . . . . . T602. . . . . . . . . . T70. . . . . . . . . . . T700. . . . . . . . . . T800. . . . . . . . . .

S
SBK . . . . . . . . . . . SFDN. . . . . . . . . . SJDN . . . . . . . . . . SKDN. . . . . . . . . . SLA . . . . . . . . . . . SLBK . . . . . . . . . . SLDN. . . . . . . . . . SNDN . . . . . . . . . SNT . . . . . . . . . . . SNT1 . . . . . . . . . . SNT2 . . . . . . . . . . SNT3 . . . . . . . . . . SNT4 . . . . . . . . . . SNT5 . . . . . . . . . . SNT6 . . . . . . . . . . STK . . . . . . . . . . . STK2 . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104, V4-T2-346 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-377 V4-T3-55 V4-T1-32 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-377 V4-T2-106, V4-T2-377 V4-T2-310, V4-T2-414, V4-T2-436 V4-T2-311, V4-T2-414 V4-T2-311, V4-T2-414, V4-T2-436 V4-T2-312, V4-T2-414 V4-T2-313, V4-T2-414 V4-T2-313, V4-T2-414 V4-T2-104 V4-T2-358

U
UVH . . . . . . . . . . UVM. . . . . . . . . . UVR . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-107, V4-T2-317V4-T2-321, V4-T2-413, V4-T2-436 V4-T2-413 V4-T2-107, V4-T2-436

V4-A2-4

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

Appendix 2Catalog Parent Number Index


W
WBL . . . . . . . . . . WHM. . . . . . . . . . WMZD. . . . . . . . . WMZH. . . . . . . . . WMZP . . . . . . . . . WMZS . . . . . . . . . WMZT . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104, V4-T2-346 V4-T2-355 V4-T1-54 V4-T1-53 V4-T1-70 V4-T1-54, V4-T1-66V4-T1-70 V4-T1-52, V4-T1-54 15RD . . . . . . . . . 16R . . . . . . . . . . 16RE . . . . . . . . . 176C . . . . . . . . . 179C . . . . . . . . . 2ACLS . . . . . . . . 2BCLS . . . . . . . . 2CLE . . . . . . . . . 2CLS . . . . . . . . . 2HCLS . . . . . . . . 2KES . . . . . . . . . 2NCL . . . . . . . . . 2TA4 . . . . . . . . . 2TA6 . . . . . . . . . 2T40. . . . . . . . . . 20R . . . . . . . . . . 20RE . . . . . . . . . 207B . . . . . . . . . 208B . . . . . . . . . 24RB . . . . . . . . . 25CL . . . . . . . . . 25CXN . . . . . . . . 25R . . . . . . . . . . 25RB . . . . . . . . . 25RD . . . . . . . . . 25RE . . . . . . . . . 2600. . . . . . . . . . 2602. . . . . . . . . . 2603. . . . . . . . . . 2605. . . . . . . . . . 2606. . . . . . . . . . 2609. . . . . . . . . . 2610. . . . . . . . . . 2611. . . . . . . . . . 2614. . . . . . . . . . 3TA . . . . . . . . . . 3TA1 . . . . . . . . . 3TA2 . . . . . . . . . 3TA4 . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-78V4-T3-80 V4-T2-72V4-T2-75 V4-T2-262V4-T2-266 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-430 V4-T3-108 V4-T3-108 V4-T3-96, V4-T3-113 V4-T3-108 V4-T3-108 V4-T2-172V4-T2-175, V4-T2-178 V4-T3-114 V4-T2-170, V4-T2-189, V4-T2-214 V4-T2-197, V4-T2-201, V4-T2-214, V4-T2-338 V4-T2-189 V4-T2-72V4-T2-75 V4-T2-262V4-T2-266 V4-T2-342 V4-T2-342, V4-T2-351, V4-T2-352 V4-T3-81 V4-T3-118 V4-T3-124 V4-T2-72V4-T2-75 V4-T3-81V4-T3-83 V4-T3-81V4-T3-83 V4-T2-262V4-T2-265 V4-T2-351, V4-T2-420 V4-T2-420 V4-T2-420 V4-T2-423 V4-T2-423 V4-T2-417V4-T2-420 V4-T2-420 V4-T2-420 V4-T2-349 V4-T2-23, V4-T2-24, V4-T2-25, V4-T2-41, V4-T2-56, V4-T2-437 V4-T2-154, V4-T2-339 V4-T2-154, V4-T2-300, V4-T2-339, V4-T2-369, V4-T2-377 V4-T2-170, V4-T2-172, V4-T2-178, V4-T2-189, V4-T2-214, V4-T2-339, V4-T2-369, V4-T2-377, V4-T2-385, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-154 V4-T2-197, V4-T2-198, V4-T2-200, V4-T2-201, V4-T2-214, V4-T2-338, V4-T2-369, V4-T2-377, V4-T2-385, V4-T2-386, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-24 V4-T2-154, V4-T2-300, V4-T2-369, V4-T2-377, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-154, V4-T2-369, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-437 V4-T2-154, V4-T2-388 V4-T2-154 V4-T2-189, V4-T2-412 V4-T2-56 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-342, V4-T2-350, V4-T2-352, V4-T2-422 V4-T2-352

Z
ZGK . . . . . . . . . . . ZGPK . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-322 V4-T2-322

Numerics
05B7 . . . . . . . . . . 1KES . . . . . . . . . . 12NE . . . . . . . . . . 1223 . . . . . . . . . . 1225 . . . . . . . . . . 1227 . . . . . . . . . . 1228 . . . . . . . . . . 1229 . . . . . . . . . . 1231 . . . . . . . . . . 1234 . . . . . . . . . . 1241 . . . . . . . . . . 1253 . . . . . . . . . . 1255 . . . . . . . . . . 1256 . . . . . . . . . . 1257 . . . . . . . . . . 1260 . . . . . . . . . . 1261 . . . . . . . . . . 1262 . . . . . . . . . . 1264 . . . . . . . . . . 1266 . . . . . . . . . . 1283 . . . . . . . . . . 1288 . . . . . . . . . . 1290 . . . . . . . . . . 1291 . . . . . . . . . . 1294 . . . . . . . . . . 1373 . . . . . . . . . . 14RB . . . . . . . . . . 1480 . . . . . . . . . . 1482 . . . . . . . . . . 1498 . . . . . . . . . . 15BH . . . . . . . . . . 15BHLE . . . . . . . . 15CL . . . . . . . . . . 15CLE . . . . . . . . . 15CLE2 . . . . . . . . 15CLE3 . . . . . . . . 15CLPT . . . . . . . . 15CX . . . . . . . . . . 15CXI. . . . . . . . . . 15CXN . . . . . . . . . 15HCL . . . . . . . . . 15HLE . . . . . . . . . 15NC . . . . . . . . . . 15RB . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-422 V4-T2-172V4-T2-175, V4-T2-178 V4-T2-234V4-T2-246 V4-T2-343 V4-T2-287, V4-T2-342 V4-T2-418, V4-T2-419 V4-T2-423 V4-T2-418, V4-T2-419 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-431 V4-T2-422 V4-T2-351 V4-T2-430 V4-T2-430 V4-T2-430 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-422 V4-T2-422 V4-T2-358, V4-T2-420 V4-T2-341 V4-T2-430 V4-T2-287, V4-T2-304, V4-T2-306, V4-T2-349 V4-T2-349 V4-T2-417, V4-T2-419 V4-T2-287, V4-T2-342 V4-T2-287, V4-T2-310, V4-T2-315 V4-T3-75V4-T3-80 V4-T2-348 V4-T2-307, V4-T2-308 V4-T2-118 V4-T3-102 V4-T3-102 V4-T3-117 V4-T3-99 V4-T3-99 V4-T3-99 V4-T3-117 V4-T3-122, V4-T3-125 V4-T3-122 V4-T3-123, V4-T3-124 V4-T3-106 V4-T3-102 V4-T3-117 V4-T3-75V4-T3-80

3TA5 . . . . . . . . . 3TA6 . . . . . . . . .

3T1. . . . . . . . . . . 3T10. . . . . . . . . . 3T15. . . . . . . . . . 3T2. . . . . . . . . . . 3T20. . . . . . . . . . 3T22. . . . . . . . . . 3T40. . . . . . . . . . 3T6. . . . . . . . . . . 313C . . . . . . . . . 314C . . . . . . . . . 315C . . . . . . . . .

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

V4-A2-5

Appendix 2Catalog Parent Number Index


317B . . . . . . . . . . 32B9 . . . . . . . . . . 373B . . . . . . . . . . 374D . . . . . . . . . . 38CL . . . . . . . . . . 38RB . . . . . . . . . . 38RD . . . . . . . . . . 4ACLS . . . . . . . . . 4BCLS . . . . . . . . . 4CX . . . . . . . . . . . 4CXI. . . . . . . . . . . 4KES . . . . . . . . . . 4TA . . . . . . . . . . . 4TA4 . . . . . . . . . . 4TA6 . . . . . . . . . . 4T4 . . . . . . . . . . . 4T40 . . . . . . . . . . 4T6 . . . . . . . . . . . 4210 . . . . . . . . . . 4212 . . . . . . . . . . 4217 . . . . . . . . . . 4218 . . . . . . . . . . 451D . . . . . . . . . . 456D . . . . . . . . . . 4995 . . . . . . . . . . 5ACLS . . . . . . . . . 5AHLE . . . . . . . . . 5BCLS . . . . . . . . . 5BHCL. . . . . . . . . 5BHLE . . . . . . . . . 5CLE . . . . . . . . . . 5CLPT . . . . . . . . . 5CLS . . . . . . . . . . 5CX . . . . . . . . . . . 5CXI. . . . . . . . . . . 5HCL . . . . . . . . . . 5HCLS . . . . . . . . . 5HLE . . . . . . . . . . 5LCL . . . . . . . . . . 5NCLPT . . . . . . . . 5RBA . . . . . . . . . . 5010 . . . . . . . . . . 504C . . . . . . . . . . 505C . . . . . . . . . . 506C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-115 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-350, V4-T2-422 V4-T2-350 V4-T3-118 V4-T3-81V4-T3-86 V4-T3-84V4-T3-86 V4-T3-109 V4-T3-109 V4-T3-119 V4-T3-119 V4-T2-172V4-T2-175, V4-T2-178 V4-T2-24, V4-T2-56, V4-T2-437 V4-T2-170, V4-T2-189, V4-T2-214 V4-T2-197, V4-T2-198, V4-T2-201, V4-T2-214, V4-T2-338 V4-T2-437 V4-T2-189 V4-T2-56, V4-T2-437 V4-T2-341 V4-T2-351 V4-T2-355 V4-T2-340 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-350, V4-T2-422 V4-T2-423 V4-T3-109 V4-T3-100 V4-T3-109 V4-T3-106 V4-T3-100 V4-T3-97, V4-T3-113 V4-T3-115 V4-T3-109, V4-T3-110 V4-T3-119, V4-T3-120 V4-T3-120 V4-T3-106 V4-T3-109 V4-T3-100, V4-T3-113 V4-T3-110 V4-T3-115 V4-T3-75V4-T3-77 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-349 V4-T2-352 V4-T2-348, V4-T2-349, V4-T2-352 625B . . . . . . . . . 656D . . . . . . . . . 66A6 . . . . . . . . . 6631. . . . . . . . . . 6636. . . . . . . . . . 6641. . . . . . . . . . 6642. . . . . . . . . . 6648. . . . . . . . . . 673B . . . . . . . . . 68C6 . . . . . . . . . 69D6 . . . . . . . . . 69D9 . . . . . . . . . 7ACLS . . . . . . . . 7BCLS . . . . . . . . 7CLS . . . . . . . . . 752B . . . . . . . . . 8ACLS . . . . . . . . 8AHLE . . . . . . . . 8BHLE . . . . . . . . 8CLE . . . . . . . . . 8CLP . . . . . . . . . 8CLPT . . . . . . . . 8CLS . . . . . . . . . 8CX . . . . . . . . . . 8CXI . . . . . . . . . . 8CXN . . . . . . . . . 8HLE . . . . . . . . . 8MES . . . . . . . . . 8NCL . . . . . . . . . 8NES . . . . . . . . . 8RBA . . . . . . . . . 8RBT . . . . . . . . . 8RDB . . . . . . . . . 8703. . . . . . . . . . 507C . . . . . . . . . 510. . . . . . . . . . . 5108. . . . . . . . . . 5652. . . . . . . . . . 5672. . . . . . . . . . 5685. . . . . . . . . . 6DSL . . . . . . . . . 6LES . . . . . . . . . 623B . . . . . . . . . 624B . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-348 V4-T2-65 V4-T2-360 V4-T2-25, V4-T2-339 V4-T2-423 V4-T2-417V4-T2-420 V4-T3-126 V4-T2-198V4-T2-200 V4-T2-350, V4-T2-422 V4-T2-287, V4-T2-339, V4-T2-340, V4-T2-351, V4-T2-352, V4-T2-421 V4-T2-341 V4-T2-422 V4-T2-118, V4-T2-119 V4-T2-341 V4-T2-349 V4-T2-341 V4-T2-350 V4-T2-355 V4-T2-351 V4-T2-118, V4-T2-119 V4-T2-118, V4-T2-119 V4-T2-119 V4-T3-111 V4-T3-110 V4-T3-110, V4-T3-111 V4-T2-431 V4-T3-110 V4-T3-101 V4-T3-101 V4-T3-98, V4-T3-113 V4-T3-116 V4-T3-116 V4-T3-110, V4-T3-111 V4-T3-121, V4-T3-125 V4-T3-121 V4-T3-123 V4-T3-101, V4-T3-113 V4-T2-225, V4-T2-226 V4-T3-116 V4-T2-234V4-T2-246 V4-T3-75V4-T3-77 V4-T3-75V4-T3-77, V4-T3-78 V4-T3-75V4-T3-77 V4-T2-339

V4-A2-6

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index


A
Accessories Expulsion Fuses End Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73 Live Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73 Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73 Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-27 Dummy Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-45 Factory Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-46 Handle Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-43 Handle Tie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-45 Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-44 Quick-Connect Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-27 Ring or Spade Lug Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-27 Spare Terminal Hardware Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-46 Standard Box Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-27 Medium Voltage Power Contactors Mechanical Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-63, V4-T3-67 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Definite Purpose Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-369 End Cap Accessory Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-372 Line and Load Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-369 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Auxiliary Power Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359 Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-339 Base Mounting Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 Breaker Interface Module (BIM). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359 Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359 Cause of Trip LED Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359 Cylinder Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-344 Digitrip OPTIMizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359 DIN Rail Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms . . . . . V4-T2-357 Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-341 Electrical Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-347 Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame) . . . . . V4-T2-360 Ground Fault Alarm Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-358 Handle Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-357 Handle Mechanisms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-353 Interphase Barriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 IQ Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-358 Key Interlock Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-345 Key Operated Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 Non-Padlockable Handle Block. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-343 Padlockable Handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-343 Padlockable Handle Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-343 Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-344 Panelboard Connecting Straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-351 Plug-In Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-348 Potential Transformer Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-358 Rear Connected Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-350 Series C Rotary Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-360 Sliding Bar Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-346 Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp . . . . . . . . V4-T2-343 Solid-State (Electronic) Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-358 Terminal End Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 Terminal Shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-341 Termination Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-337 Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-355 Type LFD Current Limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-358 Universal Rotary F-Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-356 Walking Beam Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-346 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Alarm Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-304 Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Combination . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-308 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-310 Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-322 Undervoltage Release Mechanism . . . . V4-T2-315V4-T2-321 Zone Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-322 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Electrical Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Handle Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Handle Lock Hasps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Interlock Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Plug-In Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Rear Connected Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Test Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Alarm Lockout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106 Auxiliary Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106 Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106 Shunt TripLow Energy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-107 Shunt TripStandard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106 Undervoltage Release Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-107 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, Add-On Ground Fault Protection Ammeter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431 Face Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431 Ground Fault Warning Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431 Test Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, Classic Mining Breakers Line and Load Terminal Shields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-422 Rear Connected Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-422 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-423 Undervoltage Release Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-423 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, Direct Current Auxiliary Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-389 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-389 Undervoltage Release Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-389 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, E2 Mining Service Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-414 Auxiliary Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-414 End Cap Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-412 Line and Load Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-412 Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-412 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-414 Undervoltage Release Mechanism . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-413 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, Engine Generator Auxiliary Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-377 Neutral Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-377 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-377 Standard Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-377 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty Breakers, PVGard Solar Photovoltaic Alarm Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-436

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

V4-A3-1

Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index


Auxiliary and Alarm Combo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-436 Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-436 End Cap Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-437 Imperial Base Mounting Hardware. . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-435 Interphase Barrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-435 Metric Base Mounting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-435 Non-Padlockable Handle Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-435 Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-435 PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-437 Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-436 Undervoltage Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-436 Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Auxiliary Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Bell Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Key Off Lock Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Latch Check Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Mechanical Operations Counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Mechanical Trip Indicator Flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Padlockable Pushbutton Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Shunt Trip Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Spring Charge Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Spring Release Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Undervoltage Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, WMZS. V4-T1-68 Auxiliary Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-68 Busbar End Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-70 Busbar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-69 Protective Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-70 Supply Terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-70 Voltage Trips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-68 Accessories, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-43 Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-429 Alarm (Signal/Lockout Switch) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E2 Mining Service Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-414 Alarm Lockout Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106 Alarm Switch Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-304 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-436 Ammeter Kit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Add-On Ground Fault Protection Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431 Auxiliary and Alarm Combo Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-436 Auxiliary Contacts UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, WMZS Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-68 Auxiliary Power Module Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359 Auxiliary Switch Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-306 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Direct Current Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-389 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E2 Mining Service Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-414 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Engine Generator Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-377 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-436 Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-308 Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Lockout Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106

B
Base Mounting Hardware Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Definite Purpose Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-369 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-339 Base Mounting Plate Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 Bell Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switch Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Bolt-On, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . V4-T1-11, V4-T1-14, V4-T1-17 Breaker Interface Module (BIM) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359 Busbar End Cap UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, WMZS Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-70 Busbar System UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, WMZS Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-69

C
Cable-In/Cable-Out, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . V4-T1-20, V4-T1-24, V4-T1-28 Cause of Trip Display/Remote Mount Cause of Trip Display Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359

V4-A3-2

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index


Cause of Trip LED Module Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359 Classic Mining Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-415 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-298 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-93 Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . V4-T3-94V4-T3-127 Type BHLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-103 Type CLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-96 Type CLPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-114 Type CLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-108 Type CX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-119 Type CXF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-125 Type CXN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-123 Type DSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-126 Type HCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-106 Type HLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-100 Cylinder Lock Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-344 Electrical Operator Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-347 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 End Cap Accessory Kit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Definite Purpose Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-372 End Cap Terminals Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E2 Mining Service Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-412 End Fittings Expulsion Fuses Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73 Endcap Kits Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-437 Engine Generator Circuit Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty. . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-373 Expulsion Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . V4-T3-73V4-T3-93 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73 Type DBU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-87 Type RBA and RDB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-75

D
Definite Purpose Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V4-T2-366V4-T2-372 GP-, FP-, KP-, LP-, MP-Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-366 Digitrip OPTIMizer Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-359 DIN Rail Adapter Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 Direct (Close-Coupled) Handle Mechanisms Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-357 Direct Current Circuit Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-379 Drawout Cassette Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-341 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-111 Dummy Breakers Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-45

F
Face Plate Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Add-On Ground Fault Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431 Factory Modifications Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-46 F-Frame (10225 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-143 Flex Shaft Accessories (F- through R-Frame) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-360 FP-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Definite Purpose . . . V4-T2-366 Fuses Current Limiting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-94V4-T3-127 Expulsion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73V4-T3-75 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-70

G
G-Frame (15100 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-129 GP-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Definite Purpose . . . V4-T2-366 Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-89 Ground Fault Alarm Unit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-358 Ground Fault Warning Indicator Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Add-On Ground

E
E2 Mining Service Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-392 Eaton Terms and Conditions Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terms and Conditions of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-3 V4-T1-5 V4-T1-1 V4-T1-2 V4-T1-3

EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-15

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

V4-A3-3

Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index


Fault Protection Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431

K
Key Interlock Kit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-345 Key Off Lock Provisions Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Key Operated Attachment Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 K-Frame (70400 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-168 KP-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Definite Purpose . . . V4-T2-366

H
Handle Blocks Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Handle Extension Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-357 Handle Lock Hasp Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Handle Locks Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-43 Handle Mechanisms Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-353 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-112 Handle Tie Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-45 High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-98

L
Latch Check Switch Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 L-Frame (125600 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-195 LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-45 Line and Load Terminal Shields Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Classic Mining Service Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-422 Line and Load Terminals Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Definite Purpose Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-369 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E2 Mining Service Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-412 Live Parts Expulsion Fuses Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73 Lock Dog (Non-Padlockable) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 LP-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Definite Purpose . . . V4-T2-366

I
Imperial Base Mounting Hardware Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-435 Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-27, V4-T1-43 Bolt-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-11, V4-T1-14, V4-T1-17 Cable-In/Cable-Out . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20, V4-T1-24, V4-T1-28 International Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-37 Plug-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-5V4-T1-10 Solenoid-Operated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-31, V4-T1-34 Special Application Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-40 Interlock Kits Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 International Rated, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-37 Interphase Barriers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-435 IQ Energy Sentinel Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-358

M
Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-6 Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-18 Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-11 Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-14 Mechanical Latch Medium Voltage Power Contactors

J
J-Frame (70250 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-160 JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-29

V4-A3-4

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index


Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-63 Mechanical Operations Counter Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Mechanical Trip Indicator Flag Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-34 Medium Voltage Power Contactors Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-63, V4-T3-67 SL MV Power Contactor. . . . . . V4-T3-53, V4-T3-62, V4-T3-66 Metric Base Mounting Hardware Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-435 M-Frame (300800 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-221 Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-1V4-T1-79 Industrial Circuit Breakers QUICKLAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-2V4-T1-48 UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors WMZS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-64V4-T1-79 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers WMZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-49V4-T1-63 Molded Case Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-1V4-T2-431 Definite Purpose Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-366V4-T2-372 Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-2V4-T2-3 Series C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-123V4-T2-365 Series G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-4V4-T2-122 Specialty Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-373V4-T2-431 Motor Circuit Protectors Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-82 Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-284 Motor Operators Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-295 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-86 Mounting Hardware Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-44 Mountings Expulsion Fuses Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73 MP-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Definite Purpose . . . V4-T2-366 N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-232 NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-61 Non-Padlockable Handle Block Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-343 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-435

P
Padlockable Handle Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-343 Padlockable Handle Lock Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-343 Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-344 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E2 Mining Service Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-412 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-435 Padlockable Pushbutton Cover Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Panelboard Connecting Straps Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-351 Plug-In Adapters Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-348 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Plug-In Blocks Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-110 Plug-On, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-5V4-T1-10 Potential Transformer Module Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-358 Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . V4-T3-1V4-T3-127 Current Limiting Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-94V4-T3-127 Type BHLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-103 Type CLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-96 Type CLPT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-114 Type CLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-108 Type CX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-119 Type CXF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-125 Type CXN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-123 Type DSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-126 Type HCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-106 Type HLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-100 Expulsion Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73V4-T3-93

N
Neutral Kits Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Engine Generator Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-377

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

V4-A3-5

Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index


Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-73 Type DBU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-87 Type RBA and RDB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-75 Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-70V4-T3-72 Medium Voltage Power Contactors . . . . . . V4-T3-51V4-T3-69 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-63, V4-T3-67 SL MV Power Contactor. . . . . . V4-T3-53, V4-T3-62, V4-T3-66 Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-2V4-T3-50 Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-2 Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers. . . V4-T3-6 Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-18 Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-11 Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-14 Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-34 Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers. . . V4-T3-27 Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-2 Magnum DS Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers. . . V4-T3-6 Magnum IEC Rated Air Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-18 Magnum MDSL Current Limiting Power Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-11 Magnum SB Low Voltage Insulated Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-14 Medium Voltage Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-34 Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers. . . V4-T3-27 Protective Accessories UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, WMZS Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-70 PVGard Solar Circuit Breaker Terminal Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-437 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Specialty . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-432

R
Rear Connected Studs Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-350 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Classic Mining Service Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-422 R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-260 RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-70 Ring or Spade Lug Terminals Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-27

S
Series C Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-123V4-T2-365 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . V4-T2-298 External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-333 F-Frame (10225 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-143 G-Frame (15100 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-129 Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-302 J-Frame (70250 Amperes). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-160 K-Frame (70400 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-168 L-Frame (125600 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-195 M-Frame (300800 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-221 Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-284 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-295 N-Frame (4001200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-232 R-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-260 Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-297 Series C Rotary Accessories Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-360 Series G Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-4V4-T2-122 Current Limiting Circuit Breaker Module . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-93 Drawout Cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-111 EG-Frame (15125 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-15 Ground Fault (Earth Leakage) Modules. . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-89 Handle Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-112 High Instantaneous Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-98 JG-Frame (63250 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-29 LG-Frame (250630 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-45 Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-82 Motor Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-108 Motor Protection Circuit Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-86 NG-Frame (3201200 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-61 Plug-In Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-110 RG-Frame (8002500 Amperes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-70 Special Features and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-101 Series NRX Low Voltage Power Circuit Breakers Power Circuit Breakers Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-27

Q
Quick-Connect Terminals Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-27 QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-2V4-T1-48 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-27, V4-T1-43 Bolt-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-11, V4-T1-14, V4-T1-17 Cable-In/Cable-Out . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-20, V4-T1-24, V4-T1-28 International Rated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-37 Plug-On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-5V4-T1-10 Solenoid-Operated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-31, V4-T1-34 Special Application Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-40

V4-A3-6

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index


Shunt Trip Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Classic Mining Service Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Direct Current Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E2 Mining Service Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Engine Generator Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spring Release Device Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Standard Box Terminals Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-27 Standard Terminals Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Engine Generator Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-377 Supplementary Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-1V4-T1-79 Supply Terminals UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, WMZS Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-70

V4-T2-310

V4-T2-423

V4-T2-389

V4-T2-414

V4-T2-377

T
V4-T2-436 Terminal Block Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-322 Terminal End Covers Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-342 Terminal Shields Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-341 Termination Hardware Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-337 Test Kit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-104 Test Panel Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Add-On Ground Fault Protection Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-431 Through-the-Door Handle Mechanisms Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-355 Type BHLE Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-103 Type CLE Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-96 Type CLPT Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-114 Type CLS Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-108 Type CX Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-119 Type CXF Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-125

Shunt Trip Device Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Shunt TripLow Energy Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-107 Shunt TripStandard Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-106 SL MV Power Contactor Medium Voltage Power Contactors Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-53, V4-T3-62, V4-T3-66 Sliding Bar Interlock Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-346 Snap-On Padlockable Handle Lock Hasp Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-343 Solenoid-Operated, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-31, V4-T1-34 Solid-State (Electronic) Portable Test Kit Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-358 Spare Terminal Hardware Screws Industrial Circuit Breakers, QUICKLAG Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-46 Special Application Breakers, QUICKLAG Industrial Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-40 Specialty Breakers Molded Case Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . V4-T2-373V4-T2-431 Add-On Ground Fault ProtectionType GFR. . . . . V4-T2-429 Classic Mining Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-415 Direct Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-379 E2 Mining Service Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-392 Engine Generator Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-373 PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-432 Spring Charge Motor Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

V4-A3-7

Appendix 3Alphabetical Product Index


Type CXN Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-123 Type DBU Expulsion Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-87 Type DSL Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-126 Type ELC Current Limiter Attachment Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-297 Type HCL Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-106 Type HLE Current Limiting Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-100 Type LFD Current Limiter Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-358 Type RBA and RDB Expulsion Fuses Power Breakers, Contactors and Fuses . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-75

V
Voltage Trips UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, WMZS Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-68

W
Walking Beam Interlock Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-346 WMZ UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-49V4-T1-63 WMZS UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-64V4-T1-79

Z
Zone Interlock Kits Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-322

U
UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors WMZS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-64V4-T1-79 UL 1077 DIN Rail Supplementary Protectors, WMZS Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-68 UL 489 DIN Rail Miniature Circuit Breakers Miniature Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors WMZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T1-49V4-T1-63 Undervoltage Release Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, PVGard Solar Circuit Breakers Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-436 Power Circuit Breakers, Magnum Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T3-24 Undervoltage Release Mechanism Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series G, Internal Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Classic Mining Service Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, Direct Current Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Speciality Breakers, E2 Mining Service Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V4-T2-315 V4-T2-107

V4-T2-423

V4-T2-389

V4-T2-413

Universal Rotary F-Frame Molded Case Circuit Breakers, Series C, External Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V4-T2-356

V4-A3-8

Volume 4Circuit Protection

CA08100005ESeptember 2012

www.eaton.com

También podría gustarte